Annual Report 2025
TORM PLC
4TH FLOOR, 120 CANNON STREET
LONDON, EC4N 6AS, UNITED KINGDOM
COMPANY: 09818726
Contents
Strategic Report
2025 Highlights
Letters from the CEO and Chair 5
Key Figures 6
ESG Figures 7
Business Model and Strategic Choices
The Oil Transportation Value Chain 8
The Reference Company 10
The Versatile TORM Fleet 11
Greener Future With Zero Emissions 12
Superior Operating Platform 13
Review and Outlook
Risk Management 14
Market Review 19
Financial Review 2025 21
Market Drivers and Outlook 29
Coverage 2026-2028 31
TORM Fleet Development 32
Sustainability Statement
Introduction to the Sustainability Statement 35
Environment 51
Social 76
Governance 91
Governance
Governance Introduction
Governance at TORM 107
Chair’s Introduction 108
Governance Structure
TORM’s Governance Structure 110
Board of Directors 111
Board and Committee Meeting Attendance 113
Board Activities 2025 114
Committee Reports
Audit Committee Report 115
Risk Committee Report 119
Nomination Committee Report 121
Remuneration Committee Report 124
Other
Investor Information 141
Engagement and Decision-Making 144
Directors’ Report 147
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 149
Safe Harbor Statement as to the Future 151
Financial Statements
Consolidated Financial Statements
Consolidated Income Statement 153
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 153
Consolidated Balance Sheet 154
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 155
Consolidated Cash Flow Statement 157
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 158
Parent Company Financial Statements
Management Review for TORM plc 200
Parent Company Income Statement 201
Parent Company Statement of Comprehensive Income 201
Parent Company Balance Sheet 202
Parent Company Statement of Changes in Equity 203
Parent Company Cash Flow Statement 204
Notes to Parent Company Financial Statements 205
Other
Independent Auditor’s Report 214
Independent Auditor's Limited Assurance Report on the
Sustainability Statement
219
TORM Fleet Overview 221
Glossary 223
Alternative Performance Measures 225
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 2
TORM
Strategy
Sustainability
Statement
Corporate
Governance
Financial
Statements
9 33 106 152
21
At TORM, we are committed to enhancing long-term
shareholder value through our culture, clarity of
purpose, and strategic advantage. Our One TORM
platform unites all parts of the business and powers
our ambitions as we embrace our responsibility to
lead sustainability through innovation, optimization,
and fleet modernization.
10
62
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 3
As of 31 December 2025
10 ~4,000
OFFICES EMPLOYEES
STRATEGIC REPORT > 2025 IN REVIEW > LETTERS FROM THE CEO AND CHAIR
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 4
Simon
Mackenzie Smith
CHAIR OF THE BOARD
Jacob
Meldgaard
CEO / EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
The bedrock of this organization
is the people, including those I
have been fortunate enough to
encounter in my short time here,
who embody the desire for
relentless improvement that will
take us to future success.
- Simon Mackenzie Smith
Letters from the CEO and Chair
2025 was a year of progress and resilience for TORM. We continued to deliver market-
leading results, modernized our fleet, and provided solid dividends to shareholders.
Delivering Amid Geopolitical Tensions
2025 saw continued geopolitical tensions and evolving trade
patterns. On key routes impacted by the Red Sea disruption,
product flows gained momentum, supported by low diesel
inventories and European refinery closures. A reduction in
crude carrier cannibalization also strengthened demand for
dedicated clean product tankers. Regional dynamics were
further influenced by Ukrainian drone attacks on Russian
refineries. Despite numerous new-building deliveries, overall
clean trading capacity ended slightly below last year,
reinforcing a balanced market. As CEO and Executive Director,
I am proud that TORM navigated this complex environment and
delivered strong operational and financial performance with
market-leading freight rates.
Fleet Renewal and Financial Flexibility
I am pleased to share that we continued our disciplined fleet
optimization program in 2025. The vessel transactions carried
out last year reflect our commitment to maintaining a
competitive and fuel-efficient fleet in order to fully capture
market opportunities.
To support this strategy and strengthen our financial position,
TORM secured new financing commitments on very attractive
terms. This refinancing streamlines our capital structure by
replacing existing syndicated facilities and leases, supporting
long-term shareholder value creation.
Strong Financial Performance
TORM delivered satisfactory net profit of USD 286m in 2025,
supported by robust freight rate performance and disciplined
cost management. Across our fleet, Time Charter Equivalent
earnings were USD 28,783 per day, reflecting strong earnings
in each of our vessel classes. In line with our distribution
policy, we returned USD 2.12 per share in dividends to
shareholders, underscoring our commitment to return free
cash generated to our shareholders.
Advancing Sustainability
We remain committed to reducing our environmental footprint
and leading the industry’s decarbonization efforts. In 2025, we
achieved a 43% reduction in carbon intensity compared to
IMO’s 2008 baseline, thus demonstrating our ambition to
operate responsibly and create long-term value for all
stakeholders.
Looking Ahead
Just before year-end, TORM appointed Simon Mackenzie
Smith as Chair of the Board. Simon brings over 35 years of
corporate finance and investment banking experience,
including senior leadership roles at Bank of America Merrill
Lynch as well as recent experience as chair of a listed
company in the UK. His expertise in advising global energy and
asset-intensive companies will strengthen TORM’s strategic
direction. Join me in welcoming Simon to TORM.
The geopolitical landscape remains complex, and market
dynamics will continue to evolve. However, with our integrated
platform, eco-optimized fleet, and strong balance sheet, TORM
is well-positioned to deliver value in the years ahead.
Thank you for your continued trust and confidence in TORM.
Jacob Meldgaard, CEO / Executive Director
Unique Model to Navigate Uncertainty
In late 2025, I was invited to become Chair of TORM. I
accepted, assured that I was joining a specialist in the refined
oil and products market with a unique business model and an
enviable strategic focus. TORM successfully turned market
uncertainty into a distinct competitive advantage.
I have witnessed how the One TORM platform encourages
every part of the business to work together towards a common
goal, and brings commercial and technical management under
one structure. The platform is supported by advanced
analytics, proprietary digital technology, and continuous
refinement, while being a differentiator in a volatile market.
This holistic framework facilitates seamless coordination and
swift decision-making, allowing the business to identify and
capture attractive trading opportunities across regions. That
means TORM can deploy its fleet globally with consistently
high operational standards, regulatory protocols and financial
resilience securing strong returns, even in challenging
conditions.
The Path Ahead
TORM’s iconic shipping heritage is an important part of this
story both at home in its native Denmark, and globally as a
trusted partner. But the bedrock of this organization is the
people, including those I have been fortunate enough to
encounter in my short time here, who embody the desire for
relentless improvement that will take us to future success.
That is how TORM will navigate the path ahead to the benefit
of all our stakeholders.
Simon Mackenzie Smith, Chair of the Board
STRATEGIC REPORT > 2025 IN REVIEW > LETTERS FROM THE CEO AND CHAIR
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 5
Key Figures
TCE Earnings (USD/Day) EBITDA (USDm) Adjusted ROIC (%) Dividend/Share (USD)
2025 2024 2023 2022 2021 2025 2024 2023 2022 2021
Income Statement (USDm) Key Financial Figures ¹⁾
Revenue 1,339 1,559 1,520 1,443 620 Gross margins:
Time charter equivalent earnings (TCE) ¹⁾ ⁵⁾ 910 1,135 1,084 982 379 Gross profit 49.7 % 57.4 % 57.5 % 54.2 % 30.4 %
Gross profit ¹⁾ 666 896 874 782 188 EBITDA 42.6 % 54.6 % 55.8 % 51.5 % 22.1 %
EBITDA ¹⁾ 571 851 848 743 137 Adjusted EBITDA 43.1 % 54.1 % 55.7 % 51.5 % 22.1 %
Adjusted EBITDA ¹⁾ 578 844 846 744 137 Operating profit (EBIT) 26.6 % 42.3 % 45.9 % 41.7 % 0.2 %
Operating profit (EBIT) 356 659 699 602 1 Return on Equity (ROE) 13.4 % 32.7 % 40.9 % 44.0 % -4.1 %
Financial items -61 -49 -47 -45 -42 Return on Invested Capital (ROIC) 11.5 % 24.3 % 30.4 % 29.2 % 0.01 %
Net profit/(loss) for the year 286 612 648 563 -42 Adjusted ROIC 10.8 % 22.2 % 27.6 % 28.1 % 0.2 %
Net profit/(loss) ex. non-recurrent items ¹⁾ 274 561 596 548 -36 Equity ratio 65.4 % 59.8 % 58.0 % 57.5 % 45.1 %
TCE per day (USD) ⁵⁾ 28,783 36,061 37,124 34,154 13,703
OPEX per day (USD) ⁵⁾ 7,638 7,477 7,069 6,825 6,633
Balance Sheet and Cash Flow (USDm)
Loan-to-value (LTV) ratio ⁵⁾ 29.4 % 26.8 % 27.6 % 24.8 % 51.2 %
Non-current assets 2,835 2,854 2,179 1,875 1,968
Total assets 3,367 3,470 2,870 2,614 2,331
Share-Related Key Figures ¹⁾
Equity 2,203 2,075 1,666 1,504 1,052 Basic earnings/(loss) per share (USD) 2.91 6.54 7.75 6.92 -0.54
Total liabilities 1,164 1,395 1,204 1,111 1,279 Diluted earnings/(loss) per share (USD) 2.85 6.36 7.48 6.80 -0.54
Invested capital ¹⁾ 3,038 3,005 2,426 2,142 2,011 Dividend per share (USD)
6)
2.12 5.10 5.78 4.63
Net interest-bearing debt ¹⁾ 848 948 773 650 972 Net Asset Value per share (NAV/share) ²⁾ 25.7 29.3 33.4 28.5 13.0
Net Asset Value (NAV) excl. NCI ²⁾ 2,603 2,854 2,858 2,330 1,047 Share price in DKK ³⁾ 126.9 138.4 204.2 198.4 51.7
Cash and cash equivalents, incl. restricted cash 164 291 296 324 172 Share price in USD ³⁾ 19.6 19.5 30.4 29.1 8.0
Investment in tangible fixed assets 321 911 608 121 371 Number of shares (m) ³⁾ ⁴⁾ 101.3 97.3 85.7 81.8 80.7
Free cash flow 346 385 434 513 -243 Number of shares, weighted average (m) ⁴⁾ 98.2 93.6 83.6 81.3 78.1
1) For a definition of the calculated key figures (the APMs), please refer to the glossary on pages 223 - 229. 4) Excluding treasury shares.
2) Based on broker valuations as of 31 December 2025, excluding charter commitments. 5) For Tanker segment.
3) End of period. 6) Dividend per share includes declared and proposed dividends.
STRATEGIC REPORT > 2025 IN REVIEW > KEY FIGURES
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 6
28,783
36,061
37,124
34,154
13,703
2025 2024
2023 2022
2021
0
10,000
20,000
30,000
40,000
50,000
571
851
848
743
137
2025
2024 2023
2022 2021
0
200
400
600
800
1,000
10.8
22.2
27.6
28.1
0.2
2025
2024 2023
2022
2021
0
10
20
30
40
2.12
5.10
5.78
4.63
0.00
2025
2024
2023
2022
2021
0
2
4
6
8
ESG Figures
2030 Carbon Reduction (AER) 2050 Carbon Reduction Target 2030 Safety Target Gender Diversity in Leadership
2050
target
2030
target 2025 2024
Environmental
Carbon reduction (AER)
100 % 45 % 43 % 40 %
Absolute Scope 1 GHG emissions (tCO
2
e)
Net-zero ≤1,500,000 1,594,057 1,594,793
Absolute Scope 2 GHG emissions (tCO
2
e)
Net-zero ≤600 793 832
Absolute Scope 3 GHG emissions (tCO
2
e)
Net-zero ≤1,200,000 1,047,324 1,849,266
SO
x
emissions reduction
Net-zero 8 % 24 % N/A
1)
NO
x
emissions reduction
Net-zero 8 % 0.3 % N/A
1)
PM10 emissions reduction
Net-zero 8 % (1.3) % N/A
1)
PM2.5 emissions reduction
Net-zero 8 % (1.3) % N/A
1)
Oil spills (ITOPF definition)
0 0 0 0
1) As 2024 is the baseline year, reporting on the reduction in 2024 is not applicable.
Read more about our ESG targets in the Sustainability Statement
2050
target
2030
target 2025 2024
Social
Port State Control (PSC) deficiencies per
inspection (ratio)
TBD ≤0.75 0.84 0.65
Employee engagement participation rate
TBD ≥90 % 95 % 93 %
Employee engagement score
1)
TBD ≥82 82 87
Lost Time Accident Frequency (LTAF)
(per million exposure hours)
TBD ≤0.3 0.35 0.42
Underrepresented gender in Board of Directors
TBD 40 % 17 % 20 %
Working conditions in dry docks used by TORM TBD 2 main dry
docks used
2 main dry
docks used
N/A
Underrepresented gender in leadership positions
TBD 35 % 20 % 19 %
Governance
Identified anti-corruption and bribery cases
reported to MACN
TBD 100 % 100 % N/A
ESG screening of tier 1 and 2 suppliers
2)
TBD 100 % N/A N/A
1) In 2025, the target had to be multiplied by 10, because we changed the engagement survey system used. For better
comparability, the 2024 number is reinstated as per the new scale.
2) The ESG screening framework is not yet fully implemented, therefore no measurements can be made yet.
STRATEGIC REPORT > 2025 IN REVIEW > ESG FIGURES
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 7
45.0%
43%
40%
39.5%
2030
target
2025
2024
2023
—%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
0.30
0.35
0.42
0.32
2030
target
2025
2024
2023
0.00
0.10
0.20
0.30
0.50
35%
20%
19%
20%
2030
target
2025
2024
2023
—%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
The Oil Transportation Value Chain
TORM plays an important role in the global value chain of transforming oil resources into
energy for consumers worldwide.
The global oil value chain begins with exploration and
production, followed by the movement of crude oil to refineries
via tankers, pipelines, rail, and/or road. Once refined, these
products enter distribution networks that deliver energy to
consumers worldwide.
TORM operates primarily in the segment that transports clean
petroleum products such as gasoline, diesel, jet fuel, and
naphtha, from refineries to onshore terminals and distributors.
These products power road transport, aviation, and
petrochemical production. We also carry non-fossil liquids,
including vegetable oils, ethanol, palm oil, and biofuels,
supporting the transition towards greener energy solutions.
Some TORM vessels handle dirty petroleum products, such as
residual fuels or crude oil, requiring extensive tank cleaning
before switching back to clean cargoes. This flexibility enables
us to adapt quickly to shifting trade flows.
Transportation patterns are constantly evolving. Refinery
closures in importing regions, for example, reduce crude
movements but increase demand for refined product
transport. Looking ahead, structural changes in global energy
markets, such as the pace of decarbonization and regional
supply shifts, will reshape the value chain.
TORM is positioned to lead in this dynamic environment. Our
integrated One TORM platform, supported by advanced
analytics, enables us to anticipate market shifts, optimize fleet
deployment, and capture opportunities across both fossil and
non-fossil cargoes. As energy demand scenarios extend well
into the coming decades, agility and innovation will remain
central to our strategy.
STRATEGIC REPORT > BUSINESS MODEL AND STRATEGIC CHOICES > THE VALUE CHAIN IN OIL TRANSPORTATION
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 8
The Oil Transportation Value Chain
Strategic Framework
OUR
VISION
OUR STRATEGIC
CHOICES
OUR WAY OF
WORKING
The Reference Company in the
Shipping Industry
At TORM, we strive to be the
reference company in the shipping
industry. We aim to achieve this by
utilizing our integrated business
model to serve our customers with
attention to safety, reliability, and
commitment to the environment.
Leading Product Tanker Owner
Focused on Energy Efficiency
TORM’s strategy is to sustain
industry leadership through strong
financial flexibility, fully integrated
operations, and a high-quality fleet.
We prioritize long-term value
creation, as well as ongoing energy
optimization to support our net
zero CO₂ emission target for 2050.
Superior Operating Model for
Performance
TORM operates on a fully
integrated platform that unites
commercial leadership and high
quality technical management
while putting safety first. A strong
digital foundation enhances
transparency, vessel positioning,
and performance.
STRATEGIC REPORT > BUSINESS MODEL AND STRATEGIC CHOICES > STRATEGIC FRAMEWORK
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 9
The Reference Company in the
Shipping Industry
Leveraging Strategic Optionality
Operating in a constantly changing world requires flexibility. At
TORM, we have embedded optionality into our strategy, which
enables us to act swiftly when attractive opportunities arise.
This approach allows us to diversify and adapt, for instance by
entering new trades, such as methanol cargoes with our MR
vessels, or by optimizing fleet deployment across the most
profitable basins.
Optionality also extends to fleet management. Our high
operational standards allow us to retain vessels regardless of
age until market conditions favor trading rather than
divestment. This ensures strong tradability and access to a
broader customer base. This flexibility is a key competitive
advantage, supported by our integrated One TORM platform.
Advantages of the One TORM Platform
The One TORM platform is the foundation of our success. By
integrating commercial and technical management, we deliver
superior performance and create long-term value for
customers and shareholders. Our proprietary positioning
model consistently outperforms the market, ensuring vessels
are deployed where earnings potential is highest.
Beyond commercial performance, the platform drives
innovation in energy efficiency and sustainability. We are
committed to achieving ambitious CO₂ reduction targets
through technological upgrades, operational optimization, and
continuous fleet renewal with eco-efficient vessels.
Guided by Our Core Values
In 2025, we continued to anchor our core values across our
entire organization, following the introduction of the values in
2024 as an updated and cohesive cultural foundation. These
values guide our strategic decisions and way of working.
Our three core values are:
Committed to People
Pursuing Innovation
Always Delivering
Developed in a cross-organizational process involving input
from all levels of employees and reflection from the Senior
Management Team and the Board of Directors, these values
are a representation of how we collaborate and conduct
business at TORM. The core values are designed to resonate
clearly with our people and connect directly to daily work in
different functions and locations.
Active Management of Market Exposure
We actively manage our market exposure to optimize earnings
across cycles. While we primarily operate in the spot market,
we selectively use coverage options when rates are attractive:
Time Charter (TC) contracts – Chartering a specific vessel
to a customer for 12–36 months, providing longer-term
stability and pricing advantages.
Contracts of Affreightment (CoA) – Agreements covering
multiple consecutive cargoes over approximately 12
months, securing predictable volumes at agreed rates.
Forward Freight Agreements (FFA) – Financial instruments
to hedge forward freight prices for up to 12 months,
offering flexibility to adjust length and volume or exit early.
By combining these instruments with dynamic fleet
positioning, we aim to maintain flexibility, adapt to changing
market conditions, and secure competitive advantage in a
volatile environment.
Fleet Growth Through Financial Engineering
TORM has pioneered share-based vessel transactions as a
strategic tool to expand and renew our fleet while
safeguarding a strong capital structure. This model has
enabled us to add modern, fuel-efficient tonnage, strengthen
share liquidity, and maintain financial resilience. By creating a
standardized framework that combines financial innovation
with operational excellence, we have unlocked new growth
opportunities and enhanced our ability to scale efficiently in a
dynamic market.
Creating Shareholder Value
Our focus extends beyond short-term distributions. While we
have historically returned excess liquidity to shareholders, our
long-term priority is to create sustainable value through
disciplined capital allocation and strategic fleet investments,
along with our operational leadership. Along with our strategic
fleet optionality, this approach supports high returns on Net
Asset Value (NAV). By balancing financial strength and
environmental responsibility, we aim to deliver superior returns
over time, not just through dividends, but by building a
stronger, more resilient company for the future.
→ Read more on the operational leverage of TORM’s spot
market exposure in the Financial Outlook on page 28
STRATEGIC REPORT > BUSINESS MODEL AND STRATEGIC CHOICES > THE REFERENCE COMPANY IN THE TRANSPORTATION INDUSTRY
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 10
The Versatile TORM Fleet
Operating across all major vessel classes in the product tanker market, we continue to
prioritize flexibility to make our fleet competitive and attractive in a dynamic market.
At TORM, we continuously enhance the trading flexibility of our
fleet by increasing cargo optionality. In recent years, we have
strengthened our chemical capabilities and are actively
exploring opportunities to diversify further.
Our MR fleet is built to transport all standard petroleum
products, and a portion of the vessels are additionally
equipped to carry chemical cargoes. Several units are fully
methanol-capable, while others are fitted to handle a broad
range of chemical grades. Additional upgrades are under
review to further increase compatibility, ensuring we remain
agile and ready to meet evolving customer demands.
This strategic focus on cargo flexibility enables TORM to
leverage emerging trade flows, diversify revenue streams, and
secure long-term competitiveness in a dynamic market.
STRATEGIC REPORT > BUSINESS MODEL AND STRATEGIC CHOICES > VESSEL FLEXIBILITY
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 11
LR2 vessels provide flexibility to enter Afra/crude markets
when attractive opportunities arise. With a strong LR2
presence, TORM can seamlessly switch between product and
crude trades without losing scale in either market.
LR1 vessels offer cross-segment adaptability, shifting
between LR2 and MR trades. For example, LR1s can handle
MR cargoes from the US Gulf or LR2 routes such as Arabian
Gulf to Japan, maximizing utilization across basins.
MR vessels are highly versatile, capable of carrying a wide
range of clean petroleum products and select non-fossil
liquids. This flexibility ensures strong utilization and positions
TORM to capture opportunities across diverse trade lanes.
Greener Future With Zero Emissions
We leverage TORM’s market leadership to drive the product tanker industry towards a
more sustainable future and pursue solutions that benefit generations to come.
At TORM, sustainability is a strategic imperative that
underpins our long-term success. By aligning environmental
stewardship with operational excellence, we aim to create
lasting value for our stakeholders while contributing to a
cleaner, more resilient global economy.
An Environmentally Responsible Future
TORM is committed to combating global climate change and
minimizing pollution to the seas and air. A key focus for us is
to reduce CO₂ emissions through a structured approach and
continuously optimize energy efficiency across the short,
medium, and long terms.
While oil and refined products remain essential to global
societies, decarbonization and broader ESG agendas will
shape the future of the product tanker industry. TORM aims to
transport products as efficiently and responsibly as possible.
2030 and 2050 Targets
In 2024, one year ahead of schedule, we achieved our 2025
CO₂ intensity reduction target of 40% compared to the IMO’s
2008 baseline. This milestone is six years ahead of the IMO’s
industry-wide goal of 40% reduction in 2030, which
underscores our leadership in decarbonization.
Further progress was made in 2025, reinforcing our
commitment to continuous improvement and positioning
TORM firmly on track toward our next target: 45% CO₂
intensity reduction by 2030. Our long-term ambition remains
net-zero emissions from operating our fleet by 2050. These
goals are supported by clear performance measures
embedded across TORM’s management and organization.
Energy Transition Roadmap
To deliver on our 2030 and 2050 ambitions, TORM has
developed an integrated energy transition plan. This plan is
embedded in our annual cycle and budget process, ensuring
Senior Management and the Board of Directors maintain focus
on progress and pace.
The roadmap to 2030 relies on concrete initiatives and proven
technologies, and we push even further by pursuing innovation
and testing new solutions. Beyond 2030, achieving net-zero
emissions from operating our fleet by 2050 will depend on
industry-wide advancements, including the adoption of zero-
emission vessels and supporting fuel infrastructure.
→ Read more on TORM’s ESG target on page 7
→ Read more on TORM’s Energy Transition Plan on page 61
STRATEGIC REPORT > BUSINESS MODEL AND STRATEGIC CHOICES > GREENER FUTURE WITH ZERO EMISSIONS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 12
Superior Operating Platform
We achieve market-leading performance and synergies across vessel classes by
managing our fleet on the fully integrated One TORM operating platform.
Operating our entire fleet as one, we unlock synergies across
vessel classes and ensure optimal tradability. At the core of
One TORM is integrated commercial and technical
management, which brings people, vessels, and systems
together to maximize efficiency and performance.
A Unified Approach for Better Results
On the One TORM platform, commercial, technical, sale and
purchase, and support functions collaborate toward common
goals in a network-based organization. This structure enables
fast, informed decision-making and creates alignment across
all stakeholders. The integration is powered by a sophisticated
data platform that prioritizes collaboration, transparency, and
data quality.
Creating Value for Customers
The One TORM model offers customers a unique proposition:
accountability, safety, and insight into vessel performance.
Through fleet-wide monitoring and real-time information
sharing, we identify and address inefficiencies almost
instantly. This allows us to reduce resource use, lower costs,
and minimize environmental impact. If a vessel does not
operate optimally, we know immediately and act decisively.
Safety and Sustainability at the Core
Safety remains a strategic priority. Our One TORM Safety
Culture program strengthens safety beyond compliance,
reflecting our belief that profitability and safety go hand in
hand. This program is embedded across the organization and
we ensure further development in order to meet rising
standards.
Looking Ahead
One TORM is a dynamic platform that will continue to evolve.
By leveraging advanced data analytics, digital tools, and
collaborative processes, we aim to further optimize
performance, enhance customer value, and deliver attractive
returns for our shareholders.
Our ambition is clear. We seek to keep improving operational
excellence and sustainability in global shipping. At the same
time, TORM aspires to be the reference company in the
product tanker industry, setting the benchmark for quality,
reliability, and responsible operations.
STRATEGIC REPORT > BUSINESS MODEL AND STRATEGIC CHOICES > SUPERIOR OPERATING PLATFORM
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 13
Purchasing Second-Hand Vessels
Our approach to acquiring second-hand vessels demonstrates
the efficiency of the One TORM platform. Fleet renewal and
expansion remain core priorities, and each newly acquired
vessel is integrated through a structured, cross-functional
process designed to quickly bring it up to TORM’s high
operational standards.
Before purchase, potential vessels undergo a thorough
screening process followed by detailed inspections to assess
technical condition, quality, and compliance. Commercial,
technical, and financial teams work closely together to ensure
that every acquisition supports our long-term strategic
ambitions and meets the expectations of our customers and
stakeholders.
Once a vessel joins our fleet, we implement a comprehensive
upgrade program to align it with TORM’s standards. This
includes installing energy-efficiency equipment, improving
cosmetic appearance for safety and vetting, and applying
TORM’s operational processes. The program is coordinated
across departments to determine which upgrades are needed
and schedule them for optimal timing during drydocking.
This integrated approach ensures that every vessel meets our
performance, safety, and sustainability requirements, which in
turn reinforces the strength of the One TORM model.
Risk Management
TORM adapts to environmental changes, mitigates risks, and seizes opportunities.
Systematically managing risk is key to creating and protecting value.
Risk Management Framework
We acknowledge that TORM faces a range of risks in doing
business and that our success depends on identifying,
balancing, and deciding how to best manage and mitigate
risks. We believe that a strong risk management framework is
vital to protect TORM.
On an annual basis, TORM conducts an Enterprise Risk
Management (ERM) process, during which the critical risks
facing TORM are identified, assessed, and discussed by the
Management in TORM and subsequently approved by the
Board’s Risk Committee.
The objective for TORM and our shareholders is to be
adequately rewarded for any desired risk tolerance level, and
that the governance structure tailored to oversee the risk
management activities is in place, so that risks are mitigated
to the extent desired.
Governance
TORM’s risk management approach emphasizes the
accountability and oversight of management. The identified
risk responsibility is assigned to the Management team
member most suited to manage the risk. This person is
required to continually monitor the risk, implement and
maintain mitigating actions, evaluate, and report.
If the consequence of a risk exceeds the agreed risk tolerance,
TORM’s Management is required to assess if implementation
of additional mitigating controls is possible and necessary
until the desired risk level is achieved.
TORM’s risk management framework acknowledges that
unforeseen or “black swan events” occur in the maritime
industry. Therefore, TORM accepts this type of risk and will
have a plan or will diligently develop a plan in case such events
materialize. The ability to react to and navigate an
unpredictable future is managed in close collaboration
between the Management and the Risk Committee via agreed
predefined accepted risk tolerance levels, which are reported
on at regular meetings or, if needed, extraordinarily.
Risk Assessment Process
TORM’s risk identification process stipulates that the risk
department conducts risk interviews with Heads of
Departments and the Management on an annual basis to
identify principal and emerging risks. Identified risks are
prioritized, challenged, and approved by Senior Management
as risk owners. This also includes the assessment of
availability and effectiveness of mitigating actions taken to
avoid or reduce the impact or occurrence of the underlying
risks.
The risks are reassessed with the Risk Committee at a
minimum on a quarterly basis, and if specific events occur,
they may require a reassessment. The identified risks in TORM
are divided into top risks and watch list risks.
TORM’s Risk Tolerance and Main Risk Exposure
The Management and the Risk Committee discuss and decide
on TORM’s risk tolerance of principal and emerging risk
exposures. TORM’s risk tolerance and inherited exposure risks
are divided into five main categories and emerging risks:
Industry and market risks
Operational risks
Compliance and IT risks
Financial risks
Emerging risks
TORM’s General Risk Tolerance Per Group of Risk
Categories
Industry and Market Risks
TORM accepts taking calculated risks, where the expected
return outweighs the evaluated risk exposure.
Operational, Compliance, and IT Risks
TORM is risk-averse or risk neutral and seeks to eliminate,
minimize, or reduce these risks through robust controls,
processes, and continuous improvement.
Financial Risks
TORM is risk adverse regarding financial risks. In essence,
TORM will seek to mitigate any such risks to a meaningful
minimum level.
TORM’s top risks measured on likelihood and consequence are
listed below and displayed on the heat map.
Emerging Risks and Climate Related Risks
TORM’s long term risks are viewed as directly related to
climate change.
→ Emerging risks and climate related risks are described in
our Sustainability Statement in the E1 section on page 51
Overall Risk Picture
TORM’s overall risk profile remains stable and well-controlled,
with market risk intentionally retained as source of value
creation and all other risks minimized to the extent possible.
This disciplined approach supports TORM’s long-term
resilience and ability to deliver sustainable value to
stakeholders.
The Risk Committee and Senior Management have carried out
a robust assessment, under the Corporate Governance Code,
of the principal and emerging risks which TORM faces,
including those that would threaten our business model, future
performance, solvency or liquidity, and reputation.
→ Each of the top risks are described on pages 16-17
Alignment with Risk Appetite
There is clear alignment between TORM’s risk appetite and the
net severity of all principal risks, with the exception of severe
vessel accidents, which due to their inherent nature cannot be
fully eliminated. These are managed through best-in-class
safety standards and comprehensive insurance coverage.
STRATEGIC REPORT > BUSINESS MODEL AND STRATEGIC CHOICES > RISK MANAGEMENT
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 14
Development Compared to Last Year
Industry and Market Risks
TORM’s market risk exposure remains high, and we are
exposed to potentially adverse market conditions on freight,
bunkers, and vessel values. The residual risk level, post
mitigations, is considered manageable due to a strong capital
structure and our liquidity readiness while continually
assessing the market fundamentals and mitigating factors.
The risks are deemed to have increased slightly in likelihood
compared to last year due to general geopolitical uncertainty.
Operational Risks
Oil major approval risk is considered to be at a low level due to
continuous focus and efficient controls. Risk is slightly lower
due to effective implementation of SIRE 2.0.
In the event that TORM becomes involved in an environmental
disaster, this would severely damage our business and
reputation. It is considered highly unlikely that a vessel
accident with severe oil pollution would occur. In the unlikely
event, we would most likely be covered by insurance.
Events such as piracy and terrorism could result in kidnapping
or injury to seafarers or vessel damage. Attacks by Houthi
rebels on vessels in the Bab-el-Mandeb Strait, a narrow
passage connecting the Red Sea to the Arabian Sea, have
caused significant disruptions to shipping traffic. The Red Sea
is a crucial trade route for global commerce, connecting Asia
and Africa with Europe. TORM decided to temporarily put a halt
to transit via the strait of Bab-el-Mandeb in the Red Sea. We
deem that the risk of maritime safety threats is slightly
increased since last year due to the increase in piracy attacks
in the East Africa region.
Compliance and Cyber Risks
Due to the Russian invasion of Ukraine, sanctions have
increased. The likelihood of violating sanctions is deemed
minor and manageable due to TORM not trading Russian
customers along with mitigating activities, which involve
training of personnel as well as digital and automized sanction
screening systems.
Cyber security is the risk of system unavailability and data
loss due to cyberattacks. Risk impact is damages paid due to
loss of customer data and business interruption. Loss of
reputation can be a significant cause of financial loss of
businesses after a cyber incident. Impact is deemed minor due
to short IT recovery times and effective Business Continuity
Plans. Likelihood is considered slightly increased compared to
last year due to evolving threat landscape.
Financial Risks
TORM’s financial gearing, liquidity buffer, and break-even
levels have maintained the liquidity risk at an acceptable level.
Considering the high value generation and current mitigation
activities, the breach of covenants is considered unlikely.
→ Read more about mandates and sensitivity analysis of the
various risks in Note 24 on page 191
STRATEGIC REPORT > BUSINESS MODEL AND STRATEGIC CHOICES > RISK MANAGEMENT
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 15
Description of Top Risks
Industry and Market Risks
Operational Risks
Tanker
Freight Rates
Bunker Price Asset Management Oil Major Approval
Severe
Vessel Accident
Maritime
Safety Threats
Risk
Sustained low tanker
freight rates or inability to
predict and respond timely
and accurately to freight
rate developments.
Unexpected bunker price
increases not covered by
corresponding freight rate
increases.
Unexpected value
depreciation of vessels.
The most exposed vessels
are older vessels due to
new legislation driven by
the climate change agenda.
A sudden and unexpected
breach in quality
requirements of a single
vessel or continuous
decrease in quality across
the fleet.
A severe vessel accident
such as an environmental
disaster or material
damage or personal injury.
A maritime venture has
inherent hazards. Events
such as piracy and
terrorism are considered
main security risks.
Potential
Impact
TORM’s profitability would
be negatively impacted in
case of a distressed
product tanker market.
Vulnerability to a sustained
increase in the bunker
price and pass-through to
charterers may not have an
immediate effect, meaning
that TORM may temporarily
bear the full effect of price
increases.
A decline in TORM’s net
asset value, which could
lead to a requirement from
banks to provide additional
security. TORM would also
be exposed to cyclical
asset prices and assets
contracted at too high
prices.
The risk of a partial ban of
the TORM tanker fleet by
one or more oil majors.
TORM’s involvement in an
environmental disaster
would damage TORM’s
reputation and impair our
tradability with oil majors.
Events such as piracy and
terrorism could result in
kidnapping of or injury to
seafarers or vessel
damage.
Mitigating
Activities
TORM’s spot-oriented
strategy limits possible
mitigation. Unleveraging is
considered when terms and
pricing are deemed
attractive hereunder with
time charter-outs and FFA
coverage.
In general, TORM does not
hedge future bunker
expenses. In the case that
freight income is fixed,
TORM does hedge future
bunker exposures.
With a conservative capital
structure, focus on
conservative loan-to-value,
and a close view of the
market, TORM maintains
flexibility and an ability to
act in the asset market.
TORM’s integrated
platform with in-house
safety and technical and
operational staff secures
continued focus on quality
and high vetting standards.
Disaster recovery plans for
emergency situations are
in place as well as an
ongoing safety resilience
program to enhance safety
culture, including officers
being trained as safety
ambassadors.
TORM’s internal Trading
Restrictions Committee
has oversight of security
threats and decides how
best to avoid and mitigate
the risk. TORM follows all
industry best practices and
has procedures in place in
case of an incident.
STRATEGIC REPORT > BUSINESS MODEL AND STRATEGIC CHOICES > RISK MANAGEMENT
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 16
A B C D E F
Description of Top Risks
Compliance and IT Security Risks
Financial Risks
Legal Compliance Cyber Security (Onshore) Cyber Security (Offshore) Liquidity Risk
Risk
Legal or policy non-compliance or ethical
misconduct. The risk consists of competition
law, corruption, fraud, and sanctions.
System unavailability and data loss
due to cyber attacks caused by
increasing interconnectivity and
severe external threat of cyber crime
are driving higher frequency and
severity of incidents.
Increasing digitalization of vessel
operations—such as navigation, engine
controls, satellite communication, and
onboard monitoring—heightens
exposure to cyber threats targeting
vessel systems. Global operations
further increase vulnerability due to
reliance on external connectivity and
varied port state cyber environments.
Liquidity risk is driven by financial gearing,
liquidity reserve, distribution policy,
maintenance requirements, fleet
employment strategy, and required vessel
investments.
Potential
Impact
TORM’s inability to comply with rules and
regulations could lead to penalties,
reputational damage, or the inability to
operate in key markets.
Business interruption and disruption
to trading resulting in loss of
business or theft of money.
A successful cyberattack could impact
on an individual vessel and may cause
operational disruptions, compromise
navigational accuracy, and compromise
essential controls. It may also lead to
financial loss, reputational damage, or
regulatory consequences.
Sustained low freight rates or another
unforeseen adverse development could
jeopardize liquidity, lead to covenant
breaches, and hence inflict costs and lack
of operational maneuverability.
Mitigating
Activities
Compliance and awareness training is
mandatory for all employees. In connection
with sanctions, a know-your-customer
screening system has been implemented.
Business continuity plans have been
implemented covering the entire
group. The plans include assessment
and contingency of critical systems
in case of business interruption.
Implementation of group-wide IT
Security Policy and IT Risk
Management Policy. The policy
ensures continuous focus on
capacity to detect and react to cyber
attacks.
TORM applies vessel level cybersecurity
measures including the segregation of
operational and IT networks, access
control, securing communication
channels, vulnerability detection and
assessment, and regular system
updates. The crew receives basic
cybersecurity training, and onboard
systems are monitored with assistance
from shore-based teams. Cyber
preparedness aligns with relevant
maritime cybersecurity guidelines.
Conservative financial leverage guided by
short and long-term cash flow forecasting
with stress-testing of critical assumptions.
Constantly maintaining sufficient cash
buffers and a tangible catalog of available
liquidity-enhancing initiatives in alignment
with our Distribution Policy.
STRATEGIC REPORT > BUSINESS MODEL AND STRATEGIC CHOICES > RISK MANAGEMENT
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 17
G
H1 IH2
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 18
Market Review
Geopolitical tensions remained a major driver of the product tanker market.
Geopolitical Turbulence
During 2025, the product tanker market remained strongly
affected by geopolitical factors. In addition to the Ukraine-
Russia war and the Red Sea disruption, the new administration
in the US implemented trade policies that resulted in
increased market volatility. Although most of these policies did
not have a direct effect on the product tanker market, or only
a temporary effect, this added extra uncertainty to the market.
Red Sea Disruption
Product flows on the main trade routes affected by the Red
Sea disruption (Middle East Gulf/India/Far East to Europe)
remained relatively subdued in the first half of the year,
neutralizing the positive ton-mile impact from vessel rerouting
towards Cape of Good Hope. After a strong recovery in
volumes in the third quarter, volumes on the route once again
declined with heavy refinery maintenance in the Middle East
in the fourth quarter. For the full-year 2025, flows affected by
the Red Sea disruption declined by 13% compared to one year
prior. While the majority of vessel owners continued to avoid
transiting the Red Sea, some cargo volumes returned to the
Red Sea during the year as the conflict between Israel and
Hamas eased. By year-end, volumes transitting the Red Sea
stabilized at around 40% of the pre-disruption levels,
compared to less than 10% observed in 2024.
Tighter Sanctions Against Russia
2025 saw a significant number of tankers added to sanctions
lists by the US, the EU, and the UK. In January 2025, the
outgoing Biden administration issued OFAC sanctions against
more than 140 tankers related to the Russian oil sector. This
had a profound impact on the productivity of the affected
fleet, with ton-miles “carried” by sanctioned vessels
immediately plunging by more than 60%.
Since the beginning of the year, the EU and UK continued to
tighten sanctions against Russia, sanctioning over 490
individual crude and product tankers involved in transporting
Russian oil and oil products. Also a ban on imports of oil
products derived from Russian crude was introduced, closing a
loophole which had allowed refineries in non-EU countries to
export diesel and jet fuel processed of Russian crude oil to the
EU. This ban took effect in January 2026.
In October 2025, direct sanctions on Russia were imposed for
the first time under the Trump administration in the US,
targeting Russian oil majors Rosneft and Lukoil and thereby
Russian revenues from oil exports.
Global Oil Demand and Refinery Landscape
While geopolitical issues and market disruptions continued to
be the main drivers of the product tanker market in 2025,
important developments in the market fundamentals occurred.
According to IEA’s estimates, global oil demand grew by 0.8m
b/d in 2025. Global refinery capacity at the same time
declined by 0.5m b/d, reversing the trend of refinery capacity
growth seen in the previous three years. During 2025, three
refineries in Northwest Europe with a combined capacity of
0.4m b/d (5% of the region’s refining capacity) were closed.
This added to the region’s middle distillate deficit. Similarly,
closure of 0.16m b/d Phillips66 Los Angeles refinery shaved
off 6% of the US West Coast refining capacity and increased
the region’s need for imported gasoline and jet fuel.
In addition, 0.27m b/d LyondellBasell refinery in Houston was
closed in early 2025. However, contrary to expectations, US
Gulf Coast product exports did not decline as higher crude
runs at remaining refineries in fact led to 3% year-on-year
increase in product exports.
STRATEGIC REPORT > REVIEW AND OUTLOOK > MARKET REVIEW
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 19
LR2 Ras Tanura - Chiba
LR1 Ras Tanura - Chiba
MR Average
Jan Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep Oct
Nov
Dec
10,000
20,000
30,000
40,000
50,000
Via Suez Canal
Via Cape of Good Hope
2023
2024
2025
0
250
500
750
1000
1250
Middle East Gulf/India/Asia CPP Exports to Europe
SOURCE: KPLER
Tanker Freight Rates in 2025
SOURCE: CLARKSONS
K B/DAVERAGE TCE IN USD/DAY
On the other hand, intensified Ukrainian drone attacks on
Russian refineries in the second half of the year cut Russian
oil product exports by 7% year-on-year, although this was
offset by higher crude exports from the country.
East of Suez, product export volumes from the Middle East
increased compared to the previous year despite extensive
refinery maintenance at the end of the year. China’s product
exports remained unchanged, capped by export quotas.
Overall, clean petroleum product (CPP) ton-miles declined 4%
year-on-year in 2025 as the Red Sea effect partially subsided.
They remained nevertheless 5% above the pre-Red Sea
disruption levels in 2023.
Crude Tanker Cannibalization
Compared to 2024, crude tanker cannibalization of the CPP
trade returned to historically normal levels in 2025. VLCCs and
Suezmaxes accounted on average for 2% of the volume of
clean petroleum products loaded on crude tankers. Crude
cannibalization declined especially in the last quarter of 2025,
amid a strengthened crude tanker market.
Effective Fleet Growth
While the nominal product tanker fleet capacity increased by
5.3% in 2025, the product tanker fleet capacity actually
transporting clean petroleum products ended 2025 at the
same level as 2024. This reflects a net migration of around 50
LR2s into dirty trades during the year, driven by an increased
need for vessels in the Aframax trade as almost 40% of the
Aframax fleet falls under OFAC, EU, or UK sanctions. Multi-year
high crude tanker earnings towards the end of the year further
incentivized LR2 dirty-ups.
STRATEGIC REPORT > REVIEW AND OUTLOOK > MARKET REVIEW
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 20
CPP
DPP
Jan Feb
Mar
Apr
May Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep Oct
Nov Dec
175
200
225
250
275
Product Tankers
Crude Tankers
Total CPP Ton-Miles
Jan-
24
Mar-
24
May-
24
Jul-
24
Sep-
24
Nov-
24
Jan-
25
Mar-
25
May-
25
Jul-
25
Sep-
25
Nov-
25
(10)
(5)
5
10
15
20
CPP Ton-Miles by Vessel Segment
SOURCE: KPLER
LR2 Fleet in CPP and DPP
SOURCE: TORM
NO. OF VESSELS
% VS. 2023 AVG.
Financial Review 2025
Financial review for the year ended 31 December 2025.
Highlights
Looking back, 2025 was a year in which geopolitics shaped the
rhythm of global trade. The introduction of US tariffs and
subsequent uncertainty around USTR-related port fees set the
tone early in the year. As months passed, Houthi attacks and
the unpredictability surrounding Suez Canal transits continued
to affect shipping routes and schedules. At the same time,
tightened sanctions on Russia, Iran, and Venezuela reshaped
energy flows, while a brief but intense conflict between Israel
and Iran, alongside stepped-up Ukrainian strikes on Russian
infrastructure and shadow tankers, added further tension to
an already complex landscape.
Against this challenging environment, we kept our focus at
TORM on operational excellence and agility. Our scalable
platform and disciplined commercial approach enabled us to
navigate market fluctuations and strengthen our standing as a
dependable, resilient leader in the product tanker industry.
In 2025, TORM achieved time charter equivalent (TCE)
earnings for the Tanker segment of USD 909.7m, placing the
result near the top end of the guidance range of USD 650–
950m provided in the Annual Report 2024. Group EBITDA
reached USD 570.8m, also well within the guided range of USD
350–650m. Despite elevated geopolitical tensions, freight
markets remained firm throughout the year, with fleet-wide
rates ranging from USD/day 26,672 in the second quarter of
the year to USD/day 31,012 in the third quarter of the year.
This strong performance enabled significant dividend
distributions to our shareholders and reflected our continued
commitment to long-term value creation.
Distribution
TORM’s Board of Directors has on the date of this report
approved an interim dividend for the fourth quarter 2025 of
USD 0.70 per share to be paid to shareholders corresponding
to an expected total dividend payment of USD 70.9m. The
distribution for the quarter is equivalent to 82% of net profit.
The payment date is 25 March 2026 to all shareholders on
record as of 12 March 2026, and the ex-dividend date is 11
March 2026 for the shares listed on Nasdaq OMX Copenhagen
and 12 March 2026 for the shares listed on Nasdaq New York.
The dividend payment will not be recognized as a liability and
there are no tax consequences.
STRATEGIC REPORT > REVIEW AND OUTLOOK > FINANCIAL REVIEW
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 21
Key Developments for the Tanker Segment
USDm 2025 2024 Change
Income Statement
Revenue 1,314.2 1,544.0 -229.8
Port expenses, bunkers, and commissions -404.5 -409.2 4.7
Time charter equivalent (TCE) 909.7 1,134.8 -225.1
Operating expenses -253.1 -245.6 -7.5
Profit from sale of vessels 17.8 51.3 -33.5
Administrative expenses -106.5 -87.9 -18.6
Net profit/(loss) for the year 284.8 614.1 -329.3
Balance Sheet
Vessels, capitalized dry-docking and prepayments on vessels 2,820.9 2,843.9 -23.0
Total assets 3,347.9 3,456.0 -108.1
Borrowings, current and non-current 998.0 1,224.3 -226.3
Total liabilities 1,151.4 1,383.1 -231.7
Key Figures
TCE per day (USD) 28,783 36,061 -7,278
OPEX per day (USD) 7,638 7,477 161
Income Statement
TCE
In 2025, the average TCE rate/day for the Tanker segment
decreased 20.2% from USD 36,061 in 2024 to USD 28,783 in
2025. This decrease was primarily driven by lower revenue
following changes in market conditions.
As referred to above, the operating environment in 2025
continued to be shaped by geopolitical uncertainty, affecting
trading patterns and vessel availability. Ongoing Red Sea
disruptions, expanded sanctions on Russian exports, and
refinery closures in Europe and the United States supported
demand for transportation of refined oil products. The
decrease, compared to 2024, was impacted especially by
higher revenue in the first half of 2024, where product tanker
earnings benefited from elevated ton-mile demand as attacks
near the Bab al-Mandeb Strait led to widespread rerouting
around the Cape of Good Hope. From the second half of 2024
and into 2025, this effect was largely offset by crude tankers
cannibalizing LR2 trades of clean petroleum products,
substantially reducing revenue compared to the first half of
2024. During 2025, crude tanker cannibalization returned to
historically normal levels. The ton-mile effect also declined
year-on-year, although it remained above pre-Red Sea
disruption levels in 2023, partly offsetting the positive impact
from reduced crude tanker cannibalization.
Consequently, revenue for the Tanker segment for the year
2025 decreased by USD 229.8m to USD1,314.2m compared
to 2024, corresponding to a 14.9% decrease. The decrease in
revenue was partly offset by an increase in earning days of
553 days equivalent to 1.8% compared to 2024.
Port expenses, bunkers, and commissions for the Tanker
segment were USD 404.5m in 2025, a decrease of USD 4.7m
compared to USD 409.2m in 2024. The decrease can primarily
be attributed decreased bunker expenses of USD 34.6m partly
offset by increased port expenses of USD 12.7m, increased
losses on realized and unrealized derivative financial
instruments regarding freight and bunkers of USD 14.8m, and
increased expenses related to EU allowances and FuelEU
compliance of USD 5.5m.
STRATEGIC REPORT > REVIEW AND OUTLOOK > FINANCIAL REVIEW
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 22
Change in Time Charter Equivalent Earnings in the Tanker Fleet
USDm MR LR1 LR2 Total
Time charter equivalent earnings 2024 689.2 130.1 315.5 1,134.8
Change in number of earning days -1.5 3.1 23.3 24.9
Change in freight rates -137.1 -31.6 -67.9 -236.6
Other 0.6 0.5 -14.5 -13.4
Time charter equivalent earnings 2025 551.2 102.1 256.4 909.7
Earnings Data
2025
USDm
2024
Full year Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Full year
% change
Full year
LR2 vessels
Available earning days ¹⁾ 6,859 1,856 1,866 1,781 1,872 7,375 8 %
Spot rates ²⁾ 45,752 29,408 33,351 35,996 38,109 34,340 -25 %
TCE per earning day ³⁾ 44,824 33,806 35,459 38,685 35,567 35,850 -20 %
LR1 vessels
Available earning days ¹⁾ 3,531 879 905 911 919 3,614 2 %
Spot rates ²⁾ 37,557 24,025 28,679 29,770 26,949 27,181 -28 %
TCE per earning day ³⁾ 36,998 24,947 27,371 29,508 31,075 28,262 -24 %
MR vessels
Available earning days ¹⁾ 20,897 5,326 5,117 5,167 5,241 20,851 %
Spot rates ²⁾ 33,563 24,659 23,950 28,310 29,515 26,514 -21 %
TCE per earning day ³⁾ 33,026 24,675 23,345 28,632 28,832 26,374 -20 %
Total
Available earning days ¹⁾ 31,287 8,061 7,888 7,859 8,032 31,840 2 %
Spot rates ²⁾ 36,303 25,519 26,412 29,962 31,032 28,170 -22 %
TCE per earning day ³⁾ 36,061 26,807 26,672 31,012 30,658 28,783 -20 %
1) Total available earning days = Total calendar days less off-hire days.
2) Spot rates = Time Charter Equivalent Earnings for all charters with less than six months' duration.
3) TCE = Time Charter Equivalent Earnings. Please refer to the glossary on pages 223 to 229.
STRATEGIC REPORT > REVIEW AND OUTLOOK > FINANCIAL REVIEW
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 23
Operation of Vessels
The development in operating expenses (OPEX) for the Tanker
segment is summarized in the table on this page. The table
also summarizes the operating days and the reconciliation to
available earning days for TORM’s fleet (including both owned
vessels and vessels financed via bareboat charters in sale-
and-leaseback arrangements).
OPEX for the Tanker segment increased by USD 7.5m to
USD253.1m in 2025 compared to USD245.6m in 2024. This
was due to 272 additional operating days compared to 2024
and increased operating expenses per day of 2.2% stemming
from general price increases combined with costs related to
recently acquired second-hand vessels partly offset by the
divestment of older tonnage.
The total TORM fleet had 1,287 off-hire and dry-docking days,
corresponding to 3.9% of operating days in 2025. This
compares to 1,568 off-hire and dry-docking days in 2024 or
4.8% of operating days. The lower relative share of operating
days in 2025 compared to 2024 is driven by 19 delivered
vessels in 2024 compared to six in 2025, several of which went
into drydocking immediately after takeover.
Administrative Expenses
In 2025, administrative expenses for the Tanker segment
increased by USD 18.6m to USD106.5m compared to 2024.
The primary factors were a donation to the TORM Foundation
of USD6.9m and increased wage expenses of USD5.4m
related to an increased workforce and general salary
regulations. The development is supported by additional
expenses of USD3.9m as a result of the introduction of a new
2025 retention program for certain employees and the CEO
and an acceleration of the vesting date for the previous 2023
retention program. For more information, refer to Note 5 - Staff
Costs.
STRATEGIC REPORT > REVIEW AND OUTLOOK > FINANCIAL REVIEW
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 24
Change in Operating Expenses
USDm MR LR1 LR2 Total
Operating expenses 2024 163.1 26.9 55.6 245.6
Change in operating days 0.5 -0.2 1.8 2.1
Change in operating expenses per day 4.7 0.7 5.4
Operating expenses 2025 168.3 26.7 58.1 253.1
Change in Operating Days
Days MR LR1 LR2 Total
Operating days in 2024 21,914 3,677 7,264 32,855
Change in operating days 70 -27 229 272
Operating days in 2025 21,984 3,650 7,493 33,127
Off-hire, including dry-docking -1,133 -36 -118 -1,287
Available earning days 2025 20,851 3,614 7,375 31,840
Change in Operating Expenses Per Day
USD/day MR LR1 LR2 Total
Operating expenses per operating day in 2024 7,445 7,310 7,659 7,477
Operating expenses per operating day in 2025 7,655 7,314 7,746 7,638
Change in the operating expenses per operating day in % 3 % % 1 % 2 %
Balance Sheet
Assets
TORM’s total assets for the Group decreased by USD 102.6m
to USD3,367.0m as of 31 December 2025, mainly driven by a
decrease of the total assets for the Tanker segment of USD
108.1m to USD3,347.9m. The reduction in the Tanker
segment was primarily driven by a lower balance of cash and
cash equivalents, including restricted cash of USD 129.3m,
mainly due to utilizing available liquidity in connection with a
major refinancing to reduce borrowings and concurrently
strengthen TORM’s financial flexibility through increased
revolving credit facilities.
As of 31 December 2025, the carrying amount of vessels and
capitalized drydocking in the Tanker segment amounted to
USD2,806.8m compared to USD 2,843.9m at end of 2024.
This decrease was due to the divestment including delivery to
new owners of seven older vessels of USD127.2m,
depreciation of USD209.1m, offset by the investment in and
delivery of six new second-hand vessels including capitalized
drydocking of USD299.2m. From the vessel divestments
during 2025, profit from sale of vessels was USD 33.5m lower
than 2024 due to fewer vessel transactions and generally
lower market value of vessels compared to 2024.
Based on the average broker valuations from two
internationally recognized shipbrokers, TORM’s fleet on water
had a market value of USD 3,177.5m as of 31 December 2025,
12.8% (2024: 26.0%) above the carrying value for the TORM
Group of USD 2,816.6m.
Assessment of Impairment of Assets
For impairment purposes for the Group, TORM’s Management
performed reviews of impairment indicators at every quarter-
end during 2025. Indicators of impairment for the Tanker Fleet
CGU include, but are not limited to, broker vessel values, time
charter rates, weighted average cost of capital, any other
adverse impacts from current economic, environmental, and
geopolitical uncertainty. The Audit Committee evaluated each
impairment indicator assessment and prepared a
recommendation to the Board of Directors on whether to
conduct an impairment test of the carrying value of the Tanker
Fleet CGU. During 2025, no recommendation to conduct an
impairment test was made. As mentioned earlier, at year-end
2025, vessel values from brokers were also well above the
carrying value of the vessels in the Tanker Fleet CGU,
supporting the conclusion by the Management to not perform
an impairment test.
For the Marine Engineering CGU, the year-end impairment test
did not identify any impairments. Please refer to Note 12 -
Impairment Testing for additional details of the impairment
assessments.
Equity
In 2025, total equity for the Group increased by USD127.8m
to USD2,202.6m. The increase was primarily driven by the net
profit for the year of USD 286.0m and share-based
compensation of USD 34.1m, offset by dividends paid of
USD199.7m.
Liabilities
TORM's total liabilities for the Group decreased by
USD230.4m to USD1,164.4m as of 31 December 2025,
mainly driven by a decrease of the total liabilities for the
Tanker segment of USD231.7m to USD1,151.4m. The
development is primarily due to a decrease in current and non-
current borrowings of USD226.3m to USD998.0m, of which
the majority relate to the refinancing of the two existing
syndicated loans as well as lease agreements covering 22
vessels.
Liquidity and Cash Flow
The TORM Group liquidity position by the end of 2025 was
USD 562.3m (2024: USD 614.8m) including restricted cash of
USD 5.4m (2024: USD 19.3m) and undrawn credit facilities of
USD 398.8m (2024: USD 323.6m).
As of 31 December 2025, the TORM Group had CAPEX
commitments of USD 141.5m primarily related to second-hand
vessel commitments, scrubber installations, and Flettner
rotors also known as rotor sails.
Net cash flow from operating activities was USD 498.9m
(2024: USD 826.8m). The decrease was primarily driven by a
decrease in TCE and higher working capital tied up compared
to 2024.
Net cash flow from investing activities was USD -152.6m
(2024: USD -442.1m). The development was primarily a result
of the delivery of six vessels during 2025, 13 fewer than in
2024, with an impact of USD 273.9m. Further, the development
was supported by increased proceeds from vessel sales in
2025 compared to 2024 of USD 13.2m.
Net cash flow from financing activities was USD -460.1m
(2024: USD -378.3m). The change in cash flow is mainly a
result of increased repayments of borrowings and reduced
proceeds from borrowings for a total of USD -392.8m, largely
in connection with the previously mentioned refinancing and
due to fewer investments in new second-hand vessels
compared to 2024. The development is primarily offset by
lower dividend payments of USD 353.6m.
STRATEGIC REPORT > REVIEW AND OUTLOOK > FINANCIAL REVIEW
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 25
Cash Flow for the Group
USDm 2025 2024 Change
Net cash flow from operating activities 498.9 826.8 -327.9
Net cash flow from investing activities -152.6 -442.1 289.5
Net cash flow from financing activities -460.1 -378.3 -81.8
Net cash flow from operating, investing, and financing activities -113.8 6.4 -120.2
Primary Factors Affecting the Results of
Operations
TORM generates revenue by charging customers for the
transportation of refined oil products and crude oil, using
TORM’s tanker vessels. We focus on maintaining a high-quality
fleet and high tradability, and we actively manage the
deployment of the fleet between spot market, time charters,
and voyage charters that generally last from several days to
several weeks.
At TORM, we believe that the important measures for
analyzing trends in the results of our tanker operations
comprise the following elements.
Time Charter Equivalent (TCE) Earnings
Per Available Earning Day
TCE earnings per available earning day are defined as revenue
less voyage expenses divided by the number of available
earning days. Voyage expenses primarily consist of port and
bunker expenses, which are unique to a particular voyage, and
which would otherwise be paid by a charterer under a time
charter, as well as commissions, freight, and bunker
derivatives.
TORM believes that presenting revenue net of voyage
expenses neutralizes the variability created by unique costs
associated with particular voyages or the deployment of
vessels on the spot market and facilitates comparisons
between periods on a consistent basis. Under time charter
contracts, the charterer pays the voyage expenses, while the
shipowner pays these expenses under voyage charter
contracts. A charterer has the choice of entering a time
charter (which may be a one-trip time charter) or a voyage
charter. TORM is neutral as to the charterer’s choice because
TORM primarily bases its financial decisions on expected TCE
rates rather than expected revenue. The analysis of revenue is
therefore primarily based on developments in TCE earnings.
Spot Charter Rates
A spot market voyage charter is generally a contract to carry a
specific cargo from a load port to a discharge port for an
agreed freight rate per ton of cargo or a specified total
amount. Under spot market voyage charters, TORM pays
voyage expenses such as port, canal, and bunker costs.
Spot charter rates are volatile and may fluctuate on a
seasonal and a year-to-year basis. Fluctuations derive from
imbalances in the availability of cargo for shipment and the
number of vessels available at any given time to transport
these cargos. Vessels operating in the spot market generate
revenue which is less predictable but can potentially enable
TORM to capture increased profit margins during periods of
improvements in tanker freight rates.
Time Charter Rates
A time charter is generally a contract to charter a vessel for a
fixed period at a set daily or monthly rate. Under time charters,
the charterer pays voyage expenses such as port, canal, and
bunker costs. Vessels operating on time charters provide more
predictable cash flows but can yield lower profit margins than
vessels operating in the spot market during periods
characterized by favorable market conditions.
Available Earning Days
Available earning days are the total number of days in a period
when a vessel is ready and available to perform a voyage,
meaning that the vessel is not off-hire or in dry dock. For the
owned vessels, this is calculated by taking operating days and
subtracting off-hire days including days in dry dock. For the
chartered-in vessels, no such calculation is required because
charter hire is only paid on earning days and not for off-hire
days including days in dry dock.
Operating Days
Operating days are the total number of available days in a
period with respect to the owned and leased vessels, before
deducting unavailable days due to off-hire days including days
in dry dock. Operating days is a measurement which is only
applicable to owned vessels, not to the time chartered-in
vessels.
Operating Expenses Per Operating Day
Operating expenses per operating day are defined as crew
wages and related costs, the costs of spares and consumable
stores, expenses relating to repairs and maintenance
(excluding capitalized drydocking), the cost of insurance, and
other expenses on a per-operating-day basis. Operating
expenses are only paid for owned vessels.
STRATEGIC REPORT > REVIEW AND OUTLOOK > FINANCIAL REVIEW
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 26
Going Concern
As of 31 December 2025, TORM’s available liquidity including
undrawn and committed facilities was USD 562.3m, including a
total cash position of USD 163.5m (including restricted cash of
USD 5.4m). TORM’s net interest-bearing debt was
USD848.4m, and the net loan-to-value ratio was 29.4%
(Tanker segment only). Further information on TORM’s
objectives and policies for managing our capital, our financial
risk management objectives, and our exposure to credit and
liquidity risk can be found in financial statement Note 24.
TORM monitors its funding position throughout the year to
ensure that it has access to sufficient funds to meet the
forecasted cash requirements and loan commitments, and to
monitor compliance with the financial covenants in its loan
facilities, details available in financial statement Note 2.
A key element for TORM’s financial performance in the going
concern period relates to the increased geopolitical risks and
trade disputes. TORM’s base case assumes that these
dynamics will persist. TORM monitors the general development
in the geopolitical situation and potential effects on the
product tanker market. In the base case, TORM has sufficient
liquidity and headroom for all the covenant limits.
→ The principal risks and uncertainties are on pages 14 - 17
In addition to the base case, TORM has developed a reverse
stress case. The reverse stress case covers the lowest TCE
rate that only just meets the minimum liquidity covenant and
the lowest vessel values that do not breach any of the
facilities’ minimum-security values in the period. In the reverse
stress case, with TCE rates significantly below the lowest
rolling four-quarter average observed since 2000 on each
vessel class basis accompanied by a corresponding decline in
vessel values, TORM maintains sufficient headroom on liquidity
and covenants throughout the going concern period.
The Board of Directors has considered TORM’s cash flow
forecasts and the expected compliance with TORM’s financial
covenants for the period until 31 March 2027. Based on this
review, the Board of Directors has a reasonable expectation
that taking reasonably possible changes in trading
performance and vessel valuations into account, TORM will be
able to continue in operation and comply with our financial
covenants for the period until 31 March 2027. Accordingly,
TORM continues to adopt the going concern basis in preparing
our financial statements.
Long-Term Viability Statement
In accordance with provision 31 of the UK Corporate
Governance Code, the Board of Directors confirms that they
have a reasonable expectation that TORM will continue in
operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due for the three-
year period ending 31 December 2028. This period has been
selected for the following reasons:
The general volatility and uncertainty in the product tanker
market leads to a significant increase in the degree of
judgment and uncertainty beyond a three-year period.
Three years are generally in line with the forecast horizon
for external equity analysts covering the shipping sector.
The assessment of the Board of Directors has been made with
reference to TORM’s current financial position and prospects.
The assessment of financial performance and cash flows is
primarily dependent on the expectations for:
Demand-supply picture in the product tanker sector
including the expected vessel values and freight rates
achieved by TORM, which in addition also covers the
outlook related to the geopolitical situations and climate
change developments.
Development of the fleet
Operating and administrative expenses
Capital expenditures covering vessel purchases and
maintenance of the existing fleet including installation of
scrubbers and fuel efficiency equipment.
Changes in interest rates
The expected financial performance and cash flows are based
on the same underlying assumptions as used in TORM’s
general financial planning. The operating and administrative
cost levels are on similar levels as TORM’s historical
performance, and freight rates are assumed to remain at
strong and profitable levels, however, vessel values used in
forecasting comply with financial covenants and are based on
the latest market valuations from two independent, recognized
shipbrokers. The expected outlook has then been subject to a
reverse stress case over the three-year period, to assess the
long-term viability. The reverse stress case covers the lowest
TCE rate that only just meet the minimum liquidity covenant
and the lowest vessel values that do not breach any of the
facilities’ minimum security values in the period. In the reverse
stress case, with TCE rates slightly below the lowest rolling
four-quarter average since 2000 on a per vessel class basis
and a related decline in vessel values, TORM maintains
sufficient headroom on liquidity and covenants throughout the
viability period.
TORM’s freight rate assumptions as per the going concern
assessment continue throughout the viability period and have
further sensitized the vessel values downward over the period
to reflect a continued downturn. Should the product tanker
market (in terms of either freight rates or vessel values)
materialize significantly below TORM’s expectations for a
prolonged period, there is a risk of a covenant breach after the
going concern period, which would require mitigating actions,
including cost savings, sale of vessels, or increased leverage
which are considered within the Management’s control and
achievable. In such a scenario, the Management would also
consider obtaining appropriate waivers and although they
would be confident of obtaining them, these are not within the
Management’s control.
The Board of Directors monitors if TORM is moving towards a
covenant breach in order to incorporate any mitigating actions
in due course on an ongoing basis. Based on the sensitivity
analysis, the Board of Directors does not currently expect that
TORM will breach its financial covenants or experience a
liquidity shortfall over the three-year forecast period.
The Board of Directors has also considered the long-term
prospects of TORM beyond the three-year forecast viability
horizon. In doing so, the Board of Directors has taken the long-
term risks and opportunities for TORM discussed elsewhere in
the strategic report and the potential impact of economic
volatility, climate change agenda, new regulations,
technological disruption, current geopolitical situation, and
general changes in the utilization of energy sources into
consideration. Based on this assessment and taking the
current capital structure and TORM’s operational platform into
account, the Board of Directors believes that TORM is well
positioned both to respond to these risks and to take
advantage of any positive market developments for a period
beyond the three-year forecast horizon.
On behalf of TORM plc
Kim Balle, Chief Financial Officer
26 February 2026
STRATEGIC REPORT > REVIEW AND OUTLOOK > FINANCIAL REVIEW
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 27
Financial Outlook 2026
Financial Outlook
At TORM, we develop annual guidance by tracking key
performance metrics, including TCE, coverage levels, and
EBITDA sensitivity to freight rate movements. Freight rates in
the product tanker market—our primary earnings driver—
remain highly volatile, while we expect operating costs per
vessel day and administrative expenses to stay broadly in line
with prior-year levels.
In 2025, our cash break-even TCE rate was approximately USD
15,000 per day excluding profits from vessel sales.
Our financial outlook is primarily based on the assumptions
described on the preceding pages. The most important factors
affecting our TCE earnings are expected to be:
Geopolitical conflicts including the war between Russia
and Ukraine and the conflicts in the Middle East region
Global economic growth or recession, consumption of
refined oil products, and inflationary pressure
Location of closing and opening refineries and temporary
shutdowns due to maintenance
Oil price development
Oil trading activity and developments in ton-mile
Bunker price developments
Global fleet growth and newbuilding ordering activity
Potential difficulties of major business partners
One-off market-shaping events such as strikes, conflicts,
embargoes, political instability, weather conditions, etc.
We have limited visibility on TCE rates that are not yet fixed
with our customers. Hence, these rates may be significantly
lower or significantly higher than our current expectations.
For the full-year 2026, TCE earnings are expected to be in the
range of USD 850m – 1,250m (2025: USD 910m), and EBITDA
is expected to be in the range of USD 500m – 900m (2025:
USD 571m) based on the current fleet size.
As of 17 February 2026, 70% of the Q1 2026 earning days
were covered at USD/day 34,926. For the individual vessel
classes, the Q1 2026 coverage was 69% at USD/day 44,943
for LR2, 53% at USD/day 46,803 for LR1 and 74% at USD/
day 30,411 for MR.
Further, as of 17 February 2026, TORM had covered 23% of
the 2026 full-year earning days at USD/day 34,462. Hence,
77% of the 2026 full-year earning days are subject to change.
Thus as 26,241 earning days in 2026 are unfixed as of 17
February 2026, a change in freight rates of USD/day 1,000 will
– all other things being equal – impact the EBITDA by USD
26m.
STRATEGIC REPORT > REVIEW AND OUTLOOK > FINANCIAL OUTLOOK 2025
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 28
Disclaimer on Financial Outlook
The purpose of this Financial Outlook for 2026 is to comply
with reporting requirements for companies listed in Denmark.
Actual results may vary, and this information may not be
accurate or appropriate for other purposes. Information about
our financial outlook for 2026, including the various
assumptions underlying it, is forward-looking and should be
read in conjunction with the Safe Harbor Statements on page
151, and the related disclosure and information about various
economic, competitive, and regulatory assumptions, factors,
and risks that may cause our actual future financial and
operating results to differ materially from what we currently
expect.
The information included in this Financial Outlook for 2026 is
preliminary, unaudited and based on estimates and
information available to us at this time. TORM has not finalized
its financial statements for the periods presented. During the
course of the financial statement closing process, TORM may
identify items that would require us to make adjustments,
which may be material to the information provided in this
section. As mentioned above, the provided information
constitutes forward-looking statements and is subject to risks
and uncertainties, including possible material adjustments to
the financial outlook for 2026.
Market Drivers and Outlook
Geopolitics remain a key driver on the market, with additional impact likely to stem
indirectly from the crude tanker market.
Tonnage Demand
Trends in oil demand and changes in the refinery landscape
will drive ton-mile growth over the next few years. Geopolitical
drivers continue, however, to have a significant impact on the
market.
2026 started with additional EU sanctions against Russia,
making any easing of sanctions less likely. Some vessels have
begun to transit the Red Sea again, yet for now there has not
been a sustained period of de-escalation in the region,
prohibiting normalization of trade flows through the Red Sea.
The return will likely be only gradual and conditional. New
tensions between the US and countries such as Venezuela and
Iran are set to increase demand for compliant crude tankers,
which will indirectly have an impact on the product tanker
market as well.
As such, the market continues to be influenced by geopolitics,
while recent changes in trade flows towards longer distances
will at least partly remain. There is no certainty that these
geopolitical conditions will continue or if they might expand or
change in unanticipated ways.
Changes in the Refinery Landscape
After a wave of export-oriented refining capacity additions in
the Middle East over recent years, much of the refining
capacity being added in 2026 will occur in India. Although
refinery capacity growth in India will cater to growing domestic
demand, the additions of 660k b/d of capacity over
2026-2027 will leave room for growing export as well.
Refinery closures in Northwest Europe in 2025 that shaved off
5% of the region’s capacity will show their full impact on
Europe’s imports in 2026. Closure of an additional refinery
(0.15m b/d Benicia) on the US West Coast in Q2 2026 will
bring the closed capacity up to 12%, further increasing
demand for gasoline and jet imports to the region.
Crude Tanker Cannibalization
While crude cannibalization remains a downside risk factor for
the product tanker market, stronger crude tanker market
earnings are likely to lessen incentives for crude
cannibalization.
Tonnage Supply
In nominal terms, the product tanker fleet grew by 5% in 2025,
although LR2 migration to the dirty Aframax trades resulted in
no actual growth in the capacity transporting clean petroleum
products. Although scrapping activity increased compared to
previous years, it remains limited at below 1% of the fleet, as
sanctioned trades absorbed a large part of the older fleet.
Product tanker ordering activity slowed considerably in 2025
totalling 8.2m dwt, compared to 17.9m dwt and 22.9m dwt
ordered in 2023 and 2024, respectively. With the current order
book equivalent to 20% of the existing fleet (in terms of
capacity), newbuilding deliveries are set to accelerate in 2026
and 2027. However, this figure masks a large difference per
size class. While the order book in the LR2 vessel class
comprised 34% of the existing fleet, the figure was lower at
18% for LR1s and 15% for MRs.
The average age of the tanker fleet is currently the highest in
two decades with 17% of the current fleet capacity older than
20 years. As such, these vessels are natural candidates for
scrapping over the next five years.
48% of orders in the total order book for product tankers are
placed in the LR2 segment, which should be viewed in
combination with the uncoated Aframax segment. The order
book for Aframaxes stood at only 8%, resulting in a 19% order
book for the combined LR2/Aframax vessel classes. At the
same time, uncoated Aframaxes have a large recycling
potential with 30% of the fleet above 20 years of age. This
results in a combined LR2/Aframax fleet above 20 years of
21%, which is in fact above the combined order book.
STRATEGIC REPORT > REVIEW AND OUTLOOK > MARKET DRIVERS AND OUTLOOK
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 29
This is amplified by the fact that at the start of 2026, 5% of
the product tanker fleet was subject to OFAC sanctions and
10% to combined OFAC/EU/UK sanctions. Looking at the
combined Aframax/LR2 segment, every fourth vessel is
subject to either OFAC, EU, or UK sanctions. With a large share
of the Aframax fleet overaged or sanctioned, this is likely to
continue to pull LR2s into dirty trades.
Given the already high order book and shipyards’ preference
for other vessel segments, TORM expects the product tanker
newbuilding ordering activity to remain relatively limited in the
next couple of years. This will translate into significantly lower
fleet growth from 2028 onward. Together with a higher share
of the fleet reaching natural scrapping age, this could lead to
negative net fleet growth towards the end of the decade.
Increasing but still manageable tonnage supply growth is
combined with the continuation of key positive demand side
drivers, although some of the drivers may turn less supportive.
Even though downside risks on the product tanker market
have increased, TORM believes that freight rate levels remain
strong in a historical context. However, market volatility is
expected to remain, not least due to the continued
unpredictable geopolitical instability.
STRATEGIC REPORT > REVIEW AND OUTLOOK > MARKET DRIVERS AND OUTLOOK
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 30
Global Product Tanker Fleet and Order Book
Vessel classes
Fleet
31.12.2024
Delivered in
2025
Scrapped in
2025
Fleet
31.12.2025
Order book for
2026-2029
2026-2029 Order book
as % of end 2025 fleet
LR2 456 54 2 508 171 34 %
LR1 376 8 8 376 68 18 %
MR 1,925 96 14 2,017 302 15 %
Handysize¹⁾ 557 5 5 559 22 4 %
Total 3,314 163 29 3,460 563 16 %
1) Numbers for Handysize segment exclude stainless steel chemical vessels.
Coverage 2026-2028
Total earning days and covered days in TORM as of 17 February 2026.
The coverage tables below include both the physical fleet and FFA contracts.
Actual number of days can vary from projected number of days primarily due to vessel sales and
delays of vessel deliveries. Total earning days are defined as total calendar days less off-hire
days.
Coverage
2026 2027 2028
Total Earning Days
LR2 7,699 7,811 7,939
LR1 3,542 3,599 3,537
MR 22,633 22,569 22,659
Total 33,874 33,979 34,135
Covered Days
LR2 2,447 934 461
LR1 474
MR 4,712 487 293
Total 7,633 1,421 754
2026 2027 2028
Covered, %
LR2 32 % 12 % 6 %
LR1 13 % % %
MR 21 % 2 % 1 %
Total 23 % 4 % 2 %
Coverage Rates, USD/day
LR2 41,017 33,929 31,185
LR1 46,803
MR 29,816 22,218 22,218
Total 34,462 29,914 28,308
STRATEGIC REPORT > REVIEW AND OUTLOOK > COVERAGE 2026-2028
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 31
TORM Fleet Development
Development in the fleet of owned and leased vessels.
The table below shows recent developments in TORM’s
operating fleet. In addition to 83 owned product tankers as of
end-year, we had ten vessels under sale-and-leaseback
agreements of which purchase options on eight vessels had
been called in 2025. We have options to buy back the
remaining two vessels.
At TORM, maintaining a modern, high-quality fleet is a core
priority. Through active fleet management, we regularly divest
older vessels to preserve an attractive average fleet age and
ensure operational efficiency and environmental performance.
Divestments are strategically timed and complemented by
selective acquisitions of premium second-hand vessels, which
are swiftly upgraded to meet TORM’s standards. This
disciplined approach safeguards long-term competitiveness
and enables us to consistently meet the evolving expectations
of customers, charterers, and other stakeholders.
Throughout 2025, we actively managed the TORM fleet as part
of our ongoing renewal and optimization strategy. In the first
quarter, we sold three 2005-built MR vessels, TORM Ragnhild,
TORM Resilience, and TORM Thames, all delivered to their new
owners during the period.
In the second quarter, we divested the 2008-built LR2 vessel
TORM Mathilde and agreed to sell two 2008-built MR vessels,
TORM Voyager and TORM Discoverer, with deliveries
completed in the third quarter. During the third quarter, we
also sold the 2007-built MR vessel TORM Adventurer and
acquired a 2010-built LR2 vessel, now renamed TORM Gauri.
In the fourth quarter, TORM agreed to acquire six 2014-2018
built MR vessels and two 2016-built LR2 vessels. Five of the
MR vessels were delivered before year-end and renamed
TORM Dover, TORM Delhi, TORM Dubai, TORM Davao, and
TORM Freedom, further strengthening our fleet profile. The
remaining vessels will be delivered in the first quarter of 2026.
Additionally, TORM divested the 2008-built LR2 vessel TORM
Maren, with delivery to the new owner in the first quarter of
2026.
As part of our capital and loan management strategy, TORM
exercised purchase options on 22 leaseback vessels of which
five LR2s and nine MRs were transitioned to full ownership
during the year.
These actions reflect TORM’s disciplined approach to fleet
management, ensuring flexibility, efficiency, and a competitive
fleet composition aligned with market opportunities.
STRATEGIC REPORT > REVIEW AND OUTLOOK > FLEET DEVELOPMENT
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 32
Fleet Development
Q4 2024 Changes Q1 2025 Changes Q2 2025 Changes Q3 2025 Changes Q4 2025
Owned Vessels
LR2
15 15 -1 14 4 18 2 20
LR1
3 3 3 3 3
MR
52 -3 49 49 7 56 4 60
Total 70 -3 67 -1
66
11
77
6
83
Leaseback Vessels
LR2
6 6 6 -4 2 -1 1
LR1
7 7 7 7 7
MR
11 11 11 -9 2 2
Total 24 24
24
-13
11
-1
10
Total fleet 94 -3 91 -1
90
-2
88
5
93
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 33
Sustainability Statement
ESG Targets Transition Plan SASB Tables EU Taxonomy
7 61
49 65
Double
Materiality Matrix
45
Introduction to the
Sustainability Statement
35
Environment 51
Social 76
Governance 91
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > CONTENTS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 34
Introduction to the
Sustainability Statement
Pushing our sustainability reporting forward in 2025.
At TORM, transparency remains fundamental to how we
operate and how we engage with our stakeholders. In 2025, we
continued to strengthen our sustainability reporting under the
Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD). Now in
our second year of CSRD reporting, we further refined our
processes to improve clarity, consistency, and data quality.
This reflects our growing maturity in measuring what matters
and communicating our progress both internally and
externally.
Our ambition remains clear. We aim to deliver safe, sustainable,
and socially responsible operations, every day and everywhere
we operate. This Sustainability Statement provides a
comprehensive view of our material impacts, risks, and
opportunities across environmental, social, and governance
topics. It reflects both regulatory expectations and our own
commitment to transparency, accountability, and continuous
improvement.
Operating in a complex geopolitical environment is still part of
our reality. In 2025, global tensions, conflicts, and disruptions
continued to shape the product tanker market and the value
chains we depend on. Through it all, the safety and well-being
of our crews come first, followed by the security of our vessels
and the resilience of our operations. These priorities guide our
decisions and define how we navigate uncertainty.
Our commitment to people sits at the heart of our
sustainability agenda. Safety is not a target to be met once
but a constant focus. Our Lost Time Accident Frequency
(LTAF) target reflects this commitment. By extending our
focus beyond our own workforce, we reinforce a culture where
responsibility does not stop at organizational boundaries.
We are proud to be among the pioneers driving meaningful
progress in energy efficiency and the reduction of CO₂
intensity. By the end of 2024, we reached our accelerated CO₂
intensity reduction target, where we achieved a 40% intensity
reduction, six years ahead of industry targets. This
achievement belongs to the entire organization. In 2025, we
build on this momentum as we continue to pursue innovation
and progress toward our next targets, always with a clear
focus on practical solutions and measurable impact.
Strong performance and strong governance go hand in hand.
At TORM, delivering market-leading results never means
compromising our values. We maintain a zero-tolerance
approach to corruption and bribery and work continuously to
embed ethical conduct and responsible business practices
throughout our organization and supply chain. Trust, integrity,
and accountability are essential to how we operate and how
we earn our license to do business.
This Sustainability Statement reflects the dedication and
professionalism of our colleagues across vessels and offices.
Their efforts drive our progress, strengthen our culture, and
ensure that TORM continues to move forward with confidence
and respect for people, communities, and the environment we
all depend on.
Jacob Meldgaard,
CEO / Executive Director
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > GENERAL
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 35
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > ESRS 2 GENERAL DISCLOSURES
Sustainability Strategy and Stakeholders
SBM-1 As a global leader in the product tanker market, we
specialize in transporting refined oil products, focusing on
transportation from refineries to distributors in high-demand
regions. Key customer groups include oil majors and
commodity trading firms.
Some of TORM’s vessels transport crude oil and chemicals.
TORM does not engage in exploration, extraction, refining, or
production of fossil fuels. None of our services are banned by
national, local, or other regulators.
SBM-1 and 2 Our vision at TORM is to be the reference
company in the shipping industry.
→ Learn more about TORM’s strategy on page 10
This vision guides our key strategic decisions in combination
with our 2050 target of net-zero GHG emissions from
operating our fleet and our constant focus on employee
safety, as we consider sustainability an important aspect of
our strategy both in terms of people and the environment.
→ Find our Strategy Section on page 9
→ Find our transition plan on page 61
→ Find out climate risks on page 56
Through TORM’s double materiality assessment and ongoing
stakeholder engagement, CO₂ reduction and safety have been
identified as key focus areas from our stakeholders. These
priorities directly align with TORM’s already established
strategy to focus on a greener future with concrete 2030 and
2050 targets. Safety is a focus across our industry and has
been historically with clear targets and measurements, which
at TORM is through our LTAF target.
We have defined our key stakeholders as customers and
business partners, employees, banks and other lenders,
investors, value chain workers, suppliers, industry
associations, and regulators. Ongoing engagement with our
key stakeholders mainly takes place as part of daily activities
and communication. The key conclusions from our ongoing
stakeholder conversations are regularly shared and discussed
with our Board of Directors. We plan to continuously develop
our stakeholder engagement.
By focusing on lowering emissions through fuel efficiency,
route optimization, and digital tools within the One TORM
platform, we aim to balance environmental responsibility with
operational cost efficiency. We align our organization with
international regulations such as EU frameworks and the IMO’s
decarbonization targets. This approach helps us remain
compliant with regulations while contributing to a more
sustainable shipping industry.
TORM ensures stakeholder perspectives on sustainability are
integrated into governance through structured processes.
Insights from materiality assessments and engagement
activities are submitted for Board approval. The Audit
Committee receives quarterly sustainability updates, including
stakeholder feedback and progress on targets, ensuring
informed and approved decisions at the highest level.
As of 2025, TORM fully owns subsidiary Marine Exhaust
Technology A/S (MET), which is our Marine Engineering
segment. With MET, we drive development of advanced
technologies to enhance our environmental performance,
including gas cleaning solutions, waste heat recovery systems,
and other carbon emission-reducing innovations. MET is a part
of TORM’s value chain.
In 2025, Gale Energy ApS, a Danish start-up, was acquired via
MET. The entity has been reviewed, and no changes to the
sustainability reporting have been identified.
SBM-3 Following our Double Materiality Assessment for 2025,
“Adequate wages” is considered non-material. TORM pays
above statutory minimums and offers competitive packages,
with no stakeholder concerns or strategic implications
identified. For this reason, we have deemed it unnecessary to
make amendments to our strategy or business model since
the previous reporting period.
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 36
General
Disclosures
Sustainability Strategy and
Stakeholders
Scope of Reporting
Governance Structure
Value Chain
Impacts, Risks, and Opportunities
Double Materiality Assessment
Non-Financial and Sustainability
Information
SASB
ESRS 2
Scope of Reporting
BP-1 TORM’s Sustainability Statement for the period 01
January 2025 to 31 December 2025 adheres to the
requirements in the EU’s Corporate Sustainability Reporting
Directive (CSRD) and the European Sustainability Reporting
Standards (ESRS) issued by the European Financial Reporting
Advisory Group (EFRAG).
Our Double Materiality Assessment (DMA) and reporting cover
TORM’s upstream and downstream value chains as well as our
material impacts, risks, and opportunities (IROs).
The consolidation of our data is guided by the same principles
as our financial statements. The consolidated, quantitative
sustainability data covers the parent company TORM plc and
subsidiaries controlled by TORM plc.
→ More about this in Note 29 under the financial statements
for an overview of entities included on page 196
Consolidation of all quantitative sustainability data follows the
principles above, unless otherwise specified in the Accounting
Policy.
In 2025, TORM acquired the company Gale Energy ApS. We
assessed the entity and no changes to our DMA were required.
Estimates and Uncertainties
We rely on assessments and estimates to report certain data
points. These estimates and judgments are periodically
reviewed based on experience, advancements in sustainability
reporting, and other factors. Any changes in estimates are
reflected in the period in which they are updated.
Omitted Information
The OPEX and CAPEX amounts required for the
implementation of the energy transition plan described in E1-1
have not been disclosed (E1-3). This information is deemed
sensitive because it could potentially negatively impact
TORM’s bargaining power and negotiating position related to
purchasing and selling vessels.
No other information corresponding to intellectual property,
know-how, or the results of innovation have been omitted from
the Sustainability Statement.
TORM has opted to make use of the phase-in allowance in
applicable situations.
For adjustments to sustainability data, we make a judgment as
to whether we should restate numbers. The presentation of
the restatements will be indicated in the respective, relevant
tables and in the relevant Accounting Policy.
Included in Reporting
BP-2 Our Sustainability Statement includes our material
impacts, risks, and opportunities, as well as the policies,
actions, metrics, and targets established to manage them.
Starting in 2025, TORM implemented a new system for
conducting engagement surveys, which introduced a revised
scoring methodology. Previously, engagement scores were
measured on a scale from 1 to 10. In the new system, scores
are reported on a scale from 1 to 100. Accordingly, the target
has been updated to reflect this change, with the new
benchmark set at an engagement score above 82. The 2023
and 2024 actuals are reinstated in 2025 according to the new
scale for better comparability.
From 2025, TORM reports port state control detentions as an
absolute number, instead of a ratio. Reporting of the
deficiencies as a ratio is unchanged.
TORM’s CFD content is reported as part of the format of CSRD
E1 Climate Change which also includes CFD.
Our Sustainability Statement also includes information that
has been prepared in compliance with the following
frameworks and legislation:
→ §99a, §99c, §99d, §107a of the Danish Financial
Statements Act for Environmental from page 51, Social from
page 76, and Governance from page 91
→ CFD (Climate-related Financial Disclosure) from page 56
→ SASB Marine Transportation on page 49
→ EU Taxonomy on page 65
→ Non-Financial and Sustainability Information Statement on
page 48
To improve the accuracy of metrics based on estimated value
chain data, we plan to strengthen engagement with key
suppliers. Further, we assess the sources used for emission
factors and update to the latest available data when possible
to ensure more reliable reporting over time.
TORM’s transition plan assumes the development and
commercial availability of new green technologies (including
fuels) from 2035 onwards. As these technologies are not yet
fully developed or widely deployed, there is inherent
uncertainty regarding their efficiency, scalability, and timing.
The associated climate metrics and reduction targets
therefore include estimates based on indirect value chain data.
We will continuously monitor technological progress and
update our assumptions and planned actions accordingly.
→ More information about TORM's transition plan on page 61
From now until 2050, we assume a constant fleet size based
on our fleet today. Vessels are assumed to be divested at
similar ages as historically, and any new second-hand vessels
acquired will match the size (in DWT) of the divested vessels.
All second-hand vessels are assumed to have energy
efficiency technologies installed. From 2035, all replacement
vessels in the fleet are assumed to be zero-emission vessels,
in line with our internal assessment. Vessel speed and trading
patterns are assumed to remain similar to those observed in
2022–2023.
Scope 2 emissions from leased office spaces are estimated on
an area-based allocation key provided by the landlord. The
data represents an indirect source and is subject to estimation
uncertainty.
For the Scope 3 calculation, the lifetime of a scrubber system
has been aligned with the Accounting Policy of the equipment
manufacturer and is estimated at 25 years. Emission factors
used in the calculation are based on the latest available
sources, as outlined in the accounting policies. For the
reporting year 2025, Scope 3 Category 11 emissions
amounted to 93,442 tons of CO₂ emissions.
Forward-Looking Statements
This Sustainability Statement contains forward-looking
statements based on disclosed assumptions regarding future
events and potential future actions by TORM. Actual outcomes
may be different as anticipated events do not necessarily
occur as expected.
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > ENVIRONMENT > ESRS 2 GENERAL DISCLOSURES
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 37
Incorporation By Reference
Disclosure
Requirement Paragraph(s) Data Point(s) Section Page(s)
ESRS 2 BP-1 §5b Relevant entities Note 29 197
ESRS 2 GOV-1 §5a, b, §2a, b, §22a, b,c
(i-iii), (d), §23a, b
The role of the administrative, management and, supervisory bodies Governance Structure 40
ESRS 2 GOV-1 §20a, b, c
§21a, b, c, d, e
The role of the administrative, management, and supervisory bodies Governance Structure
Board of Directors
TORM’s Governance Structure
40
111
110
ESRS 2 GOV-2 §22a, b, c, d, e
§26a, b, c
The identity of the administrative, management, and supervisory bodies or individual(s) within a body
responsible for oversight of impacts, risks and opportunities
Board and Committee Meeting Attendance 113
ESRS 2 GOV-3 §29 Integration of sustainability-related performance in incentive schemes Governance Structure
Board activities
40
114
ESRS 2 GOV-5 §36a, b, c, d The scope, main features, and components of the risk management and internal control processes and
systems in relation to sustainability reporting
Independent Auditor’s Report 219
ESRS 2 SBM-1 §40a iii Headcount of employees by geographical areas ESRS S1, S1-6
84
ESRS 2 SBM-1 §40g The elements of TORM’s strategy that relate to or impact sustainability matters, including the main
challenges ahead, critical solutions, or projects to be put in place, when relevant for sustainability reporting
Strategy 9, 36
ESRS 2 SBM-1 §40b-c Revenue by significant ESRS Sectors ESRS GOV-5 41
ESRS 2 SBM-1 §40e Description of sustainability-related goals Strategy
ESRS E1-1
9, 36
52
ESRS 2 SBM-1 §42c Description of business model and value chain including the main features of upstream and downstream
value chain and TORM’s position in value chain
The Value Chain in Oil Transportation 8
ESRS 2 SBM-3 §48 Brief description of material impacts, risks, and opportunities resulting from materiality assessment SBM-3
GOV-1
36
43
E1-1 §16f Disclosure of significant CAPEX amounts invested during the reporting period related to coal, oil, and gas-
related economic activities
Notes 9, 10, 11, and 22 172, 174,
175, 185
E1-5 §43 Disclosure of the reconciliation to the relevant line item or notes in the financial statements of the net
revenue amount from activities in high climate impact sectors
Note 3 - Segment income statement for
revenue used for the calculation
165
E1-9 §137 TORM has chosen to utilize the phase-in allowance to exclude the anticipated financial effects from
potential climate impacts, risks, and opportunities
Phase-in Phase-in
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > ENVIRONMENT > ESRS 2 GENERAL DISCLOSURES
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 38
Incorporation By Reference
Disclosure
Requirement Paragraph(s) Data Point(s) Section Page(s)
S1 SBM-2 §12 Interests and views of stakeholders TORM’s Value Chain
Stakeholder Engagement
42
45
S1 SBM-2 AR4 The impact of the strategy and business model on the workforce Operating Platform
IROs
IROs for S1
13
43
79
S1 SBM-3 §13b Material impacts, risks, and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model Strategic Framework
The Reference Company in the Shipping
Industry
IROs for S1
9
10
79
S1-5 §47b Targets related to managing material negative impacts, advancing positive impacts, and managing
material risks and opportunities
Governance Structure
S1 Tracking Effect of Actions
S1 Engagement
40
80
82
S1-14 §88d, e TORM has chosen to utilize the phase-in allowance to exclude the data points on cases of work-related ill
health and on number of days lost to injuries, accidents, fatalities, and work-related ill health
Phase-in Phase-in
S1-14 §89 TORM has chosen to utilize the phase-in allowance to exclude the reporting on non-employees Phase-in
Phase-in
S2-5 §42b Stakeholder involvement in target setting S2 87
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > ENVIRONMENT > ESRS 2 GENERAL DISCLOSURES
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 39
Governance Structure
GOV-1 TORM’s Board of Directors holds the overall
responsibility for sustainability matters. They have delegated
relevant aspects of the sustainability strategy to Executive
Director and the Audit and Nomination Committees. The Risk
Committee oversees disruption indicators related to clean
petroleum products, including climate-related risks.
TORM’s administrative, management, and supervisory bodies,
particularly the Board of Directors, bring a breadth of
governance experience from various industries through their
roles on other boards, previous job experience, and sector
knowledge. This experience provides valuable insights into
best practices, including oversight and approval of
sustainability-related reporting.
An overview of the composition and diversity of the Board of
Directors and administrative management and representation
of employees and other workers is provided in our governance
section. All committees report to the Board of Directors.
→ More about Governance structure, description of the
committees and the Board from page 110
Board of Directors
GOV-2 TORM’s Board of Directors oversees sustainability at
TORM. The Board of Directors receives quarterly updates from
the Board Committees and considers the company’s
sustainability approach, our performance, and our material
impacts, risks, and opportunities (IROs) each year. This is done
through review and approval of the annual Sustainability
Statement as part of the annual report. The Board of Directors
has the following committees with responsibilities for
sustainability:
Risk Committee
The Risk Committee is responsible for the oversight of TORM’s
climate-related risks.
Audit Committee
The Audit Committee is responsible for oversight of the
reporting process for the Sustainability Statement, controls,
and data quality. Additionally, the Audit Committee is charged
with risk assessment and management related to reporting,
monitoring internal controls, and reviewing the double
materiality assessment.
Senior Management Team
The Senior Management Team is responsible for determining
TORM’s objectives, including how we monitor progress. The
Senior Management Team also oversees the governing policies
that address our material impacts, risks, and opportunities.
The entire Senior Management Team is updated on the
progress of sustainability reporting. Closer involvement has
been delegated to the Chief Financial Officer (CFO) and Head
of Technical Division who are involved in the Governance
Groups for all ESRS working groups in order to support close
management oversight. The Executive Director reports to the
Board of Directors on sustainability matters central to TORM’s
overall strategy and business model.
The Senior Management Team executes the sustainability
strategy and also monitors material sustainability impacts,
risks, and opportunities. This includes setting targets in
relation to IROs, monitoring progress against these targets,
and overseeing policies and actions to address or mitigate
risks and negative or positive impacts.
Examples of Targets
TORM's 2030 Carbon Reduction Target
The Senior Management Team approved our transition plan to
achieve our 2030 target and our net-zero target by 2050. In
addition, The Senior Management Team has reviewed and
approved TORM's carbon intensity reduction target to be 45%
by 2030.
LTAF Target
At TORM, we use LTAF to measure safety performance. For
information on the LTAF measurement, please see the
Accounting Policy for Social. The Senior Management Team
has reviewed and approved TORM’s LTAF target to be ≤0.3 by
2030.
Target for SO
x
, NO
x
, and PM
The Senior Management Team has approved TORM's target to
reduce SO
x
, NO
x
, PM2.5, and PM10 emissions by 8% by 2030
from all of TORM’s operations, using 2024 as a baseline.
Anti-Bribery and Anti-Corruption Policy and Target Approval
TORM’s Management has reviewed and approved TORM’s
updated Anti-Bribery and Anti-Corruption Policy. TORM has a
target to report 100% of identified cases of corruption and/or
bribery, including attempts, to the MACN.
→ More about our anti-bribery and anti-corruption policy
under G1-3 on page 92
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > ENVIRONMENT > ESRS 2 GENERAL DISCLOSURES
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 40
Due Diligence and Controls
GOV-4 The table provides a mapping of how TORM applies the
core elements of due diligence for people and the environment
and where they are presented in this Sustainability Statement.
GOV-5 At TORM, we have established internal controls over
sustainability reporting and adopted a systematic approach to
risk management to mitigate potential risks due to human
error or incomplete data.
As 2025 marks the second year of CSRD reporting at TORM,
the control environment for sustainability data is currently still
in a development phase and has not yet reached the same
level of maturity as our financial reporting process.
Our risk management process follows a structured risk
prioritization methodology, aimed at minimizing reporting
errors. A centralized database oversees data collection from all
business units, supporting consistency and accuracy in the
reporting process. This database enables TORM’s ESG
Controlling team to verify data inputs and identify and address
any inconsistencies or errors.
Accounting principles based on ESRS requirements have been
adopted for sustainability data presented in the Sustainability
Statement. TORM’s external auditor provides an independent
auditor’s report with limited assurance on the Sustainability
reporting.
→ See the Independent auditor’s report on page 219
Revenue Breakdown
The following table provides a breakdown of TORM’s revenue
by ESRS sector. This information has been reconciled with the
segment reporting as required by IFRS 8 Operating Segments.
→ See Note 3 on page 165
ESRS Sector - NACE code 2025 2024
USDm
Total
revenue
Total
revenue
H.50.2 Sea and Coastal freight water transport
1,314.2 1,544.0
C. 28 Manufacturing and production
37.2 29.6
Inter-segment eliminations
-11.9 -14.4
Consolidated revenue including eliminations 1,339.5 1,559.2
Refer to Note 3 - Segment income statement for revenue used for the
calculation.
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > ENVIRONMENT > ESRS 2 GENERAL DISCLOSURES
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 41
Core Elements of Due Diligence
Related Legislation Relation Between Disclosure and People and/or the Environment
a) Embedding due diligence in
governance, strategy, and business
model
ESRS 2 GOV-1
→ Roles of administrative, management, and supervisory
bodies on page 40
ESRS 2 GOV-2
→ Information provided to administrative, management, and
supervisory bodies on page 40
ESRS 2 GOV-3
→ Integration of sustainability related performance in incentive
schemes on page 64
ESRS 2 SBM-1
→ Strategy, business model, and value chain on page 36
ESRS 2 SBM-3
→ Material impacts, risks, and opportunities and their
interaction with strategy and business model on page 43
b) Engaging with affected stakeholders ESRS 2 SBM-2
→ Interests and views of stakeholders on page 45
ESRS 2 IRO-1
→ Double materiality assessment process on page 45
ESRS 2 IRO-2
→ Double Materiality Matrix on page 46
E1-2, E2-1, E4-2, S1-1,
S2-1, G1-1
→ Policies for climate change, pollution, biodiversity, own
workforce, workers in value chain, governance on page 96
S1-2, S1-3, S2-2, S2-3
→ Engagement process with own workforce and workers in
value chain on page 82
c) Identifying and assessing adverse
impacts
ESRS 2 SBM-3
→ Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their
interaction with strategy and business model on page 43
d) Taking actions to address adverse
impacts
E1-1
→ Transition Plan on page 61
E1-3, E2-2, E4-3, S1-4,
S2-4, G1-2, G1-3
→ Actions for climate change on page 63, pollution on page 69,
biodiversity on page 71, own workforce on page 79, workers
in value chain on page 88, governance on page 92
e) Tracking effectiveness of due
diligence efforts and communicating
E1-4, E2-3, E4-4, S1-5,
S2-5, G1
→ Targets related to climate change on page 52, pollution on
page 68, biodiversity on page 70, own workforce on page 77,
workers in value chain on page 87, governance on page 92
E1, E2-4, E4, S1-6,S1-9,
S1-14,S1-16, S1-17, S2-4,
G1-4, G1-6
→ Metrics related to climate change on page 52, pollution on
page 69, biodiversity on page 71, own workforce on page 77,
workers in value chain on page 87, governance on page 92
SASB
→ SASB tables on page 49
EU Taxonomy
→ EU Taxonomy Tables on page 66
TORM’s Value Chain
On this page, you can see details about TORM’s value chain.
The illustration shows our inputs, operations, and outputs, and
when these involve which stakeholders, as well as where the
impacts described in this Sustainability Statement belong.
→ For information about the oil transportation value chain
from exploration to end users, see page 8
TORM’s services enable safe, reliable transport of refined
products, benefiting customers, investors, and communities.
For investors, TORM’s operational efficiency and sustainability
initiatives support consistent returns and improved energy
efficiency.
MET manufactures products that customers use to lower their
emissions. This includes heat pumps and scrubbers to lower
CO
2
emissions of a vessel as well as solutions for lowering SO
X
emissions to the air. Following the full acquisitions of MET and
Gale Energy, the value chain remains unaffected.
We continuously track the availability of required inputs
including fuel, raw materials such as steel, and electricity,
which is used in various processes.
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > ENVIRONMENT > ESRS 2 GENERAL DISCLOSURES
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 42
Impacts, Risks, and Opportunities
SBM-3
Note that compared to last year, we have added short and medium term impacts to the timeline assessments for the IROs: Energy Consumption, Ballast Water, Health and Safety, and Harassment. The
change reflects increased reporting maturity, updated insights from our 2025 Double Materiality Assessment, and closer alignment with ESRS requirements to specify when impacts, risks, and
opportunities may occur.
Location in Value Chain Time Horizon
E1 Climate Change
Impact, Risk or
Opportunity
Own
Operations
Value
chain
Short
Term
Medium
Term Long Term
Climate Change Adaption
Failure to adapt to the physical impacts of climate change could increase the risk of operational disruption and asset
damage, which could lead to oil spills.
Potential negative impact
Climate Change Mitigation
If TORM does not reduce GHG emissions across operations and the value chain, this will contribute to accelerating
climate change, resulting in a negative environmental impact.
Actual negative impact
Energy Consumption
Consumption of fuels in the fleet generates GHG emissions which impact the environment. Actual negative impact
Location in Value Chain Time Horizon
E2 Pollution
Impact, Risk or
Opportunity
Own
Operations
Value
chain
Short
Term
Medium
Term Long Term
Pollution to Air
If not properly managed, air emissions from vessel operations, including SOx, NOx, and particulate matter, have a
direct negative impact on air quality that causes damage affecting human health and the environment.
Actual negative impact
Pollution to Water
In the case of an oil spill, TORM could pollute marine environments and harm biodiversity. Potential negative impact
Location in Value Chain Time Horizon
E4 Biodiversity
Impact, Risk or
Opportunity
Own
Operations
Value
chain
Short
Term
Medium
Term Long Term
Impact on Stage of Species – Ballast Water
If ballast water is not properly managed, TORM risks introducing invasive species to new environments, potentially
harming marine biodiversity and disrupting local ecosystems.
Potential negative impact
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > ENVIRONMENT > ESRS 2 GENERAL DISCLOSURES
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 43
S1 Own Workforce
Location in Value
Chain
Time Horizon Category of Employees
Impact, Risk or
Opportunity
Own
Operations
Value
chain
Short
Term
Medium
Term
Long
Term
Office-
Based
Production
Workers
Seafarers
Health and Safety
Failure to maintain high safety standards and ensure proper training for our seafarers will result
in accidents, injuries, and even fatalities.
Actual negative
impact
Diversity
A lack of meaningful progress on diversity, equity, inclusion, and belonging would undermine
TORM’s reputation as an attractive workplace. This will affect our ability to attract and retain
the diverse talent we need to deliver on our strategic ambitions.
Actual negative
impact
Harassment
Without measures to actively prevent and address harassment, there is a risk of a negative
impact on TORM’s work environment, particularly on board, where close working and living
conditions can intensify personal dynamics. This will negatively affect employee well-being.
Actual negative
impact
Equal Treatment
Not ensuring equal treatment and pay across TORM could negatively affect our reputation as
an attractive workplace and our ability to attract and retain skilled employees.
Actual negative
impact
S2 Workers in the Value Chain
Location in Value
Chain
Time Horizon
Impact, Risk or
Opportunity
Own
Operations
Value
chain
Short
Term
Medium
Term
Long
Term
Health and Safety
Failure to ensure proper safety standards and training for third-party workers, such as during
dry-dock operations, could lead to accidents or injuries.
Potential
negative impact
Location in Value
Chain
Time Horizon
G1 Business Conduct
Impact, Risk or
Opportunity
Own
Operations
Value
chain
Short
Term
Medium
Term
Long
Term
Corporate Culture
If TORM’s senior leadership does not promote a corporate culture that fosters integrity and
alignment with our core values, it could lead to weak compliance and governance.
Potential
negative impact
Protection of Whistleblowers
With no proper protection of whistleblowers in place, it could discourage reporting of
misconduct, leading to unresolved compliance issues and potential reputational damage.
Potential
negative impact
Corruption and Bribery
Without strong anti-corruption and anti-bribery measures, TORM risks legal consequences,
financial loss, and damage to our reputation and stakeholder trust.
Potential
negative impact
Management of Relationships with Suppliers (Vessel Purchase)
If TORM does not ensure that suppliers adhere to ethical labor practices and social
responsibilities as well as relevant environmental and labor laws, we risk safety incidents,
environmental damage and reputational damage.
Potential
negative impact
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > ENVIRONMENT > ESRS 2 GENERAL DISCLOSURES
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 44
About Our Double Materiality Assessment
IRO-1 TORM regularly conducts materiality assessments to
review our sustainability issues with the greatest significance
and ensure that our sustainability strategy remains relevant.
This assessment is typically informed by interactions with
internal and external stakeholders via workshops, interviews,
and questionnaires to fully capture material sustainability
impacts, risks, and opportunities. For each identified topic, a
governance group has been established in order to perform a
deep dive of the assessment. In each governance group, the
CFO and Head of Technical Division are present for oversight
of the progress and outcome. The materiality assessment is
validated by TORM's Senior Management Team, the Audit
Committee, and the Board of Directors.
In accordance with the CSRD, we update our Double
Materiality Assessment (DMA) once a year, in which we assess
financial risks and opportunities in addition to sustainability
impacts. In this process, we consider changes in the factors
and inputs that we evaluated during the previous year. Our
DMA process confirms that the focus areas designated in our
current sustainability strategy are material topics.
TORM’s sustainability disclosures encompass all activities
across the Group, including the transportation of refined oil
products by sea and our subsidiary production company,
Marine Engineering. The Group operates globally, with vessels
trading across international waters and ports, and production
facilities located in Denmark and China.
These operations inherently carry heightened risks due to the
nature of maritime transport, including environmental impacts,
resource consumption, and operational complexity. The
geographical scope spans international shipping routes and
port operations, with particular attention to regions with
sensitive ecosystems or stringent regulatory environments.
Given the nature of TORM’s business operating vessels and
running production facilities, work environment is a key focus
area. This includes ensuring safe and healthy conditions for
seafarers working in isolated and physically demanding
settings, as well as for employees at production sites where
industrial processes require robust safety and environmental
management systems.
At TORM, we consider how our environmental and social
impacts, as well as our dependencies on natural resources,
infrastructure, and workforce, may give rise to risks and
opportunities. The process is aligned with the ISO 14001
assessment, and this understanding is anchored in our
Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) assessment, and strategic
decision-making. Sustainability-related risks are assessed
using the same scoring methodology applied to financial and
operational risks, considering likelihood and potential impact.
Where sustainability risks are deemed significant, they are
escalated and addressed with equal rigor as other critical
business risks, ensuring full integration into overall risk
governance. The assessment process remains unchanged
from the previous year and supports key initiatives such as
decarbonization projects, good governance, and our strategy
to enable a greener future through the One TORM platform.
For the impact assessment, we used a scoring system of one
to five to evaluate the scale, scope, irremediable character
(collectively referred to as severity), and likelihood of all
sustainability matters. Thresholds were established for
financial and impact assessments. In terms of financial
materiality, the scoring system assessed both the likelihood
and potential magnitude of financial effects arising from a
sustainability matter. In our DMA, we considered the topics
outlined in the regulation ESRS 1 and other relevant subjects
when assessing IROs.
Thresholds were established for both financial assessments
and impact assessments. The financial thresholds were
applied during the DMA process to evaluate financial risks and
opportunities. This ensured alignment with how risks are
typically assessed regarding financial performance in our ERM
process. For the impact assessment, we applied internally
developed thresholds, drawing inspiration from advisors. For
severe human rights impacts, a lower threshold was used.
These thresholds were instrumental in evaluating and
identifying impacts to meet the needs of our stakeholders,
including the readers of our Sustainability Statement. The
table below shows stakeholder focus areas as outcomes of
the engagements, divided into engagement types.
We have chosen to separate vessel-based employees,
production workers, and office-based employees in our
description of IROs. This is due to the fundamentally different
circumstances under which our employees work. Vessel-based
employees and production workers face more risks and danger
associated with maritime and production operations, which
necessitates distinct reporting to accurately reflect their
unique challenges. This differentiation allows for a more
focused approach to address the specific safety, well-being,
and operational needs of production workers and vessel-based
employees compared to those working in an office
environment.
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > ENVIRONMENT > ESRS 2 GENERAL DISCLOSURES
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 45
Stakeholder
Engagement Engagement and Purpose Outcome
Shareholders
and Lenders
Ongoing dialog as well as requirements for specific loan
agreements and investments in TORM
Reducing CO
2
emissions
Strong governance and compliance
Safe operations
Employees Engagement surveys, training, performance reviews,
leadership communication, whistleblower setup, and employee
representatives
Health and safety performance and safe operations
Diversity to attract talents
Customers and
Business
Partners
Open dialog and various channels such as tenders, projects,
industry associations, and initiatives
Reducing CO
2
emissions
Strong Governance and compliance
Safe operations
Suppliers On a daily operational basis and via contracts Adherence to TORM's Business Principles
Strong governance and compliance
Environment
and Industry
Association
and Regulators
TORM is a member of several industry trade organizations,
and we actively engage with regulators on sustainability-
related matters that include decarbonizing and awareness of
impacts among others
Reducing CO
2
emissions
Pollution of air (SO
x
, NO
x
, and PM)
Biodiversity
Safe operations for the workers in the value chain
The table discloses how we engage with our key stakeholders, the purpose of those engagements, and their outcome. The views of stakeholders inform our due
diligence process and the materiality assessment, which is described in more detail in IRO-1.
Double Materiality Matrix
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > ENVIRONMENT > ESRS 2 GENERAL DISCLOSURES
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 46
Screening for Resource-Related Material Topics
Water and Marine Resources
IRO-1 At TORM, we have deemed water and marine resources-
related impacts, risks, and opportunities out of scope in our
materiality assessment.
Screening has been conducted as part of the compliance
process for ISO 14001. Internal workshops with Vice
Presidents (VPs) and Heads of Departments were held to
discuss potential impacts, risks, and opportunities in this area.
Additionally, peer discussions and network sessions within the
shipping industry confirmed that water and marine resources-
related considerations are generally not deemed material for
similar organizations. An external consultancy firm was
engaged to review and verify the outcome of this assessment,
further validating the conclusion that this topic is not material
to the company’s operations or value chain. Furthermore, no
external stakeholders have identified or verified this topic as
material for the company. As a result, no methodologies,
assumptions, or tools were employed for water and marine-
related screenings.
Resource Use and Circular Economy
IRO-1 At TORM, we have deemed potential impacts, risks, and
opportunities related to resource use and circular economy
out of scope.
The shipping industry operates under a heavily regulated
framework, including strict international and regional
standards governing resource use, waste management, and
environmental protection. As such, the company’s operations
already comply with these regulations, minimizing significant
risks or impacts in this area.
Ship recycling is an important aspect of our governance and
business conduct.
→ For more details, please see TORM’s policies under G1-1 on
page 96
TORM has not scrapped any vessels and maintains stringent
policies in accordance with the Hong Kong Convention when it
comes to selling a vessel. Although this topic is not considered
material in relation to the E5 circular economy, as we have not
engaged in vessel scrapping, it is managed under our G1
Business Conduct framework.
Screening has been conducted as part of the compliance
process for ISO 14001. The methodology for this screening
included identification and evaluation of environmental
aspects related to resource inflows (generally fuel and
materials), outflows (generally emissions and waste), and
waste management practices. The scope of the screening
covered the company’s own operations. Standard ISO 14001
methodologies and compliance tools and assumptions were
used, aligned with the requirements of international shipping
regulations, such as the International Maritime Organization
(IMO) conventions.
Monitoring Going Forward
TORM remains committed to transparency and continuous
evaluation. We will continue monitoring regulatory and industry
developments and if new evidence or stakeholder feedback
indicates the material relevance of impacts, risks, or
opportunities, we will revisit our assessment and processes.
Affected Communities
We decided not to conduct dedicated consultations with
affected communities specifically for water and marine
resources-related impacts and for resource use and circular
economy impacts, based on the processes described above,
which led to the determination that these are not material
topics for TORM.
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > ENVIRONMENT > ESRS 2 GENERAL DISCLOSURES
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 47
Non-Financial and Sustainability Information Statement
The following table constitutes our Non-Financial and Sustainability Information Statement in compliance with sections 414CA and 414CB of the Companies Act 2006. The information listed is
incorporated by cross-reference. Additional Non-Financial Information is also available on our website.
Reporting
Requirement
Policies Further Information Page
Environmental
Matters
TORM's Business Principles Climate Change Strategy
52, 56, 61
Green Ship Recycling Policy Climate Risks and Opportunities analysis and
Resilience analysis of business model
56-60
Environmental Protection Policy EU Taxonomy
65
SASB Tables
49
Metrics and Targets Related to Climate Change
52
Pollution
68
Biodiversity
70
Employees TORM's Business Principles Material Impact Assessments for Own Workforce
79
Whistleblower Charter Human Rights
81, 99
Anti-bribery and Anti-Corruption
Policy
Accident Prevention
79, 96
Health, Safety, and Security Policy Discrimination and Inclusion
79, 97
Diversity and Inclusion Policy Engagement Process with Own Workforce
82
Employee handbook
98
Anti-Discrimination and
Harassment Policy
Workers in Value Chain
87
Anti-Fraud Policy Business Conduct Policies and Corporate Culture
91
Modern Slavery Statement Anti Bribery
92
Whistleblower
93
Respect for Human
Rights
TORM's Business Principles Policies and Actions Related to Own Workforce
81
Whistleblower Charter Policies and Actions Related to Workers in Value
Chain
88
Responsible Procurement Policy Targets for Workers in Value Chain
87
Modern Slavery Statement Engagement with Suppliers
92
Reporting
Requirement
Policies Further Information Page
Social Matters TORM's Business Principles Material Impact Assessments for Own Workforce
79
Whistleblower Charter Material Impact Assessments for Workers in
Value Chain
87
Anti-Discrimination and Harassment
Policy
Policies and Actions Related to Human Right
81, 99
Anti-Fraud Policy Engagement with Suppliers
92
Modern Slavery Statement Targets for Workers in Value Chain
87
Responsible Procurement Policy
92
Anti-Corruption and
Anti-Bribery
TORM's Business Principles Business Conduct Policies and Corporate Culture
91
TORM's Policy on Anti-Corruption
and Anti-Bribery
Prevention and Detection of Corruption and
Bribery
92
Responsible Procurement Policy Engagement with Suppliers
92
Whistleblower Charter Anti-Corruption and Bribery Training
94
Description of
Principal Risks and
Impact of Business
Activity
Business Model to Material Impacts
36 - 43
Description of the
Business Model
Business Model
40
Non-Financial Key
Performance
Indicators
ESG Targets
7
SASB Tables
49
Metrics and Targets for Climate Change
52
Metrics and Targets for Pollution
68
Metrics and Targets for Biodiversity
70
Metrics and Targets for Own Workforce
77, 84
Metrics and Targets for Workers in Value Chain
87
Metrics and Targets for Governance
92
Climate-Related
Financial Disclosures
Resilience Analysis
56
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > ENVIRONMENT > ESRS 2 GENERAL DISCLOSURES
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 48
SASB Marine Transportation Industry Standard
Topic Accounting Metric Unit 2025 2024 2023 Code
Greenhouse
Gas
1)
Gross global Scope 1 emissions
2)
tCO
2
e 1,594,057 1,594,793 1,558,254 TR-MT-110a.1
Discussion of long-term and short-term strategy or plan to manage Scope 1 emissions,
emissions reduction targets, and an analysis of performance against those targets
See pages
10-12, 57-59, 62-70
See pages 17-19,
24-25, 28-29, 32-37
See pages 15-17, 19,
22-27, 30-33 in AR 22
TR-MT-110a.2
1) Total energy consumed
3)
Terajoules (TJ) 20,408 20,394 20,228 TR-MT-110a.3
2) Percentage heavy fuel oil Percentage (%) 68 60 60 TR-MT-110a.3
3) Percentage renewable Percentage (%) 0 0 0 TR-MT-110a.3
Average Energy Efficiency Design Index (EEDI) for new vessels
4)
Grams of CO₂ per ton-
nautical mile
4.5 4.3 4.3 TR-MT-110a.4
Air Quality
5)
Air emissions of the following pollutants:
1) NO (excluding N₂O)
Metric tons 35,669 35,782 N/A
6)
TR-MT-120a.1
2) SO⁷⁾ Metric tons 1,234 1,628 1,322 TR-MT-120a.1
3) Particulate matter (PM10) Metric tons 3,475 3,429 N/A
6)
TR-MT-120a.1
Ecological
Impacts
Shipping duration in marine protected areas or areas of protected conservation
status
8)
Number of travel days 829 570 654 TR-MT-160a.1
Percentage of fleet implementing ballast water: 1) exchange
8)
Percentage (%) 0 % 0 % 0 % TR-MT-160a.2
Percentage of fleet implementing ballast water: 2) treatment
8)
Percentage (%) 100 % 100 % 100 % TR-MT-160a.2
Number of spills and releases to the environment
5)
9)
Number 0 0 0 TR-MT-160a.3
Aggregate volume of spills and releases to the environment
5)
9)
Cubic meters (M3) 0 0 0 TR-MT-160a.3
1) Refer to Accounting Policy Section for E1.
2) Refer to Scope 1 Greenhouse Gas emission in Accounting Policy for E1.
3) Methodology updated in 2025 which will exclude Scope 1 category 13. The update will impact 2024. 2023 figures reflect only TORM data. See Accounting Policy for details on the restatement.
4) TORM reports EEXI number corresponding to EEDI for new vessels as TORM has vessels that are built prior to 2013.
5) Refer to Accounting Policy Section for E2.
6) TORM does not report this number.
7) 2024 SO
x
figures have been refined following a methodology change from bunker-based to average tank sulfur content calculations, reducing previously overstated emissions by 202 metric tons.
8) Refer to Accounting Policy Section for E4.
9) Spills include both oil and chemical spills.
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > ENVIRONMENT > ESRS 2 GENERAL DISCLOSURES
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 49
SASB Marine Transportation Industry Standard
Topic Accounting Metric Unit 2025 2024 2023 Code
Employee
Health and
Safety¹
)
Lost time incident rate (LTIR) Per million exposure
hours
0.35 0.42 0.32 TR-MT-320a.1
Business
Ethics²
)
Number of calls at ports in countries that have the 20 lowest rankings in Transparency
International's Corruption Perception Index
Number 11 9 15 TR-MT-510a.1
Total amount of monetary losses as a result of legal proceedings associated with
bribery or corruption³
)
USD 0 0 0 TR-MT-510a.2
Accident and
Safety
Management¹
)
Number of marine casualties Number 0 0 1 TR-MT-540a.1
Percentage classified as very serious Percentage (%) 0 0 0 TR-MT-540a.1
Number of Conditions of Class or Recommendations Number 4 8 9 TR-MT-540a.2
Number of port state control: 1) deficiencies Ratio 0.84 0.65 0.63 TR-MT-540a.3
Number of port state control: 2) detentions⁴) Number 2 0 0 TR-MT-540a.3
Activity
Metrics
Number of shipboard employees Headcount 3,804 3,677 3,271 TR-MT-000.A
Total distance travelled by vessels Nautical miles (nm) 5,594,771 5,306,958 4,971,501 TR-MT-000.B
Operating days Days 33,127 32,855 30,605 TR-MT-000.C
Deadweight tonnage Thousand deadweight
tons
6,655 6,284 5,212 TR-MT-000.D
Number of vessels in total shipping fleet (as of 31 December) Number 93 94 82 TR-MT-000.E
Number of vessel port calls Number 2,837 2,664 2,464 TR-MT-000.F
Twenty-foot equivalent unit (TEU) capacity TEU N/A⁵⁾ N/A⁵⁾ N/A⁵⁾ TR-MT-000.G
1) Refer to Accounting Policy for S1. TORM reports LTAF/LTIF instead of LTIR.
2) Refer to Accounting Policy for G1.
3) Refer to Accounting Policy for G1. TORM reports Amount of Fines for Violation of Anti-Corruption and Anti-Bribery Laws.
4) Note that detentions are reported in “number” format instead of “ratiofrom 2025 going forward.
5) TORM does not report this number due to we do not transport containers.
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > ENVIRONMENT > ESRS 2 GENERAL DISCLOSURES
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 50
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > ENVIRONMENT > E1
Introduction
At TORM, our commitment to climate action is rooted in our
commitment to people. For us, climate action, safety, and care
for people are closely connected, shaping how we operate
onboard our vessels and across our organization.
We focus on reducing our carbon footprint here and now.
Immediate action matters both for the environment and for the
strength of our business. By continuously improving energy
efficiency and lowering emissions across our fleet, we create
tangible environmental impact while strengthening operational
performance.
Pursuing innovation is a central part of how we move forward
and we test new solutions to push efficiency further. Our
strategic choices are clear. We strive to be the leading product
tanker owner while moving decisively toward a greener future
with zero emissions.
At the same time, we recognize that not all factors shaping our
decarbonization journey are within our control. What remains
fully within our control is how we act. We leverage our One
TORM platform, technological progress, and industry
collaboration to focus our efforts where they make the
greatest difference. This focus is supported by clear
management oversight and embedded into how decisions are
made across the organization.
We ensure our people are equipped with the knowledge and
tools needed to apply new technologies effectively and to
understand how their actions contribute to our climate goals.
Innovation supports our strategy, but it is our people who turn
ambition into performance.
For this reason, training, engagement, and clear operational
guidance are essential elements of our climate strategy.
Always delivering means embedding climate ambition into
daily decisions, onboard our vessels, and across our offices.
TORM actively contributes to industry initiatives and
partnerships that aim to advance practical, scalable solutions
for decarbonizing shipping. This involves active participation in
Danish Shipping, the Mærsk McKinney Møller Center for Zero
Carbon Shipping, the innovation partnership Shipping Lab, and
the Getting to Zero Coalition, a collaboration between the
Global Maritime Forum and the World Economic Forum.
Through these efforts, we seek to help shape regulatory
frameworks, share insights, and accelerate the transition
toward a lower-emission future for the product tanker
industry.
TORM’s climate ambitions are guided by clear targets that
translate strategy into action. We set goals that challenge us
and use them to steer decisions across the organization.
Progress on emissions reduction strengthens our operational
performance and confirms that energy efficiency and
commercial discipline go hand in hand.
Our energy transition road map is embedded into how we plan
and operate. Looking ahead, we prepare for broader industry
change, knowing that future progress will depend on new fuels,
vessels, and infrastructure. Throughout, we move forward with
purpose and pace, committed to delivering measurable
progress while caring for our people and the environment we
depend on.
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 51
Climate
Change
Introduction
Targets
Risk Analysis
Transition Plan
Actions
Other Disclosures
EU Taxonomy
E1 Environment
Targets and Metrics
E1-4 TORM has set a 2030 CO
2
intensity reduction target of
45% compared to the IMO’s original Tank-to-Wake 2008
baseline, which is five percentage points more ambitious than
the industry-wide target set out by IMO. In addition, we also
have a 2050 target of net-zero emissions.
2030 Carbon Reduction (AER)
39.5%
40%
43%
45.0%
2023
2024
2025
2030 target
—%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
Beyond our key targets described above, TORM has set
absolute targets shown in the table below. As part of the
target-setting process, we have been in dialog with selected
stakeholders, and the targets reflect the overall objective set
in our Environmental Protection Policy. The targets are
applicable for TORM.
We selected our targets based on their relevance to climate
risk management and alignment with industry standards,
aiming to ensure meaningful measurement of progress.
Target 2030 Target 2050 Target
Carbon intensity reduction target
(Percentage)
45 % 100 %
Absolute Scope 1 GHG emissions
(Metric tons CO
2
e)
≤1,500,000
Net-zero
emissions
Absolute Scope 2 GHG
emissions
1)
(Metric tons CO
2
e)
≤600
Net-zero
emissions
Absolute Scope 3 GHG emissions
(Metric tons CO
2
e)
≤1,200,000
Net-zero
emissions
1) Market-based CO
2
emissions used for the Scope 2 target.
The data is collected internally every quarter and reviewed by
the Senior Management Team and Audit Committee to track
progress.
We have deliberately chosen not to split our targets between
fuel efficiency improvements and incorporating low carbon
technologies at TORM. We have opted for this approach
because we consider that it is irrelevant as well as technically
challenging to separate our emission reductions into these
categories. We focus on capturing the combined result for
carbon emissions in the reduction of fuel consumption. The
fuel reduction initiatives are tracked via the reporting of fuel
consumption for the reporting period.
For our CO
2
intensity reduction target, we use the IMO’s 2008
baseline as the base year, which is the international shipping
standard adopted by the IMO Strategy on Reduction of GHG
emissions from ships. We use a 2021 baseline year for our
absolute Scope 1, Scope 2, and Scope 3 GHG emissions.
TORM’s current target is science-based and developed using
international and well established methodologies such as
IPCC. TORM does not have an SBTi target because SBTi does
not allow participation by companies where the main revenue
is derived from the distribution of oil products. TORM is not
excluded from EU Paris-aligned benchmarks. TORM's current
intensity target aligns with the Paris Agreement, but is not
verified by an external party. Refer to the transition plan
described under E1-1.
Scope 1, 2, and 3 Category Screening
Scope 1 Change
TORM's absolute Scope 1 GHG emissions decreased from
1,594,793 tCO
2
e in 2024 to 1,594,057 tCO
2
e in 2025,
corresponding to a slight reduction of 0.05%. During this
period, the fleet size changed from 94 vessels to 93.
Scope 2 Change
Our Scope 2 absolute emissions mainly consist of electricity
and heating used across our facilities. Emissions decreased
from 832 tCO
2
e in 2024 to 793 tCO
2
e in 2025, corresponding
to a reduction of 5%. The reduction is mainly driven by energy
efficiency initiatives implemented in our Copenhagen office.
Scope 3 Change
Our Scope 3 GHG emissions decreased from 1,849,266 tCO
2
e
in 2024 to 1,047,324 tCO
2
e in 2025, corresponding to a
significant reduction of 43%. The reduction is primarily due to
fewer vessel purchases in 2025 compared to 2024. In 2025,
six vessels were purchased, whereas we acquired 19 in 2024.
In 2022, we mapped our value chain and screened all 15 GHG
categories based on five criteria, according to which, we
considered the amount of emissions, the degree of influence
we have, associated risks, importance to our stakeholders, and
whether or not the activity is performed in-house.
A screening of the categories is conducted yearly, so far with
the result that the same categories are in scope based on a
minimum threshold.
→ The categories scoped are shown on page 55
Scope 1, 2, and 3 Primary/Hybrid Data
TORM focuses on improving our data quality by pursuing
primary data. The proportion of primary/hybrid versus
secondary data was 94% in 2025.
Total Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Emissions Change
The total Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions for 2025
decreased because we purchased fewer vessels in 2025
compared to 2024. At the same time, we achieved a reduction
again this year in the carbon intensity of our activities. TORM's
Annual Efficiency Ratio (AER) decreased from 4.69 in 2024 to
4.43 in 2025, which reflects that the fleet operated more
efficiently in lowering the CO
2
footprint of cargo transported
per sailed nautical mile. By working together cohesively as one
unit, we are able to harness synergies allowing us to optimize
energy and fuel performance on board vessels.
Adopting New Technologies to Reach Targets
New technologies are continuously evaluated as part of our
energy efficiency efforts to ensure that we reach our GHG
reduction target. If the pilot projects that we conduct are
deemed beneficial enough for improving our fleet-wide energy
efficiency, the projects will be implemented on a full-scale
basis across our fleet. TORM is also following the future
development of zero emissions vessels.
Scope 1 GHG Emissions from EU ETS
E1-6 As of 01 January 2024, TORM became subject to the
European Union Emissions Trading System (EU ETS). For every
applicable metric ton of CO
2
emitted, the reporting company
has to surrender one EU ETS Allowance (EUA). As the EU ETS
is being gradually phased in and only relates to voyages with
one or both legs in the EU, this does not cover 100% of
TORM’s emissions. 7.70% of TORM’s 2025 Scope 1 GHG
emissions have been covered by the purchase of EUAs.
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > ENVIRONMENT > E1
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 52
Achieved GHG Emission Reductions
2025 2021
1)
AER (Ratio)
4.43 5.05
Number of vessels in total shipping
fleet
93 84
1) 2021 is used as the base year for comparison.
tCO
2
e
2025 2021
Scope 1 GHG
1,594,057 1,081,027
Scope 2 GHG
1)
793 486
Scope 3 GHG
1,047,324 1,238,479
Total
2,642,174 2,319,991
1) Gross market-based Scope 2.
E1-3 → For a full overview of the reductions, see page 54
In 2025, TORM achieved an AER of 4.43, corresponding to a
43% reduction of the IMO's 2008 baseline for carbon intensity.
The reduction is not reflected in our absolute emissions due to
the increase in TORM’s fleet size. The Annual Efficiency Ratio
(AER) is a metric used in the maritime industry to measure the
carbon efficiency of a vessel. It quantifies the amount of CO
2
emissions emitted per unit of cargo-carrying capacity
(deadweight tonnage or DWT) over a distance traveled
(nautical miles). This metric is expressed in grams of CO
2
per
deadweight ton-mile (gCO
2
/dwt*nm).
E1-5 The below table presents TORM’s total energy
consumption by source. The figures provide an overview of the
composition of our energy use and the share of fossil versus
renewable sources.
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > ENVIRONMENT > E1
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 53
Energy Consumption
MWh
2025 2024
Coal and coal products 0 0
Crude Oil and Petroleum products
Heavy Fuel
1)
3,850,202 3,385,776
Low-sulfur heavy fuel
1)
745,477 1,229,315
Marine Gas Oil
1)
1,064,698 1,047,682
Petrol 5 13
Natural gas 0 0
Other fossil sources 0 0
Purchased or acquired electricity, heat, steam or cooling from fossil sources 2,048 2,064
Total energy consumption from fossil sources 5,662,430 5,664,850
Total energy consumption from nuclear sources 0 0
Renewable sources, including biomass, biofuels, biogas, hydrogen from
renewable sources etc. 6,297 0
Purchased or acquired electricity, heat, steam and cooling from renewable
sources 57 50
Self-generated non-fuel renewable energy 0 0
Total energy consumption from renewable sources 6,354 50
Total energy consumption 5,668,784 5,664,900
Renewable sources share of total energy consumption (%) 0.1 % 0.0 %
Percentage of fossil sources in total energy consumption 99.9 % 100.0 %
1) Methodology updated for 2024 to exclude Scope 3 category 13 fuel consumption. Conversion from GJ/MWh updated to TJ for consistency and
comparability.
Gross Scope 1, 2, 3, and Total GHG Emissions
E1-6 GHG Emissions, Milestones, and Targets
Retrospective Milestones and Target Years
2021 2024 2025 Percentage 2025 2030 2050
Annual
% target
/ Base year
Scope 1 GHG Emissions
Gross Scope 1 GHG emissions (tCO
2
e)
1,081,027 1,594,793
1,594,057
0 % N/A
≤1,500,000
0
(4) %
Percentage of Scope 1 GHG emissions from regulated emission trading schemes (%) 4.2 % 7.7 % 83 % N/A N/A N/A N/A
Scope 2 GHG Emissions
Gross location-based Scope 2 GHG emissions (tCO
2
e)
N/A 502
496
(1) % N/A N/A
0
N/A
Gross market-based Scope 2 GHG emissions (tCO
2
e)
1)
486 832 793 (5) % N/A ≤600 0 (3) %
Significant Scope 3 GHG Emissions
2
Total Gross indirect (Scope 3) GHG emissions (tCO
2
e)
1,238,479 1,849,266 1,047,324 (43) % N/A
≤1,200,000 0
0 %
1 Purchased goods and services
132,146 93,572 74,890 (20) % N/A N/A N/A N/A
2 Capital goods
702,107 1,162,462 418,371 (64) % N/A N/A N/A N/A
3 Fuel and energy-related Activities (not included in Scope 1 or Scope 2)
117,856 341,959 297,296 (13) % N/A N/A N/A N/A
6 Business traveling
14,090 10,524 11,418 8 % N/A N/A N/A N/A
11 Use of sold products
0 89,768 93,442 4 % N/A N/A N/A N/A
13 Downstream leased assets
272,280 150,981 151,908 1 % N/A N/A N/A N/A
Total GHG Emissions
3)
Total GHG emissions (location-based) (tCO
2
e)
N/A 3,444,561 2,641,878 (23) % N/A N/A 0 N/A
Total GHG emissions (market-based) (tCO
2
e) 2,319,991 3,444,892 2,642,174 (23) % N/A ≤2,700,600 0 (2) %
1) From 2025 Scope 2 market based GHG emissions includes emissions from renewable sources. For 2025, TORM’s standalone tCO
2
e for Scope 1 is 1,594,056, Scope 2 is 512, and Scope 3 is 944,734.
2) Categories assessed as material are included here. Categories determined to be immaterial, in accordance with the scoping analysis presented on the next page, have been omitted for the clarity.
3) Aligned with ESRS 1 §62-§67, including the GHG emissions in accordance with the extent of our operational control.
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > ENVIRONMENT > E1
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 54
Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Emissions - Fleet
gCO
2
/dwtxnm 2025 2024 2023
CO
2
emissions, AER total fleet
4.43 4.69 4.93
CO
2
emissions, AER LR2
3.41 3.42 3.37
CO
2
emissions, AER LR1
4.12 4.36 4.40
CO
2
emissions, AER MR
5.50 6.00 6.14
CO
2
emissions, EEOI total fleet
9.33 10.21 10.80
CO
2
emissions, EEOI LR2
7.48 7.71 7.94
CO
2
emissions, EEOI LR1
9.41 9.66 10.39
CO
2
emissions, EEOI MR
10.91 12.54 12.56
Category Included or
Excluded
Segment Included as Material
Category 1 Purchased goods and services >1% - Included TORM and Marine Engineering
Category 2 Capital goods >1% - Included TORM
Category 3 Fuel-and energy related activities >1% - Included TORM
Category 4 upstream transport <1% - Excluded Below threshold
Category 5 Waste generated in operations <1% - Excluded Below threshold
Category 6 Business travel >1% - Included Always included for TORM
Category 7 Employee commuting <1% - Excluded Below threshold
Category 8 Upstream leased assets <1% - Excluded Assessed annually but no relevant
activities for the financial year
Category 9 Downstream leased assets <1% - Excluded Not applicable. No sold products
Category 10 Processing of sold products <1% - Excluded Not applicable. No processing of sold
products
Category 11 Use of sold products >1% - Included Marine Engineering
Category 12 EoL of sold products <1% - Excluded Not applicable. No EoL of sold
products
Category 13 Downstream leased assets >1% - Included TORM
Category 14 Franchises <1% - Excluded Not applicable. No franchises
Category 15 Investments <1% - Excluded Assessed annually but no relevant
activities for the financial year
E1-5
Energy Intensity per Net Revenue
MWh per million USD 2025
1)
2024
2)
Percentage
Energy intensity (total energy consumption per net
revenue)
3)
4,232 3,633 16 %
1) For 2025 TORM’s standalone energy intensity would be 4,312.
2) Energy intensity recalculated following the correction of conversion factor from Gigajoules (GJ) to Terajoules (TJ).
3) Refer to Note 3 - Segment income statement for revenue used for the calculation.
E1-6
The Reconciliation of the Net Revenue Used to Calculate GHG Intensity
USDm 2025 2024
Net revenue used to calculate GHG intensity 1,340 1,559
Net revenue (other) 0 0
Total net revenue 1,340 1,559
GHG Intensity per Net Revenue
tCO
2
e per million USD 2025
1)
2024 Percentage
GHG emissions intensity, location-based (total GHG
emissions per net revenue)
1,972 2,209 (11) %
GHG emissions intensity, market-based (total GHG
emissions per net revenue) 1,973 2,209 (11) %
1) For 2025 TORM’s stand-alone GHG intensity for location-based is tCO
2
e per million USD 1,932 and market-based
1,932.
Refer to Note 3 - Segment income statement for revenue used for the calculation.
Biogenic Emissions
tCO
2
2025
Biogenic emissions (Scope 1 + Scope 3 Category 13)
1)
1,992
1) Biogenic emissions reflect CO
2
released from the combustion of biofuels in TORM’s marine operations. The metric
includes biogenic emissions from both Scope 1 and Scope 3 Category 13 (downstream leased assets). The emissions
are reported separately from fossil GHG emissions.
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > ENVIRONMENT > E1
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 55
Risk Analysis for Climate Change Adaption
ESRS-2 SBM-3 Climate change adaption is deemed a potential
negative impact for TORM in our DMA. We conduct an annual
climate-resilience scenario analysis for TORM with three
bespoke climate scenarios that are shown to the right.
The scope incorporates our current and planned strategies for
adapting our operations to minimize the impact of extreme
weather, as well as mitigation activities such as investments in
more fuel-efficient vessels or the use of alternative energy
sources.
Our three bespoke climate scenarios were combined with
short, medium, and long terms designated as 2025, 2030, and
2050, respectively. The terms are selected based on asset life
cycles and strategic planning periods relevant to TORM’s fleet
and operations.
Our climate resilience analysis identifies and evaluates risks
across the entire value chain, with an assessment of
stakeholders from both upstream extraction to downstream
consumer demands. This involves assessing both physical and
transitional risks and how these can affect TORM’s operations
and reputation.
We also examined exploration, production, and demand for
renewable energy, fuels, and technologies, including biofuels,
hydrogen, ammonia, and carbon capture utilization and
storage.
This scenario analysis identified four financially material
climate-related risks and three financially material climate-
related opportunities, all of which are described in the tables
on the following pages.
Climate-Related Risk Scenarios
1.5°C Net-Zero 2050 2.0°C Delayed Transition 3-4°C Hot House World
Orderly Transition Disorderly Transition Worst Case Scenario
Assumptions
An ambitious scenario that limits global
warming to 1.5°C through stringent
climate policies and innovation, reaching
net-zero CO₂ emissions around 2050
The world continues with “business as
usual” and emissions rise until 2030
This scenario relies only on government
policies that have already been
introduced or announced, such as the
EU’s Fit for 55
Assumes that ambitious climate policies
are introduced immediately with low
policy variation between regions and
strong international cooperation to
achieve net-zero CO₂ emissions
worldwide
By 2030, governments and societies
finally take action to avoid catastrophic
global warming, but at this point,
aggressive climate action is required to
limit global warming to around 2.0°C
Emissions grow until 2080, leading to
about 3°C warming and severe physical
risks
Net-zero means a major decline in the
use of oil and other fossil fuels. Oil
demand peaks in 2025 and falls from
around 100 mb/d (million barrels per
day) to 23 mb/d in 2050
Demand for oil and other fossil fuels
grows until 2030 and then falls rapidly.
Oil demand remains stable and peaks at
100 mb/d in 2030 and falls rapidly to 23
mb/d in 2050
This includes irreversible changes such
as higher sea level rise and extreme
temperatures.
Oil demand peaks at around 100 mb/d
in 2030, and declines very slightly
thereafter
Governments work to ensure an orderly
transition across the energy sector
This results in a disorderly transition in
which the transition to a low-carbon
economy occurs in an unexpected and
chaotic way
Conflict and humanitarian crises are
exacerbated, and some areas of the
world become uninhabitable zones
Conclusion
High and immediate transition risk Very high and delayed transition
risk
Low transition risk
Relatively low physical risk Relatively low physical risk Medium physical risk
Source: NGFS The Network for Greening the Financial System (NGFS) phase V report - November 2024, IEA World Energy Outlook - October 2024 and November 2025, IPCC
sixth Assessment Report - September 2023.
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > ENVIRONMENT > E1
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 56
Climate-Related Risks and Opportunities
All potential financially material climate-related risks are transition risks, none are physical risks.
Impact
Risks Why When Main Impact 1.5 °C 2.0 °C 3-4 °C Strategic Actions to Mitigate Risks
Market:
Declining Demand for Oil and
Gas
Demand for oil products would decline significantly in
the Net Zero 2050 scenario with peak oil in 2025, and
in 2030 in the Delayed Transition scenario, due
mainly to the electrification of transport.
Medium to long term
(2030–2050)
Decreased demand/
revenue
Decreased asset value
High
High
(delayed)
Lower
Diversify revenue into transport of renewable fuel types (see opportunity 1)
Train seafarers to handle chemical transportation to meet requirements
Monitor a number of “disruption indicators”
Higher asset utilization due to vessel supply shortage (see opportunity 3)
Modest financial gearing and utilize lease structure to remove asset value risk
Reputation:
Higher Cost of Capital and
Reduced Access to Capital
Withdrawal of banks from the sector and more limited
pool of investors over time risk resulting in more
expensive debt/equity financing. Majority of TORM’s
banks are signatories to Poseidon Principles, thus
obliged to reduce emissions.
Short to medium term
(2025–2035)
Reduced access to and
higher cost of capital
Inability to grow business
or maintain current fleet
age
High
High
(delayed)
Lower
Diversify revenue into transport of renewable fuel types (see opportunity 1)
Maintain conservative capital structure with access to multiple funding
sources
Decarbonize fleet faster than required by IMO by 2030 as transition company
to continue to attract investments
Emerging Regulation:
Carbon Price Regulations
IMO global carbon tax which at the earliest will
commence in 2028 is clouded by uncertainty. We will
likely see the emergence of multiple regional carbon
taxes.
Immediate to medium
term (2025–2030)
Increased operating cost
Decreased asset value
High
High
(delayed)
Lower
Decarbonize fleet faster than required by IMO to ensure competitiveness
Exposure only if emissions from TORM vessels are higher than the “average
vessel” of competitors, as carbon tax will be incorporated into the market rate
Technology:
Decarbonization of Vessels
In the Net-Zero 2050 and the Delayed Transition
scenarios, certain requirements arise for
decarbonization of TORM’s fleet.
The diversity of alternative fuels and technologies
increases the risk of selecting the wrong technology.
Medium to long term
(2030–2050)
Increased CAPEX to
decarbonize the fleet
Stranded assets if wrong
technology selected
Increased operating cost
High
High
(delayed)
Lower
Decarbonize fleet faster than required by IMO by 2030 to ensure
competitiveness in a declining market
Focus on using known solutions to decarbonize fleet and delay investments
until fuel technologies are de-risked and adopted at industry level
Participate in industry decarbonization groups, such as the Mærsk Mc-Kinney
Møller Center for Zero Carbon Shipping
Opportunities Why When Main Impact 1.5 °C 2.0 °C 3-4 °C Strategic Actions to Seize Opportunities
Market:
Diversification into Transport
of Low-Carbon Fuels
Demand for transport of low-carbon fuels increases
in Net-Zero 2050 and Delayed Transition scenarios.
Significant similarities between new and current
business model, customer segments, and vessel
operations.
Medium to long term
(post-2030
accelerating toward
2050)
Opportunity to diversify
revenue into new markets
Today, 71% of TORM’s fleet
is able to carry biofuels and
20% can carry methanol
ü ü
(ü)
Build market position in biofuels with existing assets and capabilities
Potentially upgrade current vessels to carry methanol, making us a large
player in segment
Investigate opportunity to enter hydrogen and ammonia segments (this would
require new and different types of assets)
Monitor a number of “disruption indicators"
Market:
Market Volatility Due to
Extreme Weather
Frequency and intensity of extreme weather
increases in all three scenarios, compared to world
without climate change.
This leads to frequent disruption to refinery
production, resulting in higher frequency of market
volatility.
Short to medium term
(2025–2035)
Opportunity to improve our
forecasting of events and
position vessels to benefit
from supply and demand
imbalance in volatile market
ü ü ü
Invest in vessel positioning tools, voyage optimization, and BI setup
Predictive analytics and AI to better forecast these extreme events and have
our vessels positioned to take advantage of this
Market:
Higher Utilization Due to
Supply Shortage
Newbuilding investments will be limited due to
reduced access to capital in all scenarios causing
uncertainty in shipping’s transition to new fuel types,
and relating to future demand for oil products.
Demand for oil products will remain high in medium
term, except in 1.5°C Net-Zero 2050 scenario.
Short to medium term
(2025–2030)
Opportunity for higher
asset utilization of the
existing fleet due to
supply/demand imbalance
in the short to medium term
(ü)
ü ü
Monitor a number of “disruption indicators” to assess the likelihood of the
opportunity materializing
Remain exposed to the oil and liquids segment in the medium term to capture
the opportunity whilst diversifying revenue in the longer term
ü Opportunities exist
(ü) Limited opportunities
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > ENVIRONMENT > E1
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 57
Key Scenario Impact on TORM's Business
Impact on TORM
Policy actions drive outcomes The policy actions taken by governments are the key variable and the main reason for the differences in outcomes across the scenarios.
Advanced economies decarbonize in all scenarios In all scenarios, the EU and other advanced economies decarbonize faster than developing nations.
Electrification reduces oil demand in all scenarios The electrification of road transport reduces oil demand in all three scenarios to a varying extent (in Hot House World, the lower demand is
offset by an increase in aviation and shipping among other industries).
Refining industry under increasing pressure The global refining industry is under pressure across all scenarios, whether from changes to product demand, risk of stranded assets, or
from extreme weather conditions. In all scenarios, refineries in Europe close as demand shifts to Asia Pacific.
Tanker market is challenged in Net-Zero 2050 and Delayed
Transition
The Net-Zero 2050 and Delayed Transition scenarios create challenging conditions for the tanker market through decarbonization costs
and destruction in product demand. The tanker market grows in Hot House World and benefits from volatility.
The West-East trade is dominant across all scenarios Import dependency on fossil fuels in developing economies in Asia remains high in all scenarios, leading to further concentration of trade
flows between the Middle East and Asia.
Global GDP costs in Hot House World vastly outweigh transition
costs
Global GDP growth is lower in all scenarios compared to a world without climate change. The global economic costs of physical risk in a
Hot House World vastly outweigh the costs of a transition to a low-carbon economy in other scenarios.
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > ENVIRONMENT > E1
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 58
Developing the Analysis
Climate-related risks are identified separately from broader
ESG risks. We identify climate-related risks using scenario
analysis and sector-specific data sources from publicly
available scenarios published in 2023, 2024, and 2025 by the
International Energy Agency, the Network for Greening the
Financial System, and the IPCC Sixth Assessment Report. The
scenarios were supplemented by data and insights relevant to
the transport of refined oil products.
The process of undertaking the scenario analysis included a
workshop with senior TORM representatives from departments
including Finance, Investor Relations, Risk, Strategy, Market
Research, Operations, and the Technical Division to consider
the three scenarios and identify climate-related risks and
opportunities.
The risks and opportunities were then assessed for financial
materiality and their potential impact on TORM’s business
model and strategy. This process is designed to improve the
resilience of TORM’s corporate strategy.
Climate Resilience and Corporate Strategy
At TORM, climate-related risks and opportunities are fully
embedded in the corporate strategy and financial planning
process.
We believe that decarbonization will have a significant impact
on the future of the product tanker business, but at the same
time we acknowledge that refined oil products will continue to
play an essential role in the global economy across all
scenarios.
The entire TORM organization’s performance is measured
against KPIs related to our GHG reduction targets. When
assessing fleet renewal options, we always investigate
potential impact on the trajectory towards these goals.
The outlook for oil demand and traditional refined products,
such as gasoline and diesel, varies significantly across
scenarios. TORM monitors specific disruption indicators. We
view these as warning signs to help decide if TORM’s
corporate strategy needs to be reconsidered, including our
investment strategy in newbuildings. This risk and the
disruption indicators are a reoccurring agenda item at every
meeting of the Board’s Risk Committee.
Scope
TORM’s own workforce was assessed in the analysis, including
vessel-based employees and office-based employees.
At TORM, we have assessed that there is no material risk of
damages to office buildings associated with extreme weather
or rising sea levels, as all of our office locations are rented.
Our vessels operate globally with the risk of impact from
extreme weather and rising sea levels.
Our climate resilience analysis is based on the assumption
that our existing fleet operates without significant alterations
in vessel design or technology over the analysis period. This
presents an opportunity to evaluate the resilience of our
current operations in the face of climate risks while
considering the implications of maintaining our current fleet.
TORM’s risk assessment is based on broadly identified key
data points such as oil demand, oil price, and CO
2
emissions.
We have not included MET as part of our climate resilience
analysis as impact is deemed limited.
Types of Climate Risks
Acute Risk: Assessment of extreme weather events that could
affect shipping routes, such as hurricanes, storms, and
flooding, which may disrupt operations or damage assets.
Chronic Risks: Long-term climate changes such as rising sea
levels and increasing temperatures that may influence port
accessibility, vessel performance, and safety.
Transition risks: Evaluation of risks associated with the
transition to a low-carbon economy, including regulatory
changes (such as stricter emissions controls, EU ETS, etc.),
shifts in market demand for clean petroleum products, and
technological advancements in clean shipping practices.
For climate-related risks and opportunities, we define the
types of risks by using the ESRS guidance for transition and
physical risk categories.
Analysis Uncertainties
The resilience analysis identified several areas of uncertainty
that could impact our shipping operations and strategic
decisions.
Regulatory Uncertainty: The marine shipping industry is
subject to evolving environmental regulations on emissions
and fuel standards. Uncertainties regarding timing, stringency,
and enforcement of these regulations can significantly affect
operational compliance and investment requirements.
Market Dynamics: Changes in global oil demand and consumer
preferences towards more sustainable products present
uncertainties. The speed at which customers transition to
alternative fuels or shipping options can impact revenue and
market share.
Technological Advancement: The effectiveness and availability
of new technologies for cleaner shipping, such as alternative
fuels and energy-efficient shipping routes, are uncertain.
Delays in the commercialization of these technologies could
hinder our transition to a low-carbon operation.
Climate Change Prediction: The inherent variability of climate
change impacts, including extreme weather events and sea-
level rise, introduces uncertainty in the risk assessment of
disruptions to shipping routes, port access, and fleet
operations.
Governance of Analysis
The climate-related risks identified through the scenario
analysis exercise have been incorporated into TORM’s annual
Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) procedure, during which,
the critical risks for TORM were identified, assessed, and
discussed by TORM’s Senior Management Team and included
in the ERM Report provided to the Risk Committee.
The ERM Report outlines TORM’s risk management framework,
including objectives, approach, and governance
responsibilities. Climate-related risks and opportunities are
integrated into this process through structured interviews and
surveys with senior leaders, followed by prioritization and
validation by the Senior Management Team and Risk
Committee. Risks are assessed using defined likelihood and
impact criteria across financial, reputational, compliance, and
operational dimensions on a 1-5 scale, considering both
inherent exposure and mitigation effectiveness. The Risk
Committee discusses risks and opportunities at least quarterly
and during significant events, prioritized based on financial
materiality and strategic significance, and escalated to the
Board when high-impact risks emerge. This integration
ensures climate considerations inform strategic planning and
capital allocation decisions.
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > ENVIRONMENT > E1
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 59
As previously described, TORM's Risk Committee and Senior
Management Team hold the Management responsibility and
strategy responsibility respectively at TORM.
The Head of Group Finance monitors new Sustainability-
related regulatory requirements and develops initiatives to
ensure that TORM complies with stakeholder expectations.
Strategies to explore and develop business opportunities
related to customers, brokers, and industry stakeholders, as
well as further energy efficiency technologies to increase
decarbonization on commercially viable terms, are led by the
Head of Commercial Decarbonization and the Head of
Technical Decarbonization.
ESRS-2 → See ESRS 2 SBM-3 on page 56 for a complete
description of TORM’s climate-resilience process, including the
screening for actual and potential future greenhouse gas
(GHG) emissions, the scope of TORM’s climate strategy and
business model resilience, and the climate scenarios applied in
our climate-resilience analysis.
CO
2
Emission Pathways
CO
2
emission pathways are significantly divergent in reduction
and speed to 2050. The “business as usual” pathway in
Delayed Transition follows the Hot House World until 2030 and
then falls rapidly as aggressive climate policies are introduced.
The temperature rise is a consequence of the CO
2
emission
pathway.
Oil Demand Forecast
Peak oil is reached in 2025 in Net-Zero 2050, 2030 in Delayed
Transition, and 2030 in Hot House World.
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > ENVIRONMENT > E1
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 60
Hot House World
Delayed Transition
Net Zero
Current Policies
2023
2025 2030
2035
2040 2045
2050
0
10,000
20,000
30,000
40,000
50,000
Hot House World
Delayed Transition
Net Zero
Current policies
2023
2025
2030 2035
2040
2045 2050
0
25
50
75
100
125
CO
2
Emission Pathways
SOURCE: IEA Energy Outlook 2025
Million tons of CO
2
per year
Oil Demand Forecast
SOURCE: IEA Energy Outlook 2025
Million barrels per day
Transition Plan
E1-1 As part of TORM’s commitment to achieving net-zero
GHG emissions by 2050, we have developed a dedicated
energy transition plan to guide our decarbonization efforts.
Our plan is anchored in the areas most relevant to TORM’s
business and the broader shipping industry and it reflects the
decarbonization ambition set by the IMO. As such, the plan
focuses on CO₂-intensity reduction targets rather than
absolute GHG emissions. As a result, it is not yet fully aligned
with CSRD requirements. TORM is committed to strengthening
our approach to ensure full compliance and enhanced
transparency by 2028.
The transition plan provides a structured framework for
continuously assessing the pathways, milestones, and actions
required to meet our 2030 and 2050 CO₂-intensity reduction
goals, as well as our absolute Scope 1, Scope 2, and Scope 3
GHG-emission targets.
→ Read more about our targets in E1-4 on page 52
Assumptions in Energy Transition Plan
At TORM, we have used the following key assumptions to
develop our energy transition plan:
The starting point in the transition plan is based on our
current fleet.
Throughout the period towards 2050, we assume a
constant fleet size based on our fleet today.
Vessels are assumed to be divested at similar vessel ages
as done historically.
New second-hand vessels are assumed to be the same
size as divested vessels in terms of DWT.
All second-hand vessels are assumed to have energy
efficiency technologies installed.
From 2035, all replacement vessels in the fleet are
assumed to be zero emission vessels.
Vessel speed and trading pattern is assumed to be similar
to 2023-2024.
It is important for TORM to not just set an ambitious target for
the future, but to help lower global carbon emissions now and
improve the sustainability of the TORM fleet today. In our
energy transition plan, we have only included known
technologies in the assessment of reaching our 2030 CO
2
intensity reduction target. This means that implementation
risk is very low, and there is a potential upside if new
technologies continue to be developed and show commercial
viability. TORM has already identified a list of potential new
projects that could help us reach our 2030 CO
2
target.
As carbon reduction is not a static process, additional energy
efficiency initiatives are evaluated on a continuous basis. All
approved energy efficiency initiatives have had a positive
business case both in terms of contributing further to our
emissions reduction and expected financial performance.
TORM remains confident that we will reach our 2030 CO
2
intensity reduction target based on our current progress and
the upcoming funded initiatives that we have identified.
The energy transition plan towards 2050 is dependent on the
development and inclusion of zero emission vessels from 2035
and onwards in order to reach our zero emissions target by
2050. TORM is monitoring the technological developments and
will update the plan if the assumptions do not materialize as
expected.
TORM’s net-zero GHG reduction target for 2050 is ambitious,
and it will be challenging to achieve. We will work towards
meeting our goal with a structured approach, dedication,
ingenuity, and industry-wide collaboration. Our energy
transition plan towards 2050 is an important tool in this
approach.
Challenges Ahead
One main challenge in the tanker industry for reaching net-
zero emissions is that our ability to reach net-zero carbon
emissions is contingent on the establishment of required
infrastructure and global availability of green fuels in smaller
ports. This is a more prominent challenge in the tanker
segment as transport of cargoes is not done through
established trading routes and solely major ports.
Global industry collaboration is needed in order to deliver on
the infrastructure and availability for green fuels as well as to
overcome technological challenges. TORM actively
participates in several coalitions and industry groups to push
for sustainable solutions in the tanker industry to curb these
challenges. Once sustainable industry-wide solutions have
been developed, we are committed to pursuing net-zero
emission carbon vessels to take TORM to net-zero emissions
by 2050.
Anchoring the Plan in TORM
To ensure full anchoring of the energy transition plan
throughout the organization, we conduct the yearly update of
the energy transition plan in connection with the annual
budget and business planning process. If deemed relevant,
TORM also conducts a strategy process simultaneously to
ensure the right strategic focus areas and options are still in
place. TORM has in 2025 confirmed our capabilities to fulfill
the target via the plan and consequently continues to follow
the plan.
Our transition plan and targets are fully aligned and
disseminated across the organization. This approach ensures
adequate knowledge of the funding needed for all relevant
initiatives. The transition plan is ultimately approved by our
Board of Directors to ensure full alignment between the Board
of Directors, our shareholders, and the TORM organization.
TORM takes into consideration how the green transition
impacts our own workforce, including whether or not TORM
should consider restructuring, training, or upskilling our
workforce. Health and safety of our employees, is always our
top priority, also on our green transition journey.
TORM has established an ESG department that works in close
cooperation with our commercial and technical
decarbonization teams. We track the overall progress on the
energy transition plan. The energy transition plan is first
approved by the Senior Management Team, and subsequently
approved by the Board of Directors. As the energy transition
plan is interlinked with the budget and business plan process,
the annual update of the energy transition plan takes place in
the fall each year.
Emerging technologies and regulatory changes as well as
market developments are continuously monitored and tracked
across TORM, providing valuable input to the overall TORM
corporate strategy.
We are committed to achieving net-zero GHG emissions
through our investment strategy. These investments are
currently not specifically targeted to be EU Taxonomy aligned,
because investments in vessels, which are capable of carrying
clean petroleum products, are not considered aligned. TORM
invests in fleet renewal and energy efficiency projects as part
of our ongoing business.
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > ENVIRONMENT > E1
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 61
Actions
E1-3 At TORM, we have three main categories of actions in our
transition plan to mitigate climate change and to help reach
our absolute GHG reduction target for 2030. See the
illustration on the next page to learn more. We elaborate most
on the energy efficiency category.
As shown in the illustration, there is a common factor that
influences the impact of all TORM’s energy efficiency
initiatives, which is human behavior. Voyage optimization,
technologies, and NEXUS provide efficiencies depending on
the understanding and usage by our crews.
TORM has a technical decarbonization team to exclusively deal
with supporting and training seafarers on optimizing energy
consumption and usage on board. The office-based teams
observe data from NEXUS on energy consumption onboard
vessels and note any outlier activity. When the activity has
been analyzed, and the team has a suggestion for how to alter
operations, this is communicated to the crew initiating a
collaboration. The crews are the ones who must make the
decisions on how to operate. At TORM, we have worked on
optimizing the feedback from office-based teams, so the
onboard crews receive information quickly, clearly, and know
how to follow up. We are working to further enhance this
process with the implementation of NEXUS.
New behavioral recommendations are continuously rolled out
in the form of officer seminars, online training, and reading
material to ensure all seafarers on all TORM vessels are aware
of new recommendations for behavioral changes.
In addition, TORM has emphasized the importance of climate
change mitigation by making CO
2
reduction a KPI for all of our
employees.
E1-1 This streamlined KPI is part of our One TORM platform
and helps all employees collaborate towards common goals
and thereby harness synergies that allow us to optimize
energy efficiency onboard vessels.
As described here and in the illustration, we implement
multiple energy efficiency initiatives simultaneously, including
devices and features for direct savings as well as technology
to optimize operational behavior. For this reason, it is not
possible to accurately isolate the CO
2
emission savings of
each individual contribution. Overall, we are registering
savings.
We maintain focus on the optimization and improvement of our
existing fleet. This is namely about enhancing efficiency of our
fleet by applying a broad set of operational and technical
improvements. TORM has allocated more than USD 16m in
capital expenditure for 2025 for this purpose.
Lastly, TORM supports broad industry cooperation to
accelerate the decarbonization of shipping by joining industry
groups such as the Mærsk McKinney Møller Center for Zero-
Carbon Shipping as a Mission Ambassador. TORM monitors the
development of new fuels and associated technologies, and
TORM aims to be part of shaping their development and
deployment whenever this is commercially and operationally
viable.
For more information about TORM's future decarbonization
plan beyond 2030 and the resources allocated to our
decarbonization actions, see Transition Plan section. Below is
a graph of the expected AER reduction ahead of 2050.
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > ENVIRONMENT > E1
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 62
Transition Plan Towards 2050
% reduction in AER compared to the IMO’s 2008 base year
using the CII reference line measured in CO
2
g/dwt x nm.
2024
2026
2028
2030
2032
2034
2036
2038
2040
2042
2044
2046
2048
2050
-100.0
-75.0
-50.0
-25.0
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > ENVIRONMENT > E1
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 63
Other Disclosures
GOV-3 TORM incorporates climate-related considerations into
the remuneration of office-based employees, including
administrative management. All permanent office-based
employees have a CO
2
reduction KPI weighted at 12%.
This KPI, based on the AER methodology, uses an intensity
target rather than an absolute target and is applied to TORM's
office-based employees, excluding subsidiaries. The Non-
Executive Directors of the Board receive a fixed fee that is not
tied to CO
2
performance.
Our vessels’ dual-fuel capability allows them to operate on
both biofuel and fossil fuel. This capability provides
opportunities for emissions management. TORM is currently
mostly locked-in to fossil fuels. While we have initiated biofuel
use on a limited and immaterial scale, our fleet remains
primarily dependent on conventional fuels. As we renew our
fleet, we expect to gradually reduce this locked-in position.
We are committed to monitoring fuel usage and exploring
options that reduce our overall greenhouse gas emissions over
time. Our strategy focuses on maintaining operational
flexibility while aligning with evolving sustainability standards.
CAPEX And OPEX Allocated to Climate Actions
TORM includes our decarbonization lever investments as part
of our Tangible Fixed Assets and Operating expenses in Note 3
- Segment in our Annual Report.
USDm 2025 2024
Booked OPEX decarbonization initiatives
1 1
Booked CAPEX decarbonization initiatives
16 26
The listed values reflect what is booked for 2025. The
expected CAPEX to reach our 2030 reduction target will
depend on the future acquisition price of second-hand vessels
towards 2030.
Key Performance Indicators and CAPEX Plan Required by
Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2021/2178
TORM has identified taxonomy-eligible economic activities
within our operations but we have determined that no
activities currently meet the technical screening criteria to be
considered taxonomy-aligned. Therefore, the proportion of
taxonomy-aligned turnover, CAPEX, and OPEX is 0% for the
reporting period.
→ More in the EU Taxonomy tables on page 66
TORM identified activities in the Marine Engineering segment
as non-eligible for the Turnover, OPEX, and CAPEX indicators.
Ability to Implement Actions Based on Resources
The estimation of financial investments required for
retrofitting ships, adopting new technologies, and training
staff is conducted as part of the yearly budget and business
plan process in the fall of every year.
Recent years have seen a significant FTE increase in the
Technical Division to accommodate the additional workload
and further improve energy efficiency across the fleet as well
as to ensure adequate resource allocation on projects that
were approved as part of the business plan and budget.
Funding to achieve our energy transition plan is a combination
of our cash flow from operations and standard bank financing.
In the long term, there could potentially be a need to increase
the ratio of bank financing to cash flow from operations.
With regards to the EU Taxonomy, TORM’s investments are not
targeted and not expected to meet the EU Taxonomy
requirements the next upcoming years.
Aligning Our Economic Activities with Criteria Established in
Commission Delegated Regulation 2021/213936
Currently, our activities are not aligned with the EU Taxonomy.
To align our economic activities with the criteria established in
Commission Delegated Regulation 2021/2139, we are
developing plans for capital expenditures (CAPEX) focused on
transitioning to renewable energy sources and enhancing the
energy efficiency of our fleet.
Investments in Coal, Oil, and Gas-Related Activities
Transport of refined oil products is related to oil and gas
economic activities. → CAPEX invested is reflected in the
financial disclosures, Note 10, page 175, which are our
vessels and capitalized dry-docking under tangible fixed
assets.
E1-5 The revenue from TORM and Marine Engineering is
generated from high climate impact sectors. TORM is in
section H - Transportation and storage. Marine Engineering is
in section C - Manufacturing.
Internal Carbon Pricing
E1-8 TORM has developed an internal carbon pricing
framework, which we continue to evaluate and further develop
as market conditions, regulatory requirements, and internal
needs evolve. At TORM, we apply an internal carbon price as
part of a sensitivity analysis that is used when deemed
relevant in connection with vessel sales. The analysis
assesses the vessel’s fuel consumption within the relevant
tanker segment (LR2, LR1, or MR) and applies an internal
carbon price of USD 100 per ton of carbon to the difference in
consumption to evaluate the potential financial impact.
We use a shadow carbon price of USD/t carbon 100 for energy
efficiency investment cases being applied on our vessels on a
global scale for TORM. This price is equivalent to the carbon
cost for vessels trading intra Europe in the period 2026-2029
(EU ETS and Fuel EU Maritime). At the moment, we consider
this price level relevant as these are the concrete elements
that potentially can impact TORM in the near future. We are
continuously monitoring if changes to this price level are
needed. Both of the internal carbon pricing schemes have
been implemented with the purpose to further accelerate
TORM’s green energy transformation. The scheme includes
gross Scope 1 greenhouse gas emissions.
Policies Related to Climate
E1-2 All of TORM's owned vessels are ISO-14001 certified,
which emphasizes TORM's Management commitment to
environmental impact management from climate change
mitigation to waste management.
TORM's environmental policies include approaches to
combating climate change. Our policy is also a part of our
Business Principles.
→ Find our Business Principles on page 97
Our policy includes our ambitious target, which supports
climate change mitigation and addresses three out of four
identified climate-related adaptation risks.
→ More details in the Risk Analysis section on page 56
For the fourth risk, declining oil and gas demand, TORM has no
policies to address this. However, we respond to the risk with
our business strategy.
TORM plans to reach our targets with energy efficiency
projects as well as fleet renewal including the usage of zero
emission vessels.
TORM does not have an adaptation policy. TORM does not
have a renewable deployment policy.
→ More about Environmental Protection Policy on page 97
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > ENVIRONMENT > E1
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 64
EU Taxonomy Reporting in 2025
The EU Taxonomy is a classification scheme established by
the European Union to provide transparency into a company’s
activities. It defines what constitutes an environmentally
sustainable economic activity, according to EU defined
criteria. TORM applies the updated delegated regulation of 04
July 2025, which became effective on 01 January 2026, and
simplifies the reporting requirements under the EU Taxonomy
regulation including the mandatory tables to be applied.
The purpose is to assess whether a business activity
substantially contributes to one of the EU’s six environmental
objectives. An activity is considered eligible if the activity has
the potential to contribute.
The six environmental objectives outlined in the EU Taxonomy
are climate change mitigation (Regulation EU 2020/852 Annex
1), climate change adaption (Regulation EU 2020/852 Annex
2), sustainable use of water and marine sources, circular
economy, pollution prevention, and a healthy ecosystem
(Commission Delegated Regulation EU 2023/2486).
Technical Screening Criteria for EU Taxonomy
TORM's activities that relate to chartering, maintaining, and
operating vessels, including costs related to repairs and
maintenance, are covered by the EU Taxonomy category '6.10
Sea and Coastal Freight Water Transport, Vessels for Port
Operations, and Auxiliary Activities'. We therefore assess
TORM's activities to be eligible. The activities for the Marine
Engineering segment are not considered eligible.
An activity is considered aligned when it contributes
substantially to one or more of the EU's environmental
objectives, does not significantly harm any of those objectives,
and is carried out in compliance with minimum social
safeguards.
In screening the eligible activities for EU Taxonomy alignment,
we have concluded a non-alignment. TORM’s assets are
currently dedicated to the transportation of fossil fuels, which
is explicitly deemed non-aligned by the environmental
objective Climate change mitigation.
TORM is not in a locked-in position and is able to transport
chemicals or biofuels, although this trade is considered
immaterial. TORM’s vessels cannot be considered as having a
share of activities that are aligned according to the EEDI
criteria and therefore, we have assessed that our operations
are not considered aligned.
An assessment for DNSH (Do No Significant Harm) criteria and
Minimum Safeguards was performed. Disclosure has not been
provided, as TORM’s activities are considered non-aligned with
the EU Taxonomy.
→ See TORM’s EU Taxonomy Accounting Policy from page 74
EU Taxonomy Overview
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > ENVIRONMENT > EU TAXONOMY REPORTING
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 65
EU Taxonomy Tables
TORM's key performance indicators are listed in the tables below. TORM's activities are considered eligible but not aligned.
Financial Year 2025
KPI Total
Proportion of
Taxonomy
eligible
activities
Taxonomy
aligned
activities
Proportion of
Taxonomy
aligned
activities
Breakdown by environmental objectives of Taxonomy aligned
activities
Proportion of
enabling
activities
Proportion of
transitional
activities
Not assessed
activities
considered
non-material
Taxonomy
aligned
activities in
previous
financial year
Proportion of
Taxonomy
aligned
activities in
previous
financial year
Climate
Change
Mitigation
Climate
change
adaptation Water
Circular
Economy Pollution Biodiversity
USD m % USD m % % % % % % % % % % USD m %
Turnover
1,340
98%
0
0%
0
0%
CapEx 324 98%
0
0%
0
0%
OpEx 252 31%
0
0%
0
0%
→ Turnover, CAPEX and OPEX can be reconciled to Note 3 in the consolidated financial statements, see page 165
→ For at detailed description of the developments, see the financial review section on page 24
Financial Year 2025
Economic Activities Code
Taxonomy
eligible KPI
(proportion of
Taxonomy
eligible
Turnover)
Taxonomy
aligned KPI
(Proportion of
Taxonomy
aligned
Turnover)
Taxonomy
aligned KPI
(Proportion of
Taxonomy
aligned
Turnover)
Environmental objective of Taxonomy aligned activities
Enabling
activities
Transitional
activity
Proportion of
Taxonomy
aligned in
Taxonomy
eligible
Climate
change
mitigation
Climate
change
adaptation Water
Circular
Economy Pollution Biodiversity
% USD m %
% %
EL;
N/EL (f)
% % %
E (where
applicable)
(T where
applicable)
%
Sea and coastal Freight Water
Transport,Vessels for Port
Operations, and Auxiliary Activities
CCM 6.10 98% 0 0% T 0
Sum of alignment objective
Total KPI (turnover/CAPEX/OPEX)
98% 0%
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > ENVIRONMENT > EU TAXONOMY REPORTING
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 66
Financial Year 2025
Economic Activities Code
Taxonomy
eligible KPI
(proportion of
Taxonomy
eligible
CAPEX)
Taxonomy
aligned KPI
(Proportion of
Taxonomy
aligned
CAPEX)
Taxonomy
aligned KPI
(Proportion of
Taxonomy
aligned
CAPEX)
Environmental objective of Taxonomy aligned activities
Enabling
activities
Transitional
activity
Proportion of
Taxonomy
aligned in
Taxonomy
eligible
Climate
change
mitigation
Climate
change
adaptation Water
Circular
Economy Pollution Biodiversity
% USD m %
% %
EL;
N/EL (f)
% % %
E (where
applicable)
(T where
applicable)
%
Sea and coastal Freight Water
Transport,Vessels for Port
Operations, and Auxiliary Activities
CCM 6.10 98% 0 0%
T 0
Sum of alignment objective
Total KPI (turnover/CAPEX/OPEX)
98%
0%
Financial Year 2025
Economic Activities Code
Taxonomy
eligible KPI
(proportion of
Taxonomy
eligible OPEX)
Taxonomy
aligned KPI
(Proportion of
Taxonomy
aligned OPEX)
Taxonomy
aligned KPI
(Proportion of
Taxonomy
aligned OPEX)
Environmental objective of Taxonomy aligned activities
Enabling
activities
Transitional
activity
Proportion of
Taxonomy
aligned in
Taxonomy
eligible
Climate
change
mitigation
Climate
change
adaptation
Water
Circular
Economy
Pollution Biodiversity
% USD m %
% %
EL;
N/EL (f)
% % %
E (where
applicable)
(T where
applicable)
%
Sea and coastal Freight Water
Transport,Vessels for Port
Operations, and Auxiliary Activities
CCM 6.10
31% 0 0%
T 0
Sum of alignment objective
Total KPI (turnover/CAPEX/OPEX) 31%
0%
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > ENVIRONMENT > EU TAXONOMY REPORTING
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 67
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > ENVIRONMENT > E2
Introduction
At TORM, we are committed to our communities and the
environment. For that reason, we consider it our responsibility
to reduce pollution to both air and water, and we have policies,
targets, and actions in place to support this goal.
Targets
Topic
2030 Target 2050 Target
SO
x
(Percentage)
Reduce SO
x
, NO
x
, and
PM2.5 and PM10
emissions from all
TORM’s operations by
8% by 2030
Net-zero emissions
NO
x
(Percentage) Net-zero emissions
PM2.5 (Percentage) Net-zero emissions
PM10 (Percentage) Net-zero emissions
Zero oil spills
1)
Zero oil spills
according to the
ITOPF definition
Zero Oil Spills
According to the
ITOPF definition
1) As per ITOPF’s (International Tanker Owners Pollution Federation) definition, a
spill is categorized as of > 7 metric tons. TORM uses a standard factor of 0.740
(based on products we usually carry) to convert metric tons into cubic meters.
Pollution to Air
E2-3 TORM has set the target to reduce SO
x
, NO
x
, PM2.5, and
PM10 emissions by 8% by 2030 from all of TORM's operations,
using 2024 as a baseline to track our progress.
In 2025, the 24% reduction in SO
x
emissions was driven by the
expansion of scrubber installations across the fleet. NO
x
was
reduced by 0.3% and PM2.5 and PM10 increased by 1.3%.
Pollution to Water
TORM has set the target of Zero oil spills to water according to
the ITOPF definition, from 2024 ongoing.
You can read about how our targets relate to preventing and
controlling air pollutants in the E1-4 section our Sustainability
Statement.
→ See section E1-4 on page 52
The targets are voluntary, however, there is a industry target
set by IMO for CO
2
emissions, which is linked to the emission
of SO
x
, NO
x
, PM2.5, and PM10.
Impacts, Risks, and Opportunities
ESRS 2 IRO-1 To set targets at TORM, we have identified
material impacts and risks related to pollution in the DMA.
→ This is described in IRO-1 in the ESRS 2 disclosure on page
45
Pollution to Air
E2-4 Fossil fuel combustion from TORM's vessel operations
emits nitrogen oxides (NO
x
), sulfur oxides (SO
x
), and particulate
matter (PM2.5 and PM10) into the atmosphere. These
pollutants negatively affect the environment and human
health. This adverse impact is inherent in our operations,
systemic to the maritime sector, and occurs over the short,
medium, and long terms.
NO
x
calculation is based on the summation of main engine and
auxiliary engines’ power output using an energy-based
emission factor. Emission factor is calculated using the Fourth
Greenhouse Gas study methodology from IMO according to
engine tier and engine speed.
SO
x
calculation is based on the amount of bunkered fuel used
multiplied with the percentage of a one-year historic weighted
average of sulfur amount. The sulfur amount is adjusted if the
vessel has a scrubber installed and depending on the date
when scrubber was installed. The bunker amount is collected
where sulfur content is stated in the Bunker Delivery Note. The
calculation is prepared annually at year end, and the
calculation is performed for all vessels.
Pollution to Water
TORM’s operations may result in the pollution of water through
oil or chemical spills. This can cause harm to the marine
environment and to people. This negative impact occurs in
TORM's own operations, is considered systemic to the
maritime sector, and could potentially occur over the short,
medium, and long terms. Pollution of water through an oil or
chemical spill may also result in a financial risk for TORM due
to the cost of clean-up, fines, sanctions, and/or lawsuits,
reputational damage, and increased insurance premiums in the
short and medium terms.
Oil and chemical spills are recorded immediately on vessels
and via e-mail to the HSE manager. Information recorded
includes the number of spills, volume of spills, how spills occur,
corrective measures, and preventive measures.
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 68
Pollution
Introduction
Targets
Impacts, Risks, and Opportunities
Actions
Policies
E2 Environment
Actions
E2-2 In order to monitor our progress towards reaching our
targets as well as compliance with regulations, we have
actions as well as internal and external control systems to
support our pollution reduction efforts.
Our actions to reduce pollution to air are linked to actions
performed to reduce CO
2
emissions.
→ See E1-2 for further details on page 64
Our procedure for managing oil spills is documented in our
Safety Management System (SMS), which can be accessed by
all seafarers.
If an oil spill occurs, this will be handled according to our
emergency procedures. As a minimum, this includes an
announcement on the vessel to muster all crew members and
the initiation to contain the spill. Mitigating actions to prevent
oil from going overboard include draining spilled oil into an
empty tank or slack tank. This event is reported by the captain
to the company and the authorities as per local regulations.
To prevent oil spills, TORM makes sure that all crew members
are trained and familiar with cargo and bunker handling
procedures. In addition, we require that all equipment is tested
and ready before operations.
TORM’s operations are governed by national and international
regulations including MARPOL, Annex VI for prevention of air
pollution, Annex I for prevention of pollution by oil, and Annex II
for control of pollution by noxious liquids.
All TORM’s operations, vessels and technical organization are
certified under ISO 14001:2015, the international standard for
environmental management systems. The certification
requires annual audits by a Recognized Organization (RO) and
ensures that TORM maintains a structured approach to
environmental performance. This includes the Management’s
commitment to environmental protection, employee training
and competence, clearly defined environmental policies, and
effective operational controls to manage environmental risks.
TORM applies the mitigation hierarchy in managing pollution
risks, guided by ISO 14001 principles. Actions include
preventive measures through operational controls, reduction
targets for emissions and waste streams, and restoration
protocols for accidental discharges. These efforts are
integrated into our Safety Management System.
TORM is subject to annual internal and external audits in
accordance with relevant regulations (ISM Code and
ISO-14001:2015). The scope of audits includes assessment of
environmental impacts, such as pollution to air and water, and
mitigation measures to manage the risks.
To minimize emissions of SOx, NOx, PM2.5, and PM10, TORM
actively reduces bunker fuel consumption. Lower fuel use
directly translates into fewer emissions, supporting our
commitment to cleaner operations and improved air quality.
→ For further details on our decarbonization projects see E1-3
Actions on page 62
Policies
E2-1 In TORM’s Environmental Protection Policy, we commit to
reducing our pollution to air and water with our reduction
targets for SO
x
, NO
x
, and PM, along with a target for zero oil
spills.
Further information on the scope of the Environmental
Protection Policy and how it is implemented is described in
policies related to climate change in E1.
→ The policy can be found on page 97
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > ENVIRONMENT > E2
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 69
Pollution to Air and Water
Pollution to Air (Non-GHG Emissions)
Metric tons
2025 2024 2023
SO
x
emissions (Sulfur emissions)
1)
1,234 1,628 1,322
NO
x
35,669 35,782 N/A
PM10
3,475 3,429 N/A
PM2.5
3,197 3,155 N/A
Pollution to Water
Number of uncontained oil and chemical spills (ITOPF definition)
0 0 0
Aggregate volume in Cubic meters (M
3
) of oil and chemical spills and releases to the
environment
0 0 0
1) 2024 SO
x
figures have been refined following a methodology change from bunker-based to average tank sulfur content calculations, reducing previously overstated
emissions by 202 metric tons.
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > ENVIRONMENT > E4
Introduction
E4-4 At TORM, we acknowledge that our operations have
impacts on marine biodiversity. We have identified that one of
our main potential impacts on marine biodiversity is
contamination to water from oil spills. We are working with
Danish Shipping to investigate the extent of other impacts and
potential mitigation measures.
Targets
To mitigate our impact on marine biodiversity from oil spills, we
target to have Zero oil spills at any time globally.
→ Read more in the SASB table on page 49 and E2 Pollution
section on page 68
The purpose of TORM’s target is to minimize oil spills into the
sea from TORM’s operations.
Of impacts that we have investigated, potential oil spills have
the clearest impact on marine biodiversity. For this reason, we
selected this as our target.
Setting the targets was based on the following:
Literature reviews of impacts
Engagement with operational stakeholders
Current operational performance
Financially viable solution
Approval by the Senior Management Team and the Board
of Directors
Ecological thresholds are not incorporated into our process for
settings targets. We have determined that this is not
applicable for TORM based on our global operations.
Impacts, Risks, and Opportunities
TORM's operations have the following impacts on biodiversity:
1. Contamination of water from potential oil and chemical
spills. → Read more in our disclosure in E2-Pollution on
page 68
2. Contamination of water from anti-fouling paint
3. Contamination of water from waste such as sewage and
garbage
4. Carriage of alien species
5. Noise pollution to mammals
6. Collisions with marine mammals
ESRS 2 IRO 1, ESRS 2 SBM-3 Criteria used for assessing our
impacts include only TORM’s internal operations, specifically
our global marine transportation operations. Our onshore
business covers ten office locations around the world, and we
do not include biodiversity impacts from our customers and
suppliers for our 2025 Sustainability Statement. We have
assessed our impacts on marine biodiversity using two
methods:
Literature reviews from sources including the IUCN World
Conservation Congress
Stakeholder consultations
We report our operations in Particularly Sensitive Sea Areas
(PSSAs), as shown in the table below. During 2025, TORM’s
shipping duration in marine protected areas increased from
570 days to 829 days. This is driven partially by changes in
the measurements of the position of our vessels from once per
hour to every 15 minutes. TORM complies with the approved
PSSA specific measures.
Impact on Marine Protected Areas
Days 2025 2024
Shipping duration in marine protected areas
or areas of protected conservation status
1)
829 570
1) Definition of shipping duration in marine protected areas or areas of
protected conservation status has been changed in 2024 to be consistent
with the SASB definition. Refer to Accounting Policy Section for E4.
TORM does not conduct validation of the Particularly Sensitive
Sea Areas (PSSAs) metric beyond third-party assurance.
TORM’s Head of Voyage Optimization and Business
Intelligence team determined appropriate definitions of Marine
Protected Areas and conducted geofencing accordingly for
automation of data collection. This allows us to identify our
shipping duration in the Marine Protected Areas. Actual
impacts from entering these areas cannot be assessed as it
highly depends on our actions and conditions during sailing.
We acknowledge that we have potential impacts on threatened
species from our marine operations. The severity of the
impacts is currently unknown. TORM is investigating this topic
further.
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 70
Biodiversity &
Ecosystems
Introduction
Targets
Impacts, Risks, and Opportunities
Actions
E4 Environment
Actions
TORM’s current initiatives focus on strengthening our
understanding and awareness of biodiversity impacts while
maintaining full compliance with applicable requirements. As
our focus is on understanding impacts, we have not yet
identified key actions for biodiversity. In addition, we adhere to
applicable requirements to mitigate associated risks.
Avoidance is the primary approach used to minimize
biodiversity impacts. None of TORM’s ten offices are located
within protected areas. In voyage planning, we also strive to
avoid sailing through PSSA, as outlined in TORM’s
Environmental Protection Policy. When transit through a PSSA
is necessary, vessels comply with all approved measures,
including:
Routing requirements
Strict applications of MARPOL discharge regulations
Use of specific equipment for tankers and Vessel Traffic
Services (VTS)
TORM follows PSSA requirements strictly when our vessels
need to sail through the PSSA
E4-3 All TORM’s vessels are designed according to regulatory
requirements. Classification societies monitor vessel
constructions to be in line with the IMO guidelines.
ISO-14001 certification and training ensure that our seafarers
are trained to be compliant with and vigilant of procedures to
minimize contamination of water including oil, chemical, and
sewage garbage discharges. In addition, contamination of
water is regulated by MARPOL Annex I, Annex II, Annex IV,
Annex V.
TORM has an internal Safety Management System (SMS)
where specific procedures are provided to seafarers to follow
to mitigate contamination of water from our operations. TORM
records and reports oil and chemical spills in our database.
TORM engages with peers and attends network sessions to
obtain more knowledge on impacts and solutions.
We have one Senior Management Team member who attends
networking sessions related to impact on marine biodiversity
with Danish Shipping.
Ballast Water Treatment Systems (BWTS) are installed on
100% of our vessels to minimize carriage of alien species. This
is required by the IMO.
Percentage of Fleet Implementing Ballast Water Exchange and
Treatment System
2025 2024
Percentage of fleet implementing
ballast water: (1) exchange
% — %
Percentage of fleet implementing
ballast water: (2) treatment
100 % 100 %
TORM’s environmental protection actions are governed by four
layers, consisting of two external layers and two internal
layers. External layers include regulatory requirements, from
bodies such as the IMO, and our voluntary ISO-14001
certification, which subjects TORM to audit procedures. All
TORM’s vessels are ISO-14001 certified.
Our internal layers are TORM’s Environmental Protection Policy
and Compliance Program and TORM’s Business Principles.
→ See G1 TORM’s policies for more about our policies in
relation to biodiversity and ecosystems on page 96
Other impacts that TORM has on biodiversity cannot be
avoided, but only mitigated via our internal procedures, local
guidance, and regulations.
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > ENVIRONMENT > E4
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 71
Accounting Policy
E1 Climate Change
Financial Resources Allocated to Action Plan
Operating expenses (OPEX), which comprise crew expenses,
repair and maintenance expenses, and tonnage duty, are
expensed as incurred (refer to Note 1 under financial
statements).The capital expenditure (CAPEX) incurred relates
to facility upgrades, new technology, and other investments
intended to enhance operational efficiency and support the
transition objectives.
Total Energy Consumption Related to Own Operations
All fuel used on board is converted into energy based on fuel
oil analysis results.
Total Energy Consumption for Vessels and in Production
Total energy consumption for vessels is calculated by
converting recorded fuel consumption into energy units using
fixed LCV-based fuel-to-energy conversion factors specific to
the fuel type, and then converting this to MWh and TJ.
Additionally, the data for total energy consumption of petrol at
subsidiary MET’s production sites is collected based on actual
usage and converted to MWh.
Total Energy Consumption from Fossil Sources
Same definition as for the metric “total energy consumption
related to own operations.”
Heavy Fuel
All heavy fuel oil (HFO) burned on board the vessels.
Low-Sulfur Heavy Fuel
All low-sulfur heavy fuel burned on board the vessels. Source:
TPRS and sounding (linked to Scope 1 reporting).
Marine Gas Oil
All Marine gas oil burned on board the vessels.
Biofuel
All biofuel burned on board the vessels.
Petrol
Petrol is used by company cars for business travel.
Consumption of Electricity, Heat, Steam, and Cooling from
Fossil Sources
Electricity consumed indirectly in operating activities at the
offices excludes London, Dubai, Delhi, Pune, and Houston
offices. An allocation key based on sqm occupancy is used
when direct data for shared common areas is unavailable. The
collection of data is based on the actual usage of each office,
converted to MWh and TJ for reporting purposes.
Consumption of Electricity, Heat, Steam, and Cooling from
Renewable Sources
Electricity consumed indirectly in the operating activities at
the TORM’s and MET Production’s Denmark offices is sourced
from renewable sources. This information is based on the
general declaration provided by the electricity supplier.
Update to Energy Consumption Calculation Approach and
Restatement of Prior-Year Data (SASB Marine Transportation
Industry Standard)
Total energy consumed: In 2024 and 2023, the methodology
for calculating total energy consumption under the SASB
Marine Transportation Industry Standard was refined to
improve accuracy and alignment with current reporting
practices. The revised approach consolidates Scope 1 and
Scope 2 energy consumption, excluding Scope 3 (Category
13). The calculation method was also updated from an LCV
based approach to a fixed conversion factor methodology,
ensuring consistency, comparability, and a more reliable
reflection of the Group’s actual energy performance. This
results in the following changes to the total energy consumed:
Terajoules (TJ)
Previous
Reporting Variance
2024
Reporting
2024 22,390 -1,996 20,394
2023 20,791 -563 20,228
Update to Energy Consumption Calculation Methodology and
Restatement of Prior-Year Data (CSRD - ESRS E1)
Energy Consumption of Crude Oil and Petroleum Products -
Heavy Fuel, Low-Sulfur Heavy Fuel and Marine Gas Oil:
In line with CSRD (ESRS E1) requirements, the methodology for
calculating energy consumption was updated in 2024. The
revised approach corrects a prior year conversion error where
GJ to MWh was used instead of TJ. These refinements ensure
methodological consistency across reporting years and
improve the accuracy, completeness, and comparability of
disclosed energy data in line with CSRD definitions. This
results in the following changes to the energy consumption of
crude oil and petroleum products:
MwH
Previous
Reporting Variance
2024
Reporting
Heavy Fuel
3,668 3,382,108 3,385,776
Low-Sulfur Heavy Fuel
1,405 1,227,910 1,229,315
Marine Gas Oil
1,146 1,046,536 1,047,682
Fleet Size
The fleet size consists of owned and leased vessels as of
December 31 of the reporting year.
AER
AER is a measure of efficiency using the total fuel
consumption, distance travelled, and deadweight. The measure
is defined as grams CO
2
emissions emitted by the vessels per
deadweight-ton-nautical mile. AER includes emissions from
both Scope 1 and Scope 3 Category 13. Deadweight is defined
in accordance with the highest deadweight value available in
the maximum load line certificate cross-referenced with the
deadweight of a ship in water of relative density of 1,025 kg/
m3 at summer load draft. Distance is defined as GPS distance
recorded by the vessel. AER is affected by vessel size, speed,
duration of waiting time, and port stays. AER for the fleet is
calculated by summarizing the fuel emissions for the fleet and
dividing them by the sum of the products of deadweight and
distance sailed, multiplied by 1,000,000 to convert to g/
dwtxnm unit.
Carbon Reduction (AER)
CO
2
reduction percentage is based on AER calculated for the
fleet, which is adjusted for acquired second-hand vessels for a
period of 12 months following take-over. The value of the AER
is compared against the baseline. Baseline reference for
carbon emissions reductions is calculated every year to adjust
for the latest fleet composition, with the same exclusion
applied. Deadweight for the year, for which the AER reduction
is determined, is weighted by days in operation for every
vessel used. The baseline is calculated by first determining the
required AER for 2030 to achieve a reduction of 40%, by using
the formula for the supply-based measurement of 2030 target
and applying a reduction factor following the formula of
required annual operational CII (MEPC 76/15/Add.2 Annex 12).
Required AER is calculated following the CII reference line
formula applying the 2019 Tanker specific reference line
factors (MEPC 76/15/Add.2 Annex 11).
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > ENVIRONMENT > ACCOUNTING POLICY
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 72
EEOI
EEOI (Energy Efficiency Operational Indicator) is a measure of
efficiency using the total fuel consumption, distance travelled,
and cargo intake. The measure is defined as grams of CO
2
emissions per cargo-ton-nautical mile. EEOI is affected by
vessel size, speed, cargo availability, duration of ballast
voyages, waiting time, and port stays.
Deadweight Tonnage (Based on SOLAS II- 1A Reg 2-20)
Deadweight Tonnage is calculated as a sum of the vessels’
deadweight present in the fleet at the time of reporting. A
vessel’s deadweight is defined in accordance with the highest
deadweight value available in the maximum load line certificate
cross-referenced with the deadweight of a ship in water of
relative density of 1,025 kg/m3 at summer load draft.
Scope 1 Greenhouse Gas Emissions
This metric is the same as Gross Scope 1 Greenhouse Gas
Emission from the SASB table. CO
2
emissions have been
calculated based on the consumption of heavy fuel oil and
marine gas oil, according to IMO’s conversion factor for
emission per metric ton which includes fugitive emissions from
CH
4
and N
2
O on TtW basis using a 100 year GWP (global
warming potential) as per IPCC’s AR5. Emissions are
calculated for each single vessel and then consolidated.
Numbers under the Scope 1 data sheet have been collected on
board our vessels or at our offices. The collection is based on
actual usage. The vast majority of TORM’s Scope 1 emissions
are linked to vessel operations from our fleet.
TC in (voyages time chartered in < 90 days) are considered
within our operational control and are included in Scope 1.
TC out (voyages time chartered out > 90 days) are
considered outside our operational control.
The TC out on-hire days are excluded from the population
and added under Scope 3 category 13.
Biogenic Emissions
Biogenic CO
2
emissions are calculated based on consumption
of biodiesel and the bio-components in blended fuels.
Gross Location-Based Scope 2 Greenhouse Gas Emissions
CO
2
emissions are calculated based on the consumption of
acquired electricity and heating following the emission factors
from various sources. For TORM, we used the AIB (2025) -
European Residual Mixes 2024 - Production mix (CO
2
only). For
Singapore, Cebu, Manila, Mumbai, and MET China, we used IEA
(2025) data for electricity. Additionally, for TORM heating in
Denmark, we referenced the Miljødeklaration 2024 (published
2025) for emission per metric ton for district heating.
Emissions are calculated for each office and then
consolidated.
Gross Market-Based Scope 2 Greenhouse Gas Emissions
CO
2
emissions are calculated based on the consumption of
acquired electricity and heating following the emission factors
from relevant sources. For TORM, we used the AIB (2025),
European Residual Mixes 2024 - Residual mix (CO
2
only). For
TORM Singapore, Cebu, Manila, Mumbai, and MET China, the
same emission factors as location-based are used due to the
absence of a Residual mix. Similarly, for TORM heating in
Denmark, a location-based emission factor is also applied.
Emissions are calculated for each office and then
consolidated. From 2025 onwards, TORM has expanded its
methodology to also calculate GHG emissions associated with
energy consumption from renewable sources.
Gross Scope 3 Greenhouse Gas Emissions
CO
2
emissions generated from activities not owned or
controlled by TORM, that we indirectly affect in our value
chain. Scope 3 emissions are calculated using a mixed
approach where spend-based data as well as supplier-specific
and/or activity-based data is used, and where the relevant
emission factors are applied. We use a variety of data sources
for these emission factors where the key sources are DEFRA,
GLEC, Thrust Carbon Methodology, IMO, and Exiobase.
From 2024, all entities are included in the Scope 3 reporting
including Marine Engineering. The data reported in 2024 for
Marine Engineering is for 2023. ESG metrics follow the below
boundaries unless otherwise specified:
Owned and leased vessels (incl. third-party technically
managed vessels)
Employees in offices
Crew onboard vessels
All TORM offices around the world
Spend-based emission factors are in EUR
Greenhouse Gas Emissions
Scope 3
Indirect upstream and downstream emissions from third-party
activities and operational management services. Based on our
materiality threshold of 1% following the GHG
recommendations, TORM includes the following Scope 3 GHG
categories in our reporting framework:
Purchased Goods and Services (GHG #1)
This category includes operating expenses, administration,
port costs, and investments related to drydocking and vessel
projects. For Marine Engineering, this category mainly includes
costs related to electrical machinery and equipment, iron, and
steel.
Capital Goods (CHG #2)
CAPEX investments relating to the purchase of vessels or
modifications on vessels. Vessel lightweight methodology is
used to extract emissions data for purchase of vessels, and
spend-based approach is used for vessel modification.
Fuel and Energy-Related Activities (GHG #3)
Fuel and energy-related activities are reported based on fuel
consumed. Electricity and heating consumption for own
operations are included with location-based emission factors.
Business Travel (GHG #6)
Our business direct air travel is reported based on activity-
data received from TORM’s travel partners and procurement
data for other business travel related activities.
Use of Sold Products (GHG #11)
This category includes the scrubbers sold by MET. The
estimated lifetime of a scrubber is 25 years. Based on this, the
calculations of the sold scrubbers have been extrapolated.
The emission factors used come from GLEC v3.0 (2023) for
heavy fuel oil (HFO) (sulfur 2.5%).
Downstream Leased Assets (GHG #13)
CO
2
emissions have been calculated based on the
consumption of heavy fuel oil and marine gas oil according to
IMO’s Tank-to-Wheel (TTW) conversion factor for emission per
metric ton. Emissions that fall under the Scope 3 category 13
are emitted by vessels that are on TC-out voyages for longer
than 90 days, excluding the off-hire days.
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > ENVIRONMENT > ACCOUNTING POLICY
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 73
EU Taxonomy Accounting Policy
Turnover
Turnover refers to the activities that generate revenue.
Revenue associated with economic activities deemed eligible
under the EU Taxonomy is classified as our turnover in the
tanker segment.
CAPEX
CAPEX associated to economic activities defined in the EU
Taxonomy consists of the following under tangible assets
under the tanker segment ‘vessels and capitalized drydocking’
and ‘prepayment on vessels’ after additions and disposals and
before depreciation or any remeasurements. See Note 10 in
the Consolidated Financial Statements.
OPEX
OPEX associated with economic activities deemed eligible
under the EU Taxonomy is classified under the tanker segment
and consists of our OPEX under the tanker segment. This
comprises crew expenses, repair and maintenance expenses,
and tonnage duty, and is expensed as incurred.
For operating expenses, TORM uses an allocation key of 10%
for seafarers wages related to repair and maintenance. The
allocation key is based on interviews with key senior
personnel.
Energy Intensity per Net Revenue
Energy intensity per net revenue is calculated by dividing total
energy consumption (Scope 1 and Scope 2 energy
consumption in MWh) by total net revenue. The net revenue is
derived from the company’s audited financial statements.
→ See Note 3 - Segment income statement for revenue used
for the calculation on page 165
Update to Energy Intensity Calculation Following Revision of
Energy Consumption Methodology and Restatement of Prior-
Year Data
Energy Intensity per Net Revenue
As a consequence of the methodological update and the
correction of the conversion factor, we have recalculated
energy intensity (total energy consumption per net revenue).
The revised calculation includes Scope 1 emissions, purchased
electricity and heating, and corrects the prior year TJ-to-MWh
conversion error. The adjustment to 2024 energy intensity is
substantial and reflects the corrected energy consumption
values as shown in the table:
Unit
Previous
Reporting Variance
2024
Reporting
2024 MWh per USDm
5.35 3,627.86 3,633.21
2023 MWH per USDm
4.60 3,763.10 3,767.70
Percentage
16.30 % (3.57) %
Reconciliation of the Net Revenue Used to Calculate GHG
Intensity
Consolidated net revenue is used as the denominator in
calculating GHG intensity metrics which reconciles with the
company’s audited financial statements.
→ See Note 3 - Segment income statement for revenue used
for the calculation on page 165
GHG Intensity per Net Revenue
GHG intensity per net revenue is calculated by dividing total
GHG emissions (Scope 1, Scope 2, and Scope 3 GHG emissions
in metric tons of CO
2
e) by total net revenue.
SASB Metrics
Average EEDI for New Vessels
EEDI (Energy Efficiency Design Index) value is the product of
power installed, specific fuel consumption, and carbon
conversion, divided by the product of available capacity and
vessel speed at design load. The unit reported is grams of
carbon dioxide per ton-nautical mile. TORM calculates the
average EEDI as a simple average of the EEDI value of all new
vessels added to the fleet during the reporting period. Note,
new vessels are limited to those built after 2013. Vessels built
before 2013 are not part of this calculation.
Number of Vessel Port Calls
Reported as the number of vessel port calls includes all spot
charter port calls and time charter port calls, excluding canal
transits in the reporting period. This data is based on port call
registrations on the commercial platform VIP, utilizing its
reporting feature.
Total Distance Travelled by Vessels
Reported as the sum of nautical miles travelled on owned or
operated voyages during the reporting period.
E2 Pollution
Pollution to Air
Sulfur Oxide (SO
x
)
Sulfur oxide emissions are calculated as a multiplication of
consumption for each of the different fuel types by the
weighted average sulfur oxide content, summarized and
converted to metric tons using the conversion factor of 1.955
(according to Fourth IMO GHG Study). For vessels that have a
scrubber installed, the sulfur oxide content of high fuel oil
(HFO) is set to a fixed value of 0.025%. Sulfur oxide is reported
in metric tons.
Nitrogen Oxide (NO
x
)
Nitrogen Oxide emissions are calculated following TR-
MT-120a.1. using the main and auxiliary engines’ power output
using an energy-based emission factor (Ef
e
) in g pollutant/
kWh. The emission factor is calculated using the 4
th
GHG study
methodology, according to the engine tiers: Tier 1 NO
x
limit (17
g/kWh) or Tier 2 NO
x
limit (14.4 g/kWh), and rated speed of
the engines, the data for which is available in class verified
Supplement to the International Air Pollution Prevention
Certificate (available for every vessel). The calculation is
performed for each of the engines available on board, for every
vessel in the fleet, and summarized for the final NO
x
emissions
value. Nitrogen oxide is reported in metric tons.
To calculate the NO
x
emissions for the vessels where shaft
power meters are not installed, and therefore no power output
is recorded, an average power output of the vessels with
power meters for the vessel type will be applied, and emissions
will be calculated basis those figures.
Particulate Matter (PM10)
Following the TR-MT-120a and IMO 4th GHG study, particulate
matter is calculated using an emission factor (Ef
e
) in g
pollutant/kWh and fuel consumption per fuel type and
machinery. The emission factor is calculated based on the fuel
type, its sulfur oxide content, and the main and auxiliary
engines’ SFOC, using the methodology provided in the 4
th
GHG
study. PM 10 is reported in metric tons.
Particulate Matter (PM2.5)
Following ESRS E2-4 and IMO 4th GHG study, Particulate
Matter 2.5 (PM 2.5) is calculated as 92% of PM10. PM2.5 is
reported in metric tons.
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > ENVIRONMENT > ACCOUNTING POLICY
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 74
Pollution to Water
Aggregate Amount of Oil and Chemical Spills
Oil spills are reported when there are leakages of oil to water
greater than 9.46 cubic meters. Based on ITOPF (International
Tanker Owners Pollution Federation) spill categorization of > 7
metric tons, we use a standard factor of 0.740 (based on
products we usually carry) to convert metric tons into cubic
meters. We report the total volume of spills as the estimated
aggregate volume of all spills. We do not net the amount of
such material that was subsequently recovered, evaporated, or
otherwise lost. The amount of oil spilled is based on
discrepancies between the expected amount of oil and the
actual amount of oil. Aggregate amount of spills is reported in
cubic meters (M
3
).
Number of Oil and Chemical Spills
Number of oil spills is reported based on leakages of oil to
water greater than 9.46 cubic meters, which is aligned with the
ITOPF definition.
E4 Biodiversity
Shipping Duration in Marine Protected Areas
Marine Protected Areas include Particularly Sensitive Sea
Areas (PSSA) designated by the IMO. Vessels in PSSA for at
least 24 hours are considered as present one day. Shipping
duration in Marine Protected Areas is reported in numbers of
days.
Percentage of Fleet Implemented Ballast Water Treatment
Systems
Ballast Water Treatment Systems (BWTS) are based on
vessels that have a certificate from DNV, American Bureau of
Shipping, or Lloyd’s Register certifying that the vessel has a
BWTS installed in accordance with regulation D2. BWTS are
reported in percentage of BWTS installed on vessels.
Percentage of fleet implemented ballast water treatment
systems is calculated based on numbers of vessels with BWTS
over total fleet size.
Percentage of Fleet Implemented Ballast Water Exchange
Systems
Ballast Water Exchange Systems are based on vessels that
have implemented D1 standard.
Percentage of fleet implemented ballast water exchange
systems is calculated based on number of vessels with ballast
water exchange system over total fleet size.
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > ENVIRONMENT > ACCOUNTING POLICY
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 75
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > SOCIAL > S1
Introduction
As an organization, we acknowledge that our success depends
on the people who operate our vessels, lead our offices, and
drive our shared purpose every day. This is why we are
committed to people and our communities.
To support our workforce, we invest in the mental health and
well-being of all employees, building a culture that values
inclusion and psychological safety. We maintain a zero-
tolerance approach to harassment and take proactive
measures to prevent stress at work, fostering an environment
where everyone can thrive.
Well-being is an ongoing focus area. Crew and engagement
surveys help us understand what matters most to our people
and guide continuous improvements, from enhanced onboard
accommodation to new initiatives promoting work-life balance.
Our commitment to people also means motivating and
facilitating ways for our employees to engage in local
community support. Across our global offices, TORM supports
employee-driven outreach that provides agency for our staff
to drive passion projects with company support. In India and
the Philippines, TORM has a long history of supporting
educational programs to improving school facilities and
opportunities for young people. Inspired by this, our Danish
office launched a responsibility committee that also works to
support local initiatives, focused on youth and education. This
setup showcases the dedication and compassion of our
workforce and the belief that caring for people is at the heart
of sustainable progress.
Types of Employees and Scope of Reporting
ESRS-2 SBM-3 TORM’s own workforce can be divided into
three categories:
Vessel-based employees
Office-based employees
Production workers
Vessel-based employees are also referred to as seafarers,
offshore employees, employees at sea, etc. Office-based
employees are sometimes referred to as shore-based
employees.
When we write about our workforce in general terms, this
includes all employees except where the process or
circumstances differ substantially between the groups of
employees. In these cases, we specify which category, we are
describing.
For reporting purposes, we also distinguish between full-time
employees, part-time employees, temporary employees, and
non-guaranteed hours employees.
Vessel-based employees are part of a pool, from which they
can be scheduled to work on board our vessels. The seafarers
on contract will automatically stay part of the pool after a
voyage ends, until they resign, or until they are removed from
the pool.
TORM’s office locations are divided into Denmark, India
(Mumbai, Delhi, and Pune), the Philippines (Manila and Cebu),
Singapore, United Arab Emirates, US, and UK.
At subsidiary Marine Engineering (MET), we employ office-
based employees and production workers. Offices and
production sites are located in Denmark and China (Jiaxing,
Suzhou, Hong Kong).
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 76
Own
Workforce
Introduction
Targets
Impacts, Risks, and Opportunities
Actions
Policies
Engagement
Tables
S1 Social
Targets
S1-5 At TORM, we have set health and safety targets as well
as equality and diversity targets. These targets all aim to
minimize negative impacts identified in our workforce. From
2025 going forward, we have also set targets for the
engagement survey participation rate and engagement score.
Lost Time Accident Frequency (LTAF)
We strive to continually improve our safety performance and
avoid all accidents and harm to our people. Safety is measured
as Lost Time Accident Frequency (LTAF), which is a gauge of
serious work-related personal injuries, resulting in more than
one day off work, measured per million hours of work. TORM’s
LTAF metric includes all seafarers, including contractors
(contract-based or non-guaranteed hours seafarers) and
permanently (full-time) employed seafarers as well.
TORM’s Management reviewed and approved TORM’s LTAF
target to reach or remain at 0.3 by 2030. This target is
monitored closely as it is an internal annual target for TORM.
We continuously work to minimize our LTAF. TORM’s Board of
Directors and Senior Management Team monitor our LTAF
progress in Monthly Reports. The LTAF metric is also part of
TORM’s incentive scheme for all of TORM’s office-based
employees.
For LTAF measures, a quarterly assessment of the metric is
performed by our Head of Quality, Head of Technical, and the
Designated Person Ashore (DPA). The metrics are automated
and visible on an internal dashboard.
S1-14 Safety is also monitored with the metrics in the next
table. These metrics only concern vessel-based employees
and production workers, as there is an inherent safety risk
when operating a vessel or working at a manufacturing site.
At MET production sites, accidents are monitored, and formal
training is provided to everybody working on site.
TORM uses an SMS (Safety Management System) and has
procedures in place that cover every employee and most major
service providers onboard the vessels. Incident and fatality
data is reported to everyone working onboard, and TORM’s
Management monitors the numbers closely.
Health and Safety Measures 2025 2024
Number of Fatalities
TORM 0 0
MET 0 0
Total
0 0
Number of Injuries/Accidents
TORM 6 7
MET 4 4
Total
10 11
Lost Time Accident Frequency 0.35 0.42
Port State Control
TORM commits to providing a well-functioning workplace for
our seafarers and counterparts. To formalize this commitment,
we have set a target to achieve a score of “≤0.75 Deficiencies”
per port state control inspection every year towards 2030. The
metric measures performance in relation to Port State Control
(PSC) inspection results. As we monitor development of the
Port State Control numbers, we have taken the following
action of conducting webinars. We designed the webinars to
share learnings from PSC inspections with all seafarers and
key marine office personnel and to improve our handling of the
PSC inspection process.
Underrepresented Gender in Board of Directors
At the end of 2025, the Board of Directors consisted of five
men and one woman. From January 2026, the Board of
Directors includes one woman and four men.
The target for the Board of Directors is for 2030, stating that
40% of the members must be of the underrepresented gender.
TORM has implemented our Diversity and Inclusion Policy to
support reaching the target (previously under the name DEIB
Policy). The Board of Directors Nomination Committee
supervises and reviews both the target and the process to
achieve it on an annual basis. Discussions about the
composition of the Board of Directors occur in the Nomination
Committee.
Underrepresented Gender in Leadership Positions
Women have historically been underrepresented at TORM and
across the shipping industry. At the end of 2025, the
proportion of female full-time employees in the office-based
workforce was 30%, while women in leadership positions
constituted 20%. TORM has a target for 2030 stating that
35% leadership positions should be held by the
underrepresented gender.
In 2022, TORM took over Marine Engineering as a subsidiary.
Including this segment and our permanent seafarers, we have
a total of 174 managers with one or more direct reports who
are not members of the Board. The underrepresented gender,
women, constitutes 20% of this group of managers, and we
have a target of 35% women in 2030.
The People Department monitors the representation of the
underrepresented gender in senior leadership, other levels of
management, and the workforce. The figures are reported
annually. Metrics and development are presented regularly to
Board of Directors.
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > SOCIAL > S1
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 77
Topic
2025
Actuals
2024
Actuals
2023
Actuals
2030
Target
LTAF (Per million exposure hours) 0.35 0.42
0.32
≤0.3 LTAF
Port State Control (Ratio) 0.84 0.65 0.63 ≤0.75 deficiencies/PSC inspection every year towards 2030
Underrepresented gender in Board
of Directors
17 % 20 % 20 % 40% underrepresented gender in Board of Directors
Underrepresented gender in
leadership positions
20 % 19 % 20 % 35% underrepresented gender in leadership positions
Participation rate 95 % 93 % 96 % 90% participation rate
Engagement score (Number)
1)
82 87 86 82 engagement score (on a scale of 1 to 100).
1) In 2025, the target had to be multiplied by 10, because we changed the engagement survey system used. For better comparability, the 2023 and 2024 numbers
are reinstated as per the new scale.
S1-9
Gender Diversity in Management 2025 2024 2023
Non-executive Directors of the
Company and Executive Directors of
the Company (Board of Directors)¹⁾
Total number of members 6 5 5
Percentage of the underrepresented gender 17 % 20 % 20 %
Target figures in percentage 40 % 40 % 40 %
Year of achievement of target figures 2030 2030 2030
Shore-based managers in TORM not
listed above (managers with one or
more direct reports)
Total number of members without Senior Executives 80 84 80
Number of members of Senior Executives without the
Executive Director 3 3 3
Percentage of the underrepresented gender for
managers 20 % 19 % 20 %
Percentage of the underrepresented gender for Senior
Executives 0 % 0 % 0 %
Target figures in percentage for underrepresented
gender for managers 35 % 35 % 35 %
Year of achievement of target figures for
underrepresented gender for managers 2030 2030 2030
Managers - Marine Engineering
segment (managers with one or more
direct reports)
Total number of members 15 18 14
Percentage of the underrepresented gender 7 % 6 % 0 %
Target figures in percentage 15 % 15 % 15 %
Year of achievement of target figures 2030 2030 2030
Managers - Permanent seafarers
(managers with one or more direct
reports)
Total number of members 79 85 90
Percentage of the underrepresented gender 8 % 7 % 6 %
Target figures in percentage 10 % 10 % 10 %
Year of achievement of target figures 2030 2030 2030
Total number of managers excluding
Board of Directors
Total number of members 174 187 184
Percentage of the underrepresented gender 13 % 12 % 11 %
Target figures in percentage 20 % 20 % 20 %
Year of achievement of target figures 2030 2030 2030
1) The Company includes both TORM and MET.
2025 2024
Diversity of Permanent Employees Male Female Male Female
Non-Executive Directors of the Company
4 1 3 1
Executive Directors of the Company
1 0 1 0
Senior Executives
3 0 3 0
Managers not listed above (managers with one or more direct reports)
151 23 164 23
Other permanent employees of the Group
294 139 285 129
Engagement Survey Participation and Score
In 2024, TORM decided to set two new targets for the office-
based employee engagement survey, applicable from 2025
going forward. These targets are for the participation rate and
the engagement score of the survey.
The set target for the participation rate is a minimum of 90%
and for the engagement score, the target is a minimum of 82
(on a scale of 1 to 100, where 100 is the highest). The targets
are annual targets until 2030.
At TORM, we also prioritize seeking out and implementing
initiatives intended to have positive impacts on our workforce.
We have not set general targets for advancing the positive
impacts. However, after every survey conducted, the results
are reviewed and assessed. If needed, an action plan is made
to review the outcome, set new targets, and initiate tasks.
The People Department tracks progress and results via the
annual or bi-annual engagement survey. The survey is a key
parameter to track progress at TORM, as this provides an
indication of what is important to our colleagues across all our
office locations. When analyzing the results, we determine the
areas to focus on. In the further investigation, we find points to
prioritize, and we also look at what we can do to prevent future
issues in an effort to be proactive instead of reactive.
Setting Targets and Tracking Performance
TORM’s process for setting new ESG targets is part of the
yearly strategy, and business plan process, which involves
many departments and employees. All ESG targets are
assessed on an ongoing basis by a wide range of employees
and reviewed annually by the Senior Management Team and
the Board of Directors. If applicable, mitigation efforts are
initiated.
→ For further details see ESRS 2 on page 36
Lessons Learned
At TORM, we have engaged in discussions with the Head of
People Department, the Head of Marine HR Department (MHR),
and the Head of Quality Department to understand
developments and lessons learned throughout the year. We
deemed this engagement to have provided adequate and
comprehensive insight. For that reason, we have not engaged
directly with workers representatives.
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > SOCIAL > S1
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 78
Impacts, Risks, and Opportunities
S1-1 The material risks and opportunities for our vessel-based
employees relate to health and safety. Health and safety can
be considered widespread, as they concern most of the
workforce (more than 3,500 employees at sea).
The material impacts, risks, and opportunities for the entire
workforce at TORM relate to diversity and harassment. Both
diversity and harassment can affect individuals in specific
cases.
Impacts on Our Workforce
The material risks from impacts on TORM’s workforce relate to
our ability to attract and retain employees and meet the
expectations of key stakeholders and legal requirements.
TORM’s workforce is not at risk of adverse impact from
transition plans related to the environment. Over the coming
years, we plan to focus on developing internal competencies
to attract new employees and retain existing employees.
→ TORM’s Transition plan, see E1 Climate Change on page 61
No material financial risk or opportunities have been identified.
The maritime and manufacturing industries have historically
been male dominated with female employees
underrepresented in the workforce at sea and in offices. This is
also evident at TORM. However, we do not assess that any
specific gender category of employees are at greater risk of
harm. TORM’s workforce is affected by the same impacts and
risks and no group of people are particularly vulnerable. TORM
has internal procedures and policies that protect all
employees, regardless of gender, and we have a zero tolerance
policy on harassment. It is a priority at TORM to build and
maintain a company culture characterized by physical and
psychological safety.
S1-16 To comply with reporting requirements and provide
transparent disclosures, we have calculated the potential
wage gap at TORM between male and female employees. In
2025, the gender pay gap was calculated to be -1%. In 2024, it
was 6%. This development is mainly due to the increased
number of female crew members in higher ranks and with
higher seniority. The number reflects an aggregated
calculation of the entire workforce, irrespective of different
locations, roles, qualifications, and experience levels. As such,
this calculation cannot be used to measure equal pay for equal
work. Instead, the gender pay gap provides an overview of
gender pay disparities across the broader employee
population. In 2026, we will continue working on obtaining
more granular information on the variable pay components.
The calculation includes office-based employees, production
workers, and vessel-based employees. The calculated total
annual remuneration ratio in 2025 is 219. In 2024, it was 234.
The decrease is driven partially by stable fixed salary levels
during the year, and partially by an updated selection of
seafarers, as we excluded vessel-based trainees from this
year’s calculation.
Actions
S1-4 At TORM, we continuously develop measures and
initiatives to prevent, mitigate, and remediate adverse impacts,
and to create positive impacts. This work is a collaboration
between relevant employees and departments in TORM,
including the Marine HR Department and the People
Department, employee representatives, managers, and
executives across the organization.
We prioritize continuous information-sharing with all
employees via the intranet and the One TORM mobile
application to raise awareness of ongoing projects and nurture
the sense of belonging among employees.
Safety and LTAF Target-Related Actions
The number of incidents and fatalities is reported for all
employees working onboard vessels and at production sites.
However, LTAF is only reported for seafarers. Many factors
influenced our LTAF performance in 2025, including the
addition of new vessels to the fleet, new crew members, and
new technologies, which have all entailed startup phases with
steep learning curves. We are leveraging these experiences as
data and learning for our safety procedures on an ongoing
basis.
In 2025, TORM conducted physical visits on board vessels and
additional activities such as physical seminars, virtual town
halls, and information-sharing sessions, and we also deployed
thorough review and analysis of data such as “near miss” for
better insight. We focus on the quality of near miss reporting
rather than just the number of near miss reports which helps
the organization proactively monitor and respond to the risks.
TORM continued our "One TORM Safety Culture: Driving
Resilience" program in 2025, which defines standards and
expectations for safe operations. An ongoing aspect of this
program is the continuous implementation of the Five Safety
I’s, which are behavioral principles that guide the work of all
TORM employees, in offices and on vessels.
At TORM we continue to work with safety in relation to our
three core values:
Committed to people
Pursuing innovation
Always delivering
Safety is implicitly prioritized in the commitment to people, as
committing to people includes their safety. Safety is explicitly
mentioned in the supporting line of the third value, where it is
stated that we are always delivering, without comprising on
safety.
TORM also continued the “Performance Delta” tool in 2025
(previously known as the Safety Delta). This tool consists of
cycles (Diagnosis, Dialog and Development) where crews on
TORM vessels can anonymously evaluate all aspects of the
safety culture on board. The evaluation results are processed
by office staff and used to create a report that the vessel then
receives to review potential areas for improvement. The
identified areas are used for development programs and
trainings to enhance safety.
We conduct a variety of trainings throughout the year (both in
person and online) for all types of employees to enhance
safety awareness. For office employees and production
workers, trainings are organized by HR and People
Departments.
For seafarers, TORM has a dedicated training department. With
the right trainings, TORM can ensure that both physical and
psychological safety are ensured and that all employees meet
company requirements. We believe that continuous safety
training on board vessels and at production sites can enhance
and raise safety awareness, in order to mitigate the inherent
dangers of working on board a vessel or at a production site.
We perform reviews of employee engagement and crew
surveys and take actions where needed, to ensure that no
problems are overlooked, and we position our leadership and
training teams to properly engage with our own workforce.
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > SOCIAL > S1
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 79
Town hall meetings take place quarterly where we highlight
the importance of safety and share progress and important
ongoing projects with all employees. This helps enhance
engagement with our own workforce, and strengthen
engagement between Management and employees as well as
between different departments.
MET has a Safety Board in place, which oversees the safety
agenda at the company. Additionally, there are quarterly
safety meetings with the employees.
Gender Equality Actions
We aim to ensure genuine opportunities for career
advancement at TORM and to foster diversity within our
leadership by identifying internal candidates for leadership
positions. We focus on recruiting women for leadership
positions if they are the most qualified for the position or we
assess that a diversity focus will benefit the specific team. We
also offer the possibility to switch career paths and advance
horizontally within TORM.
The global structure of our organization and the shipping
industry already ensure an inherent level of diversity for
criteria such as nationality and educational background. We
continuously monitor how diversity initiatives can benefit our
organization.
Upon evaluating the policy introduced in 2024 as the Diversity,
Equity, Inclusion, and Belonging Policy (DEIB), we determined it
more fitting to rename this policy “Diversity and Inclusion”
Policy. We continue to implement the subjects of diversity and
inclusion in the One TORM engagement survey.
In 2025, we continue to incorporate diversity and inclusion
principles into our recruitment strategies. As part of this, we
continuously optimize our hiring processes to increase the
representation of underrepresented groups and to ensure that
we maintain a diverse and welcoming environment. This helps
us achieve high levels of equality and inclusion, and to work
towards our target for female employees in leadership. We
believe that a diverse workforce provides a balance of voices
and thought that inspires innovation and creativity.
We continue to reiterate and reinforce our zero tolerance
towards harassment. Harassment is inconsistent with our
policies and values, and we put extra focus on preventive
measures. We also ensure that our employees have the right
tools to handle such situations, along with the knowledge that
it is not accepted by the company. All seafarers and office-
based colleagues have participated in interactive training
courses to understand different types of harassment, what to
do if it occurs, and what tools are available to support them.
At TORM, we are monitoring the gender pay gap during the
salary review process to ensure that we are working towards
equal pay for equal work. The salary review process takes
place annually in March.
MET has not yet set actions related to gender diversity or
female employees in leadership.
Initiatives in Offices
We have implemented an initiative to make our job postings
more inclusive. For example, we continue to work with a
“Gender Decoder” to analyze and optimize our job ad
templates and determine if the language is appealing for
female candidates.
TORM has participated in the UN Global Compact’s Nordic
Non-Discrimination program in 2025, as a natural continuation
of our 2024 participation in the UN Global Compact Target
Accelerator program Target Gender Equality. In this new
program, we continue to work on preparing ambitious
corporate targets for women’s representation, equal pay, and
leadership in business, and we are benefiting from knowledge-
sharing and peer-to-peer with other Nordic companies.
During the past year, we launched a survey for office
employees at the Vice President level to gauge what potential
actions they would recommend for attracting and retaining
more women in TORM’s office locations. The output of this
survey is now in the process of being assessed for chosen
actions to be implemented from 2026.
Initiatives on Vessels
We continue to participate in Danish Shipping’s taskforce for
more women at sea. We have incorporated ten
recommendations into processes and procedures as best
practice. The recommendations include setting gender
diversity targets, supporting women through family-friendly
policies, and rethinking the recruitment process.
TORM takes extra steps to accommodate female seafarers by
carefully delegating them to vessels in pairs, as a specific
extension of the TORM buddy program.
Tracking Effect of Actions
At TORM, the effectiveness of actions to address impacts is
measured via direct dialog with our own workforce and via
engagement surveys. Additionally, TORM has multiple targets,
which we use to track the effect of our actions.
→ Read more about Targets on page 77
→ Read more about Actions on page 79
Based on the input, discussions, and outcomes from the
engagement surveys (both for office-based employees and
vessel-based employees), the People Department and the
Marine HR Department evaluate and decide on a case-by-case
basis, which action is appropriate or needed in a particular
case.
TORM’s Management allocates resources to the cases, where
we decide to take action. The resources depend on the nature
of the case, and multiple departments can potentially be
involved.
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > SOCIAL > S1
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 80
Policies
S1-1 At TORM, we have several policies addressing material
impacts on and risks to our own workforce.
Health and Safety Policies
TORM’s Health, Safety, and Security Policy is implemented
through the processes described in TORM’s Safety
Management System (SMS) and Quality Management System
(QMS). This policy applies to all of TORM’s employees whose
work relates to vessel operations.
We have a system for our seafarers, which dictates that
employees at the captain level are re-trained on a set of our
policies annually. This is tracked in our training system, and
the captains commit to disseminating this knowledge to the
crews.
TORM’s Health, Safety, and Security Policy and management
are centralized with TORM’s Head of HSSE, who is responsible
for daily operations, practices, and trainings.
→ Read more about our policies in the TORM´s Policies section
on page 96
The status of our crew in relation to human rights is vetted
every year and per vessel. TORM has an extensive Safety
Management System (SMS) describing the required
procedures, globally, valid for every location. The SMS
procedures are reviewed and updated regularly. TORM controls
the process of hiring our own workforce.
TORM’s operations, vessels, and technical organization are
certified by the International Safety Management (ISM) Code,
which is audited annually. The ISM code provides proactive risk
management procedures and marine operational guidelines for
our Health and Safety Management System and ensures that
TORM’s employees and contractors have safe working
conditions. TORM’s Health and Safety Management System,
which is compliant with the ISM code, shares the same
objective as the ISO-45001 standard for managing
occupational health and safety risks for an organization. The
number of accidents is a KPI at TORM, and as such, has been
measured and reported for multiple years.
In addition to annual audits of the ISM code, TORM’s vessels
are also subject to the Ship Inspection Report Programme
(SIRE), which is governed by the OCIMF (Oil Companies
Internation Marine Forum) and are used by charterers to
ascertain safety standards of our vessels.
MET has quarterly safety meetings and accident prevention,
and a management system to register accidents and a Safety
Board to oversee the system and the circumstances. Annual
meetings are in place.
Diversity and Equality Policies
TORM implemented the Diversity and Inclusion Policy in the
first half of 2024 to help work towards a diverse workforce
irrespective of gender, religion, sexuality, nationality, ethnicity,
or disabilities. This policy was named Diversity, Equity,
Inclusion, and Belonging until it was updated in 2025.
Our anti-harassment policy and the Diversity and Inclusion
Policy cover our commitments related to inclusion and positive
actions for groups at particular risk of vulnerability in our
workforce.
TORM states in our Diversity and Inclusion Policy that all
employees must contribute actively to maintaining a good
working atmosphere by showing respect to colleagues, and
commit to providing a safe and secure work environment.
TORM expects from all officers and managers that they:
Encourage and support professional development for all
our employees.
Ensure that every employee is treated equally and
evaluated according to qualifications.
Identify and offer equal opportunities for our employees.
Do not emphasize a person’s gender, age, nationality,
ethnicity, religion, disability, etc. in recruitment, salary
adjustment, performance evaluation, career development,
training, and dismissal.
The Diversity and Inclusion Policy, Anti-Discrimination and
Harassment Policy, Whistleblower Charter, Employee
Handbooks, and Business Principles are communicated to the
whole corporation. Every recruit receives the Employee
Handbook and Business Principles during induction
(onboarding training). Some policies need to be reviewed and
signed annually by employees. Policy owners ensure resource
allocation for each policy and engagement to fulfill the policy.
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > SOCIAL > S1
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 81
Engagement
S1-2 At TORM, we engage with our employees through team
meetings, Town hall meetings, surveys, our intranet, the One
TORM mobile app, workers’ representatives, trainings, and
direct contact with supervisors, Management, the Marine HR
Department (MHR), or the People Department, and HR
Departments.
Throughout these touchpoints, TORM’s Management conducts
ongoing assessments of the impacts on employees, including
in relation to human rights.
It varies from country to country and depending on local
legislation, whether or not employees are represented by a
local organization such as a workers’ council or workers’
representatives.
TORM’s MHR department is an extensive department with
many sub-departments responsible for different tasks related
to seafarers. The Head of MHR has operational responsibility
for the seafarers, as well as for ensuring that engagement
between seafarers and office-based employees takes place to
an adequate extent.
The People Department at TORM is a department covering
multiple locations, responsible for all office-based employees.
The Head of People has the operational responsibility for
ensuring that adequate engagement takes place, and that the
results inform TORM’s approach.
At MET, the Management Team is responsible for engagement
with the workforce, both for office-based employees and
production workers, and they take responsibility for monitoring
the results of this engagement.
All employees are encouraged to contact their direct
managers or Marine HR/People Department with any
comments or concerns.
Vessel-Based Employee Engagements
TORM’s Marine HR department conducts a survey among a
vessel's crew at the end of every voyage. Additionally, we
conduct annual crew surveys to measure and gauge
satisfaction among all of our seafarers. On each vessel, there
is a dedicated crew member acting as employee
representative. Our vessel-based employees based in Denmark
have additional workers’ representatives.
We have continued our focus on gathering seafarers
physically at seminars for junior and senior officers, and
ratings. We do this to enhance the collaboration between our
teams and support a successful onboarding process. We have
found that information sharing works well online, while
fostering relationships for certain types of learning and
development is best achieved in person. We have implemented
the two methods in conjunction.
TORM also had special focus in 2025 on leadership courses to
prepare junior officers for future senior positions. Safety
leadership is the main topic of this training, which also
includes harassment training and objection management. This
helps us equip our next generation of leaders with the
necessary tools and skills to move from technical tasks to
generalist and leadership responsibilities.
Office-Based Employee Engagements
TORM hosts bi-annual engagement surveys and quarterly
Town hall meetings for office-based employees where the
Management shares updates about company financials,
strategy, specific project development, specific project
introductions, introduction of new colleagues, and to receive
feedback and comments from the employees.
Where possible, MET does have workers’ representatives and
unions in place. Workers’ representatives hold quarterly
meetings. Additionally, there are town hall meetings for all
employees. The frequency of these meetings depends on the
location.
The outcome of the engagement surveys, whistleblower cases,
and other cases all include processes enabling us to take
action.
Employee Influence on Decisions
S1-2 When the Management makes decisions at TORM, the
employee perspective is always considered. Workers’
representatives help provide the perspective of seafarers to
the rest of the organization. All seafarers can contact the head
of Marine HR, local MHR leaders, vessel managers, crewing
managers, and onboard representatives at any time. The
frequency of this engagement varies, as it depends on the
individual employee.
The Management incorporates the perspective of office-based
employees via input given to managers, direct supervisors, and
the People Department. Engagement occurs with varying
frequency and direct engagement is always possible.
Effectiveness of Our Engagement
We use engagement surveys to assess engagement with
employees. Based on the answer ratio, engagement is
measured and compared to previous years and to benchmarks.
Based on scoring and answers/comments received from
employees, TORM’s Management can measure the
effectiveness of the engagement.
In locations where there are workers’ representatives who hold
meetings, the outcome of these meetings and the topics
discussed provide input for the measurement of the
effectiveness of the engagement.
Framework Agreements
TORM is committed to human rights and refers to a variety of
frameworks.
→ See the Modern Slavery Statement and G1-1 on page 99
All TORM employees are free to join workers’ unions. All
changes in wages are communicated in writing.
Depending on nationality and flag-state of the vessel,
seafarers are covered by collective bargaining agreements
(CBA) or the seaman law. For all nationalities, it is possible to
join a union.
Where possible, MET does have workers’ representatives and
unions in place. MET is a Danish-headquartered company
under Danish leadership and functions under Danish
regulations.
Raising Concerns
→ To learn more about how employees are encouraged to
raise concerns, please see section G1-1 on page 93
S1-3 The effectiveness of remediation initiatives is assessed
in the engagement surveys and when required with direct
communication. This is done on a case-by-case basis. After an
engagement survey is conducted and completed, the
Management and the HR Departments assess the need for
action. If needed, they create an action plan with tasks and
implement solutions based on the survey outcome.
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > SOCIAL > S1
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 82
Where there are workers’ representatives and they hold
meetings, it is during these meetings, that the next steps of
remediation are assessed on a case-by-case basis.
The documentation of our whistleblower reporting ensures
that relevant perspectives of the employees can be effectively
included in addressing and managing impacts. We also track
issues internally, when raised in the engagement surveys,
town hall meetings, and workers’ representatives’ meetings.
Action plans are established where needed.
Marine HR management assesses continuously whether TORM
is doing enough to keep seafarers informed of their options for
raising concerns and the People Department handles this
process for office-based employees.
S1-17 In 2025, five cases were created based on reports to
the whistleblower setups at TORM and MET. For details please
refer to the tables below.
TORM did not pay any fines, penalties, or compensation for
damages due to the incidents and complaints disclosed above
and in the table.
The whistleblower setups are advertised on TORM’s and MET´s
websites
→ www.torm.com and → www.meproduction.com
Based on the categorization and information provided by the
third-party law firms, TORM can categorize the cases into the
categories mentioned below.
Incidents and Complaints
2025 2024 2023
Total number of complaints filed through channels for own workforce
5 4 1
Number of complaints filed to National Contact Points for OECD Multinational Enterprises
0 0 0
Total number of incidents of discrimination or harassment
0 0 0
Total amount of fines, penalties and compensation paid as a result of Incidents of
discrimination
0 0 0
Number of severe human rights incidents
0 0 0
Number of severe human rights issues and incidents connected to own workforce that are
cases of non respect of UN Guiding Principles and OECD Guidelines for Multinational
Enterprises
0 0 0
Total amount of fines, penalties and compensation paid as a result of severe human rights
incidents
0 0 0
Reviewed Incidents and Complaints
2025 2024 2023
Number of whistle-blower cases reviewed 5 4 1
Number of cases requiring actions and subsequent addressed actions 5 3 1
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > SOCIAL > S1
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 83
S1-6
Headcount by Location and Gender
2025 2024
Women Men Total Women Men Total
Office-Based Employees
Denmark 50 133 183 46 133 179
India 53 145 198 50 146 196
Philippines 26 14 40 27 16 43
Singapore 4 8 12 4 9 13
United Arab Emirates 0 2 2 0 2 2
United Kingdom 2 12 14 3 9 12
United States of America 2 10 12 2 10 12
China 12 8 20 11 11 22
Total Office-Based Employees
149 332 481 143 336 479
Seafarers
Americas 2 1 3 2 2 4
Europe 18 364 382 15 355 370
India Subcontinent 16 1,554 1,570 12 1,506 1,518
Southeast Asia 21 1,827 1,848 13 1,770 1,783
Other 0 1 1 0 2 2
Total Seafarers
57 3,747 3,804 42 3,635 3,677
Production Workers
China 0 24 24 0 24 24
Denmark 7 20 27 3 14 17
Total Production Workers
7 44 51 3 38 41
Total
213 4,123 4,336 188 4,009 4,197
Headcount by Contract Type and Gender
2025 2024
Women Men Total Women Men Total
Total Number of Employees
Office-based employees 149 332 481 143 336 479
Seafarers 57 3,747 3,804 42 3,635 3,677
Production workers 7 44 51 3 38 41
Total 213 4,123 4,336 188 4,009 4,197
Permanent/Full-Time Employees
Office-based employees 139 321 460 139 323 462
Seafarers 6 73 79 6 79 85
Production workers 7 42 49 3 36 39
Total 152 436 588 148 438 586
Part-Time Employees
Office-based employees 3 0 3 2 0 2
Seafarers 0 0 0 0 0 0
Production workers 0 2 2 0 2 2
Total 3 2 5 2 2 4
Temporary Employees
Office-based employees 1 5 6 0 5 5
Seafarers 0 0 0 0 0 0
Production workers 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total 1 5 6 0 5 5
Non-Guaranteed Hours Employees
Office-based employees 6 6 12 2 8 10
Seafarers 51 3,674 3,725 36 3,556 3,592
Production workers 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total 57 3,680 3,737 38 3,564 3,602
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > SOCIAL > S1
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 84
Employees by Contract Type and Region
Headcount
Office-Based Employees
1)
Number of Permanent/Full-Time Employees
2025 2024
Denmark 168 168
India 193 191
Philippines 40 43
Singapore 12 13
United Kingdom 14 12
United States of America 11 11
United Arab Emirates 2 2
China 20 22
Number of Part-Time Employees
Denmark 2 1
United States of America 1 1
Number of Temporary Employees
Denmark 1 0
India 5 5
Number of Non-Guaranteed Hours Employees
Denmark 12 10
1) Note that TORM and MET have office locations in Denmark, India, Philippines, Singapore, United Kingdom, United States of
America, United Arab Emirates, and China.
Employees by Contract Type and Region
Headcount
Seafarers
1)
Number of Permanent/Full-Time Employees 2025 2024
Europe 79 85
Number of Non-Guaranteed Hours Employees
Americas 3 4
Europe 303 285
India Subcontinent 1,570 1,518
Southeast Asia 1,848 1,783
Other 1 2
1) Note that we categorize our seafarers in the following regions: Europe, Americas, India Subcontinent, Southeast Asia, and
Other.
Employees by Contract Type and Region
Headcount
Production Workers
1)
Number of permanent/full-time employees 2025 2024
China 22 22
Denmark 27 17
Number of part-time employees
China 2 2
Number of non-guaranteed hours employees
China 0 0
Denmark 0 0
1) Note that MET has production facilities in China and Denmark.
Employee Turnover (Headcount and Percentage)
2025 2024
Employees
who left
Turnover
ratio
Employees
who left
Turnover
ratio
Office-based employees 54 11 % 48 11 %
Seafarers 288 8 % 291 8 %
Production workers 4 9 % 24 51 %
Total 346 8 % 363 9 %
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > SOCIAL > S1
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 85
Employee Age Distribution
2025 2024
Headcount Percentage Headcount Percentage
Office-based employees
Below 30 65 13 % 69 14 %
Between 30 and 50 322 67 % 325 68 %
Above 50 94 20 % 85 18 %
Seafarers
Below 30 1,086 28 % 985 27 %
Between 30 and 50 2,191 58 % 2,194 60 %
Above 50 527 14 % 498 13 %
Production workers
Below 30 9 18 % 11 27 %
Between 30 and 50 31 61 % 20 49 %
Above 50 11 21 % 10 24 %
Total number of employees
Below 30 1,160 27 % 1,065 25 %
Between 30 and 50 2,544 59 % 2,539 61 %
Above 50 632 14 % 593 14 %
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > SOCIAL > S1
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 86
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > SOCIAL > S2
Introduction
At TORM, we acknowledge that we are also responsible for the
safety and well-being of the workers in our value chain.
Targets
Topic 2030 Target
Working conditions in dry
docks used by TORM
Monitor LTAF data of the two main
dry docks used by TORM to improve
our internal assessment process
S2-5 TORM has an ambition from 2025 and onwards to
monitor LTAF data of the main two dry docks used by TORM.
The process is to monitor the data, and we are not setting a
target for the actual LTAF numbers of the measured dry
docks. By monitoring, we expect to improve our internal dry-
dock assessment process.
Once we have a reliable baseline of data, we will be better
positioned to establish new meaningful targets to manage
material impacts, risks, and opportunities related to value
chain workers. The Technical Projects Department collects,
monitors, and follows up on the data on a quarterly basis. The
target year is 2030.
At TORM, we are currently focused on improving the quality of
our data related to Lost Time Accident Frequency (LTAF) and
fatalities. This effort is vital to enable ourselves to set
informed and effective targets going forward, which are in
correlation with our policies safety and health measurements
and requirements towards the used dry docks.
In the reporting year, the process was anchored and the
responsible parties were appointed. We have initiated training
of workers in the main dry docks on quarterly data collection
and reporting practices. We conduct ongoing monitoring to
track progress and identify any needs for further support.
→ For more information about TORM’s process for setting ESG
targets, see the ESRS 2 section on page 40
Impacts, Risks, and Opportunities
ESRS 2 SBM-3 Safety is a central part of TORM’s business
strategy. We prioritize compliance and safety requirements,
and maintaining a high-quality work standard. Based on our
Double Materiality Assessment (DMA), we have identified that
the workers in TORM’s upstream value chain, specifically dry-
dock workers, can be materially impacted by TORM’s activities.
Working in a dry dock with the maintenance of vessels is hard
manual labor involving heavy machinery and chemicals. We
determine that TORM is responsible for ensuring that workers
employed at the dry docks in our use have a safe working
environment with proper equipment, working conditions, safety
measures, and safety training. Working conditions at shipyards
also affect our own workforce.
Negative Impacts
At TORM, we have a limited impact on general working
conditions and safety measures, which impact the dry-dock
workers. Despite our limited impacts, we work to influence the
safety and working conditions in cases where TORM is the
main or one of the main customers of a shipyard. In the event
that TORM experiences a substandard HSE level in dry-dock
worker conditions or the dry dock’s practices, TORM can
evaluate the option to discontinue the usage of the dry dock, if
not rectified.
Positive Impacts
We try to positively influence health, safety, and working
conditions at shipyards where we are a significant customer.
We aim to influence processes and implement safety
improvements in these yards.
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 87
Workers in
Value Chain
Introduction
Targets
Impacts, Risks, and Opportunities
Actions
Policies
S2 Environment
Actions
S2-4 TORM employees and representatives must be present
at the shipyard before, during, and after every dry-docking
period to oversee procedures. They are tasked with ensuring
that proper working conditions are maintained, and that
human rights matters are actively addressed throughout the
process. We expect shipyards to follow TORM policies
regarding safety and the dry-docking process before and
during the process. During dry-docking operations, we always
have a full crew on board the vessel and present, along with
the dry-dock manager.
During shipyard visits and evaluations, we ensure that health
and safety procedures are established, and personnel abide by
them, and we evaluate the quality of work. We review and
complete an evaluation form after every shipyard visit.
We hold daily morning meetings during dry-docking
operations, where requirements and recommendations are
discussed. We follow up on recommendations and discuss
actions and next steps during dedicated monthly meetings.
At the shipyards most used by TORM, we designate a safety
manager to visit the shipyards during the dry-docking period
as well as outside of the dry-docking period. The safety
manager is a representative of TORM, who oversees general
working conditions and conducts the monthly safety
meetings, where they discuss previous recommendations, and
plan actions if deemed necessary.
We request continuous improvements at our most-used
Chinese shipyards in relation to weaknesses observed at
shipyard visits and during dry-docking operations. We have
follow-up meetings and monthly safety meetings in place and
conduct continuous evaluations due to our large volume of
dry-docking operations at our main shipyards. The target
tracking process is part of these follow ups as well as
improvement requests and safety discussions.
Our whistleblower setup is also available to dry-dock workers.
→ Learn more about our whistleblower setup in section G1-1
on page 93
Policies
S2-1 At TORM, we have internal policies and procedures for
our workforce, including strict internal policies and procedures
relating to safety during drydocking. All crew and other
relevant personnel are trained in our policies and procedures,
which are also extended to the shipyards that we use. Key
stakeholders were involved in creating these policies to align
with general maritime safety standards. Two of our policies
extend to the shipyards and their workers:
Dry Docking 01N.10.09.01
Safety in Dry Dock 01N.10.09.02
→ More details about our policies on page 96
The policies are clearly communicated to the shipyard
representatives and to all affected employees in our
workforce. The effectiveness of the abovementioned policies is
measured on an ongoing basis during drydocking by the
designated dry-dock manager on site and the full crew on
board and additionally throughout the completion and review
of the shipyard evaluation form after every shipyard visit.
At TORM, we do not currently have a formal policy about
human rights for value chain workers, however, we do have
procedures in place to ensure compliance with human rights
standards. We do not have a specific supplier code of conduct
either, however, TORM´s Business Principles are included in
the contracts signed by our suppliers. We determine that this
completes the purpose of a supplier code of conduct, and we
find that our Business Principles are enforced.
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > SOCIAL > S2
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 88
Accounting Policy
S1 Own Workforce
Total Number of Employees
Employee data is retrieved from records in HR systems and
reported on a headcount basis, including full-time, part-time,
temporary, and non-guaranteed hours employees across all
geographical locations and gender. Data reflects the status as
of 31 December in the reporting year.
→ More about this, see Note 5 Staff Costs in the Financial
Statement on page 169
Employee Characteristics Based on Contract Type
Full-time employees: Employees with a full-time contract
with TORM equivalent to a 1.0 FTE position. Full-time
employees are also known as permanent employees. The
category is used for seafarers, office-based employees,
and production workers.
Part-time employees: Employees on contract with TORM
on a less than 1.0 FTE. For example, a 30-hour per week
position equaling a 0.8 FTE position. This concept is used
only in Denmark. The category is used for office-based
employees and production workers.
Permanent employees: This classification is not utilized as
a separate category in TORM but is a part of the full-time
employee category.
Temporary employees: Employees on time-limited
contracts. In Denmark, we refer to this group as time-
limited contract employees. In India, we refer to them as
contract employees. Applicable only for office-based
employees.
Non-guaranteed hours employees. Employees paid by the
hour in the office, such as student assistants/interns, and
contract-based seafarers. All active seafarers per year-
end that are not on permanent employment are listed in
this category.
Non-employees or consultants/hired on external contract.
This category is not applicable for TORM, as we have very
limited number of consultants hired on external contract.
TORM´s office locations are divided into Denmark, India
(Mumbai, Delhi, and Pune), the Philippines (Manila and Cebu),
Singapore, United Arab Emirates, US, and UK, including the
MET locations in Denmark and China (Jiaxing, Suzhou, Hong
Kong).
Vessel-based employees are categorized based on nationality
and per continent. The locations in use are: Americas, Europe,
Indian Subcontinent, Southeast Asia, Other.
Number and Rate of Employee Turnover
The employee turnover rate is calculated as the number of
employees who left during the reporting year divided by the
average number of employees during the year (the average of
employees is calculated based on the opening number and
closing number of employees of the reporting period). All
figures are reported on a headcount basis.
Formula used to calculate the turnover rate:
Total number of employees leaving
* 100
(Employees at the beginning + Employees at the end) / 2
Gender Distribution in Management and Diversity of
Permanent Employees Tables
Non-Executive Directors of the Company: Board of
Directors excluding the Executive Director
Executive Directors of the Company: CEO
Senior Executives: The Senior Management Team
excluding the Executive Director
Managers not listed above: Employees not listed above
with at least one direct report, including permanently
employed seafarers in officer ranks
Other permanent employees: All remaining permanently
employed staff, including permanently employed
seafarers, who are not categorized as officers/managers
TORM defines top management as the Executive Director and
the Senior Executives of the company.
Officer ranks of permanent seafarers: Master/Captain, Chief
Officer, Second Officer, Third Officer, Fourth Officer, Chief
Engineer, Second Engineer, Third Engineer, Fourth Engineer,
Electrician, Electro-Technical Officer, Junior Officer, Junior
Engineer.
Underrepresented Gender in the Management in Percentage
Proportion (number and percentage) of individuals in TORM’s
office/shore-based management, who are women. Only TORM
office-based employees are included. Managers are defined as
an individual with at least one direct report.
Age Distribution of All Employees
Calculations include all employees from all locations, as of 31
December of the reporting year. The reported data is divided
into three categories: 1. Employees under 30 years old, 2.
Employees between 30 and 50 years old, including both 30-
and 50-year-olds and 3. Employees above 50 years old.
Lost Time Accident Frequency (LTIF or LTAF)
Lost Time Accident Frequency (LTAF) is a measure of
registered serious work-related personal injuries per unit
exposure hours for the operating fleet. Unit in respect of LTAF
is one million man hours. Lost time accidents are the sum of
fatalities, permanent total disabilities, permanent partial
disabilities, and lost workday cases as based on OCIMF Marine
Injury Reporting Guidelines Section 3.
This metric is applicable to all seafarers at TORM, including
contractors (contract-based or non-guaranteed hours
seafarers) and (full-time) permanently employed seafarers.
Injuries and Accidents
At TORM, we define injuries and accidents with the same
calculation method as used for LTIF or LTAF, which relate to
serious work-related personal injuries. Office-based employees
are not in scope for this calculation.
Gender Pay Gap
Gender pay gap is calculated as the difference of average
annual total remuneration between female and male
employees, reported as a percentage of the average annual
total remuneration of male employees. The calculation
includes the full-time and part-time employees’ (including
office-based employees, seafarers, and production workers)
base salary, other monthly incomes such as “fritvalg”, where
applicable, St. Bededagstillæg, where applicable, monthly
allowances (such as car allowance, housing allowance, where
applicable), pension, bonus, and other short-term or long-term
incentives (such as LTIP/RSU options based on cost
calculated for the given year). The amounts are converted to
USD with the effective foreign exchange rates of the last day
of the year.
Gross pay level per employee is calculated as the Annual
Gross Salary per FTE. The part time employees´ salary has
been converted to full-time equivalents to compare.
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > SOCIAL > ACCOUNTING POLICY
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 89
Excluded from the calculation are temporary employees,
interns, and students. The calculation does not take
educational background, seniority, or position into account.
The gap is calculated based on the following formula:
(Average gross pay level of male employees - Average gross pay
level of female employees) * 100
Average gross pay level of male employees
Total Remuneration Ratio
The calculation based on the average annual gross pay level of
all full-time and part-time office-based women employees and
all full-time and part-time office-based male employees. The
calculation includes the base salary, other monthly incomes,
like “fritvalg”, where applicable, St. Bededagstillæg, where
applicable, monthly allowances (like car allowance, housing
allowance), where applicable, and pension. The amounts are
converted to USD with the effective foreign exchange rates of
the last day of the year.
Gross pay level per employee is calculated as the Annual
Gross Salary per FTE. The part time employees´ salary has
been converted to full-time equivalents to compare. Excluded
from the calculation are temporary employees, interns, and
students.
The ratio is calculated based on the following formula:
Annual total remuneration for the company´s highest paid individual
Median employee annual total remuneration (excluding the highest
paid individual)
Severe Human Rights Incidents and Other Discrimination/
Harassment and Complaints Cases
The number of discrimination-related complaints filed through
our complaints mechanism/whistleblower setup. These are
incidents or complaints of ill-treatment on the grounds of
gender, racial or ethnic origin, nationality, religion or belief,
disability, age, or other relevant forms of discrimination
involving internal and/or external stakeholders across
operations in the reporting period. Severe human rights
incidents can also be reported via formal complaints through
the whistleblowing systems.
SASB Metrics
LTAF or LTIF or LTIR (Based on OCIMF Marine Injury
Reporting Guidelines Section 4)
Marine Casualty (Based on IMO Casualty Investigation Code
Ch 2 -2.9)
A marine casualty means an event, or a sequence of events,
that has resulted in any of the following and that has occurred
directly in connection with the operation of a vessel:
The death of, or serious injury to, a person
The loss of a person from a ship
The loss, presumed loss, or abandonment of a ship
Material damage to a ship
The stranding or disabling of a ship or the involvement of a
ship collision
Material damage to marine infrastructure external to a ship
that could seriously endanger the safety of the ship,
another ship, or an individual
Severe damage to the environment or the potential for
severe damage to the environment, brought about by the
damage of a ship or ships
However, a marine casualty does not include a deliberate act
or omission with the intention to cause harm to the safety of a
ship, an individual, or the environment. For more details please
see the IMO regulations.
Material Damage to a Ship (Based on IMO Casualty
Investigation Code Ch 2 -2.16)
A material damage in relation to a marine casualty means:
Damage that significantly affects the structural integrity,
performance, or operational characteristics of marine
infrastructure, or a ship.
Damage that requires major repair or replacement of a
major component or components.
Destruction of the marine infrastructure or ship.
Very Serious Marine Casualty (based on IMO Casualty
Investigation Code Ch 2 -2.22)
A very serious marine casualty means a marine casualty
involving the total loss of the ship, a death, or severe damage
to the environment.
Port State Control
We report the number of port state control deficiencies as a
ratio instead of a number. It is the industry norm to report port
state control performance as a ratio as it provides important
context to the metrics. The ratio is calculated as the number of
deficiencies divided by the total number of PSC inspections.
We report the number of port state control detentions as an
absolute number, from 2025 forward. A ship is detained when
it is unfit to proceed to sea or the deficiencies pose an
unreasonable risk to the ship, its crew, or the environment. If
there are deficiencies found, the ship can proceed with its
voyage, however, the found deficiencies need to be corrected.
Numbers of Conditions of Class or Recommendations
Following TR-MT-540a.2 by the SASB standard. The number
reported is based on total numbers of Conditions of Class or
Recommendations received from a flag administration or a
recognized organization. All Conditions of Class are reported
regardless of whether they resulted in withdrawal, suspension,
or invalidation of a vessel’s class certificate.
Engagement Score
Engagement score refers to the score in the latest bi-annual
TORM engagement survey, reported as a number. Only office-
based TORM employees participate in this engagement
survey. MET employees and seafarers are not in scope for the
reported number.
Engagement Survey Participation Ratio
Participation ratio refers to the rate in the latest bi-annual
TORM engagement survey, reported as a percentage. Only
office-based TORM employees participate in this engagement
survey. MET employees and seafarers are not in scope for the
reported number.
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > SOCIAL > ACCOUNTING POLICY
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 90
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > GOVERNANCE > G1
Introduction
GOV-1 and G1-1 Transparency and accountability are key to
TORM’s way of doing business, and these values play a central
role in our good governance practices. Our approach to
responsible behavior is rooted in our TORM Business
Principles, which have the following five objectives:
Maintaining a good and safe workplace
Reducing environmental impact
Respecting people
Doing business responsibly
Ensuring transparency
The Business Principles cover all aspects of our business, all
companies in the TORM Group, and all levels within TORM. the
Management is responsible for making sure the organization
has access to the Business Principles, and all employees are
responsible for understanding and adhering to the principles in
practice. By adhering to the Business Principles, we ensure an
aligned standard for how we conduct business within TORM,
and that we comply with the latest legislation and live up to
our commitment to responsible business practices. In this way,
TORM employees are provided with the necessary resources
to know, understand, and stay compliant with the relevant
legal and regulatory frameworks.
Our Business Principles form part of our pledge to the UN
Global Compact as an active member, since we joined as the
first Danish shipping company in 2009. As part of our
membership, we commit to an internationally recognized set of
principles on health, safety, labor rights, environment, and
anti-corruption.
TORM is also publicly dedicated to respecting human rights as
outlined in the United Nations Guiding Principles on Business
and Human Rights. These principles are built into our Business
Principles and our core values. We recognize that
implementing the necessary policies and respective processes
to be in line with the requirements of the UN Global Principles
is a continuous effort. Going forward, we will continue to
promote human rights-related policies and processes.
TORM’s flag states Denmark and Singapore have rectified the
Maritime Labour Convention (MLC) and have thereby
incorporated the MLC’s principles into their respective
legislation together with the IMO regulations. TORM lives up to
those principles, and this is also part of our DoC (Document of
Compliance). TORM furthermore complies with the UK Modern
Slavery Act, and IMO regulations. All policies are approved at
the highest executive management level, and the policies are
accessible across the TORM organization.
G1-1 Employees of TORM are informed that social
responsibility means different things in different contexts, and
our initiatives may be different depending on location. The
established corporate culture at TORM promotes ethical
behavior and compliance with all relevant legislation and
regulations.
TORM’s Management maintains an ongoing dialog with
relevant authorities and organizations to stay up-to-date on
upcoming legislation and recommended standards, thus
enabling us to be proactive.
TORM’s business model, the One TORM platform, uses
advanced analytics and digital solutions in which large
amounts of data are processed. TORM’s Data Ethics Policy
confirms TORM’s commitment to our defined data ethics
principles, and it defines how we collect, store, and process
data.
At TORM, we actively follow information security best
practices, and we continuously monitor risks, vulnerabilities,
and industry threats. In 2025, work has continued to
strengthen TORM’s cyber security maturity.
We have a dedicated IT risk and security team to ensure a
continuous focus on IT risk management and information
security.
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 91
G1
Business
Conduct
Introduction
Targets
Bribery and Corruption
Responsible Procurement
Raising Concerns
Business Conduct Training
Governance
Governance Targets
Topic
2030 Target
Anti-corruption and bribery 100% of identified cases of
corruption and/or bribery,
including attempts, are reported
to the MACN
Screening and engaging our
supply chain on ESG criteria
ESG screening 100% of Tier 1 and
2 suppliers
As shown in the tables above, TORM has set two targets
related to governance and business conduct.
We aim for 100% of identified cases of corruption or bribery,
including attempts, to be reported to the Maritime Anti-
Corruption Network (MACN). This target applies from 2025
onwards. It reflects our commitment to transparent and
comprehensive reporting to MACN and will be monitored
annually by TORM’s Management. All employees are trained to
report any incidents of corruption or bribery through
established and accessible channels. While we strive for full
reporting coverage, we acknowledge that inherent limitations
may prevent absolute completeness.
TORM has also decided to implement a target from 2025 going
forward on screening our suppliers. The target is to screen
100% of our Tier 1 and Tier 2 suppliers for selected ESG
criteria. The target year is 2030, and the detailed framework of
the screening methodology is in the process of being finalized.
Our screening is focused on:
Working conditions
Quality of products/manufacturing processes
Employee human rights
Besides the above mentioned points, we are also working on
assessing the incorporation of further, Environment related
topics. The target will be measured on an annual basis by
TORM’s Management.
Bribery and Corruption
G1-3 Corruption and bribery impede global trade and can
restrict non-corrupt companies’ access to markets. In this
way, corruption and bribery have a negative impact on
economic and social development. For TORM, the risk of
corruption does not mean increased costs alone. Corruption
also exposes our seafarers to safety and security risks and
poses a potential risk to TORM’s legal standing and reputation.
G1-1 It is TORM’s policy to conduct all business in an honest
and ethical manner. TORM has a zero tolerance approach to
corruption and bribery, and we are committed to acting
professionally, fairly, and with integrity in all business dealings
and relationships, wherever TORM operates. We commit to
uphold all laws relevant to countering bribery and corruption in
all the jurisdictions in which we operate and investigate any
concerns.
Since 2011, when TORM co-founded MACN, TORM has taken a
joint stand with the industry against the requests for
facilitation payments, which exist in many parts of the world
where TORM conducts business. Best practice is shared
between members of the network, and members align their
approach to minimizing facilitation payments. MACN seeks
support from government bodies and international
organizations to eliminate the root causes of corruption. TORM
is committed to addressing corrupt business practices by
supporting this cross-sector approach.
G1-4 The table below shows the incidents of bribery and the
convictions and fines at TORM.
Anti-corruption and Bribery
2025 2024
Number of convictions for violation of
anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws
0 0
Amount of fines for violation of anti-
corruption and anti-bribery laws
0 0
The number of confirmed cases of corruption and bribery in
the reporting year is 0. Additionally, there are 0 confirmed
cases involving of any of our value chain members in scope.
G1-3 In the event of an investigation by any authorities in
relation to bribery and corruption, assuming their credentials
and authority have been duly established, the general
instruction to all employees is to offer TORM’s full support and
cooperation.
At TORM, we encourage our employees to always speak up in
relation to all incidents relevant to countering bribery and
corruption in all the jurisdictions in which TORM operates.
TORM leverages the three elements below to continue a high
level of transparency and accountability of our anti-corruption
and anti-bribery policy:
Strict employee guidelines and processes to prevent and
manage corruption and bribery
Specific reporting processes
Compulsory e-learning courses
Within TORM, all incidents of attempted bribery or corruption
are handled through TORM’s internal legal department. TORM’s
legal department then reports any such breach to TORM’s
Senior Management Team. All reporting to MACN is
anonymous via the legal team. TORM’s Senior Management
Team then decides whether or not to share the information
with the full Board of Directors or relevant Board of Directors’
Committee, if deemed applicable.
Responsible Procurement
G1-2 Responsible behavior is central to how we work with
procurement at TORM, and our supply chain is important for
achieving our goals. We must therefore ensure that our quality
standards and responsibility efforts are extended and
improved throughout the supply chain.
G1-3 TORM gives preference to suppliers who share our
commitment to lawful and ethical behavior, as we believe that
long-term business success requires transparent business
conduct. All employees with supplier contact must familiarize
themselves with TORM’s commitment to responsible business
practices in the supply chain.
G1-2 We expect our suppliers to comply with recognized
international standards and work to improve human rights,
labor conditions, impact on the environment, safety,
corruption, and quality.
TORM's Business Principles emphasize our commitment to
promoting responsible business practices in our supply chain,
and TORM also applies our Business Principles when dealing
with subcontractors and suppliers. We have no formal policy
pertaining solely to the prevention of late payments for SMEs.
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > GOVERNANCE > G1
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 92
At TORM, we are currently in the process of completing and
rolling out a new evaluation structure for screening our
suppliers, including assessment of environmental, social, and
governmental aspects. Extensive social and governmental
aspects are already measured throughout our processes. We
are investigating the best and most feasible approach for how
to measure environmental performance among all of our
suppliers, as well as how to build a system for evaluation, and
the scope of possibilities to include more social and
governmental elements.
Payment Practices
2025 2024
Average number of days to pay invoice
from date when contractual or statutory
term of payment starts to be calculated
40.59 39.37
Percentage of payments aligned with
standard payment terms
82 % 81 %
Number of outstanding legal proceedings
for late payments
0 0
G1-6 For TORM’s main category of suppliers, invoices are paid
on an average term of 45 days from the date of invoice. This is
a standard payment term for TORM vendors, except if it is
presented in writing why alternate payment terms should be
used, signed by a vice president or higher level of profession.
The average time that TORM takes to pay an invoice from the
date when the contractual term of payment starts to be
calculated is 40.59 days.
Payment is made as per the agreed terms with the vendor. The
payment term is defined on the vendor card when the vendor
is created within TORM's financial system. The due date is
then calculated automatically from the invoice date and
payment is made automatically upon reaching the due date.
Raising Concerns
We expect all employees to help protect the interests of TORM
by raising concerns about known or suspected breaches of
the Business Principles and policies. Concerns should be
raised with an employee’s superior officer(s). Vessel violations,
including safety of seafarers and cargo, can be reported to the
designated person on board or the Marine HR Department or
TORM's Senior Management Team.
However, instances may occur where an employee assesses
that a concern cannot be raised with their superior officer(s) or
that a concern is not satisfactorily addressed by their superior
officer(s). In such cases, the employee is encouraged to raise
the concern using the TORM whistleblower setup, which is an
external independent lawyer's office called “Holst, Advokater”
that has been solicited by the Board of Directors since 2006,
to receive and process concerns and claims relating to TORM
raised by TORM employees, business partners, or anyone else.
For employees of subsidiary Marine Engineering (MET), there is
a separate whistleblower setup, available to all employees in
all locations. Anyone can anonymously report any type of
complaint, and this option is clearly stated on the external
website of MET. A third-party service provider, law firm
Hjulmand Kaptain (different from the one used by TORM),
processes the data provided. They provide an overview, with
protection of anonymity, to a dedicated employee at TORM.
On an on-going basis, the Whistleblower Service Provider
(WSP), must review and assess the adequacy of the TORM
Whistleblower Charter for whistleblowing and make
recommendations to the Board of Directors for changes to
improve TORM’s Whistleblower Charter and related
procedures. Additionally, we conduct ongoing internal
assessments of the effectiveness of the whistleblower
channels, evaluating the work with the WSP and the reach
internally.
→ More about torm.com/investor/governance/whistleblower
In accordance with Directive (EU) 2019/1937 of the European
Parliament and of the Council, the whistleblower service
provided by TORM through “Holst, Advokater,” and by MET
through "Hjulmand Kaptajn," will protect the identity of people
raising concerns with them, as detailed in the Whistleblower
Charter. However, if the employee prefers to remain
anonymous, they may file a report by telephone or by letter or
by sending an encrypted mail. The sections identified in the
TORM Whistleblower Charter, available to all employees and
external parties, make this clear.
The WSP must first report to the Chair of the Audit Committee
(AC) and the Board of Directors, and the case can be escalated
to the Senior Management Team unless the allegation is made
against the Senior Management Team, in which case the Board
or the AC will handle it. If a Board member is implicated, the
WSP will report to the full Board.
Business Conduct Training
G1-1 At TORM, we acknowledge that seafarers, more than
office-based employees and production workers, are at risk of
exposure to corrupt demands, such as unlawful requests for
payments to allow vessels to enter and depart a port or
disproportionate penalties applied for minor errors. This can
lead to interruptions in normal operations, delaying vessels,
and creating a risk to navigation and seafarer safety.
However, at TORM, we ensure that all employees, vessel-based
or office-based, are subject to compulsory training programs
in respect to corruption and bribery.
G1-3 Our policy is to keep all directors, officers, and
employees, vessel-based and office-based, fully informed of
the contents of applicable bribery and corruption law to assist
them in complying. The compliance system is intended to
enable TORM to act in all relevant markets, without being
exposed to business interruption or losses due to legal
investigations or litigation which could affect us negatively.
The importance of maintaining high ethical conduct and
control standards is communicated as part of the orientation
processes for new hires, which provides insights into TORM’s
commitment to our legal obligations and integrity within the
workplace, and in addition, the role of the employee in helping
the organization live out that commitment.
TORM’s Business Principles and TORM’s Anti-Bribery and
Corruption Law Compliance Policy and Program must be
studied, agreed to, and confirmed in writing by all employees
when signing their employment contracts. Annually, all TORM
employees are asked to confirm via the internal compliance
system that they have both read and will comply with the
Business Principles and all associated policies.
TORM’s Management has established compulsory e-learning
courses, which provide a better understanding of anti-bribery
and anti-corruption and key concepts within international anti-
corruption laws. These courses also provide typical scenarios
that employees might encounter during their day-to-day
employment. All TORM employees in offices and onboard
vessels must take and pass this course once a year.
In addition, each TORM employee must take and pass the
“TORM How to avoid harassment in the workplace” course. As
part of this course, there is advice on seeking help if an
employee themselves or a colleague is subjected to
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > GOVERNANCE > G1
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 93
harassment in the workplace, and it is not possible to speak
out against the offender.
→ See more about TORM’s annual e-learning courses in the
G1-1 Accounting Policy on page 95
Every employee must remain constantly aware of the
Compliance Policy and Program, including any updates and
changes. Should TORM update or make any changes to the
Anti-Bribery and Corruption Compliance Policy or Program,
TORM will inform all employees by e-mail, and additional
briefings and training will be supplied. Any such informational
material is made available immediately via the TORM Intranet
Website.
TORM also utilizes an internal online training course provided
by the MACN that is mandatory for all office-based staff and
all officers on board TORM’s vessels to take and pass. The
course from MACN highlights some typical scenarios that
might be encountered within the employee’s role and provides
guidance on how to act by providing tips on how to counter
demands, increase bargaining power, and how to stand their
ground.
The aim of our business conduct training is to give TORM’s
employees tools to better address challenging situations and
to come closer to achieving a maritime industry free of
corruption.
TORM complies with Sarbanes Oxley (SOX) regulations, which
entail an annual internal audit procedure where all vessel-
based employees, office-based employees, and contractors
must complete the training and confirm adherence to TORM's
anti-bribery and anti-corruption guidelines, ensuring
compliance. The process is supervised and controlled by
TORM's Legal Department and the Marine HR Department.
MET Employees
For MET, a process has been established, in which the
Managing Director of MET confirms on behalf of all MET
employees that they have received and understood the
relevant policies. These policies are related to legal
compliance, ethical behavior, and promoting a professional
work environment that is free from all forms of discrimination
and harassment. MET`s management signs off on the
forementioned policies and communicates them to the rest of
the MET employees. During 2025, policy owners were
appointed at MET to assure better implementation. No specific
training is provided because of the nature of the business and
a low risk of exposure to bribes, compared to vessel-based
employees. In this way, MET, like TORM, can maintain various
programs and policies that promote behavior consistent with
our ethical values and business principles and provide ethical
guidelines for all dealings with employees, suppliers, investors,
creditors, insurers, competitors, auditors, and others.
In the below table, we disclose the coverage of TORM’s anti-
corruption and anti-bribery training for at-risk functions during
the financial year 2025.
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > GOVERNANCE > G1
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 94
Anti Corruption and Bribery Training 2025 2024
Training coverage
At-risk
functions -
Seafarers
At-risk
functions -
Office-based
employees
Senior
Management
Team
At-risk
functions -
Seafarers
At-risk
functions -
Office-based
employees
Senior
Management
Team
Training coverage
89 % 95 % 100 % 81 % % %
Total number of functions-at-risk covered
by training 356 423 4 367 409 4
Total number who received training 316 400 4 299 0 0
Delivery method and duration
Classroom training (Min.) N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Computer-based training (Min.) 71 20 20 71 20 20
Voluntarily Computer based training (Min.) N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Frequency
How often training is required (Frequency) Annual Annual Annual Annual Annual Annual
Topics covered
Definition of corruption (Y/N) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Policy (Y/N) Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes
Procedures on suspicion/detention (Y/N) Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes
Key concepts within international anti-
corruption laws (Y/N) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Accounting Policy
G1-Business Conduct
Number of Convictions for Violation of Anti-Corruption and
Anti-Bribery Laws
Seafarers report all incidents via TORM's reporting tool. TORM
has a strict anti-bribery policy which prohibits any form of
bribery and facilitation payments. All requests for such illicit
payments will be reported via the reporting tool and dealt with
by the dedicated department to ensure compliance. TORM
reports these incidents to the Maritime Anti-Corruption
Network (MACN) on a voluntary basis.
Amount of Fines for Violation of Anti-Corruption and Anti-
Bribery Laws
National authorities are the relevant parties able to issue fines
for violations of anti-bribery rules and regulations. The amount
of fines will be derived from letters received by the legal
department from authorities.
Percentage of Functions-at-Risk Training Coverage -
Vessel-Based Employees
The proportion of TORM’s seafarers, identified as functions-at-
risk, who have successfully completed the company's anti-
corruption and anti-bribery training programs within a
specified reporting period. Seafarers identified as functions-
at-risk are the four senior officer ranks (master/captain, first/
chief officer, chief engineer, second engineer).
Office-Based Employees
The proportion of TORM’s office-based employees, identified
as functions-at-risk, who have successfully completed the
company's anti-corruption and anti-bribery training programs
within a specified reporting period. As per TORM´s assessment,
all office-based employees are identified as functions-at-risk.
Managers are defined as employees with at least one direct
report.
MET Employees
At MET, the functions-at-risk employees are identified as the
Managing Director. The Managing Director signs off on the
Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy (together with other
policies) on an annual basis, which is considered to fulfil the
functions-at-risk training program.
Note: In the report displayed “Anti-Corruption and Bribery
Training” table, MET Employees are not included.
Anti-Corruption and Bribery Training Table -
Vessel-Based Employees
All new employees receive training as part of their onboarding.
All relevant employees (as described for seafarers, functions-
at-risk are the four senior officer ranks) receive yearly
training/recertification. Participation in the e-learning program
is mandatory. Non-passer cases are followed up while
onboard, and when re-joining onboard, the training is triggered
again for completion.
Data reported in the table is based on active and onboard
seafarers of the four senior officer ranks, as of 05 January
2026. Ocean Learning Platform (OLP) is the system used to
register training data for seafarers.
Office-Based Employees
All new employees receive training as part of their onboarding.
All current employees receive yearly training/recertification.
Participation in the e-learning program is mandatory. Non-
passer cases are followed up individually and also escalated to
the Senior Management Team for further follow up.
Average Number of Days to Pay Invoice from Date When
Contractual or Statutory Term of Payment Starts to be
Calculated
Average number of days is calculated on the basis of invoice
date to the actual date of payment made.
Percentage of Payments Aligned with Standard Payment
Terms
Calculated as actual payment date minus the invoice due date.
The disclosed percentage is the aligned payments compared
to the total. This data source is a BI Report from our payment
system.
Number of Outstanding Legal Proceedings for Late
Payments
Number of Outstanding Legal Proceedings for Late Payments
refers to the amount of legal cases or actions that have been
initiated or are pending in relation to payments that have not
been made on time. It includes lawsuits, arbitration, or other
formal legal actions initiated by creditors against TORM as
debtor, due to overdue payments.
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > GOVERNANCE > ACCOUNTING POLICY
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 95
TORM’s Policies
Anti-Bribery and Anti-Corruption Policy
CSRD/ESRS
G1, S1, S2
Affected Stakeholders
Employees, business
partners, suppliers,
contractors
IROs
Zero tolerance of anti-bribery
and anti-corruption
Value Chain
Upstream, downstream and
TORM´s own operation
Summary
TORM’s zero-tolerance approach to bribery and corruption,
requiring all employees to comply with applicable anti-bribery
and anti-corruption regulations.
Enables the company to operate in relevant markets without
legal issues or reputational damage.
Third-Party Standards
Member and co-founder of the Maritime Anti-Corruption
Network (MACN), which provides training and support for the
policy implementation, SOX Compliance
Scope
All directors, officers, and employees across the company’s
operations and all suppliers.
Monitoring
The policy requires employees to report any questions or
issues related to anti-bribery and corruption law to the
Management or the compliance officer.
The Senior Management is accountable for the policy.
Anti-Discrimination and Harassment Policy
CSRD/ESRS
G1, S1
Affected Stakeholders
Employees
IROs
Zero tolerance against
harassment
Value Chain
Upstream and downstream
in value chain, TORM´s own
operations
Summary
Prohibits discrimination and harassment based on gender,
ethnicity, religion, disability, age or any other basis.
Guidelines for maintaining a respectful workplace. Define
discrimination and harassment, and procedures for handling
complaints. Ensure a work environment free of discrimination
and harassment, to allow all employees respect and equal
opportunities.
Third-Party Standards
N/A
Scope
All employees and business partners across all locations
where we operate.
Monitoring
Investigation of complaints by the People and Marine HR
Departments and/or the Whistleblower Service Provider.
Annual SOX compliance where employees must confirm their
compliance with the policy.
The Senior Management and Head of People are accountable
for the policy.
Anti-Fraud Policy
CSRD/ESRS
G1
Affected Stakeholders
Employees, vendors, service
providers, contractors
IROs
Corporate culture
Value Chain
Upstream and downstream
in value chain, TORM’s own
operations
Summary
Guidelines for preventing, detecting, and addressing fraud
within the organization. Covers the control environment, risk
assessments, control activities, information and
communication, and monitoring. To conduct business
honestly and ethically, prevent and counter fraud, ensure
integrity and transparency in business dealings, and protect
against financial loss and reputational damage.
Third-Party Standards
Aligned with the COSO framework.
Scope
All employees and stakeholders (vendors, service providers,
etc.) across all locations where we operate.
Monitoring
Regular risk assessments, transaction level controls, annual
Anti-Fraud E-Learning Courses for employees, and the use of
a whistleblower setup for reporting concerns. Monitoring
involves visits and workshops with key employees and
stakeholders.
The Senior Management and Compliance Officer for Anti-
Fraud are accountable for the policy.
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > GOVERNANCE > TORM'S POLICIES
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 96
Business Principles/Code of Conduct
CSRD/ESRS
G1, S1, S2
Affected Stakeholders
Employees, business
partners, suppliers, local
communities, workers in the
value chain, contractors
IROs
Climate change, pollution to air
and water (environmental
performance), health and
safety, equal treatment,
employee well-being,
responsible procurement,
Corporate culture, Compliance
Value Chain
Upstream, downstream and
TORM´s own operations
Summary
Priorities in environmental awareness, respect for employees,
responsible business practices, transparency, and equality.
Statement of commitment to improve responsible business
practices beyond compliance with legislation and adherence
to international standards mentioned below.
Third-Party Standards
ISO 14001, UN Global Compact, SOX Compliance
Scope
All employees across all locations where we operate.
Monitoring
Continuous dialog with stakeholders, reporting on financial,
social, environmental, and governance performance, and
adherence to applicable legislation.
The Senior Management is accountable for the policy.
Diversity and Inclusion Policy
CSRD/ESRS
S1
Affected Stakeholders
Employees
IROs
Diversity, equal treatment, zero
tolerance of harassment
Value Chain
TORM's own operations
Summary
Commitment to and framework for fostering a culture of
diversity and inclusion, which in turn should strengthen
equity and belonging. This culture celebrates the unique
perspectives, backgrounds, and talents of all individuals. Our
commitment to diversity and inclusion reflects our broader
dedication to corporate social responsibility by promoting
social equity, inclusion, and human rights within our
organization and the communities we serve.
Third-Party Standards
N/A
Scope
All TORM's operations.
Monitoring
Targets set for female employees in leadership positions.
The Senior Management and Head of People are accountable
for the policy.
Environmental Protection Policy
CSRD/ESRS
E1, E2, E4
Affected Stakeholders
Environment
IROs
Climate change, Pollution to air
and water Biodiversity
Value Chain
TORM's own operations
Summary
Priorities in combating global climate change and minimizing
pollution. Long-term ambitions and designated actions,
including constant care in our operations and compliance
with applicable legislation. Including initiatives to improve
energy efficiency through IT infrastructure investments,
vessel optimization, and behavioral optimization.
Statement of commitment to improve our environmental
performance beyond compliance with legislation.
Third-Party Standards
International conventions, flag state regulations, local port
state requirements, and other regulations including Marpol,
EU legislation, local, and national legislation where the vessel
is visiting. TORM is ISO 14001 certified.
Scope
All TORM's operations.
Monitoring
Regulations on operations, waste handling, and more.
Procedures and policies, including our safety management
system (SMS).
The Senior Management is accountable for the policy.
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > GOVERNANCE > TORM'S POLICIES
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 97
Employee Handbooks
CSRD/ESRS
S1
Affected Stakeholders
Employees, their families
IROs
Employee understanding of
policies, procedures
Value Chain
TORM's own operations
Summary
Guidelines and general rules, rights, responsibilities, and
opportunities in the workplace. Separate Employee
Handbooks for each TORM location.
Third-Party Standards
N/A
Scope
All employees across all locations where we operate.
Monitoring
Continuous dialog with stakeholders and engagement
surveys. Updates also based on local regulations and
legislation.
Head of People is accountable for the policy.
Green Ship Recycling Policy
CSRD/ESRS Affected Stakeholders
Environment, crew, recycling
facilities, authorities,
communities
IROs
Value Chain
Downstream
Summary
Commitment to recycling all TORM-owned vessels in a safe
and environmentally sustainable manner.
Ensure compliance with applicable legislation, regulations,
and conventions mentioned below.
Third-Party Standards
Hong Kong International Convention for the Safe and
Environmentally Sound Recycling of Ships.
Best practices in the global shipping industry.
Scope
All vessels under TORM’s ownership.
Monitoring
Legislation and regulations, audits of recycling facilities,
proper procedures for hazardous material management and
safety, and undertakings from vessel buyers for future
recycling.
Designated person ashore (DPA) is accountable for the policy
Health, Safety, and Security Policy
CSRD/ESRS
S1
Affected Stakeholders
Employees, contractors
IROs
Health and safety
Value Chain
TORM's own operations
Summary
Commitment to providing a safe and secure work
environment. Statement of compliance with all relevant
health and safety rules and regulations, and statement of
commitment to raise safety levels on board our vessels by
promoting a culture of safety.
Third-Party Standards
Based on the SMS (Safety Management System) standards,
which is based on the ISM (International Safety Management)
code.
Scope
All TORM's operations.
Monitoring
Tracking of progress on safety target measured in LTAF.
Head of HSSE or in her/his absence Head of Security and
Environmental Compliance is accountable for the policy.
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > GOVERNANCE > TORM'S POLICIES
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 98
Modern Slavery Statement
CSRD/ESRS
G1, S1, S2
Affected Stakeholders
Employees, suppliers,
contractors, communities
IROs
Human rights, labor conditions,
responsible business
practices, community support,
equal treatments
Value Chain
Upstream and downstream
in value chain and TORM´s
own operations
Summary
Commitment to standards listed below including
internationally recognized principles on human rights.
Third-Party Standards
UN Global Compact, UN Sustainable Development Goals
(SDGs). The International Labor Organization's Maritime
Labor Convention. UN Guiding Principles on Business and
Human Rights.
Scope
All TORM's operations but does not include subsidiary MET.
Monitoring
Risk assessments and due diligence on high-risk suppliers.
Training for new employees on TORM Business Principles.
See Whistleblower Charter for more about how to raise
concerns.
Annual reporting to the UN Global Compact.
TORM’s Executive Director is accountable for the policy with
certain areas under the Audit Committee of the Board of
Directors.
Responsible Procurement Policy
CSRD/ESRS
G1
Affected Stakeholders
Employees, vendors, service
providers, contractors
IROs
Corporate Culture, Corruption
and Bribery
Value Chain
Upstream, downstream and
TORM´s own operation
Summary
Priorities in respect for employees, responsible business
practices, transparency, and equality. Statement of
commitment to improve responsible business practices
beyond compliance with legislation and adherence to
international standards mentioned below.
Third-Party Standards
ISO 14001, UN Global Compact, SOX Compliance
Scope
All employees across all locations where we operate.
Monitoring
Continuous dialog with stakeholders, reporting on financial,
social, environmental, and governance performance, and
adherence to applicable legislation.
The Senior Management is accountable for the policy.
Safety Management System (SMS) incl. Dry
Docking and Safety in Dry-Docking Policies
CSRD/ESRS
E2, S1, S2
Affected Stakeholders
Employees on vessels,
workers in the value chain
IROs
Health and Safety, Pollution to
air and water
Value Chain
TORM's own operations,
some value chain,
environment
Summary
The International Safety Management (ISM) code provides an
international standard for the safe management and
operation of ships and for pollution prevention. The ISM
requires a safety management system (SMS) to be
established by the shipowner, which has assumed
responsibility for operating the ship. The highlighted Dry
docking and Safety in dry dock policies are extended to the
workers in dry docks. The policies contain our requirements
for dock planning and execution, including the health and
safety requirements during the process
Third-Party Standards
Based on ISM (International Safety Management) code.
Scope
Vessel-based employees and office-based employees with
contact with vessel-based employees, workers in dry docks.
Monitoring
Electronic control system SERTICA, websites by FLAG,
classification societies, and local authorities including US
Coast Guard (USCG),and others.
All proposals for new/revised procedures pass SMS, and the
author is responsible for compliance. Senior Management,
management, and captains onboard vessels are accountable
for the policy. Sections relevant to dry dock workers are
discussed with management at the specific dry docks. The
TORM employees present at the dry dock along with dry
dock management are responsible for monitoring.
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > GOVERNANCE > TORM'S POLICIES
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 99
Whistleblower Charter
CSRD/ESRS
G1, S1, S2
Affected Stakeholders
Employees, business
partners, suppliers, workers
in the value chain,
contractors
IROs
Protection of whistleblowers,
Corporate culture
Value Chain
Upstream, downstream and
TORM´s own operation
Summary
Procedure for handling whistleblower complaints regarding
substantial non-compliance or breach of rules in relation to
accounting, internal accounting controls, auditing matters,
and other company policies and guidelines. Ensure proper
handling of complaints and maintain transparency and
fairness in business operations. All reports to the
whistleblower service provider are anonymous. TORM
ensures that all whistleblowers are protected from retaliation.
Third-Party Standards
N/A
Scope
All employees across all of TORM’s operations and all
affiliated companies and subsidiaries.
Monitoring
An independent third-party Whistleblower Service Provider
(WSP) investigates and pursues any suspected irregularities,
ensures the proper handling of complaints, and reports to
management and the Board of Directors as necessary.
The Senior Management is accountable for the policy.
Policies
Availability
Internal External
Environmental Protection Policy
Business Principles / Code of Conduct
Anti-Bribery and Anti-Corruption Policy
Green Ship Recycling Policy
Whistleblower Charter
Anti-Discrimination and Harassment
Policy
Anti-Fraud Policy
Responsible Procurement Policy
Modern Slavery Statement
Diversity and Inclusion Policy
Employee Handbooks
Health, Safety, and Security Policy
Safety Management System (SMS) incl.
Dry docking and safety in dry-docking
policies
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > GOVERNANCE > TORM'S POLICIES
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 100
ESRS Data Points Derived from Other EU Legislation
ESRS
Disclosure
Requirement Datapoint Information SFDR Pillar 3
Benchmark
Regulation
EU Climate
Law
Material/
Non-Material Page
ESRS 2 GOV-1 21d Gender diversity in the Board of Directors Material 78
ESRS 2 GOV-1 21e
Percentage of independent board members
Material 111
ESRS 2 GOV-4 30 Disclosure of mapping of information provided in Sustainability Statement
about due diligence process
Material 41
ESRS 2 SBM-1 40 d i Involvement in activities related to fossil fuel activities Material 36
ESRS 2 SBM-1 40 d ii Involvement in activities related to chemical production N/A
ESRS 2 SBM-1 40 d iii Involvement in activities related to controversial weapons N/A
ESRS 2 SBM-1 40 d iv Involvement in activities related to cultivation and production of tobacco N/A
ESRS E1 E1-1 14 Transition plan to reach climate neutrality by 2050 Material 61
ESRS E1 E1-1 16 (g) Undertakings excluded from Paris-Aligned Benchmarks Material 52
ESRS E1 E1-4 34 GHG emission reduction targets Material 52
ESRS E1 E1-5 38 Energy consumption from fossil fuel sources disaggregated by sources (only
high climate impact sectors)
Material 53
ESRS E1 E1-5 37 Energy consumption and mix Material 53
ESRS E1 E1-5 40-43 Energy intensity associated with activities in high climate impact sectors Material 53
ESRS E1 E1-6 44 Gross Scope 1, 2, 3, and total GHG emissions Material 54
ESRS E1 E1-6 53-55 Gross GHG emissions intensity Material 55
ESRS E1 E1-7 56 GHG removals and carbon credits N/A
ESRS E1 E1-9 66 Exposure of the benchmark portfolio to climate-related physical risks Phase-in
ESRS E1 E1-9 66 (a); 66
(c)
Disaggregation of monetary amounts by acute and chronic physical risk;
Location of significant assets at material physical risk
Phase-in
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > GOVERNANCE > INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 101
ESRS
Disclosure
Requirement Datapoint Information SFDR Pillar 3
Benchmark
Regulation
EU Climate
Law
Material/
Non-Material Page
ESRS E1 E1-9 67 (c) Breakdown of the carrying value of its real estate assets by energy-efficiency
classes
Phase-in
ESRS E1 E1-9 69 Degree of exposure of the portfolio to climate-related opportunities Phase-in
ESRS E1 E2-4 28 Amount of each pollutant listed in Annex II of the E-PRTR Regulation emitted to
air, water, and soil
Material 69
ESRS E1 E3-1 9 Water and marine resources Non-Material
ESRS E1 E3-1 13 Dedicated policy Non-Material
ESRS E2 E3-1 14 Sustainable oceans and seas Non-Material
ESRS E3 E3-4 28 (c) Total water recycled and reused Non-Material
ESRS E3 E3-4 29 Total water consumption in m³ per net revenue on own operations Non-Material
ESRS E4 ESRS 2- IRO 1 - E4 16 (a) i Material 70
ESRS E4 ESRS 2- IRO 1 - E4 16 (b) Material 70
ESRS E4 ESRS 2- IRO 1 - E4 16 (c) Material 70
ESRS E4 E4-2 24 (b) Sustainable land / agriculture practices or policies N/A
ESRS E4 E4-2 24 (c) Sustainable oceans / seas practices or policies Material 96
ESRS E4 E4-2 24 (d) Policies to address deforestation N/A
ESRS E5 E5-5 37 (d) Non-recycled waste Non-Material
ESRS E5 E5-5 39 Hazardous waste and radioactive waste Non-Material
ESRS S1 ESRS 2- SBM3 - S1 14 (f) Risk of incidents of forced labor Non-Material
ESRS S1 ESRS 2- SBM3 - S1 14 (g) Risk of incidents of child labor Non-Material
ESRS S1 S1-1 20 Human rights policy commitments Material 99
ESRS S1 S1-1 21 Due diligence policies on issues addressed by the fundamental International
Labor Organisation Conventions 1 to 8
Material 96
ESRS S1 S1-1 22 Processes and measures for preventing trafficking of human beings Non-Material
ESRS S1 S1-1 23 Workplace accident prevention policy or management system Material 96
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > GOVERNANCE > INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 102
ESRS
Disclosure
Requirement Datapoint Information SFDR Pillar 3
Benchmark
Regulation
EU Climate
Law
Material/
Non-Material Page
ESRS S1 S1-3 32 (c) Grievance/complaints handling mechanisms Material 100
ESRS S1 S1-14 88 (b) and
(c)
Number of fatalities and number and rate of work-related accidents Material 77
ESRS S1 S1-14 88 (e) Number of days lost to injuries, accidents, fatalities, or illness Material 77
ESRS S1 S1-16 97 (a) Unadjusted gender pay gap Material 79
ESRS S1 S1-16 97 (b) Excessive CEO pay ratio Material 79
ESRS S1 S1-17 103 (a) Incidents of discrimination Material 83
ESRS S1 S1-17 104 (a) Non-respect of UNGPs on Business and Human Rights principles and OECD
guidelines
Material 96
ESRS 2 SBM3 - S2 11 (b) Significant risk of child labor in the value chain Non-Material
ESRS S2 S1-1 17 Human rights policy commitments Material 82, 91
ESRS S2 S2-1 18 Policies related to value chain workers Material 88
ESRS S2 S2-1 19 Non-respect of UNGPs on Business and Human Rights principles and OECD
guidelines
Material 96
ESRS S2 S2-1 19 Due diligence policies on issues addressed by the fundamental International
Labor Organization Conventions 1 to 8
Material 88
ESRS S2 S2-4 36 Human rights issues and incidents connected to its upstream and downstream
value chain
Material 88
ESRS S3 S3-1 16 Human rights policy commitments Non-Material
ESRS S3 S3-1 17 Non-respect of UNGPs on Business and Human Rights, ILO principles, or and
OECD guidelines
Non-Material
ESRS S3 S3-4 36 Human rights issues and incidents Non-Material
ESRS S4 S4-1 16 Policies related to consumers and end-users Non-Material
ESRS S4 S4-1 17 Non-respect of UNGPs on Business and Human Rights and OECD guidelines Non-Material
ESRS S4 S4-4 35 Human rights issues and incidents Non-Material
ESRS G1 G1-1 10b United Nations Convention against Corruption Material 91
ESRS G1 G1-1 10d Protection of whistleblowers Material 93
ESRS G1 G1-4 24a Fines for violation of anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws Material 92
ESRS G1 G1-4 24b Standards of anti-corruption and anti-bribery Material 92
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > GOVERNANCE > INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 103
Disclosure Requirements Incorporated by Reference
Disclosure Requirements and Incorporation by Reference Page
BP-1 General basis for preparation of the sustainability
statement
General Disclosures
36
BP-2 Disclosures in relation to specific circumstances General Disclosures
37
GOV-1 The role of the administrative, management and
supervisory bodies
Governance
40
GOV-2 Information provided to and sustainability matters
addressed by the undertaking’s administrative,
management and supervisory bodies
Governance
40
GOV-3 Integration of sustainability-related performance in
incentive schemes
Governance
64
GOV-4
Statement on due diligence Governance
40
GOV-5 Risk management and internal controls over
sustainability reporting
Governance
40
SBM-1 Strategy, business model and value chain Strategy
36, 42
SBM-2 Interests and views of stakeholders Strategy
36, 45
SBM-3 Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their
interaction with strategy and business model
Strategy
43, 45
IRO-1 Description of the process to identify and assess
material impacts, risks and opportunities
Impacts, risks and
opportunities
43
IRO-2 Disclosure requirements in ESRS covered by the
undertaking’s sustainability statement
Impacts, risks and
opportunities
43
IRO-1 Description of the Processes to Identify and Assess
Material Water and Marine Resources Related
Impacts, Risks, and Opportunities
Impacts, risks and
opportunities
43
IRO-1 Description of the Processes to Identify and Assess
Material Resource Use and Circular Economy-
Related Impacts, Risks, and Opportunities
Impacts, risks and
opportunities
43
E1 GOV-3 Integration of sustainability-related performance in
incentive schemes
Climate change
64
E1-1 Transition plan for climate change mitigation Climate change
61
Disclosure Requirements and Incorporation by Reference
Page
E1 SBM-3 Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their
interaction with strategy and business model
Strategy
36
IRO´s
43
Double materiality
assessment
45
Climate change
43, 56
E1 IRO-1 Description of the processes to identify and assess
material climate-related impacts, risks and
opportunities
Stakeholder
engagement
36, 45
Double materiality
assessment
45
Climate change
43, 56
E1-2 Policies related to climate change mitigation and
adaptation
Climate change
64
E1-3 Actions and resources in relation to climate change
policies
Climate change
63
E1-4 Targets related to climate change mitigation and
adaptation
Climate change
52
E1-5 Energy consumption and mix Climate change
53
E1-6 Gross Scopes 1, 2, 3 and Total GHG emissions Climate change
54
E1-8 Internal carbon pricing Climate change
64
E1-9 Anticipated financial effects from material physical
and transition risks and potential climate-related
opportunities
Climate change
Phase-in
E2 IRO-1 Description of the processes to identify and assess
material pollution-related impacts, risks and
opportunities
Stakeholder
engagement
36, 45
Double materiality
assessment
45
Pollution
69
E2-1 Policies related to pollution Pollution
69
E2-2 Actions and resources related to pollution Pollution
69
E2-3 Targets related to pollution Pollution
68
E2-4 Pollution of air, water and soil
Pollution
68
E2-6
Anticipated financial effects from pollution-related
impacts, risks and opportunities
Pollution
68
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > GOVERNANCE > INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 104
Disclosure Requirements and Incorporation by Reference
Page
E4-1 Transition plan and consideration of biodiversity and
ecosystems in strategy and business model
Biodiversity and
ecosystems
70
E4 SBM-3 Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their
interaction with strategy and business model
Strategy
36
IRO´s
43
Double materiality
assessment
45
Biodiversity and
ecosystems
70
E4 IRO-1 Description of processes to identify and assess
material biodiversity and ecosystem-related impacts,
risks and opportunities
Biodiversity and
ecosystems
70
E4-2 Policies related to biodiversity and ecosystems Biodiversity and
ecosystems
70
E4-3 Actions and resources related to biodiversity and
ecosystems
Biodiversity and
ecosystems
70
E4-4 Targets related to biodiversity and ecosystems Biodiversity and
ecosystems
70
E4-5 Impact metrics related to biodiversity and
ecosystems change
Biodiversity and
ecosystems
70
E4-6 Anticipated Financial Effects from Biodiversity and
Ecosystem Related Risks and Opportunities
Biodiversity and
ecosystems
70
S1 SBM-2 Interests and views of stakeholders Strategy
36
S1 SBM-3 Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their
interaction with strategy and business model
Strategy
36
IRO´s
43
Double materiality
assessment
45
Own workforce
76
S1-1 Policies related to own workforce Own workforce
81
S1-2 Processes for engaging with own workforce and
workers’ representatives about impacts
Own workforce
82
S1-3 Processes to remediate negative impacts and
channels for own workforce to raise concerns
Own workforce
82, 93
S1-4 Taking action on material impacts on own workforce,
and approaches to managing material risks and
pursuing material opportunities related to own
workforce and effectiveness of those actions
Own workforce
79
Disclosure Requirements and Incorporation by Reference
Page
S1-5 Targets related to managing material negative
impacts, advancing positive impacts and managing
material risks and opportunities
Own workforce
77
S1-6 Characteristics of the undertaking’s employees Own workforce
84
S1-9 Diversity metrics Own workforce
78
S1-14 Health and safety metrics Own workforce
77
S1-16 Remuneration metrics (pay gap and total
remuneration)
Own workforce
79
S1-17 Incidents, complaints and severe human rights
impacts
Own workforce
83
S2 SBM-2 Interests and views of stakeholders Strategy
36
S2 SBM-3 Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their
interaction with strategy and business model
IRO's
43
Double materiality
assessment
45
Workers in the value
chain
87
S2-1 Policies related to value chain workers Workers in the value
chain
88
S2-2 Processes for engaging with value chain workers
about impacts
Workers in the value
chain
88
S2-3 Processes to remediate negative impacts and
channels for value chain workers to raise concerns
Workers in the value
chain
87
S2-4 Taking action on material impacts on value chain
workers, and approaches to managing material risks
and pursuing material opportunities related to value
chain workers, and effectiveness of those actions
Workers in the value
chain
88
S2-5 Targets related to managing material negative
impacts, advancing positive impacts and managing
material risks and opportunities
Workers in the value
chain
87
Disclosure Requirements and Incorporation by Reference
Page
G1 GOV-1
The role of the administrative, supervisory and
management bodies
ESG Governance
40
Business conduct
91
G1 IRO-1
Description of the process to identify and assess
material impacts, risks and opportunities
Impacts, risks, and
opportunities
43
G1-1 Business conduct policies and corporate culture Business conduct
91
G1-2 Management of relationships with suppliers Business conduct
92
G1-3
Prevention and detection of corruption and
bribery
Business conduct
92
G1-4 Confirmed Incidents of corruption or bribery Business conduct
92
G1-6 Payment practices Business conduct
93
STRATEGIC REPORT > SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT > GOVERNANCE > INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 105
Governance
Governance Introduction
Governance at TORM 107
Chair’s Introduction 108
Governance Structure
TORM’s Governance Structure 110
Board of Directors 111
Board and Committee Meeting Attendance 113
Board Activities 2025 114
Committee Reports
Audit Committee Report 115
Risk Committee Report 119
Nomination Committee Report 121
Remuneration Committee Report 124
Other
Investor Information 141
Engagement and Decision-Making 144
Directors’ Report 147
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 149
Safe Harbor Statement as to the Future 151
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 106
Governance at TORM
With respect to the year ended 31 December 2025, TORM plc was subject to the 2024
UK Corporate Governance Code (available at www.frc.org.uk).
This section of the Annual Report details our corporate
governance practices. Our governance framework is integral to
developing and executing our strategy. It ensures the Board
receives timely, detailed, and relevant information to
effectively oversee progress and challenge management.
Furthermore, this framework empowers our dedicated
Committees to conduct in-depth reviews of specific areas.
During 2025, TORM reviewed its compliance with the revised
UK Corporate Governance Code issued in January 2024. TORM
complied with 38 of the 41 provisions, with non-compliance on
Provisions 18, 19, and 32, reflecting considered business
decisions by the Board.
Provision 18: States that all directors should be subject to
annual re-election, however, TORM’s B-Director is not
appointed for a specified term and continues until removed by
the B-shareholder. On 06 January 2026, the threshold
required to maintain a B-shareholder was no longer met,
resulting in the termination of the B-shareholder structure and
the discontinuation of the B-Director role. As a result, all Board
members are now subject to annual re-election, bringing TORM
into alignment with the provision.
Provision 19: States that the Chairman of the Board of
Directors should not remain in place beyond nine years from
the date of their appointment to the Board of Directors. Simon
Mackenzie Smith was appointed Chair on 16 December 2025,
bringing TORM into alignment with the provision.
Provision 32: States that the Board of Directors must establish
a Remuneration Committee of Independent Non-Executive
Directors. In addition, the Chairman of the Board of Directors
can only be a member if he is independent on appointment,
and he cannot chair the Remuneration Committee. Full
compliance has been ensured following the appointment of
Simon Mackenzie Smith, whose independence has enabled the
committee structure to fully align with the requirements of the
provision.
Subsequent Events
As at the date of signing, TORM has conducted a review of its
compliance with the revised UK Corporate Governance Code
issued in January 2024. The Company complies with 39 of the
41 provisions. Non-compliance with Provisions 12 and 24
reflects deliberate and considered decisions by the Board,
taken in the context of TORM’s business model and
governance framework.
Provision 12: The Board has not appointed a Senior
Independent Director as it operates with a small, highly
engaged, and predominantly independent composition that
facilitates open, direct, and transparent communication among
directors.
Provision 24: The Company is not in full compliance with the
provision, which recommends that the Audit Committee
comprise at least three independent Non-Executive Directors.
TORM currently has two Independent Non-Executive Directors,
noting that one possesses the required recent and relevant
financial experience. Given the current size and composition of
the Board, appointing another director to the Audit Committee
would not meet the independence requirements of the Code.
The Board considers the present arrangements appropriate
and effective for TORM’s needs and will review the opportunity
to appoint an additional Independent Non-Executive Director
to the Board and subsequently to the Audit Committee at the
appropriate time.
→ TORM's updated compliance with the revised UK Corporate
Governance Code can be found at www.torm.com/investor/
governance/governance-documents-and-policies
TORM's Board of Directors has established five committees for
which formal Terms of Reference have been approved by the
Board of Directors and can be found on TORM’s website. The
Audit Committee is composed solely of Independent Non-
Executive Directors, meets four times a year at a minimum,
and is a permanent committee reporting to the Board of
Directors.
During the year, TORM completed a planned leadership
transition with the appointment of Simon Mackenzie Smith as
Chair of the Board of Directors. The Nomination Committee
oversaw a structured succession process, ensuring that the
incoming Chair possesses the skills, experience, and
leadership qualities required to support the Company’s long-
term strategic ambitions and maintain effective engagement
with shareholders.
The appointment of Simon Mackenzie Smith represents a
significant refresh of board leadership while preserving
continuity and an effective balance of independence,
expertise, and experience across the Board.
On 06 January 2026, David Weinstein resigned from the Board.
His resignation followed the Company’s reaching of the
threshold required to maintain a B-shareholder, resulting in the
termination of the B-shareholder structure and the
discontinuation of the B-Director role. As part of its ongoing
succession and composition review, the Nomination
Committee assessed the implications of this change and
concluded that the Board continues to maintain an
appropriate mix of skills, independence, and diversity following
the retirement of the B-Director position.
This section constitutes the UK statutory reporting on
corporate governance.
TORM’s Diversity and Inclusion Policy constitutes compliance
with the requirements stipulated by section 107d of the
Danish Financial Statements Act and the Danish
Recommendations on Corporate Governance.
→ Details on our Diversity and Inclusion Policy can be found in
our Sustainability Statement under S1 on page 76
GOVERNANCE > GOVERNANCE INTRODUCTION > GOVERNANCE AT TORM
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 107
Chair’s Introduction
Chair’s Statement
On behalf of the Board of Directors, I am pleased to introduce
the corporate governance report for 2025. This continues to
be the Board’s principal method of reporting to shareholders in
relation to corporate governance.
“As Chair of the Board, I reaffirm our commitment to the
highest standards of corporate governance, integrity, and
accountability. The Board’s role is to safeguard the interests
of all stakeholders by ensuring that TORM operates
responsibly, transparently, and in full compliance with
applicable laws and regulations. In a year marked by
geopolitical uncertainty and evolving market dynamics, our
governance framework has provided stability and strategic
direction, enabling TORM to deliver sustainable performance
while advancing our environmental and social
responsibilities.”
Good corporate governance creates value for our stakeholders
as well as for the ongoing development and sustainability of
our business. Throughout the year, the Board of Directors met
in person and online, and was able to deliver on strategic
commitments. The Board of Directors met 14 times this year
with five ad hoc meetings in addition to the Board’s nine
scheduled meetings.
Board Evaluation
As with previous years, this year’s evaluation was undertaken
internally. It involved a review of the Board of Directors and its
principal committees, covering a wide range of topics. The
evaluation is a well-established process and an important
opportunity to test that the Board of Directors is well suited to
provide constructive inquiries to TORM’s Management. As a
result of this review, the Board of Directors expressed a desire
to deepen their understanding of artificial intelligence and its
potential implications for the company’s operations,
governance, and long-term strategic direction.
Changes to the Board
In 2025, following a comprehensive and thoughtful selection
process, I had the honor of being appointed Chair of TORM’s
Board of Directors. With a career rooted in corporate finance
and extensive experience advising international companies in
the energy sector and related asset-intensive industries, I am
privileged to bring this background to TORM at an exciting and
important time for the company.
I succeed Christopher Boehringer, who has served with great
dedication since becoming Chair in 2015. I am pleased that
Christopher will continue to contribute his insight and
leadership as a member of the Board, ensuring continuity and
strength in our governance as we move forward together.
Subsequent Event
With Oaktree and its affiliates reducing their ownership below
the one-third threshold in early 2026, the B-Director position
has been discontinued. As a result, David Weinstein, Deputy
Chair and Senior Independent Director, stepped down from the
Board on this date. The Board thanks Mr. Weinstein for his
significant contributions since 2015. Following his departure,
he will continue to support TORM as a Special Advisor to the
Board. In light of these changes and to ensure continued
oversight during the ongoing strategic review the Board has
initiated a temporary Transaction Committee to support and
coordinate matters related to potential corporate transactions.
GOVERNANCE > GOVERNANCE INTRODUCTION > CHAIRMAN'S INTRODUCTION
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 108
Key Deliverables
Fleet
Throughout 2025, we actively managed the TORM fleet as part
of our ongoing renewal and optimization strategy..
Board Deep Dives Requested in 2025
Following this year’s evaluation, the Board of Directors
expressed a commitment to deepen its understanding of
artificial intelligence and its potential implications for TORM’s
operations, governance, and strategic direction. The Board
intends to explore how AI can be leveraged to enhance long-
term planning, ensuring the company remains resilient and
competitive in an increasingly digital and data-driven
environment.
Geopolitical Risk
In 2025, the Board continued to monitor geopolitical risks amid
persistent tensions and shifting trade patterns. Despite these
challenges, TORM successfully navigated a complex
environment, delivering strong operational and financial
performance. Disruptions in the Red Sea and evolving regional
dynamics influenced product flows, while market fundamentals
remained balanced despite new vessel deliveries. Against this
backdrop, TORM achieved market-leading freight rates,
reinforcing its position as a resilient and agile operator.
Employee Engagement Survey
This year, TORM office employees participated in the annual
engagement survey, which showed over a 95% response rate,
resulting in an engagement score of 82 out of 100. Further
details can be found within the S1 section.
As a consequence of these changes, there have been several
adjustments to committee memberships, which are detailed
separately within the individual committee reports.
Board Leadership
The Board of Directors remains steadfast in its oversight
responsibilities, ensuring that governance structures support
effective decision-making and risk management. In 2025, we
maintained rigorous compliance with regulatory requirements
and strengthened board engagement on strategic matters,
including capital allocation, fleet renewal, and operational
resilience. Our governance approach reflects a commitment to
independence, diversity, and accountability.
Shareholders
The Board remains committed to protecting shareholder
interests through accurate and timely financial reporting and a
transparent dividend policy. We engage proactively with
investors to ensure alignment with strategic objectives and
maintain balance between attractive returns and long-term
growth.
In continuation of the quarterly Distribution Policy first
introduced during 2022, TORM expects to pay out quarterly
dividends to our shareholders totaling USD 212.1m related to
2025.
Employees
Our governance framework places strong emphasis on our
employees, who are central to TORM’s success. The Board
oversees policies that promote a safe, inclusive, and respectful
workplace, ensuring compliance with international labor
standards and ethical practices. Diversity and inclusion remain
key priorities, supported by programs that foster equal
opportunities and professional development. We also maintain
rigorous health and safety standards across all operations,
reflecting our commitment to protect our people and uphold
the highest levels of integrity.
→ Read more about TORM’s people within the Sustainability
Statement on page 76
Customers
Governance extends to how we serve our customers. The
Board oversees initiatives that prioritize safety, reliability, and
sustainability in service delivery. By embedding compliance
and ethical standards into operational processes, we
strengthen trust and reinforce TORM’s reputation as a
responsible and dependable partner.
Suppliers
Responsible supply chain management is integral to our
governance framework. The Board oversees policies that
require suppliers to comply with TORM’s Code of Conduct,
covering human rights, environmental impact, and anti-
corruption standards. Regular audits and risk assessments are
conducted to ensure ethical practices and resilience across
our supplier network.
Community
The Board recognizes the importance of contributing
positively to the communities in which we operate. Governance
extends to ensuring that our social impact initiatives are
aligned with ethical standards and stakeholder expectations.
We support programs that promote education, environmental
awareness, and local economic development, while maintaining
transparency in charitable contributions and community
engagement. These efforts reflect our commitment to creating
shared value beyond our core business activities.
Supporting Quality Education
TORM is proud to advance the United Nations Sustainable
Development Goal 4 Quality Education by investing in
meaningful learning opportunities across the communities
where we operate. Through the TORM Philippines Education
Foundation, we provide scholarships, teacher training, and
essential learning tools, while our cadet program has enabled
hundreds of Filipino seafarers to build successful maritime
careers. In India, we work with NGOs to improve school
infrastructure and remove barriers to education, and in
Denmark, we partner with the Red Cross to empower young
refugees and migrants through language training and inclusion
programs. Globally, TORM also supports education through
internships, trainee programs, and collaborations with leading
academic institutions.
→ Read more about TORM’s connection to the surrounding
communities at www.torm.com/responsibility/social
Environment
Environmental governance is a priority for the Board. We
oversee the execution of TORM’s decarbonization roadmap,
which achieved the IMO 2030 CO₂ intensity reduction target
ahead of schedule. The Board ensures that environmental
considerations are embedded in investment decisions and
operational practices, reinforcing our long-term ambition to
achieve net-zero emissions from operating our fleet by 2050.
→ Read more about TORM’s people within the Sustainability
Statement on page 76
ESG Reporting
The Board is committed to transparent and comprehensive
ESG reporting. Our disclosures align with recognized
international standards and provide stakeholders with clear
insights into environmental, social, and governance
performance. ESG matters are integrated into Board
deliberations, ensuring that sustainability objectives are
pursued alongside financial and operational goals.
The Year Ahead
In 2026, the Board will continue to focus on strengthening
governance structures, and advancing our energy transition
strategy. We will maintain disciplined capital allocation and
ensure compliance with evolving regulatory requirements,
while supporting innovation and operational excellence.
→ Read more about TORM’s forward focus on page 12
On behalf of the Board, I thank our shareholders, employees,
customers, and partners for their continued trust. We remain
committed to strong governance and sustainable value
creation as we navigate the opportunities and challenges
ahead.
We look forward to connecting with you at our Annual General
Meeting in April 2026 and updating you at that time on our
progress. Thank you for your continued support.
Simon Mackenzie Smith
Chair of the Board
GOVERNANCE > GOVERNANCE INTRODUCTION > CHAIRMAN'S INTRODUCTION
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 109
TORM’s Governance Structure
The Board of Directors
Chaired by Simon Mackenzie Smith
The Board of Directors holds nine prescheduled meetings on an annual basis in addition to several ad hoc meetings. The duties of the Board of Directors include establishing policies for strategy, accounting, organization,
finance, and the appointment of executive officers. The Board of Directors governs TORM in accordance with the limits prescribed by the Articles of Association or by any special resolution of the shareholders.
Chair
Leads the Board of Directors, sets the
agenda, and promotes a culture of open
debate between Executive and Non-
Executive Directors.
Meets regularly with the Chief Executive
Officer (CEO), other Executive Directors,
and other senior management
executives to stay informed.
Senior Independent Director
Ensures that the views of each Non-
Executive Director are given due
consideration.
Available to both Non-Executive
Directors and shareholders if they have
concerns.
Meets with each Non-Executive Director
on an annual basis to appraise the
performance of the Chair.
Non-Executive Directors
Committed to contributing
constructively to challenge and help
develop proposals on strategy.
Executive Director
Responsible for the day-to-day
management of TORM and for TORM’s
operational development, results, and
internal development.
Implements the strategies and overall
decisions approved by the Board of
Directors.
Board Observers
Employee-elected observers, providing a
communication platform between the
employees and the Board of Directors.
All observers are entitled to attend and
speak at Board meetings.
Audit Committee
Chaired by Göran Trapp.
Meets a minimum of four times a year.
Assists the Board of Directors in fulfilling
its responsibilities relating to the
oversight of the quality and integrity of
the accounting, auditing, internal
controls and financial and ESG reporting
of TORM.
Risk Committee
Chaired by Göran Trapp.
Meets a minimum of three times a year.
Responsible for supervisory oversight
and monitors responsibilities with
respect to risk management.
Nomination Committee
Chaired by Simon Mackenzie Smith.
Meets a minimum of twice a year.
Reviews the structure, size, and
composition (including skills, knowledge,
experience, and diversity) of the Board of
Directors and makes recommendations
to the Board regarding any changes.
Considers succession planning for
directors, the CEO, and others.
Remuneration Committee
Chaired by Annette Malm Justad
Meets a minimum of twice a year.
Assists the Board of Directors in
reviewing the Management’s
performance and remuneration as well as
TORM’s general remuneration policies.
Transaction Committee (Temporary)
Chaired by Simon Mackenzie Smith.
Meets a minimum of twice a year.
Operates under a mandate to enhance
corporate governance by reviewing and
assessing potential transactions that
may emerge from, or be prompted by,
the arrival of a new large shareholder
whose strategic intentions are not yet
known.
Senior Management Team
Consists of the following employees of TORM A/S (in addition to the Executive Director, Jacob Meldgaard): Kim Balle (Chief Financial Officer, CFO), Lars Christensen (Senior Vice President and Head of Projects), and Jesper S.
Jensen (Senior Vice President and Head of Technical Division). The Senior Management Team holds weekly meetings and assists the Executive Director in the day-to-day management of the business.
GOVERNANCE > GOVERNANCE STRUCTURE > TORM'S GOVERNANCE STRUCTURE
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 110
Board of Directors
Simon Mackenzie Smith
Non-Executive Director and Chair of
TORM’s Board of Directors
Christopher H. Boehringer
Non-Executive Director and Ex-Chair of
TORM’s Board of Directors
Annette Malm Justad
Independent Non-Executive Director
Nationality: British Nationality: Canadian Nationality: Norwegian
Appointed: 2025 First elected: 2015. Resigned as Chair
2025
First elected: 2020
Employment: Corporate finance and
investment banking
Employment: Managing Director and Head
of Europe, Oaktree Capital Management
(International) Limited
Employment: Board member
Skills and Experience: Background in
corporate finance and extensive experience
advising international companies in the
energy sector and related asset-intensive
industries
Skills and Experience: Shipping, strategy,
capital investment, M&A. Goldman Sachs, FI
Travel Corporation, Warburg Dillon Read/SG
Warburg, and LTU GmbH & Co
Skills and Experience: Shipping, strategy,
customers, capital, finance. More than 25
years of executive experience from
shipping and other industries, in positios
including CEO of Oslo-listed Eitzen Maritime
Services ASA from 2006-2010. The last 15
years as independent consultant and Non-
Executive Board member
External Appointments: Chair of Dowlais
Group plc and non-executive director at
Interpath Limited.
External Appointments: Utmost Group,
Marco Capital Holdings Limited, Oaktree
Capital Management (International) Limited,
and Draslovka a.s.
External Appointments: Partner at Recore
Norway AS. Chair of the Board of Directors
of Store Norske Spitsbergen Kulkompani
AS, Småkraft AS. Board member of Awilco
LNG ASA and PowerCell Sweden AB and
Bakkegruppen AS
GOVERNANCE > GOVERNANCE STRUCTURE > BOARD OF DIRECTORS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 111
Göran Trapp
Independent Non-Executive Director
Jacob Meldgaard
Executive Director and
Chief Executive Officer
David N. Weinstein
Senior Independent Director and Deputy
Chair of TORM’s Board of Directors
Nationality: Swedish Nationality: Danish Nationality: American
First elected: 2015 First elected: 2015 Appointed: 2015, continued until removed
by the B-shareholder. Resigned 06 January
2026
Employment: Board member Employment: Chief Executive Officer of
TORM since 01 April 2010
Employment: Senior investment banking,
governance, and reorganization specialist
Skills and Experience: Shipping, strategy,
customers, capital, finance, business
development and oil trading at Statoil,
Morgan Stanley crude oil trader, Head of Oil
Products,Trading Europe & Asia, Global
Head of Oil Trading, and Head of
Commodities EMEA. Founding director of
energy advisory boutique Energex
Skills and Experience: Shipping, customers,
strategy, capital, M&A, US listing. Previously
served as Executive Vice President of
Dampskibsselskabet NORDEN A/S and held
a number of management positions in J.
Lauritzen A/S and A.P. Moller - Maersk
Skills and Experience: Strategy, capital
markets and finance, risk management and
oversight, extensive public company and
corporate governance experience, global
business, US Llstings (i.e. Seadrill Limited,
Stone Energy Corp, and Deep Ocean
Group), and as Managing Director of Calyon
Securities Inc, BNP Paribas, Bank of Boston,
and Chase Securities Inc.
External Appointments: Chair of Energex
Partners Ltd
External Appointments: Board member of
Danish Shipping, International Chamber of
Shipping, Danish Ship Finance,
SYFOGLOMAD Ltd, Copenhagen
International School, and the TORM
Foundation
External Appointments: N/A
GOVERNANCE > GOVERNANCE STRUCTURE > BOARD OF DIRECTORS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 112
Board and Committee Meeting Attendance
Board
Audit
Committee
Risk
Committee
Nomination
Committee
Remuneration
Committee
Transaction
Committee
Meetings Held in 2025 14 5 4 2 2 3
Chair of the Board
Christopher H. Boehringer
Resigned as Chair of the Board and all committees 16 December 2025.
12 2 2
Simon Mackenzie Smith
Appointed 16 December 2025.
Appointed Chair of Transaction and Nomination Committee 16 December 2025
Senior Independent Non-Executive Director
David N. Weinstein
Resigned from the Board and all committees 06 January 2026
14 5 4 2 2 3
Executive Director
Jacob Meldgaard
14 2 2
Non-Executive Independent Directors
Annette Malm Justad
Took over as Chair of Remuneration Committee on 16 December 2025
12 4 4 2 2 3
Göran Trapp
Appointed member of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee 06 January 2026
14 5 4 3
Christopher H. Boehringer
Reverted to member of the Board from 16 December 2025.
Board Observers
Rasmus J. Skaun Hoffmann 14
Liv Kjær 14
Board of Directors: Audit: Risk: Nomination: Remuneration: Transaction: Chair:
GOVERNANCE > GOVERNANCE STRUCTURE > BOARD AND COMMITTEE MEETING ATTENDANCE
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 113
Board Activities 2025
Board Evaluation
As TORM is not listed in the UK, we are not required to have an
external evaluation. Instead, TORM undertook an internal
evaluation involving a detailed and thorough review of the
Board of Directors and its principal committees, covering a
wide range of topics. Following this year’s evaluation, the
Board requested to further increase their knowledge of
artificial intelligence and its potential impact on the company’s
operations, governance, and strategic decision-making.
Board Activities
The Board of Directors remains committed to generating long-
term sustainable success as its primary objective. TORM’s
governance framework is designed to support this ambition
and is continuously enhanced to reflect evolving best
practices. In 2025, the Board focused on several key strategic
areas critical to the company’s future. As risks and
opportunities continue to develop, the Board prioritizes
staying informed and ensuring its competencies remain
aligned with the company’s strategic direction.
Strategy Update
During the past year, the Board concentrated on
strengthening strategic resilience in an environment where
freight markets had settled into more typical patterns. Fleet
optimization remained a central theme. The Board also
endorsed a comprehensive refinancing package designed to
enhance capital flexibility and lower the company’s cost base.
In addition, regular dividend distributions were approved
throughout the year, underscoring the company’s continued
commitment to delivering strong returns to shareholders.
Geopolitical Updates
The Board continued oversight of geopolitical developments,
supported by analyses from TORM’s geopolitical advisor,
engaged since 2022. This included rigorous monitoring of Red
Sea disruptions and expansion of vessel-related sanctions to
ensure full compliance and continuity of operations. Scenario
planning was undertaken to evaluate potential reopening of
the Red Sea and prospective changes to global sanction
regimes, reinforcing the resilience of trade flows. Broader
macroeconomic trends, including tariff-related effects on
global growth and petrochemical demand, were reviewed
regularly to inform strategic decision-making.
Commercial Diversification and Strategic Fleet Financing
Global commercial performance was reviewed with a focus on
diversification across key regions to mitigate route-specific
volatility. Deployment strategies were adjusted to capitalize on
stronger earnings in LR2 and LR1 segments, while maintaining
flexibility amid shifting trade patterns. Financing initiatives
leveraged international banking relationships to secure
favorable terms for fleet growth and lease repurchases.
Operational Excellence and Safety
The Board reaffirmed its commitment to compliance, integrity,
and operational excellence. Safety and crew welfare remained
priorities, with enhanced measures implemented to address
longer routing and operational complexity. Performance
metrics were closely monitored to drive continuous
improvement across vessel classes.
Fleet Expansion and Optimization
Fleet expansion and optimization were central themes for the
Board in 2025. TORM completed the sale of older tonnage, and
approved acquisitions to strengthen the fleet. These actions
aligned with the Board’s strategy to maintain operational
efficiency, enhance earnings potential, and secure a
competitive position in the global product tanker market.
Our Responsibility
Capital allocation decisions balanced dividends, debt
reduction, and fleet investments, sustaining attractive return
on investments levels throughout the year. Transparent
shareholder communication was maintained across dual
listings, including timely updates on dividends and financial
guidance.
AI and Machine Learning
Management initiated AI-driven projects for freight rate
forecasting and voyage optimization, which were subsequently
discussed with the Board. Compliance analytics using AI were
introduced to improve sanctions screening and operational
risk management, and investor communication tools
leveraging generative AI were piloted to simplify reporting and
enhance engagement, all in coordination with the Board.
Cyber Security
In 2025, the Board prioritized strengthening TORM’s cyber
resilience to safeguard operations and data integrity. The
Board ensured compliance with global cybersecurity
standards and oversaw cyber security maturity assessments,
regular penetration testing, and employee awareness
programs to mitigate risks on shore as well as on board
vessels. Additionally, the Board participated in a planned
Business Continuity drill. These initiatives reflect TORM’s
commitment to operational security and resilience in an
increasingly digital maritime environment.
Shareholder Transactions
In December 2025, Hafnia Limited completed its acquisition of
approximately 14.2 million A-shares in TORM, representing
13.97% of the company’s issued share capital, following the
fulfillment of all conditions precedent under its share purchase
agreement with Oaktree Capital Management. This significant
change in ownership triggered the “threshold date” defined in
TORM’s Articles of Association, as Oaktree’s beneficial
ownership fell below one third of the share capital. As a result,
the authority of the B-Director expired, and the Board oversaw
associated governance transitions, including the departure of
the Deputy Chair and Senior Independent Director and the
commencement of share class redemptions in line with the
Articles. Throughout this period, the Board remained focused,
adhering to statutory and governance requirements, and
supporting an orderly transition following the conclusion of
Oaktree’s long-standing ownership position.
GOVERNANCE > GOVERNANCE STRUCTURE > BOARD ACTIVITIES 2025
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 114
Audit Committee Report
Chair’s Statement
This report provides an overview of how the Audit Committee
operates, an insight into the Audit Committee’s activities, its
role in monitoring and reviewing the integrity and quality of
TORM’s financial statements, the effectiveness of internal
controls, and related processes.
Audit Committee Members
The Board of Directors is satisfied that the Audit Committee
meets the independence requirements under applicable laws,
regulations, and listing rules, including those of the UK
Corporate Governance Code, as of the end of the financial
year. As explained in relation to Provision 24 of the UK
Corporate Governance Code on page 107, the Audit
Committee comprises two Independent Non-Executive
Directors as at the signing date, rather than the recommended
three. The Board considers this composition appropriate in
light of the overall Board structure and remains committed to
reviewing additional appointments at the appropriate time. In
the introduction to this Governance section on page 107, we
further describe our compliance with recommendations for
tenure.
The Audit Committee has deep knowledge of, and significant
business experience in, financial reporting, risk management,
sustainability reporting, internal control, and strategic
management. This combined knowledge and experience
enables the Audit Committee to perform its duties properly. In
addition, the Board of Directors has determined that the
members of the Audit Committee have the relevant shipping
sector knowledge. In the opinion of the Board of Directors, the
Chair of the Audit Committee, Göran Trapp, meets the
requirement of bringing recent financial experience to the
Audit Committee.
The Audit Committee also has access to the financial
expertise in TORM and its independent auditors and can seek
further professional advice at TORM’s expense, if required.
Meetings
The Audit Committee meets at least four times a year. The
Chief Financial Officer, the Head of External Reporting, the
Head of Group Internal Control, and senior representatives of
TORM’s independent auditors are invited to attend all or some
of the meetings by invitation as appropriate.
Principal Activities in Focus
Financial Reporting
Key elements in TORM’s Quarterly Reports, Annual Report,
and the estimates and judgments included in TORM’s
financial statements and disclosures.
The appropriateness of the Management’s analysis and
conclusions on judgmental accounting matters.
An assessment of whether the Annual Report, taken as a
whole, is fair, balanced, and understandable, and whether
our US annual report on Form 20-F complies with relevant
US regulations with focus on clarity of disclosures,
compliance with relevant legal and financial reporting
standards, and application of appropriate accounting
policies and judgments.
The going concern assessment and adoption of the going
concern basis in preparing the Annual Report and financial
statements.
The external auditor’s reports on its audit of the financial
statements and internal control over financial reporting.
Reports from the Management on the effectiveness of
TORM’s internal control over financial reporting
Compliance with applicable provisions of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act (SOX).
A quarterly assessment of the impairment indicator test of
the vessels in the fleet.
→ Read about the Audit Committee’s area of responsibility
under TORM’s Governance Structure on page 110
→ Read the Terms of Reference for the Audit Committee here:
www.torm.com/investor/governance/governance-
documents-and-policies/
GOVERNANCE > COMMITTEE REPORTS > AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 115
At a Glance
Chair
Göran Trapp
Members
Annette Malm Justad
David N. Weinstein (until 06 January 2026)
Composition
The Audit Committee is composed solely of Independent Non-
Executive Directors.
Meetings
The Audit Committee held five scheduled meetings in 2025.
The members’ attendance at the committee meetings can be
seen on page 113.
2025 Highlights
Preparation for provision 29 of the 2024 UK Corporate
Governance Code
Implementation of measures related to the ‘Economic
Crime and Corporate Transparency Act: failure to prevent
fraud’
First time CSRD reporting (based on 2024)
Sustainability Statement
Review and approval of the Sustainability Statement.
Approval and ongoing evaluation of the double materiality
assessment.
Oversight of sustainability governance and data quality.
Monitoring progress against established ESG targets and
transition plans.
The external auditor’s reports on its limited assurance
review on the Sustainability Statement.
Risk and Compliance
Reports from the Group Legal Department on the status of
significant litigation, claims, and investigations from tax
authorities.
Compliance review of the 2024 UK Corporate Governance
Code recommendations.
The appropriateness of the Enterprise Risk Management
(ERM) Report representing critical risk factors, ownership
and governance, and alignment with the Risk Committee.
Concerns raised through the whistleblower setup process
and their remediation.
External Audit
Monitoring the effectiveness and quality of the external
audit process through examination and review of the
coverage provided by the external auditor’s audit plan.
Reviewing reports from the external auditor on key audit
and accounting matters, business processes, internal
controls, and IT systems.
Agreeing the audit and non-audit fees of the external
auditor during the year, including the objectivity and
independence of the external auditor.
Significant Reporting Issues
In the financial statements, there are several areas requiring
the exercise of judgment by the Management. The Audit
Committee’s role is to assess whether the judgments made by
the Management are reasonable and appropriate. To assist in
this evaluation, the CFO presents an accounting paper to the
Audit Committee once a year, setting out the key financial
reporting judgments. The main areas of judgment considered
by the Audit Committee in the preparation of the financial
statements are as follows:
Going Concern
The Audit Committee reviewed the Management’s assessment
for preparing TORM’s financial statements on a going concern
basis. This included reviewing and challenging the
Management’s forecast and the underlying base and reverse
stress case calculations along with its assumptions. The Audit
Committee also considered TORM’s available liquidity,
including undrawn and committed facilities along with any
liquidity-enhancing projects and projections for the financial
covenants within TORM’s borrowing facilities.
Based on this, the Audit Committee confirmed that the
application of the going concern basis for the preparation of
the quarterly reports and year-end financial statements
continued to be appropriate, with no material uncertainties.
Please refer to Note 1 to the financial statements.
→ The going concern statement is set out in the Financial
Review on page 27
Impairment of Vessels
The impairment of TORM’s vessels is a key recurring risk due
to its significance in the context of TORM’s net asset value. If
the Management determines that there are indicators of
impairment, the recoverable amount will be determined based
on the higher of the i) fair value less cost of disposal for the
cash-generating unit (CGU) and ii) the value in use of the CGU.
The Audit Committee regularly reviews the Management's
assessment of the potential indicators of impairment related
to TORM’s vessels in the fleet within the CGU comprised of the
Tanker Fleet of LR2, LR1, and MR vessels. The Management's
indicator assessment includes, but is not limited to, broker
vessel values, time charter rates, weighted average cost of
capital, any other adverse impacts from current economic,
environmental, and geopolitical uncertainty, as well as the
carrying amount of the net assets against the market
capitalization. As the indicators involve complex and subjective
judgments, the Audit Committee thoroughly reviews and
challenges the judgments included in the assessment.
The Audit Committee agreed with the Management's
conclusion that there were no indicators of impairment as at
31 December 2025, and thus the recoverable amount was not
determined. Refer to Note 12 to the financial statements for
further information.
Revenue Recognition
The Revenue Recognition Policy was discussed and it was
agreed to make no changes. Revenue is recognized upon
delivery of services in accordance with the terms and
conditions of the charter parties and is made based on “load
to discharge”, and demurrage is recognized with up to 97%
until actual realization. Accordingly, no revenue is recognized
for the days incurred during a vessel’s positioning voyage to a
load port.
Expected Credit Loss
Allowances for expected credit losses are determined using
the “simplified approach” under IFRS 9, which permits the use
of the lifetime expected loss provision for all trade receivables.
In 2025, the Audit Committee reviewed the Management’s
expected credit loss allowance matrix. While assumptions were
challenged, the Audit Committee ultimately agreed with the
Management’s assessment that no changes were necessary.
Depreciation Policy and Residual Value of Vessels
The Management continues to assess factors that could
influence the useful life of TORM’s fleet, including climate-
related developments, regulatory changes, and market
conditions. Among the drivers considered are TORM’s short-
and long-term climate targets, the IMO’s revised Greenhouse
Gas Strategy, and other emerging regulations aimed at
reducing carbon emissions. While TORM might divest vessels
before the age of 25, the most reliable and stable measure for
the residual value is the scrap value at the age of 25, the point
at which operating and maintenance costs make continued
use economically unviable. This approach reflects industry
practice, as confirmed by a peer analysis showing that most
comparable companies similarly apply a 25-year useful life.
Together with the Management, the Audit Committee reviewed
these drivers as well as industry practices and concluded that
the current accounting policy of depreciating vessels over 25
years remains appropriate.
The residual value of vessels is calculated based on two
elements: Scrap values reviewed on a yearly basis and cost of
voyage to the scrapping location. Until 2025, the Management
gradually incorporated green recycling prices into the
calculation of residual values by applying a weighted average
of green and conventional recycling prices, while continuing to
use a three-year average to reduce volatility. As of 2025, the
calculation is based entirely on green recycling prices. This
change follows an assessment by the Management and
GOVERNANCE > COMMITTEE REPORTS > AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 116
discussions with the Audit Committee during 2024, which
concluded that the market for green recycling had matured
sufficiently to support full implementation ahead of the
original timeline.
Effectiveness of the Audit Committee
In 2025, the Audit Committee carried out a detailed self-
assessment using a questionnaire and discussions facilitated
by the Head of External Reporting. Based on the self-
assessment, no material concerns arose.
Internal Audit
The Audit Committee assesses the need for an internal audit
function on an annual basis and makes a recommendation to
the Board of Directors. The Audit Committee was satisfied that
based on TORM’s current size, complexity, and internal control
environment, TORM can continue to defer the establishment of
an internal audit function. The decision must be revisited
annually, next in 2026.
In the absence of an internal audit function, internal assurance
is achieved through the work of the Group Internal Control
function and Deloitte’s testing of the entire Internal Control
over Financial Reporting framework (ICFR).
The Audit Committee is satisfied that the internal audit
arrangements continue to provide effective assurance of
TORM’s risk and controls environment. Throughout the year,
the Audit Committee monitored the effectiveness of TORM’s
risk management and internal control systems, including
material financial, operational, and compliance controls.
Internal Controls and Risk Management
The Audit Committee has primary responsibility for the
oversight of TORM’s internal control system, including the risk
management framework, the compliance framework, and the
work of the Group Internal Control function. The Audit
Committee regularly discusses the principles for risk
assessment and risk management related to financial
reporting, and the Committee reviews TORM’s significant risks,
including fraud, and their impact on financial reporting,
including stress testing when relevant.
→ More about principal risks and uncertainties on page 14
The Board of Directors fulfills its responsibility regarding the
effectiveness of the risk management and the ICFR through
the Audit Committee. Since the US listing on Nasdaq in New
York in 2017, TORM has been required to comply with the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act (SOX) resulting in increased regulatory
requirements.
The ICFR to support TORM’s SOX compliance is based on the
Internal Control – Integrated Framework 2013 issued by the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission (COSO), which enables best practices and a
strong control environment.
To ensure TORM meets its target of SOX compliance, the Audit
Committee continuously monitors the status of the ICFR. This
oversight by the Audit Committee includes recurring reporting,
including management oversight, the outcome of management
testing, and the status of auditor testing. The Audit Committee
makes sure that the Management sufficiently addresses
deficiencies when they emerge.
2025 was the fourth year that TORM was required to have
controls audited by its external auditor to comply with Section
404(b) of SOX.
Having monitored TORM’s ICFR, the Audit Committee has not
identified any material weaknesses in TORM’s ICFR through
either management testing or external audit.
Sustainability
The Audit Committee is responsible for overseeing the internal
reporting process of the Sustainability Statement at TORM, as
carried out by the Senior Management Team. This oversight
encompasses the entire reporting process, including the
approval of the double materiality assessment and
discussions about the principles of risk assessment and risk
management concerning the Sustainability Statement.
In 2025, sustainability reporting continued as an integrated
part of the Audit Committee annual wheel, with quarterly
updates forming a recurring part of all regular Audit Committee
meetings throughout the year. This approach reflects the
applied governance structure and the responsibility assigned
to the Audit Committee by the Board of Directors.
An on-top assessment and evaluation of the double materiality
assessment was conducted and reviewed by the Audit
Committee, with final approval granted during 2025. A few
changes, prompted by new insights and additional knowledge,
were presented with supporting rationale and documentation,
discussed, and ultimately approved by the Audit Committee.
The Audit Committee received regular updates on progress of
the data collection, including the status of activities and the
measures taken to ensure the accuracy and reliability of the
data to be reported.
The Audit Committee is actively engaged in monitoring the
performance against the established targets to ensure
continued alignment with TORM’s strategic priorities and
regulatory obligations. This includes reviewing progress and
assessing whether the methodology and targets remain
effective in driving the intended outcomes.
External Auditor
The Audit Committee has primary responsibility for overseeing
the relationship with the external auditor, Ernst & Young LLP
(‘EY’).
This includes making the recommendation on the appointment,
reappointment, or removal of the external auditor, assessing
their independence on an ongoing basis, approving the
statutory audit fee, the scope of the statutory audit, and the
appointment of the lead audit engagement partner.
Mark Woodward took over as audit partner in 2024 ahead of
the 31 December 2024 audit as a result of the audit partner
rotation rules. For the 31 December 2025 audit, Mark
Woodward was replaced by David Wilson as the audit partner
following an unanticipated absence which meant that Mark
Woodward was unable to complete the audit.
During the year, EY reported to the Audit Committee on their
independence from TORM. The Audit Committee and the Board
of Directors are satisfied that EY has adequate policies and
safeguards in place to ensure that auditor objectivity and
independence are maintained. The Audit Committee has
recommended to the Board of Directors the reappointment of
the external auditors for the 2026 financial year, and the
Board will be proposing the reappointment of EY at the
upcoming AGM.
Effectiveness of the External Audit Process
The Audit Committee reviewed the quality of the external audit
throughout the year and considered the performance of EY by
undertaking an annual review of the performance of the
independent auditor in a combination of discussions with the
GOVERNANCE > COMMITTEE REPORTS > AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 117
Management, reviewing the quality of written deliverables to
the Audit Committee, and reviewing the quality of dialog and
insights provided during Audit Committee meetings. The
findings were considered by the Audit Committee, and it was
agreed that the audit process, independence, and quality of
the external audit were satisfactory. Based on these reviews,
the Audit Committee concluded that there had been
appropriate focus and challenge by EY on the primary areas of
the audit, and that EY had applied robust challenge and
skepticism throughout the audit.
Auditor Independence and Objectivity
In its assessment of the independence of the auditor, and in
accordance with the standard on independence, the Audit
Committee received details of all relationships between TORM
and EY, which may have a bearing on their independence, and
received confirmation from EY that it is independent of TORM
in accordance with applicable laws and regulations.
The Audit Committee maintains a policy and has procedures in
place for the pre-approval of all audit services, audit-related
services, and other services undertaken by the external
auditor. The principal purpose of this policy is to ensure that
the independence and the objectivity of the external auditor
are not impaired. The policies include restrictions on the types
of services which the independent auditor can provide, in line
with the Ethical Standard published by the UK Financial
Reporting Council (FRC). Details of the services which the
independent auditors cannot be engaged to perform were
provided to the Audit Committee at the November 2025 Audit
Committee meeting. A copy of the policy can be made
available on request.
Audit and Non-Audit Fees
Full disclosure of the audit and non-audit fees paid during
2025 can be found in Note 6 to the financial statements.
Audit fees: USD 1.3m
Non-audit fees: USD 0.7m
The independent auditor may be contracted to perform certain
non-audit activities. The Audit Committee believes that this
can be performed without compromising the auditor’s
independence and objectivity. The Audit Committee will
allocate the non-audit work after considering TORM’s policy on
the provision of non-audit services by TORM’s auditors. A copy
of the pre-approval procedures can be made available on
request.
TORM operates under a non-audit services cap of 100% of the
audit fee. Fees relating to non-audit services by EY amounted
to USD 0.7m in 2025, of which USD 0.3m are not required by
EU or national law. The Audit Committee considered that the
services provided during the year were most efficiently
provided by the external auditor. To maintain the external
auditor’s independence and objectivity, the external auditor
did not make any decisions on behalf of the Management.
Whistleblower
TORM’s Whistleblower Charter, which supports the group-wide
Business Principles, is monitored by the Audit Committee.
→ Read more about TORM’s Whistleblower Charter here:
www.torm.com/investor/governance/whistleblower/
The Audit Committee received reports providing details of
matters reported through TORM’s international, confidential
telephone reporting lines and secure e-mail reporting facility,
which is operated by an independent third party, Holst
Advokater. All matters reported are investigated by Holst
Advokater and reported to the Board of Directors as well as to
the Audit Committee together with details of any corrective
actions taken. The Audit Committee also received reports at
each Audit Committee meeting providing details of any fraud
losses during the quarter.
Approval
On behalf of the Audit Committee
Göran Trapp
Chair of the Audit Committee
26 February 2026
GOVERNANCE > COMMITTEE REPORTS > AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 118
Risk Committee Report
Chair’s Statement
This report provides an overview of how the Risk Committee
operates, the activities of the Risk Committee, and the
Committee’s role in monitoring and reviewing the integrity and
quality of TORM’s company-wide risk management.
The Role of the Risk Committee
→ Read more about the Risk Committee’s area of
responsibility on page 110
→ Read the Terms of Reference for the Risk Committee here:
www.torm.com/investor/governance/governance-
documents-and-policies/
Risk Committee Members
The Board of Directors is satisfied that the Risk Committee
meets the independence requirements and having sufficient
qualifications within risk management and capital market
knowledge to independently assess the appropriateness of
TORM’s risk management and control environment as well as
the planning and execution of the risk management policies
and funding activities.
Meetings
The Risk Committee meets at least three times a year.
Activities During the Year
Ongoing Risk Monitoring and Alignment
At each meeting, the Risk Committee follows up on key risk
indicators to ensure alignment of risk tolerance and actual risk
level. These measures include the principal risks described in
the Risk Management section from page 14 and monitoring of
the compliance with internal risk mandates, such as foreign
exchange, FFA, bunker hedge level, refinance risk, interest rate
hedge level, credit risk, and time charter position. A liquidity
forecast is presented at each Risk Committee meeting.
Cyber Security
Cyber security is a recurring agenda item at each meeting, and
the Risk Committee reviews TORM’s cyber security risks and
maturity status. During the year the Risk Committee approved
TORM's IT Security Policy and IT Risk Management Policy.
Focus this year remained on implementation of the IT and
security strategy aimed at reducing the attack surface,
increasing capabilities to identify threats, and mitigating
vulnerabilities. To reflect TORM’s increasing focus on
digitalization, we added AI adoption and governance as an
oversight item this year. We have also continued our work on
regulatory compliance including requirements for NIS2. During
the year the Risk Committee also did a deep dive on the IT risk
maturity onboard our vessels.
Customer Credit Risk
The Committee continued oversight of customer credit risk
and broader counterparty risks through quarterly reviews,
including an annual policy review. TORM has a well-functioning
customer credit approval process, where all customers are
reviewed prior to commercial charters.
Capital Structure Risks
The Risk Committee reviewed risk considerations related to
TORM’s capital structure, including liquidity position, financial
leverage, TORM’s Distribution Policy, off-balance sheet
liabilities, terms and sources of funding vessel investments,
and fleet employment strategy.
Disruption Indicators
A recurring item for the The Risk Committee is the review of oil
demand disruption indicators. The Committee reviews
development of global and regional EV adoption and peak oil
demand based on scenarios from the IEA. Reviewed scenarios
are Stated Policies (STEPS), Current Policies and Net Zero
Emission scenarios. In STEPS and Current Policies, peak oil is
assumed to remain at current level or rise slightly until the end
of this decade, followed by a gradual decline. STEPS projects
the global energy landscape based on the potential (but not
full) implementation of current and announced policies,
focusing on gradual transitions in energy demand, investment,
and technology advancement without transformative changes.
The Net Zero Emission scenario outlines more aggressive oil
demand decline.
At a Glance
Chair
Göran Trapp
Members
Annette Malm Justad
David N. Weinstein (until 06 January 2026)
Composition
The Risk Committee is composed solely of Independent Non-
Executive Directors.
Meetings
The Risk Committee held four scheduled meetings in 2025.
The members’ attendance at the committee meetings is
described on page 113.
2025 Highlights
Risk management review of TORM’s policies on insurance,
IT, financial instruments, and our Financial Policy
Maintained focus on IT security risk
Review of peak oil demand disruption indicators
Review of geopolitical risks associated with TORM’s
business
Review of funding initiatives
Review and approval of the Enterprise Risk Management
(ERM) Report
Fraud risk prevention assessment included with the scope
of the Risk Committee’s responsibilities
GOVERNANCE > COMMITTEE REPORTS > RISK COMMITTEE REPORT
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 119
The Risk Committee acknowledges TORM’s vulnerability to
declines in oil demand. Oil demand, while critical, is insufficient
to fully understand TORM’s business, as the ton-miles driven
by regional imbalances, which play a critical role in assessing
logistical efficiency and market dynamics, also depend on
changes in the refinery landscape (such as closures and
capacity additions).
Liquidity Governance
The Risk Committee oversaw TORM’s liquidity risk. TORM
works with break-even levels to ensure sufficient liquidity is
available. At TORM, we ensure that financial gearing related to
loan agreements can manage periods of low profitability and
declining vessel values. TORM identifies the required liquidity-
and financial-leverage cushions to be available by severely
stressing our tanker freight rates and vessel values with low
points values seen since 2000.
Forward Freight Agreements (FFAs) and Liquidity Risk
During 2025, the Risk Committee approved an updated FFA
and Bunker Policy. The FFA and Bunker Policy clearly outlines
acceptable liquidity thresholds and hedging exposure enabling
TORM to hedge freight.
Funding and Funding Sources
The Risk Committee has reviewed funding structure and terms
prior to purchasing second-hand vessels. Moreover, the Risk
Committee reviews geopolitical downside risks associated with
current and future funding sources herein assessment of
effective mitigations. TORM liaises with external advisors to
maintain an updated understanding related to geopolitical
risks.
Maritime Safety Threats
The Risk Committee reviewed the measures taken by TORM to
assess, manage, and mitigate future safety threats.
Safety and Insurance
The Risk Committee reviewed implementation of the SIRE 2.0
vetting regime and war risk insurance. The Committee was
confident in TORM’s efforts.
Fraud Risk
The Risk Committee’s scope of responsibilities was expanded
to include fraud risk assessment. The Committee reviewed
fraud risk assessment and acknowledge that TORM has strong
governance in place.
Review Policies
The Risk Committee reviewed TORM’s IT Policy, Financial
Policy, FFA and Bunker Policy, Insurance Policy, Credit Risk
Policy, and EU ETS Policy. These policies outline core activities
and risks, and the measures which TORM has taken to mitigate
these risks.
Sustainability Reporting
The Risk Committee reviewed an annual update of TORM’s
principal climate-related risks and opportunities. The
Committee assesses transition and physical risks and
opportunities and how they might impact the resilience of
TORM’s strategy. The findings from the scenario analysis were
presented and discussed with the Risk Committee. The
climate-related risks identified through the scenario analysis
exercise have been incorporated into TORM’s annual
Enterprise Risk Management process and is part of the
recurring items discussed at the Risk Committee meetings.
Enterprise Risk Management
The Risk Committee reviewed the key risks faced by TORM and
the underlying drivers of these exposures. The alignment of
actual risk and desired risk was discussed, and the Risk
Committee approved TORM’s risk profile based on these
discussions. Further, the Risk Committee reviewed the
assigned management accountability, which highlights current
and planned risk-mitigating activities.
TORM’s annual Enterprise Risk Management Report was
approved at the Risk Committee meeting in January 2026.
→ Read more about TORM's Risk Management
Approval
On behalf of the Risk Committee
Göran Trapp
Chair of the Risk Committee
26 February 2026
GOVERNANCE > COMMITTEE REPORTS > RISK COMMITTEE REPORT
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 120
Nomination Committee
Report
Chair’s Statement
This Nomination Committee report provides an overview of
how the Nomination Committee operates, an insight into the
Nomination Committee’s activities, and its role in monitoring
and reviewing the integrity of the company’s processes for
governance, succession planning, and employee engagement.
In late 2025, Simon Mackenzie Smith assumed the role of Chair
of the Committee, succeeding Christopher Boehringer, whose
contributions have been invaluable in strengthening our
governance framework. In early 2026, we were pleased to
appoint Göran Trapp to the Committee, following the departure
of David Weinstein. These changes reflect our ongoing
commitment to maintaining robust governance practices and
ensuring alignment with the company’s long-term strategic
objectives.
The Role of the Nomination Committee
The Nomination Committee reviewed the independence of all
Non-Executive Directors pursuant to the UK Corporate
Governance Code. Except for the outgoing Chair, the
Nomination Committee is composed solely of Independent
Non-Executive Directors, who in the opinion of the Board of
Directors, continue to constructively offer strategic guidance,
specialist advice and, challenge TORM’s Management.
In line with TORM’s Articles of Association on the annual re-
election of the remaining directors, all of TORM’s Non-
Executive Directors will submit themselves for re-election at
the 2025 Annual General meeting.
The Executive Directors’ service contracts and the Non-
Executive Directors’ terms and conditions of appointment are
available for inspection at our registered office and will be
available on display at the 2026 Annual General Meeting.
Effectiveness
During the year, the Nomination Committee assessed the
independence, time commitment, and any potential conflicts
of interest of the Non-Executive Directors. The Committee
concluded that all Non-Executive Directors continue to
demonstrate sound independent judgment and devote
sufficient time and attention to effectively discharge their
responsibilities. Simon Mackenzie Smith is considered
Independent upon appointment and although Göran Trapp has
served for longer than nine years from the date of his first
appointment, the Board considers that he continues to
demonstrate independence in his role as a director.
Board Evaluation
In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code, TORM
conducts an annual internal evaluation of the Board of
Directors. Following this year’s evaluation, the Board of
Directors requested to further increase their knowledge of
artificial intelligence and its potential impact on the company’s
operations and strategic decision-making.
→ Read more about the Board’s activities on page 114
Employee Engagement
Throughout the year, the Nomination Committee received
regular updates on key elements of TORM’s people strategy,
offering insights into critical areas such as organizational
culture, diversity and inclusion, succession planning, future
leadership capabilities, and colleague engagement. These
updates ensure the Committee remains aligned with long-term
strategic priorities and supports the development of a
resilient, high-performing workforce.
GOVERNANCE > COMMITTEE REPORTS > NOMINATION COMMITTEE REPORT
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 121
At a Glance
Chair
Christopher H. Boehringer (until 16 December 2025)
Simon Mackenzie Smith (from 16 December 2025)
Members
Annette Malm Justad
David N. Weinstein (until 06 January 2026)
Göran Trapp (from 06 January 2026)
Composition
The Nomination Committee is composed solely of Independent
Non-Executive Directors.
Meetings
The Nomination Committee had two scheduled meetings in
2025.The members’ attendance at committee meetings can be
seen can be seen on page 113.
15%
15%
55%
15%
Succession planning
Employee population
Governance
Diversity
Focus Areas
Diversity
The Nomination Committee continued to monitor TORM’s
progress toward its gender diversity ambitions for the Board of
Directors . At the end of 2025, women held 16.7% of
leadership positions, reflecting changes in Board composition
as it expanded briefly to six members. Following the
resignation of David Weinstein in January 2026, female
representation in leadership increased again to 20%. TORM
remains committed to its long-term target of achieving 35%
women in leadership positions by 2030.
→ Read about TORM’s diversity targets on page 77
Since 2020, the Board of Directors has fulfilled its target of
20% female Board members. A new target has been set for
the Board of Directors of 40% women by the end of 2030.
Board Diversity Matrix
Country of principle Executive Offices United Kingdom
Foreign private issuer Yes
Disclosure prohibited under home law No
Total number of directors 6
Succession Planning
Throughout the year, the Nomination Committee maintained a
strong focus on the succession pipeline for TORM’s Senior
Management Team, ensuring continuity of leadership and
sustained organizational performance. This approach not only
mitigates risks associated with unforeseen events, such as the
departure of key individuals, but also reinforces TORM’s
commitment to diversity and inclusion. When compared to the
2024 succession plan, only minimal adjustments were
required, reflecting the company’s high level of stability and
strong retention. This foundation positions TORM well to
continue developing future leaders and supporting long-term
strategic growth.
Retention Rate
At the end of 2025, the retention rate for all office-based
employees was 90%, which is still at a satisfactory level. In
2024 and 2023, the retention rate was 94% and 91%,
respectively.
→ Read more about our employee engagement on page 82
Looking Ahead
in 2026, the Nomination Committee will continue to prioritize
strong governance, succession planning, and diversity across
the Board and senior leadership. Key focus areas will include
advancing gender diversity toward our 2030 and 2035 targets,
strengthening leadership pipelines, and supporting initiatives
that enhance organizational culture and employee
engagement.
The Committee will also oversee ongoing compliance with the
UK Corporate Governance Code, monitor evolving governance
standards, and ensure the Board remains equipped to address
emerging strategic challenges, including technological
developments such as artificial intelligence. These efforts will
reinforce TORM’s commitment to long-term stability,
inclusivity, and sustainable growth.
Approval
On behalf of the Nomination Committee
Simon Mackenzie Smith
Chair of the Nomination Committee
26 February 2026
GOVERNANCE > COMMITTEE REPORTS > NOMINATION COMMITTEE REPORT
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 122
Total 2025 Remuneration of
the CEO
Annual Performance Bonus KPI Outcomes
For 2025, the Remuneration Committee established a KPI bonus scorecard across six areas.
These areas were: ROIC, TCE, CO
2
reduction, Safety and Quality, OPEX, and Administrative Cost
to a maximum bonus potential of120% against which 113% was attained.
Annual Performance Bonus Discretionary
The Remuneration Committee reviews the CEO incentive award prior to payment
using judgment to ensure that the final assessment of performance is fair and
appropriate. If circumstances warrant it, the Remuneration Committee may adjust
the final payment.
The performance metrics of discretionary bonus are specified at the start of the
performance period and are commercially sensitive.
2025 Annual Bonus
63% 50% 113%
Formulaic outcome
percentage of maximum 70%
Committee
discretion maximum 50%
Final outcome percentage of
maximum 120%
Total Remuneration 2025
Long-Term Incentive Plan Awarded in 2025
Restricted Share Units 255,200.00
Exercise price per share DKK 162.38
Vesting over three years 2026 - 2028
Grant value USD 0.72m
GOVERNANCE > COMMITTEE REPORTS > REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 123
Base Salary, 48%
Annual performance
bonus, 51%
Benefits, 1%
90%
100%
One TORM KPIs 63% of
possible 70%
Committee discretion 50% of
possible 50%
Remuneration Committee
Report
Chair's Statement
The Remuneration Committee report describes the activities of
the Remuneration Committee for the period 01 January 2025
to 31 December 2025.
In late 2025, Annette Malm Justad assumed the role of Chair
of the Committee, succeeding Christopher H. Boehringer,
whose leadership has been instrumental in shaping our
remuneration framework. During this transition, Simon
Mackenzie Smith, Chair of the Board of Directors, joined the
Committee as a member, further reinforcing the Board’s
commitment to strong governance and effective oversight. In
early 2026, we welcomed Göran Trapp to the Committee,
following the departure of David Weinstein, ensuring continuity
and alignment with our governance principles and strategic
objectives.
The Remuneration Committee report sets out remuneration
details for the Executive and Non-Executive Directors in TORM.
It has been prepared in accordance with Schedule 8 of the
Large and Medium-Sized Companies and Groups (Accounts
and Reports) Regulations 2008 as amended (the
"Regulations").
The report is split into three main areas:
Chair’s Statement
Annual Report on Remuneration
Remuneration Policy
The Remuneration Policy, approved by the shareholders at the
Annual General Meeting (AGM) on 11 April 2024, took effect
from the date of that meeting. As of the date of this Annual
Report, TORM plc is in compliance with the requirements of
this Remuneration Policy. During 2025, the Committee
undertook a further review of the Remuneration Policy.
→ Read TORM’s Remuneration Policy at www.torm.com/
investor/governance/governance-documents-and-policies
The annual report on remuneration provides details on
remuneration in the period and additional information required
by regulations. The UK Companies Act 2006 requires that the
auditors report to shareholders on certain parts of the
Directors' Remuneration Report and state whether, in their
opinion, those parts of the report have been properly prepared
in accordance with the regulations. The parts of the annual
report on remuneration subject to audit are indicated in the
report. The statement by the Chair of the Remuneration
Committee is not subject to audit.
The Role of the Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee sets and reviews TORM’s
remuneration policy to ensure it supports business strategy,
drives sustainable performance, and aligns with shareholder
interests. It oversees board and senior management pay,
ensuring structures are fair, competitive, and compliant with
governance standards.
Compliance with the Code
The Remuneration Committee complies fully with the updated
2024 UK Corporate Governance Code, including provision 32.
Full compliance has been ensured following the appointment
of Simon Mackenzie Smith, whose independence has enabled
the committee structure to be fully aligned with the
requirements of provision 32. TORM continues to review the
Committee’s composition regularly to maintain strong
alignment with the Code and TORM’s wider governance
objectives.
Meetings
The Chair and the Executive Director attend the meetings of
the Remuneration Committee except for matters relating to
their own remuneration. The Head of People attended some
meetings, and other members of TORM’s Management attend
when necessary.
GOVERNANCE > COMMITTEE REPORTS > REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 124
65%
10%
15%
5%
5%
One TORM KPIs
LTIP
Employee remuneration
Governance
Board remuneration
At a Glance
Chair
Christopher H. Boehringer (until 16 December 2025)
Annette Malm Justad (from 16 December 2025)
Members
Simon Mackenzie Smith (from 16 December 2025)
Göran Trapp (from 06 January 2026)
David N. Weinstein (until 06 January 2026)
Composition
The Remuneration Committee is composed solely of
Independent Non-Executive Directors.
Meetings
The Remuneration Committee had two scheduled meetings in
2025. The members’ attendance at committee meetings can
be seen on page 113.
Focus Areas
Activities During 2025
KPIs
In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code, the
Remuneration Committee throughout the year consistently
reviewed the agreed 2025 KPI status providing valuable
feedback. In addition, the Remuneration Committee reviewed
and agreed the KPIs for 2026.
To reinforce the One TORM platform and ensure alignment
across the organization, the Remuneration Committee has
confirmed that, for 2026, all employees will continue to be
assessed against a common set of KPIs.
Gender-Based Initiatives
TORM continues to monitor gender representation closely and
has implemented a range of initiatives over the years to
improve diversity. Encouragingly, 2025 has shown a positive
upward trend, and we will maintain momentum through
targeted efforts.
TORM remains committed to advancing diversity and inclusion
through targeted initiatives. We have strengthened
recruitment practices with unconscious bias training and
diverse candidate shortlists, supported employees with flexible
working arrangements and family-related policies. In addition,
we continue to review parental leave and flexible work policies
to ensure they remain competitive and supportive.
These actions reflect our commitment to creating an inclusive
workplace where all employees can thrive and contribute to
TORM’s success.
Performance Assessment
The Remuneration Committee oversaw the evaluation of the
CEO’s performance, ensuring remuneration outcomes were
linked to measurable achievements and sustainable value
creation.
Executive Remuneration
In accordance with Section 5 of the UK Corporate Governance
Code, the Committee determined executive pay outcomes and
incentive awards for the CEO. This included approving annual
salary adjustments, short-term incentive payments, and long-
term incentive grants, ensuring that decisions were aligned
with agreed financial and strategic objectives and supported
the company’s long-term success
Annual Remuneration Policy Review
During the year, the Remuneration Committee undertook a
comprehensive review of TORM’s Remuneration Policy.
Following this assessment, the Committee concluded that no
immediate changes were required. However, in light of recent
changes to the composition of the Board and its Committees,
the Committee recognizes the need to revisit and update the
Policy to ensure continued alignment with governance best
practices and strategic objectives. This revision will be
proposed for approval at the next Annual General Meeting.
At this point, there is no intention to revise the Remuneration
Policy more often than every third year, unless required due to
changes to regulations or legislation.
Looking Ahead
In 2026, the Committee will continue to monitor market trends,
regulatory developments, and investor expectations to ensure
our remuneration framework remains fit for purpose and
supports the company’s strategic priorities.
Approval
On behalf of the Remuneration Committee
Annette Malm Justad
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
26 February 2026
GOVERNANCE > COMMITTEE REPORTS > REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 125
GOVERNANCE > COMMITTEE REPORTS > REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 126
Remuneration at a Glance
Executive Director and Chief Executive Officer’s Remuneration
Fixed Pay
Base Salary Effective 01 January 2025
Chief Executive DKK 8.15m
Effective 01 January 2026
Chief Executive DKK 8,36m
Executive Director Salary EUR 70,000 EUR 70,000
Benefits DKK 276,000, covering the running and maintenance expenses associated with a private
vehicle
DKK 276,000, covering the running and maintenance expenses associated with a private
vehicle
Pension Not entitled to any pension Not entitled to any pension
Annual Bonus
Short-Term Incentive Opportunity (% of salary):
Maximum: 120% of the base salary in the financial year 2025
Opportunity (% of salary):
Maximum: 120% of the base salary in the financial year 2026
Long-Term Incentive
Long-Term Incentive Granted a total of 255,200 RSUs vesting over a three-year period, with one third of the
grant amount vesting at each anniversary during the three-year period starting on 01
January 2026. The exercise price for each RSU is DKK 162.38. In addition granted
500,000 Retention RSUs vesting in three years. The exercise price is USD 0.01. Also
granted 233,965 RSUs following exercise of RSUs granted in 2022 and 2023 to reflect
the payment of dividends since the grant date. The exercise price for each RSU is USD
0.01.
Not known at time of publication
Statement of Voting at the AGM
Shareholder voting on the resolutions to approve the annual Remuneration Report put to the 2025 AGM and the Directors’ Remuneration Policy put to the 2024 AGM were as follows:
Votes for % Votes against % Abstentions % Total votes
Annual Remuneration Report 47,797,865
94.2
2,751,231 5.4 185,614 0.4 50,549,096
Directors' Remuneration Policy 53,635,713 88.0 7,094,933 11.7 191,989 0.3 60,730,646
Executive Director and Chief Executive
Officer’s Remuneration
Single Total Figure of Remuneration
The table to the right sets out the 2024-25 remuneration for
Jacob Meldgaard in his roles as Executive Director of TORM plc
and Chief Executive Officer (CEO) of TORM A/S, a subsidiary of
TORM plc.
Base Salary
The base salary is discussed and agreed with the Chair of the
Board of Directors and the Remuneration Committee once a
year. Base salary as of 01 January 2025: DKK 8.152m (USD
1.233m). In addition, the CEO receives EUR 70,000 (USD
80,000) for his role as Executive Director. The CEO’s base
salary was reviewed on 19 January 2026 to determine the
appropriate salary for 2026. The base salary as of 01 January
2026 was determined at DKK 8.356m, and the adjustment of
the salary will take effect as of 01 January 2026.
Taxable Benefits
TORM can place a car costing no more than DKK 1m at the
CEO’s disposal. However, the CEO has instead accepted an
amount of DKK 23,000 per month, covering the running and
maintenance expenses associated with a private vehicle. For
2025, the amount of DKK 276,000 (USD 41,729) was included
in the single figure amount. The % change from 2024 to 2025
related to benefits is solely due to exchange rate.
Other benefits provided directly include two trade periodicals,
a mobile phone, which may be used for both business and
private purposes, a PC at the CEO’s disposal at his home
address, which may be used for both business and private
purposes, including internet access and call charges. No
changes in allowances and benefits are expected for 2026.
GOVERNANCE > COMMITTEE REPORTS > REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 127
Total Remuneration for the Financial Year 2025
2025 2024
Fixed pay
(USD'000)
Fixed pay
(USD'000)
Base Salary 1,312.7 1,217.2
Taxable Benefits 41.7 39.8
Pension
Total Fixed Remuneration 1,354.4 1,257.0
Variable Pay (USD'000)
Annual Performance Bonus 1,393.0 1,232.6
Total Variable Pay
1)
1,393.0 1,232.6
Single Total Figure of Remuneration (USD'000) 2,747.4 2,489.6
Change in Remuneration of Colleagues and Directors
% change from 2024 to 2025
Salary Benefits Bonus
Employee Entire Group 5.6 % 0.0 % -36.9 %
Chief Executive Officer 7.8 % 4.9 % 13.0 %
1) USD Value estimated at time of report
Performance Bonus 2025
The Remuneration Committee has provided the CEO with a
performance cash bonus for the financial year 2025 in the
following range and based on the following parameters:
The fulfillment of specific performance metrics set by
TORM (up to 70% of the CEO’s base salary). These include
but are not limited to ROIC, cost structure, highest safety
standards, and environmental footprint
Up to 50% of the CEO’s base salary based on the sole
discretion of TORM’s Board of Directors
The table below shows the achievement against each of the
performance metrics in our annual bonus and the resulting
total annual bonus payout for the year ended 31 December
2025.
Key One TORM KPIs
Maximum
Payout %
Actual
Payout
% of
Salary
Actual
Payout %
of Overall
Bonus
Parameter 1
Highest Safety and quality standard
70.0 63.0 55.8
CO
2
reduction towards 2025 target
Outperform peers on RoIC
Outperform peers on TCE
Maintain effective OPEX cost base
Maintain effective Admin cost base
Parameter 2
Commercially sensitive 50.0 50.0 44.2
Total
120.0 113.0 100.0
In aggregate, the maximum achievable cash bonus for the
financial year 2025 for the CEO is equal to 120% of the CEO’s
base salary in the financial year 2025. The specific metrics
and calculation methodology for each of the parameters have
been determined by the Board of Directors. Based on the
aforesaid methodology, the CEO’s performance cash bonus for
2025 was determined to be a total of 113.0% (63.0% on
parameter 1 and 50.0% on parameter 2) of the 2025 fixed
annual salary of DKK 8.152m, resulting in an amount of DKK
9,212m (estimated at USD 1,393m).
Long-Term Incentive Program, Restricted Share Units
Granted to the CEO
As part of TORM’s Long-Term Incentive Program and in line
with our Remuneration Policy, the Board of Directors granted
Restricted Share Units (RSUs) to selected employees. These
RSUs are designed to retain and motivate employees by
aligning their interests with those of TORM’s shareholders.
Each RSU, subject to vesting, entitles the holder to one Class
A common share.
The single figure remuneration table for the CEO does not
include any amounts in relation to the RSU awards since 2016,
and there are no performance conditions associated with the
grant of RSUs.
As detailed in announcement no. 09 issued on 29 March 2023,
the CEO was granted a total of 255,200 RSUs which vest in
equal amounts over three years, beginning 01 January 2024.
The exercise price for each RSU was DKK 220.6, corresponding
to the average of 90 calendar days preceding the publication
of TORM plc’s 2022 Annual Report plus a 15% premium In
addition, Executive Director Jacob Meldgaard was granted a
total of 300,000 Retention RSUs. The strike price for these
RSUs is set to one US cent and all the RSUs will vest on 01
March 2026. Vested RSUs may be exercised for a period of
360 days from each vesting date.
As detailed in announcement no. 08 issued on 07 March 2024,
the CEO was granted a total of 255,200 RSUs which will vest in
equal amounts over three years, beginning 01 January 2025.
The exercise price for each RSU was DKK 258.4, corresponding
to the average of 90 calendar days preceding the publication
of TORM plc’s 2023 Annual Report plus a 15% premium .
As detailed in announcement no. 21 issued on 15 May 2024,
the CEO was granted a total of 5,563 RSUs following exercise
of RSUs granted in 2021 and 2022 to reflect the payment of
dividends since the grant date. The exercise price for each
RSU was USD 0.01.
As detailed in announcement no. 02 issued on 06 March 2025,
the CEO was granted a total of 255,200 RSUs vesting in equal
amounts over three years, beginning 01 January 2026. The
exercise price for each RSU was DKK 162.38, corresponding to
the average of 90 calendar days preceding the publication of
TORM plc’s 2024 Annual Report plus a 15% premium.
As detailed in announcement no. 10 issued on 11 April 2025
the CEO was granted a total of 33,559 RSUs following exercise
of RSUs granted 2022 to reflect the payment of dividends
since the grant date. The exercise price for each RSU was USD
0.01.
As detailed in announcement no. 21 issued on 23 September
2025, the CEO was granted a total of 500,000 retention RSUs.
The strike price for these RSUs is set to one US cent and all
the RSUs will vest on 01 October 2028.
As detailed in announcement no. 23 issued on 12 November
2025 the CEO was granted a total of 200,406 RSUs following
exercise of the retention RSUs granted 2023 to reflect the
payment of dividends since the grant date. The exercise price
for each RSU was USD 0.01.
LTIP Element of Jacob Meldgaard’s Remuneration Package
2025
Award 2025 2025
Awarded on 01 January 2025 01 October 2025
Vesting period three years one year
1st vesting date 01 January 2026 01 Oct 2028
Awarded 255,200 500,000
Original exercise price DKK 162.38 USD 0.01
Grant value assuming
100% vesting USD 0.72m USD 11.1m
LTIP Element of Jacob Meldgaard’s Remuneration Package
2025
Award 2025 2025
Awarded on 19 May 2025 10 November 2025
Vesting period Issue window Issue window
1st vesting date Issue window Issue window
Awarded 33,559 200,406
Original exercise price USD 0.01 USD 0.01
Grant value assuming
100% vesting
Covered under
value of original
grant
Covered under
value of original
grant
GOVERNANCE > COMMITTEE REPORTS > REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 128
Long-Term Incentive Program – Restricted Share Units Granted
Year 2025 Retention 2025 2024 2023 Ret. Add 2022 Additional 2023 Retention 2023 2022
Grant of RSUs excluding the Executive Director 1,293,434 1,326,087 1,214,988 858,822 144,345 1,333,224 1,248,155 1,137,770
Grant of RSUs to the Executive Director 500,000 255,200 255,200 200,406 35,531 300,000 255,200 255,200
Vesting period in years 3 3 3 1 1 1 3 3
Vesting period in years to the Executive Director 3 3 3 1 1 1
Beginning 01-Oct-2028 01-Jan-2026 01-Jan-25 Vest upon grant Vest upon grant 01-Mar-26 01-Jan-24 01-Jan-23
Exercise period from vesting 360 days after
vesting date
360 days after
each vesting date
Three years after
each vesting date
Within the issuing
period
Within the issuing
period
Three years after
each vesting date
360 days after
each vesting date
360 days after
each vesting date
Black-Scholes model, theoretical market value USD 39.9m USD 4.48m USD 10.9m n/a n/a USD 58.02m USD 14.5m USD 2.7m
Exercise Price (DKK) 162.38 258.4 0.07 220.60 58.00
Exercise Price (USD) 0.01 0.01 0.01
Reduced due to dividend payment (DKK) 153.2 204.5 136.3 0.08
Total RSU's expired un-exercised 6,667 518,418 46,078 467,437 92,155
RSUs exercised within 2023 435,952
RSUs exercised within 2024 3,120 13,118 7,089 467,577 435,967
RSUs exercised within 2025 992,180 166,758 1,580,057 95,567 428,896
Total RSU's exercised by grant year 995,300 179,876 1,587,146 563,144 1,300,815
RSUs outstanding as of 31 December 2025 1,793,434 1,574,620 951,770 63,928 472,774
The adjustment RSUs were covered by the value of the original RSU grant. For the share options exercised during the year, the weighted average share price at the date of the exercise amounted to
USD 22.3 (2024: USD 34.4, 2023: USD 34.0).
GOVERNANCE > COMMITTEE REPORTS > REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 129
End of Service Gratuity
TORM can terminate the CEO’s Service Agreement giving 12
months’ notice to expire on the last day of a month. The CEO
can terminate the Service Agreement giving six months’
written notice to expire on the last day of a month.
Post-Service Salary
If the CEO dies during his employment, TORM will pay to the
widow or any of his children below the age of 18 the fixed
salary including non-salary benefits for the current month and
a post-service salary for three months equal to the fixed
salary. However, such post-service salary will only be paid until
the date on which the employment would have terminated
because of termination of the Service Agreement.
Claw Back Policy
TORM’s policy regarding the recovery of erroneously awarded
compensation (“Clawback Policy”) is made in accordance with
the applicable rules of the Danish Companies Act, The Nasdaq
Stock Market and Section 10D and Rule 10D-1 of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. In the event
TORM is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to
material noncompliance with any financial reporting
requirements under U.S. securities laws, or if TORM otherwise
has published erroneous data, or if TORM determines there
has been a significant misconduct that causes material
financial, operational, or reputational harm, TORM shall be
entitled to recover a portion or all of any incentive-based
compensation provided to certain executives who, during a
limited time period preceding the date on which an accounting
restatement is required, received incentive compensation,
through the LTIP or STIP, based on the erroneous financial
data that exceeds the amount of incentive-based
compensation the executive would have received based on the
restatement.
Total Pension Entitlements
The directors of TORM plc are not entitled to any pension
contributions from TORM. In addition, Denmark-based
Executive Director Jacob Meldgaard, in his role as CEO of
TORM A/S, is not entitled to any pension contribution.
Taxable Benefits
In general, members of the Board of Directors of TORM plc do
not receive any additional benefits.
Payments for Loss of Office
No payments for loss of office have been made in 2025.
TORM does not consider making payments for loss of office to
Non-Executive Directors. For Executive Directors, a termination
notice cannot exceed 24 months. Termination by the
Executive Director must be subject to a minimum of six
months’ written notice. Any severance pay cannot exceed an
amount corresponding to the remuneration paid for the
preceding two years. The Remuneration Committee will
maintain a discretionary approach to the treatment of leavers
given that the facts and circumstances of each case are
unique. In an exit situation, the Remuneration Committee will
consider the individual circumstances, any mitigating factors
that may be relevant, the appropriate statutory and
contractual position, and the requirements of the business for
speed of change.
Outside Appointments
The Executive Director is entitled to retain the fees earned
from non-executive appointments outside TORM. Jacob
Meldgaard was appointed Non-Executive Director of Danish
Ship Finance A/S for which he received DKK 450,000 and Non-
Executive Director of SYFOGLOMAD Limited for which he
received EUR 5,000 for his services. In addition, Jacob
Meldgaard is a member of the board of Copenhagen
International School for which he receives no fee.
Annual Bonuses and LTIPs
TORM’s Remuneration Policy stipulates that the Non-
Executive Directors’ remuneration cannot include participation
in share or warrant programs. The Non-Executive Directors of
TORM plc do not receive any part of their remuneration from
TORM in shares or warrants. The remuneration for the Non-
Executive Directors is determined by the Board of Directors
subject to limits in TORM’s Articles of Association. During
2025, none of the Non-Executive Directors received any part
of their remuneration in shares or warrants.
GOVERNANCE > COMMITTEE REPORTS > REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 130
The Executive Director’s Interests in the
Shares of TORM
The table to the right summarizes the total interests of the
Executive Director in shares of TORM plc as of 31 December
2025. During the period 01 January to 31 December 2025, the
Executive Director sold 132,103 A-shares in TORM plc for a
total value of approximately DKK 16.8m. No changes took
place between 31 December 2025 and 26 February 2026.
Aggregate Gain Made by Directors on Exercise
of Options
In 2025, the Executive Director exercised 704,099 Restricted
Share Units, resulting in an aggregate gain of DKK 89.4m (USD
13.8m).
The Board Directors’ Interest in the Shares of
TORM
The table to the right summarizes the total interests of the
members of the Board of Directors in shares of TORM plc as of
31 December 2025. During the period 01 January to 31
December 2025, Non-Executive Director Annette Malm Justad
sold 2,700 A-shares in TORM plc for a total value of
approximately DKK 0.31m. No changes took place in the
Directors’ interests between 31 December 2025 and 26
February 2026.
Remuneration for Non-Executive Directors
The table to the right summarizes the remuneration paid to the
Non-Executive Directors of TORM in 2025. The fees payable
can be found in the Remuneration Policy and are paid in EUR.
The increase in fees in USD is in relation to exchange rates.
The fees in EUR remain unchanged year on year. The fees
shown include any additional fees paid in respect of chairing
of committees or other roles such as Senior Independent
Director (SID). Board Observer fees are no longer payable. The
increase in committee fees in 2025 is due to the introduction
of a Transaction Committee.
GOVERNANCE > COMMITTEE REPORTS > REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 131
Executive Director’s Interests in the Shares of the Company (Audited)
Jacob Meldgaard's Restricted Share Units Awarded
Vested not
Exercised
Agreed not to
Exercise Exercised Unvested
At 31/12/24 3,369,123 1,021,380 766,035 771,307 810,401
Granted – 01/01/25 255,200 1,065,601
Granted – 19/05/25 33,559 1,099,160
Granted – 23/09/25
500,000
1,599,160
Granted – 10/11/25
200,406
1,799,566
Expired un-exercised within 2025 85,067 1,714,499
Exercised within 2025
704,099 1,010,400
At 31/12/25 4,358,288 1,106,447 766,035 1,475,406
2025 Statement of Directors' Shareholding and Share Interests
Director
Ordinary
shares as of 01
Jan 2025
Ordinary
shares as of 31
Dec 2025
Changes from
31 Dec 2025 to
26 Feb 2026
Ordinary
shares as of 26
Feb 2026
Christopher H. Boehringer (outgoing) 21,204 21,204 21,204
Simon Mackenzie Smith (incoming)
David N. Weinstein 5,000 5,000 5,000
Göran Trapp
Annette Malm Justad 2,700
Jacob Meldgaard 602,599 602,599
The above table shows the total number of share interests of each director.
2025 Remuneration Table Non-Executive Directors
USD '000 Base Fee Committee Fee Total
Director 2025 2024 2023 2025 2024 2023 2025 2024 2023
Christopher H. Boehringer (outgoing) 173 159 161 58 53 54 231 212 214
Simon Mackenzie Smith (incoming) n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
David N. Weinstein 114 108 109 143 108 109 257 217 219
Göran Trapp 57 54 55 143 108 109 200 163 164
Annette Malm Justad 57 54 55 172 108 109 229 163 164
Information provided in the following part of the Annual Report
on remuneration is not subject to audit.
Assessing Pay and Performance
The top chart illustrates TORM’s total shareholder return (TSR)
since the listing of TORM plc, compared with the average TSR
of key industry peers and the OMX Copenhagen index. The
OMX index is a market cap weighted index of all stocks listed
on Nasdaq in Copenhagen. This comparison provides our
shareholders with a clear view of TORM’s performance relative
to both its sector and the broader Danish equity market,
further highlighting the value created for our investors beyond
general market movements. The total shareholder return is
calculated in USD.
In the lower table to the right, we summarize the Chief
Executive Officer’s single figure remuneration over the past
nine years, and how our variable pay plans have paid out in
relation to the maximum opportunity of 120% of base salary.
GOVERNANCE > COMMITTEE REPORTS > REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 132
67%
60%
45%
117%
100%
100%
57%
114%
108%
113%
1,473
1,626
1,531
2,208
2,307
2,449
1,744
2,513
2,490
2,747
Annual bonus (% earned of base salary)
Total remuneration USD '000
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
0
500
1,000
1,500
2,000
2,500
3,000
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%
120%
8-Year Historical Performance. TORM plc vs Peers and the OMX Index
Financial Year Remuneration for the Chief Executive Officer
72
71
51
62
56
58
129
218
251
143
96
106
108
112
134
177
176
199
241
178
Peer average
TORM
OMX
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
0
100
200
300
Annual Percentage Change in Directors’
Remuneration
The first table below shows the percentage change over the
year ended 31 December 2024 to the year ended 31
December 2025 with respect to the directors’ remuneration
and average employee remuneration. As required by
legislation, the directors’ remuneration is compared to the
employees of TORM plc on a full-time equivalent basis.
Relative Importance of Spend on Pay
The second table below shows the actual expenditure of TORM
on employee pay and distributions to shareholders compared
to the retained earnings of TORM.
GOVERNANCE > COMMITTEE REPORTS > REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 133
Change in Remuneration of Colleagues and Directors
Salary or Fees % Change Benefits % Change Bonus % Change
2024 to
2025
2023 to
2024
2022 to
2023
2021 to
2022
2020 to
2021
2024 to
2025
2023 to
2024
2022 to
2023
2021 to
2022
2020 to
2021
2024 to
2025
2023 to
2024
2022 to
2023
2021 to
2022
2020 to
2021
Chief Executive Officer 7.8 % 1.8 % 7.5 % -10.6 % 10.1 % 4.9 % 0.0 % 2.9 % -11.8 % 7.4 % 13.0 % -3.5 % 115.5 % -49.0 % 2.1 %
Christopher H. Boehringer 9.1 % 1.1 % 2.2 % -10.9 % -8.1 % N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Simon Mackenzie Smith N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
David N. Weinstein 18.5 % 4.8 % 5.8 % -11.4 % 16.8 % N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Göran Trapp 22.9 % 4.8 % 5.8 % -11.7 % 2.9 % N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Annette Malm Justad 40.8 % 4.8 % 5.8 % -11.7 % 26.5 % N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Colleagues entire group 5.6 % 4.2 % 5.7 % 4.6 % 3.5 % 0.0 % 0.0 % 0.0 % 0.0 % 0.0 % -36.9 % 94.1 % -15.2 % 1.9 % 1.5 %
The comparative figures used to determine the % change take into consideration the CEO's salary and benefits.
Other benefits provided relate directly to company car benefit.
% change in DKK for salary and Executive Director’s fees is 3.0%, taxable benefits is 0%, and annual bonus is 7.8%.
% change in Euro for Non-Executive Director fees is 12.5% for David Weinstein, 16.7% for Göran Trapp, and 33.3% for Annette Justad. Fees Increased due to the addition of a Transaction Committee
Simon Mackenzie Smith received zero remuneration for 2025
Relative Importance of Spend on Pay
Expenditure USDm
2025 2024 2023 2022 2021 2020
Dividends paid 199.7 553.3 586.4 166.7 70.6
Purchase/disposals of treasury shares 1.3
Executive Director’s remuneration 2.7 2.5 2.5 1.7 2.4 2.3
Total 202.4 202.4 588.9 168.4 2.4 74.2
Staff costs 97.3 87.0 77.9 49.7 52.1 50.7
Retained earnings 2,085.0 1,791.5 1,382.2 1,290.4 899.5 939.2
Remuneration Policy
The TORM plc Remuneration Policy approved at the 11 April
2024 Annual General Meeting (AGM) remained unchanged
during 2025. In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance
Code, TORM’s Remuneration Policy and practices are designed
to support the business strategy and promote TORM’s long-
term sustainable success. The Remuneration Committee will
continue to consider the appropriateness of the Remuneration
Policy annually to ensure that it continues to align with the
business strategy. At this point, there is no intention to revise
the Remuneration Policy more often than every third year,
unless required due to changes to regulations or legislation.
→ TORM’s Remuneration policy at www.torm.com/investor/
governance/governance-documents-and-policies
2026 Remuneration Policy
The Remuneration Policy approved at the 11 April 2024 AGM
took effect from the date of that meeting.
A revised Directors’ Remuneration Policy is presented in this
Annual Report for shareholder approval. Subject to approval at
the AGM, the new policy will apply from 2026.
Adaptation and Publication
The Board of Directors must review the Remuneration Policy at
least once a year. Any changes to the Remuneration Policy
must be adopted by the Board of Directors and approved by
the shareholders at an AGM.
TORM’s Remuneration report will be included in TORM’s Annual
Reports for all financial years and will contain information on
remuneration paid to the Board of Directors and Executive
Management.
Approval
On behalf of the Remuneration Committee
Annette Malm Justad
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
26 February 2026
GOVERNANCE > COMMITTEE REPORTS > REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 134
Remuneration Policy
Our current Remuneration Policy was approved by
shareholders at the 2024 AGM, with a vote of 88% in favor of
those that voted. During the year, the policy operated as
intended in terms of Company performance and quantum. It is
intended that the updated policy for TORM’s Executive and
Non-executive Directors will operate for a period of three years
from the date of approval at the AGM on 15 April 2026.
This Remuneration Policy has been designed to promote
long-term sustainable success of the Company, taking into
account the long-term interests of shareholders, wider
stakeholders and the Company’s workforce, in accordance
with the UK Corporate Governance Code.
As in previous Remuneration Reports, our annual bonus is
commercially sensitive and therefore, we will only disclose our
targets in the Remuneration Report following the completion
of the financial year.
The Committee’s review of the Remuneration Policy sought to
ensure that it continues to:
Apply pay principles which are applicable to all colleagues
across the TORM Group and, in particular, the principle
that the reward package should support the delivery of
TORM’s purpose of being committed to protecting our
employees, our assets, our environment, and our society.
Be aligned with, and incentivize the delivery of, the Group’s
strategy.
Foster performances in line with the Group’s culture,
values and behaviors.
Be aligned with wider workforce pay policies and emerging
best practice.
Motivate executive talent
Drive the success of the Company for the benefit of key
stakeholders.
We propose that the policy remains broadly unchanged in
2026, apart from:
Inclusion of fixed fees for the newly established
Transaction Committee, structured to reflect increased
time commitment without any success-based elements.
Under the performance scenarios section, Chart 1 has
been updated to reflect the most up-to-date values
available at the time of publication.
Removal of references to the Deputy Chair and the
Minority Board Observer; adoption of gender-neutral
terminology such as “Chair”.
1. Introduction
In this forward-looking section, we describe our Remuneration
Policy for the Board. We will be seeking shareholder approval
for our Remuneration Policy at the 2026 AGM, and we intend
to implement it at that point.
The following pages set out the Remuneration Policy for the
Directors of TORM plc agreed at the Annual General Meeting
on 15 April 2026, and will take effect from 01 January 2026.
The Board of Directors (the “Board of Directors”) of TORM plc
(“TORM” or the “Company”), has adopted this Remuneration
Policy (the “Remuneration Policy”), including the overall
guidelines on incentive pay.
This Remuneration Policy provides the framework for
remuneration paid to Non-Executive members of the Board of
Directors and certain specified members of the Company’s
Executive Management (the “Executive Management” the
Board of Directors and the Executive Management jointly
referred to as “Management”).
2. Background and General Objectives
The growth and future success of the Company depend on the
efforts of the members of the Management. Therefore, it is the
overall objective of this Remuneration Policy to attract,
motivate, and retain qualified Management members.
The remuneration of members of the Management, including
the size and composition of the Board of Directors, will be
determined with a view to promoting value creation in the
Company, to implementing its short-term as well as long-term
strategic goals, and to creating common interests between
members of the Management and TORM shareholders.
2.1. Consideration When Determining our
Remuneration Policy
The Company does not specifically consult with employees in
relation to this policy and no direct comparison metrics are
applied between employees and the remuneration levels for
the Executive Director(s). However, this Remuneration Policy
seeks to ensure that the combined remuneration paid to
members of the Management for work performed in and for the
Company is market competitive, not only in comparison with
other industry groups, but also in comparison with peer
companies in the global shipping industry. When considering
salary increases for the Executive Director(s), the Company
will seek to ensure comparison with other companies within
the same market capitalization range.
2.2. Statement of Consideration of Shareholder Views
The Chair of the Annual General Meeting of the Company will
inform the shareholders of any proposal made by the Board of
Directors in relation to the level of the Management
remuneration. The Committee is strongly committed to an
open and transparent dialog with shareholders on
remuneration matters, and the Chair will invite comments from
the shareholders before any level is agreed on.
3. Remuneration of the Board of Directors
Members of the Board of Directors receive a fixed annual fee in
line with the amounts set out in Table 1 on the following page.
The level of the fixed annual fee is proposed by the Board of
Directors at the Annual General Meeting after comparison with
other companies within the same market capitalization range.
In line with the UK Corporate Governance Code, all Non-
executive Directors submit themselves for re-election by
shareholders every year at the Annual General Meeting.
GOVERNANCE > COMMITTEE REPORTS > REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT > REMUNERATION POLICY
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 135
Shareholders can view Non-executive Directors’ letters of
appointment at the Company’s registered office
Members of the Board of Directors are not offered
participation in any incentive schemes. However, the Executive
Director participates in an incentive scheme of TORM plc’s
subsidiary, TORM A/S, in their role as CEO of that Company.
The Chair of the Board of Directors, as well as the Chair and
members of the committees established by the Board of
Directors, may receive additional fees in line with the amounts
set out in Table 1 below.
Table 1
Board Fees Fee per annum (Euro)
Chair 150,000
Executive Director 70,000
Director 50,000
Board observer Unpaid
Committee Fees Fee per annum (Euro)
Chair of the Audit Committee 50,000
Other Audit Committee members 25,000
Chair of the Risk Committee 50,000
Other Risk Committee members 25,000
Chair of the Nomination Committee
1)
25,000
Other Nomination Committee members
1)
25,000
Chair of the Remuneration Committee 25,000
Other Remuneration Committee members 25,000
Chair of the Transaction Committee
2)
50,000
Other Transaction Committee members
2)
25,000
1) Only payable in the year in which the actual meetings are held.
2) Fees are fixed and not success based
If a member of the Board of Directors is instructed to take on a
specific ad hoc task that falls outside the scope of that
member’s ordinary duties, such member may be offered an
additional fee for the work carried out in relation to such a
task, subject to the approval of the Board of Directors.
Under the UK Companies Act 2006, the Company will be
required to prepare a Remuneration Report for each financial
year, which is made available to the shareholders as part of
the Company’s Annual Report, and which will set out the
details of all payments made to the Board of Directors in the
preceding financial year.
The Remuneration Policy will be subject to a binding
shareholder vote at least once every three years.
TORM may reimburse relevant reasonable expenses, such as
travel and accommodation, in connection with attendance at
meetings of the Board of Directors (or duly appointed
committees of the Board of Directors).
The remuneration principles applicable to members of the
Board of Directors also apply to any Board Observer appointed
in accordance with article 74 or 76 of the Articles of
Association of the Company.
Any fees payable to the members of the Board of Directors
and any Board Observer may be paid in cash or as share-
based payments.
Fees paid to tax advisors for the preparation of UK tax returns.
TORM plc Directors whose UK income is above the threshold of
GBP 100,000 per annum can, if required, use the services of
the Company’s external tax advisors to prepare their personal
UK tax return. The fees incurred by the Company for the
service offered will be deducted from the Director’s net board
fees.
3.1. Approach to the Remuneration of the Executive
Director
When considering the appropriate remuneration for a new
Executive Director, the Remuneration Committee will consider
the level of the fixed annual fee proposed by the Board of
Directors and adopted at the Annual General Meeting as
detailed in Table 2 below. The aim is to provide a remuneration
package which is sufficient to attract, retain and motivate key
talents, while at all times ensuring that the Company pays no
more than necessary with due regard to the best interests of
the Company and our shareholders. The Remuneration
Committee will provide full details of the recruitment package
for any new Executive Director in the next annual report on
remuneration and will provide shareholders with the rationale
for any decisions taken.
3.2. Service Contracts
In accordance with the UK Companies Act 2006, Chapter 5,
Section 228 (1) b, the Company has chosen to issue a written
memorandum setting out the terms of the Non-Executive and
Executive Directors’ contracts. The memorandum is available
for viewing at the Company’s registered office on request.
Under the Company’s Articles of Association, each Director
must retire at the end of the second Annual General Meeting
after their appointment or last reappointment, unless he or she
has been reappointed at that Annual General Meeting.
3.3. Payments for Loss of Office
Non-Executive Directors – the Company does not consider
making payments for loss of office to Non-Executive Directors.
Executive Directors – a termination notice cannot exceed 24
months. Termination by the Executive Director must be
subject to a minimum of six months' written notice. Any
severance pay cannot exceed an amount corresponding to the
remuneration paid for the preceding two years. The
Remuneration Committee will maintain a discretionary
approach to the treatment of leavers given that the facts and
circumstances of each case are unique. In an exit situation,
the Remuneration Committee will consider the individual
circumstances, any mitigating factors that may be relevant,
the appropriate statutory and contractual position, and the
requirements of the business for speed of change.
The Company can terminate the CEO’s Service Agreement
giving at least 12 months’ notice to expire on the last day of a
month. The CEO can terminate their Service Agreement giving
six months’ written notice to expire on the last day of a month.
GOVERNANCE > COMMITTEE REPORTS > REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT > REMUNERATION POLICY
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 136
Table 2
Fixed Pay Purpose and Link to Strategy Operation Performance Metrics
Directors’ fees
To attract and retain high-caliber Executive Directors by
offering market competitive fees.
The level of the fixed annual fee is proposed by the Board of Directors at the Annual General Meeting after
comparison with other companies within the same market capitalization range.
There are no performance measures associated with
the Director’s fees.
Base salary
To recruit and retain high-caliber Executive(s) providing
base level remuneration at a competitive market rate.
The salary will be discussed and agreed with the Chair of the Board of Directors once a year in February and
take effect from 01 January that year.
There are no performance measures associated with
the base salary.
Benefits
To provide market competitive benefits to aid retention
and remain competitive in the marketplace
Executive Directors receive a competitive benefits package, which may include a company car, newspapers,
a mobile phone, PC, internet access and call charges. Other benefits may be introduced from time to time to
ensure that the benefits package is appropriately competitive and reflects the circumstances of the
individual Director.
There are no performance measures associated with
this benefit.
Short term incentive plan Purpose and link to strategy Operation and opportunity Performance metrics
Annual Bonus
To encourage and reward delivery of the Company’s
strategic priorities. To provide a variable level of
remuneration based on short-term performance against
the annual plan.
Up to 120% of the base salary in the financial year. Performance is assessed over a financial year. The
Committee determines the level of bonus, taking performance against targets and the underlying
performance of the business into account. The Committee may apply judgment in making appropriate
adjustments to bonus outcomes to ensure they reflect underlying business performance. Malus and
clawback provisions apply.
The fulfillment of specific performance metrics set
by the Company (up to 70% of the CEO’s base
salary). The performance metrics are specified at
the start of the performance period; and up to 50%
of the CEO’s base salary is based on the sole
discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors.
Long term incentive plan Purpose and link to strategy Operation Performance metrics
Share options, restricted share
units, and other share-based
awards
To reward achievement of TORM’s long-term strategy,
creating shareholder value that aligns the economic
interests of Executive Director and shareholders.
Incentives granted under the LTIP are subject to minimum vesting requirements of three years. Each type of award, including all relevant
performance measures, is discussed in greater
detail in 4.2 "Types of Incentives”.
GOVERNANCE > COMMITTEE REPORTS > REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT > REMUNERATION POLICY
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 137
4. Remuneration of the Executive Director
4.1. Performance Scenarios
The performance scenarios in the Table 3 below show the
estimated remuneration that could be received by the
Executive Director, both in absolute terms and as a proportion
of the total package under different performance scenarios:
Table 3
Indicative Executive Director Total Remuneration Levels
Minimum Fixed pay and benefits only
On Target Per Minimum + 50% of maximum annual bonus
Maximum Per Minimum + 100% of maximum annual bonus
The following chart gives an illustrative value of the
remuneration package that the Executive Director could
receive under three different performance scenarios, in
accordance with this Remuneration Policy.
The annual bonus maximum is 120% of the CEO’s base salary
in the financial year.
Fixed pay is based on current values at the time of writing. As
it is a fixed figure, there is no minimum or maximum figure.
The Executive Director receives a fixed annual base salary
based on an assessment of the overall objectives of the
Remuneration Policy, market practice, scope and nature of the
work performed, qualifications required, and the performance
of each member.
When the Executive Director is also the CEO of the Company’s
subsidiary TORM A/S, their remuneration will include
compensation from TORM A/S subject to the framework of
this Remuneration Policy.
The Executive Director’s terms of employment with the TORM
Group, including salary, pension, and resignation terms, are
determined by the Board of Directors. A termination notice
cannot exceed 24 months. Resignation by the Executive
Director must be subject to at least six months’ written notice.
Any severance pay cannot exceed an amount corresponding
to the remuneration paid for the preceding two years.
In addition, the Executive Director may be offered to
participate in management incentive plan(s) (“Plan(s)”) or be
offered extraordinary bonuses as well as ordinary benefits,
such as a company car, telephone, internet access, and
newspapers.
Chart 1 - Indicative Executive Director Total Remuneration at
Different Levels of Performance in USDm
Directors fees
Fixed pay
Short term incentive
Minimum
On Target
Maximum
0
0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
3.5
4.2. TORM's Management Incentive Plans
The Plans are established by the Board of Directors
determining the terms and conditions of each Plan within the
framework of this Remuneration Policy.
When determining the composition of a Plan, including the
elements of incentive pay as well as the ratio between fixed
salary and incentive pay under the Plan, due consideration
must be given to the overall objectives of this Remuneration
Policy to avoid undesirable incentives. The Plan should
combine an effective means of attracting and retaining
qualified candidates with a long-term focus on maximizing
shareholder value.
Purpose of Plans
A Plan may comprise a short-term incentive plan (“STIP”) and/
or a long-term incentive plan (“LTIP”), both as described below.
TORM believes that providing the members of the Executive
Management with a proprietary interest in the growth and
performance of TORM will stimulate the individual performance
and enhance shareholder value. TORM also believes that a
significant portion of a named Executive's compensation
should be directly linked to TORM's performance.
This Remuneration Policy has several provisions designed to
protect shareholder interests and promote effective corporate
governance in respect of the Plans, including the following:
Limitations on grants to the Executive Management and
individual participants in a given calendar year.
Awards under the Plans are administered by the
Remuneration Committee, an independent committee of
the Board of Directors.
Estimated Present Value. The estimated present value of the
Plans will be disclosed in TORM’s Annual Report.
Terms of Plans
Administration: Based on the recommendations of the
Remuneration Committee, the Board of Directors will generally
administer a Plan and has the authority to grant incentives
under any Plan and to set the terms of the awards, amend any
outstanding incentives or accelerate the time at which any
outstanding incentives may vest, correct any defect in the
Plans or any incentive as it deems necessary, and establish
rules or regulations relating to the administration of the Plans.
See paragraph 4.4 “Adjustments” below. All provisions of the
Plans and any actions taken in this respect will be subject to
applicable law.
Principal Conditions for Granting Incentive Pay.
The attainment of performance targets based on TORM's
strategic and operational initiatives, such as total shareholder
return and cash flow metrics, may be used to determine
allocations under the Plans in addition to discretionary
allocations.
Eligibility
Members of the Executive Management will be eligible to
receive incentives under a Plan when designated as
participants.
Requirements
The Board of Directors has discretion to determine the times
at which such incentives are to be made, the size of such
incentives, the form of payment and all other conditions of
such incentives, including any restrictions, deferral periods or
performance requirements.
GOVERNANCE > COMMITTEE REPORTS > REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT > REMUNERATION POLICY
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 138
Amendments or Discontinuation
The General Meeting must approve any amendments to or
discontinuation of this Remuneration Policy, which provides
the framework for the Plans. No amendment to nor
discontinuation of this
Remuneration Policy may materially impair any previously
granted award under the Plans without the consent of the
recipient.
Term
No incentives may be granted under a Plan more than ten
years after the date on which this Remuneration Policy was
initially approved by the General Meeting.
Incentive Agreements
Grants of incentives will be subject to the terms and
conditions of the Plans and may also be subject to individual
restrictions imposed by the Board of Directors and detailed in
an incentive agreement between TORM and the relevant
participant.
STIP
The STIP primarily supports the fulfillment of short-term
objectives and goals. Based on the recommendations of the
Remuneration Committee, the Board of Directors can decide to
award annual cash bonuses to members of the Executive
Management in order to meet the overall objectives of this
Remuneration Policy. Such bonuses may be subject to the
attainment of certain performance or other targets.
LTIP
Incentives under the LTIP may be granted in any one or a
combination of the following forms;
share options
restricted share units and
other share-based awards
Each type of award is discussed in greater detail under “Types
of Incentives” below.
The LTIP primarily supports the fulfillment of long-term
objectives and goals.
Maximum Threshold
The maximum threshold for the share based LTIP grants
applicable to the Executive Management as a group is
expected to be approximately 7% of the Company's share
capital from time to time.
Minimum Vesting Requirements
Incentives granted under the LTIP are subject to minimum
vesting requirements of three years for members of the
Executive Management (with incremental vesting permitted
over the vesting period).
Types of Incentives
Each type of award that may be granted under the LTIP is
described below.
Share Options
A share option is a right to subscribe for A-shares in TORM.
The Board of Directors will determine the number and exercise
price of the options and when the options become exercisable.
The term of an option may not exceed ten years. The Board of
Directors may not decrease the exercise price for any
outstanding options after the date of grant other than as
provided for in the Plans or in accordance with the adjustment
principles set out in paragraph 4.4 below. In addition, an
outstanding option may not, as of any date that the option has
a per share exercise price that is greater than the then current
fair market value of a share, be surrendered to TORM as
consideration for the grant of a new option with a lower
exercise price, another award, a cash payment or A-shares,
unless provided for in the Plans or in accordance with the
adjustment principles set out in paragraph 4.4 below.
The option exercise price may be paid in cash, by check, in A-
shares, through a “cashless” exercise arrangement, through a
net exercise procedure (if approved by the Board of Directors)
or in any other manner authorized by the Board of Directors.
TORM intends to make A-shares available upon exercise of any
share options by way of a fresh issuance of A-shares out of
capital and currently has allotment authorities in place in order
to allow any such share issuances to be made by the
Company.
Restricted Share Units
A Restricted Share Unit, or RSU, represents the right to receive
one share on a respective vesting or settlement date from
TORM. Subject to the restrictions provided in the applicable
incentive agreement and the LTIP, a participant receiving RSUs
has no rights as a shareholder to such units, until the RSUs
vest and A-shares are issued to the participant. RSUs may be
granted with dividend equivalent rights; however, unless
determined by the Board of Directors to be paid currently,
TORM must establish a bookkeeping account for the
participant and reflect in that account any securities, cash or
other property comprising any dividend or property
distribution with respect to each share underlying each RSU.
Other Share-Based Awards
The LTIP also permits the Board of Directors to grant eligible
participants awards of A-shares and other awards that are
denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by
reference to, or are otherwise based on or related to A-shares,
or the appreciation in value of A-shares.
Termination of Employment or Service
Each incentive agreement may, subject to applicable law,
include provisions requiring the forfeiture of outstanding
incentives in the event of the participant's termination of
employment, if such participant is considered a voluntary
leaver (as defined by the Board of Directors in the individual
agreement) or, in the case of performance-based grants, if
applicable goals or targets are not met.
Claw Back Provisions
RSUs issued under the LTIP are subject to claw back in the
event of material misstatement of the Company’s financial
results, gross misconduct, or material error in the calculation
of performance conditions.
Change of Control
If determined by the Board of Directors and if so, provided in
the incentive agreement, a change of control of TORM (as
defined by the Board of Directors in the individual agreement)
may require that:
All outstanding incentives will become fully vested and
exercisable.
All restrictions or limitations on any outstanding incentives
will lapse.
All performance criteria and other conditions relating to
the payment of incentives will be deemed to have been
achieved or waived by TORM.
All outstanding options are required to be exercised by a
certain date.
The surrender to TORM of some or all outstanding options
in exchange for a share or cash payment for each option
GOVERNANCE > COMMITTEE REPORTS > REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT > REMUNERATION POLICY
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 139
equal in value to the per share change of control value,
calculated as described in the LTIP, over the exercise price.
Any equitable adjustment will be made to outstanding
incentives as deemed necessary to reflect TORM's
corporate changes; and/or
An option will become an option relating to the number of
A-shares or other securities or property (including cash) to
which the participant would have been entitled in
connection with the change of control transaction if the
participant had been a shareholder.
See paragraph 4.4 “Adjustments” below.
Transferability of Incentives
The Board of Directors may determine that the incentives
granted under the LTIP may not be transferred except (a) by
will, (b) by the laws of descent and distribution, (c) pursuant to
any court order in connection with separation of domestic
property or (d) as to options only, if permitted by the Board of
Directors and so provided in the applicable incentive
agreement, to immediate family members or to a partnership,
limited liability company or trust for which the sole owners,
members or beneficiaries are the participant or immediate
family members.
Awards to Be Granted
Grants of incentives to members of the Executive Management
will be made by the Board of Directors as deemed necessary
or appropriate considering the overall objectives of this
Remuneration Policy.
4.3. Extraordinary Bonus
The Board of Directors may in individual cases grant a one-off
bonus or other extraordinary incentive-based pay, such as
retention bonus, severance payment, sign-on bonus, or other
schemes in connection with the appointment, provided that it
is deemed necessary by the Board of Directors in order to
meet the overall objectives of this Remuneration Policy. A
grant of extraordinary bonus may consist of cash and/or be
share-based and may be subject to the attainment of certain
performance targets.
4.4. Adjustments
For the various types of incentive-based pay, the Board of
Directors may lay down specific terms governing the lapse of
the scheme or repayment of the incentive-based pay.
In exceptional cases or in extraordinary circumstances, TORM
may reclaim, in full or in part, incentive payments made to
members of the Executive Management (claw back), e.g., in the
event of manifest errors in the accounting figures or other
basis for award or vesting. There is no specific provision on
claw back in the CEO Service Agreement. Under Danish law,
the principle of “condictio indebiti” may apply to payments
made in error. Also, under the Danish Companies Act, a CEO
may be held liable for damages to their employer, in case of
negligence or willful misconduct.
Furthermore, the Board of Directors may lay down provisions
on accelerated vesting or exercise and adjustment of the
incentive-based pay, exercise price, performance targets, etc.,
in the event of changes to the capital structure or other
material events, which would otherwise adversely influence the
value or effect of the incentive-based pay in contravention to
the general objectives of this Remuneration Policy.
In respect of the share limitations provided in the LTIP,
including the number of A-shares subject to the LTIP,
proportionate adjustments may be made by the Board of
Directors in the event of any recapitalization, reclassification,
share dividend, share split, combination of A-shares or other
similar change in the A-shares. In addition, the exercise price
of any outstanding options and any performance goals will be
adjusted downwards for dividends and will also be subject to
other adjustments if necessary to provide participants with
the same relative rights before and after the occurrence of any
such event.
Adoption and Publication
The Board of Directors must review this Remuneration Policy
at least once a year. Any changes to this Remuneration Policy
will be adopted by the Board of Directors and approved by the
shareholders at a General Meeting.
TORM's Remuneration Report will be included in the
Company’s Annual Report for all financial years and will
contain information on remuneration paid to the Board of
Directors and the Executive Management.
This Remuneration Policy is available on TORM's website,
TORM - Governance Documents & policies
This Remuneration Policy has been adopted by the Board of
Directors.
This Remuneration Policy has been prepared in English only.
GOVERNANCE > COMMITTEE REPORTS > REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT > REMUNERATION POLICY
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 140
Investor Information
Dual Listing in Copenhagen and New York
TORM’s A-shares are listed on Nasdaq Copenhagen under the
ticker TRMD-A and on Nasdaq New York under the ticker
TRMD. TORM’s A-shares can move freely between the two
Nasdaq exchanges. TORM’s Transfer Agent is Computershare
Inc, P.O. Box 43006, Providence RI, 02940-3078, USA.
Shareholders
As of 31 December 2025, TORM had approximately 36,511
registered shareholders representing approximately 57% of
the share capital.
TORM is subject to the EU’s Prospectus Regulation and
Transparency Directive which implies that shareholders have
an ownership notification requirement if the ownership
reaches, exceeds or falls below the thresholds 5, 10, 15, 20,
25, 50, or 90 percent, or 1/3, or 2/3.
Based on notifications received during 2025 and 2026 to date,
OCM Njord Holdings S.à r.l. (Oaktree) and Hafnia Limited, are
the only shareholders with more than 5% of the share capital,
holding 26% and 14% of the share capital at the end of 2025
respectively.
Share Information
Exchanges Nasdaq CPH and NY
ISIN (CPH) GB00BZ3CNK81
CUSIP (NY) G89479102
Tickers TRMD A and TRMD
Number of A-shares (end 2024) 101,332,707
Number of treasury shares
As of 31 December 2025, TORM held zero treasury shares. At
that date, the C-share was held by Oaktree, and the B-share
was held by the Minority Trustee, SFM Trustees Limited, on
behalf of TORM’s non-Oaktree shareholders. These special
shares carried certain defined voting rights in accordance with
TORM’s Articles of Association.
On 06 January 2026, the threshold required to maintain a B-
shareholder was reached, and, in accordance with TORM’s
Articles of Association, both the B-share and the C-share were
redeemed. Following this redemption, neither share class
remains in issue, and the associated special voting rights have
ceased.
At the end of 2025, the members of the Board of Directors
held a total of 628,804 shares, equivalent to a total market
capitalization of DKK 85.9m or USD13.4m. The Board of
Directors and certain employees are limited to trading shares
during a 45-day period after the publication of financial
reports.
Share Price Performance
In 2025, TORM had an average of 98,428,153 A-shares
outstanding. The average daily trading volume on Nasdaq in
Copenhagen has been approximately 275,000 shares and
approximately 800,000 shares on Nasdaq in New York. During
2025, TORM’s share price on Nasdaq Copenhagen declined
from DKK 138.40 to DKK 126.90, primarily reflecting a weaker
USD/DKK exchange rate. On Nasdaq New York, the share price
moved slightly higher from USD 19.45 to USD 19.58.
→ The 2025 share price development is available at
www.torm.com/investor/share
Financial Calendar 2026
15 April 2026 Annual General Meeting
13 May 2026 First quarter 2026 results
26 August 2026 First six months 2026 results
04 November 2026 First nine months 2026 results
Investor Relations
TORM pursues a transparent and consistent dialog with
investors to ensure efficient and fair pricing of our shares. The
TORM share is currently covered by eight analysts,
predominantly from shipping-oriented investment banks.
TORM observes a three-week silent period prior to the
publication of financial reports.
→ Financial reports, investor presentations, and
announcements, are available at www.torm.com/investor
Share Capital
As of 31 December 2025, TORM’s share capital amounted to
USD 1,013,327.09 divided into 101,332,707 A-shares of USD
0.01 each, one B-share of USD 0.01 and one C-share of USD
0.01. A total of 101,332,707 votes are attached to the A-
shares. Only the A-shares are admitted to trading and official
listing on Nasdaq in Copenhagen and Nasdaq in New York. As
of 31 December 2025, TORM holds zero treasury shares.
During 2025, TORM increased our share capital by 4,012,027
A-shares as a result of the issuance of 748,569 new shares in
connection with the delivery of acquired vessels and the
exercise of 3,263,458 Restricted Share Units. In addition,
TORM cancelled 493,371 A-shares previously held as treasury
shares.
Share Pre-Emption Grant
Pursuant to TORM’s Articles of Association and authorities
granted at TORM plc’s AGM on 15 March 2016 (2016 AGM)
and updated authorities granted at TORM plc’s AGM on 14
April 2020 and 11 April 2024, the Board of Directors was
granted authority to allot shares or rights relating to shares
for cash free from pre-emption up to an aggregate nominal
amount of USD 4,941,465, of which the following
authorizations are still active:
Up to an aggregate nominal amount of USD 1,372,283
which can be offered in connection with any proposed
initial public offering of equity securities on certain US
stock exchanges, of which none were issued from 01
January 2020 to 31 December 2025, leaving a current
authority to issue up to 137,228,300 A-shares.
Up to an aggregate nominal amount of USD 2,345,198 in
general equity issues including warrants, convertible debt,
and general equity with the issue being at fair value as
determined by the Board of Directors, of which USD
46,057 were issued from 11 April 2024 to 31 December
GOVERNANCE > OTHER > INVESTOR INFORMATION
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 141
2025, leaving a current authority to issue up to
229,914,071 A-shares.
Up to an aggregate nominal amount of USD 707,025 to
Directors, officers, or employees of TORM or any of its
subsidiaries of which USD 38,057 was issued from 11 April
2024 to 31 December 2025, and the Company has granted
share options over a further 48,565, leaving a current
authority to issue up to 62,040,317 A-shares.
Details of TORM’s CEO’s share scheme and any rights
attached to the shares under this scheme are set out in the
Directors’ Remuneration Report.
Share Pre-Emption Grant
General equity issues - acquisition of vessels
Dates Values
Granted April 11, 2024 2,345,198
Utilized 2024 38,571
Utilized 2025 7,486
Remaining 2,299,141
The U.K. Takeover Code, issued and administered by the U.K.
Takeover Panel, applies to TORM.
Restricted Share Units
As of 31 December 2025, 4,856,526, Restricted Share Units
(RSUs) were outstanding with 3,263,458 being exercised
during 2025.
Share Pre-Emption Grant
Directors, officers, and employees
Dates Values
Granted April 11, 2024 USD 707,025
Utilized
Shares issued since 2024 AGM
authority USD 38,057
Utilized
Grant of remaining options USD 48,565
Remaining USD 620,403
In accordance with TORM’s Remuneration Policy, the Board of
Directors has as part of the Long-Term Incentive Program
(LTIP) granted certain employees RSUs in the form of
restricted stock options. The RSUs aim at retaining and
incentivizing the employees to seek to improve the
performance of TORM and thereby the TORM share price for
the mutual benefit of themselves and TORM’s shareholders.
Each RSU granted under the LTIP entitles its holder to acquire
one Class A common share, subject to vesting.
Share Repurchase Grant
Share Repurchase Grant
Authority Date Value
Granted April 11, 2024 18,145,867
Repurchase Accumulated 0
Remaining
Approx. 8% of TORM's share
capital excluding treasury shares 18,145,867
The directors regard the ability to repurchase issued A-shares
in suitable circumstances as an important part of the financial
management of TORM and therefore consider it to be desirable
to have the authority to make purchases by way of off-market
purchases.
Distribution Policy
On 07 March 2024, TORM amended the Distribution Policy with
effect from the first quarter of 2024. With this, TORM intends
to distribute on a quarterly basis excess liquidity above a
threshold liquidity level. The threshold liquidity level will be
determined as the sum of i) the product of liquidity
requirement per vessel and the number of owned and leased
vessels in TORM’s fleet as at the balance sheet day and ii) a
discretionary element determined by the Board of Directors
taking into consideration TORM’s capital structure, strategic
opportunities, future obligations, and market trends.
In line with the Distribution Policy, the Board of Directors has
approved a dividend of USD 70.9m for the fourth quarter of
2025. The total declared distribution related to 2025
amounted to USD 212.1m. TORM's Distribution Policy for
2025 can be found on TORM's website and in the 2024 Annual
Report.
Voting Rights
Each A-share carries one vote on all resolutions proposed at
the General Meetings of TORM except for the election or
removal of the B-Director. Until the Threshold Date (the first
time at which OCM Njord Holdings S.à r.l. (“Oaktree”) and its
affiliates cease to beneficially own at least one third of the
issued shares), the sole B-share has one vote at the General
Meetings and special administrative rights, including the right
to appoint the Deputy Chair of the Board of Directors. After
the Threshold Date, all directors can be appointed or removed
by passing an ordinary resolution. The B-shareholder has the
right to appoint one Board Observer. Pursuant to the Articles
of Association, no more than one B-share can be issued by
TORM.
TORM can only take certain material actions relating to
supermajority matters and Reserved Matters (as specified in
its Articles of Association) if either (i) the majority of the
directors (who must include the Chair and the B-Director)
approve the relevant action or (ii) (a) in case of a supermajority
action, if the B-Director did not approve such action or attend
the relevant Board meeting, such action is approved by a
shareholder resolution approved by at least 86% of the votes
capable of being cast on such supermajority action or (ii) (b) in
case of a Reserved Matter action, if the B-Director did not
approve such action or attend the relevant Board meeting,
such action is approved by a shareholder resolution approved
by at least 70% of the votes capable of being cast on such
Reserved Matter action.
Until the Threshold Date, the sole TORM C-share has
350,000,000 votes at the General Meetings in respect of
certain Specified Matters only, including the election of
members to the Board of Directors of TORM (including the
Chair, but excluding the B-Director) and certain amendments
to the Articles of Association. The sole C-shareholder, Oaktree,
must continue to hold the C-share as long as it or its affiliates
beneficially own at least one third of the issued shares
(“Threshold Date”). Accordingly, Oaktree may continue to
operate as the TORM’s controlling shareholder, even if Oaktree
does not own a majority of the A-shares. Pursuant to the
Articles of Association, no more than one C-share can be
issued by TORM. A number of the A-shares are issued subject
to restrictions on transfer (“Restricted Shares”) imposed by US
securities laws. These Restricted Shares may only be
transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement
GOVERNANCE > OTHER > INVESTOR INFORMATION
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 142
filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC)
or an exemption from the registration requirements of the
United States Securities Act of 1933 as amended. There are
no specific restrictions on the size of a holding of the A-shares
nor the transfer of the A-shares (except for the Restricted
Shares as detailed above), which are both governed by the
general provisions of the Articles of Association and prevailing
legislation.
The B-share can only be transferred to (i) another trustee (it is
currently held by SFM Trustee Limited on behalf of the
minority shareholders), or (ii) TORM if the B-share is redeemed
or (iii) any person who has acquired 100% of the issued A-
shares. The B-share cannot be encumbered.
The C-share is held by Oaktree and can only be transferred (i)
to one of Oaktree’s affiliates or (ii) to TORM if the C-share is
redeemed or (iii) any person who has acquired 100% of the
issued A-shares. The C-share cannot be encumbered.
The B-share and the C-share do not have any rights to receive
dividends or other distributions which TORM decides to pay.
TORM must redeem the B-share and the C-share at the same
time as soon as possible after the Threshold Date for USD
0.01 each. Once redeemed, the B-share and the C-share must
be cancelled, and no further B-shares or C-shares can be
issued by TORM.
Subsequent Events
On 06 January 2026, the Threshold Date was reached, as
Oaktree and its affiliates no longer beneficially owned at least
one third of the issued A-shares. Upon reaching the Threshold
Date, and in accordance with the Articles of Association, TORM
was required to redeem both the B-share held by SFM Trustee
Limited on behalf of minority shareholders and the C-share
held by Oaktree for USD 0.01 each. These shares carried no
rights to dividends or other distributions and, following their
redemption, were cancelled, after which no further B-shares or
C-shares may be issued by TORM.
GOVERNANCE > OTHER > INVESTOR INFORMATION
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 143
Engagement and Decision-Making
The following information forms our section 172 statement, setting out how, in performing their duties over the course of the year, directors regarded the matters set out in section 172(1) (a-f) of the UK
Companies Act 2006.
Our reporting on how our stakeholders have been considered in terms of our business model and governance is integrated throughout this report. TORM's Board of Directors considers, both individually and
together, that they acted in good faith and in the way they consider would be most likely to promote the success of TORM for the benefit of its members as a whole during the year ended 31 December 2025.
Why?
Why is it important to engage?
How?
How did Management and Directors engage?
Outcomes and Actions
What was the impact of the engagement?
Shareholders
Transparent and open shareholder communication is
expected to support the markets’ valuation of TORM
shares and future access to capital in the equity
markets.
To ensure consistent communication to all investors, quarterly and annual
financial statements and other stock exchange announcements are the main
vehicles of communication. TORM maintains regular capital market contact
through analyst and industry presentations, investor meetings, and conference
calls.
TORM’s Management and Directors continuously focus on leveraging the
integrated One TORM platform, TORM’s capital structure, TORM’s ESG agenda,
and product tanker market fundamentals in support of short and long-term ROIC
generation with the aim of maximizing long-term value for TORM’s shareholders.
TORM maintained strong and proactive engagement with the investor community
throughout 2025. We issued regular stock exchange announcements and hosted open
virtual presentations in connection with our quarterly earnings releases, ensuring
transparency and timely communication. Our Management and Investor Relations
team actively participated in a broad range of virtual and in-person meetings and
presentations with investors and analysts across key financial hubs, fostering dialog
and trust. In addition, we continued to prioritize tailored Investor Relations
communication for retail investors, reinforcing our commitment to inclusive
engagement and broad accessibility. These efforts strengthened investor confidence,
enhanced market understanding of TORM’s strategy and performance, and supported
informed decision-making across our stakeholder base.
Employees
TORM’s employees are fundamental to enable us to
do business, and their continued engagement is an
integral part of the decision-making across the
organization. The Board of Directors supports an
open dialog between the Board and the workforce.
TORM regards responsible behavior as a central part
of the company, our business, and the mindset of our
people.
The Board of Directors oversees the mechanisms we have in place to help
ensure that employees can raise any matters of concern, how such matters are
considered and, when necessary, how they are investigated through the
whistleblower setup.
Two employee-elected representatives attended all Board meetings as
Observers. The current Observers include one office-based employee and one
vessel-based employee. Observers are permitted to participate but are not
permitted to formally vote on matters submitted to a vote.
The Board of Directors receives and follows up on the Employee Engagement
Survey performed twice a year.
Since 2006, TORM’s Board of Directors has provided a whistleblower setup with an
independent lawyer as part of the internal control system. Read more on page 91
The Observers on TORM’s Board of Directors allow TORM’s employees to have a
direct line of questioning to and receive feedback from the Board. Read more on
page 113
Read about TORM’s engagement survey within the S1 Report on page 76
GOVERNANCE > OTHER > ENGAGEMENT AND DECISION-MAKING
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 144
Why?
Why is it important to engage?
How?
How did Management and Directors engage?
Outcomes and Actions
What was the impact of the engagement?
Suppliers and Customers
Managing the relationship with suppliers and
customers is an integral part of the way TORM
conducts business.
Beyond national and international regulation, TORM’s largest customers have
their own compliance criteria with which TORM and other product tanker
operators must comply.
Ensuring quality in everything TORM does is part of the One TORM KPI
Framework. Within this framework, the Board of Directors includes a Tradability
KPI ensuring that TORM vessels can meet our customers’ demands.
TORM encourages feedback from its customers and suppliers.
TORM has a high degree of approval by oil majors and regularly receives feedback from
our customers. TORM utilizes this feedback in solving future logistical demands,
understanding our customers’ difficulties and requirements, and to help resolve issues
each time they are encountered.
Read more about how TORM meets customer’s requirements on page 13
In 2025, TORM conducted a supplier assessment to establish a baseline and
understand the status of our suppliers to facilitate dialog with them about how we
together can extend and improve the quality of sustainability efforts.
Lenders
Strong relationships with our banks, financial
institutions, and investors support TORM’s ability to
be financially flexible.
TORM maintains ongoing dialog with several funding providers. TORM is engaged
with lenders and potential lenders to be able to fund vessel acquisitions.
TORM is also in dialog with leasing providers for operational lease funding of
vessel acquisitions and for sale-and-leaseback transactions with buy-back
options and no obligations to mitigate stranded asset risk.
TORM is engaged with funding providers to understand ESG risks related to
financing in order to be an attractive and transparent borrower.
During 2025, TORM completed general purpose financing in the Norwegian Bond
market and via new syndicate and bi-lateral bank financing agreements. The majority
of bank financing was completed as Revolving Credit Facilities. TORM has a stable
repayment profile over the coming years with debt maturities extended to 2029. TORM
maintains a strong partnership within our bank group, which consists of bilateral
facilities by specialized shipping banks, leasing facilities, and nine banks participating
in a syndicated facility agreement.
GOVERNANCE > OTHER > ENGAGEMENT AND DECISION-MAKING
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 145
Why?
Why is it important to engage?
How?
How did Management and Directors engage?
Outcomes and Actions
What was the impact of the engagement?
Regulators
As a company incorporated in the UK and listed on
Nasdaq in both Copenhagen and New York, TORM
must ensure that high standards required by several
local regulatory bodies are met.
Through close dialog with the Management and the Committees, and through
compliance systems, the Board of Directors ensures that TORM remains up to
date with the latest regulatory changes. Examples of matters discussed this year
by the Board of Directors or the Committees include:
IMO regulations on CO
2
emissions
Danish Shipping and the Charter for More Women in Shipping
Mærsk McKinney Møller Center for Zero Carbon Shipping as a Mission
Ambassador
ESG reporting requirements
Sanctions compliance
TORM’s Business Principles ensure that TORM is always in compliance with
legislation and lives up to the commitment to responsible business practices.
Read more on page 91
Read TORM’s Corporate Governance statement at www.torm.com/investor/
governance/governance-documents-and-policies
Read TORM’s Modern Slavery Statement at www.torm.com/investor/governance/
governance-documents-and-policies
Read more about TORM’s participation in Danish Shipping and the Center for
Zero Carbon Shipping on page 12
Community and Environment
TORM remains committed to taking an active role in
caring for communities and our environment. It is not
just our shared duty, but our shared responsibility.
Therefore, TORM continues the work to combat
carbon, sulfur, and other emissions and remains
committed to enabling quality education, as this is a
matter of concern for TORM and its employees. We
believe that by having all involved stakeholders work
together on this, great results can be achieved.
TORM is engaged in several local and global initiatives supporting the different
communities in which TORM operates. We also support efforts to combat the
overarching climate issues faced by the world. Initiatives include our education
foundation, our commitment to the UN SDGs 4 and 13, and our climate
engagement supporting initiatives.
TORM is improving our ESG reporting to gain more insight into our environmental
impact and to enable enhancement opportunities in the future.
For information on how the TORM Philippines Education Foundation and TORM
India’s CSR team have been uplifting and supporting the educational development
actions in local communities. Read more from page 76
To see how TORM is actively involved in various industry collaborations
supporting our ambitious journey to achieve our 2050 environmental target of
zero CO
2
emissions from our operating fleet, read more from page 51
To support TORM’s ambitious CO
2
target, TORM’s Management will be measured
on achieving it. You can read more about TORM’s ESG journey from page 51
GOVERNANCE > OTHER > ENGAGEMENT AND DECISION-MAKING
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 146
Directors’ Report
The Board of Directors is pleased to present the Annual Report
on the affairs of the TORM Group for 2025, including financial
statements and the auditor’s report. Other disclosure
requirements, which form part of the Directors’ Report, are
included in other sections of this Annual Report. Details on
information incorporated by reference are generally set out
under the relevant topics in the Directors’ Report.
→ Read TORM’s section 172 statement on page 144
Statement of Directors’ Responsibility
A Statement of Directors’ Responsibility made by the Board of
Directors regarding the preparation of the financial statements
is required under UK-adopted International Accounting
Standards.
→ Read TORM’s statement of Director’s Responsibility on
page 149
Going Concern
→ Read TORM’s going concern statement on page 27
Corporate Governance Statement
The corporate governance statement sets out how TORM
complies with the UK Corporate Governance Code 2024 and
includes a description of the main features of our internal
control and risk management arrangements in relation to the
financial reporting process.
→ Read TORM’s Corporate Governance Statement at
www.torm.com/investor/governance/governance-
documents-and-policies
→ Read a description of the composition and operation of the
Board of Directors and its Committees on page 111
Other Information Included in the Strategic
Report
The Strategic Report starting on page 3 provides a review of
TORM’s operations in 2025 and the potential future
developments of those operations. Details on greenhouse gas
emissions are included in the strategic report from page 12,
and details on TORM’s general policy relating to recruitment,
training, career development, and disabled employees are
included within TORM’s policies.
→ Read about the directors’ regard for the need to foster
TORM’s business relationship with suppliers, customers,
and other stakeholders on page 144
Directors and Their Interests
→ Read about the directors of TORM who served during the
financial year 2025 and up to the date of signing the
financial statements on page 111
→ Read about the rules relating to the appointment and the
replacement of directors and the directors’ powers can be
found in TORM’s Articles of Association www.torm.com/
investor/governance/governance-documents-and-policies
→ Details of directors’ interests in TORM are set out in the
Remuneration Committee report from page 124
Indemnification of Directors and Insurance
TORM has not granted any indemnity for the benefit of the
directors but has a general Directors’ and Officers’ Liability
Insurance and a Public Offering of Securities Insurance
covering the Prospectus and the Exchange Offer
documentation related to the Corporate Reorganization.
Requirements of the Listing Rules
TORM plc is listed on Nasdaq in Copenhagen and Nasdaq in
New York. The only listing rule requirement regarding the
content of the Annual Report is that TORM’s Annual Report
must comply with the provisions of the UK Companies Act,
including provisions for EEA-listed companies.
With effect from 01 January 2021, TORM plc elected Denmark
as its Home State under the Transparency Directive rules due
to the implications of Brexit. Accordingly, TORM plc has
complied with the guidelines laid down in the Public Statement
from The European Securities and Markets Authority
(ESMA32-61-1156) concerning the application of
transparency requirements by UK issuers with securities
admitted to trading on regulated markets in the EU under
Article 4 of the Transparency Directive, to ensure compliance
and transparency in this Annual Report.
Share Capital
→ Read more about TORM’s share capital within our Investor
Relation section from page 141
Dividends
In line with the TORM’s Distribution Policy,
Sustainability
Information about TORM’s approach to sustainability risks and
opportunities is set out in the Sustainability Statement
starting on page 34. Also included on these pages are details
on our greenhouse gas emissions.
Financial Risk Management
TORM uses financial instruments to manage risks related to
freight rates, bunker fuels, interest rates, and foreign
exchange. For further information on the use of financial
instruments, please see Note 23 to the financial statements.
Details on financial risks are provided in the Risk Management
section on page 14.
Annual General Meeting
TORM’s next Annual General Meeting (AGM) will be held on 15
April 2026. The notice of the AGM, including the complete
proposals, will be available on TORM’s website, www.torm.com,
prior to the meeting and will be available for inspection from
the Company Secretary, Elemental CoSec.
Articles of Association
As per section 21 of the Companies Act 2006, TORM may only
amend its Articles of Association by special resolution.
→ Read TORM’s Articles of Association at www.torm.com/
investor/governance/governance-documents-and-policies
GOVERNANCE > OTHER > STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS' RESPONSIBILITIES
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 147
Retirement, Reappointment, and Appointment
of Directors
In line with TORM’s Articles of Association on file at Companies
House, each director, apart from the B-Director, must retire
from office at the first annual general meeting after their
appointment. TORM’s Directors were re-elected at the 2025
Annual General Meeting and will therefore be due to retire in
2026. The terms and conditions of the appointment of Non-
Executive Directors are set out in TORM's Memorandum of
Terms and Conditions which, in accordance with the UK
Companies Act 2006, Chapter 5, Section 228, is available for
inspection from the Company Secretary, Elemental CoSec.
Payment for Loss of Office
TORM’s policy in regard to payments for loss of office can be
found in the Remuneration Policy.
→ Read TORM’s latest Remuneration Policy at www.torm.com/
investor/governance/governance-documents-and-policies
Research and Development
TORM continues to focus on optimization of assets but does
not allocate specific costs to research and development.
Group Policy Compliance
TORM has implemented a comprehensive compliance program
to ensure that we remain in compliance with rules and
regulations related to our business activities worldwide. As
part of this compliance program, all employees are required to
document that they are aware of and have received all training
required in relation to each compliance area.
Company Branches
The TORM Group has offices in Denmark, India, the Philippines,
Singapore, the UK, the UAE, and the US. Further details on
TORM's global presence are set out on page 196.
Political Donations
No political donations were made during 2025.
Significant Shareholdings
Details on significant shareholdings are set out in the Investor
Information on page 141
Controlling Shareholder
As at 31 December 2025, TORM’s controlling shareholder,
Oaktree, owned TORM plc’s sole C-share, which carries
350,000,000 votes at the General Meetings in respect of
Specified Matters, including election of members to the Board
of Directors of TORM plc (including the Chair, but excluding the
Deputy Chair) and certain amendments to the Articles of
Association.
On 06 January 2026, David Weinstein resigned from the Board
of Directors after the Company reached the threshold required
to maintain a Class B common shareholder, resulting in the
termination of the Class B common shareholder structure and
the discontinuation of the Class B Director role. In addition, on
06 January 2026, the Board of Directors determined that the
threshold date defined in the Articles (being the first time at
which Oaktree and its affiliates ceased to beneficially own at
least one third of the issued shares) occurred. As a direct
result, the C-share was redeemed and cancelled following
which the C-share right to vote 350,000,000 shares has
ceased as from the threshold date.
Recent Developments and Post-Balance Sheet Events
Details of important events affecting TORM which have
occurred since the end of the financial year are disclosed in
Note 2 to the financial statements.
Independent Auditor
Each person who is a director at the date of approval of the
Annual Report confirms that:
As far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit
information of which TORM’s independent auditor is
unaware.
The Director has taken all reasonable steps that he or she
ought to have taken as a director in order to make him or
herself aware of any relevant audit information and to
establish that TORM’s independent auditor is aware of that
information.
This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in
accordance with the provisions of section 418 of the UK
Companies Act 2006.
Statement by the Directors in Performance of
their Statutory Duties in Accordance with
Section 172(1) of the UK Companies Act 2006
→ Read about TORM’s engagement and decision making
within our Section 172 Statement from page 144
Approval
On behalf of the Board of Directors
Simon Mackenzie Smith
Chair of the Board of Directors
26 February 2026
GOVERNANCE > OTHER > STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS' RESPONSIBILITIES
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 148
Statement of Directors’
Responsibilities
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report
and the financial statements in accordance with applicable
United Kingdom laws and regulations as well as additional
requirements for listed companies in accordance with the
Danish Financial Statements Act.
Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial
statements for each financial year. Under that law, the
Directors are required to prepare the group financial
statements in accordance with UK-adopted International
Accounting Standards (UK-adopted IAS) as well as IFRS
Accounting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International
Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) and IFRS as adopted by
the EU, as applied to financial periods beginning on or after 01
January 2025 and have elected to prepare the parent
company financial statements in accordance with United
Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (United
Kingdom Accounting Standards and applicable law), including
Financial Reporting Standard 101 “Reduced Disclosure
Framework” (FRS 101). Under company law, the Directors must
not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied
that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the
Group and TORM and of the profit or loss of the Group and the
Company for that period.
Due to the Company having shares listed on a regulated
market in Denmark, the Annual Report and financial
statements are furthermore prepared in accordance with the
additional requirements of the Danish Financial Statements
Act applicable to listed companies (reporting class D).
In preparing these financial statements, the Directors are
required to:
Select suitable accounting policies in accordance with IAS
8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates
and Errors and then apply them consistently.
Make judgments and accounting estimates that are
reasonable and prudent.
Present information, including accounting policies, in a
manner that provides relevant, reliable, comparable, and
understandable information.
Provide additional disclosures when compliance with the
specific requirements in UK-adopted IAS as well as IFRS
Accounting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the
International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) and
IFRS as adopted by the EU, as applied to financial periods
beginning on or after 01 January 2025
(or in respect of the parent company financial statements,
FRS 101) is insufficient to enable users to understand the
impact of particular transactions, other events and
conditions on the entity's financial position and financial
performance.
In respect of the group financial statements, state whether
UK-adopted IAS as well as IFRS Accounting Standards
(“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting
Standards Board (“IASB”) and IFRS as adopted by the EU,
as applied to financial periods beginning on or after 01
January 2025 have been followed, subject to any material
departures disclosed and explained in the financial
statements.
In respect of the parent company financial statements
state whether applicable UK Accounting Standards,
including FRS 101, have been followed, subject to any
material departures disclosed and explained in the
financial statements.
Prepare the financial statements on the going concern
basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the
Company will continue in business.
The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate
accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the
Company’s and the Group’s transactions and disclose with
reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the
Company and the Group and enable them to ensure that the
Company and the Group financial statements comply with the
Companies Act 2006 as well as additional disclosure
requirements for listed companies in accordance with the
Danish Financial Statements Act. They are also responsible for
safeguarding the assets of the Group and the Company and
hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and
detection of fraud and other irregularities.
Under applicable laws and regulations, the Directors are also
responsible for preparing a strategic report, Directors’ report,
Directors’ remuneration report, and corporate governance
statement that comply with that law and those regulations
including additional disclosure requirements for listed
companies in accordance with the Danish Financial
Statements Act. The Directors are responsible for the
maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial
information included on the Company’s website. Legislation in
the United Kingdom governing the preparation and
dissemination of financial statements may differ from
legislation in other jurisdictions.
Directors’ Responsibility Statement
We confirm that to the best of our knowledge:
The consolidated financial statements, prepared in
accordance with the Companies Act 2006 and UK-adopted
International Accounting Standards as well as IFRS
Accounting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the
International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) and
IFRS as adopted by the EU, as applied to financial periods
beginning on or after 01 January 2025, and the parent
company financial statements, prepared in accordance
with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting
Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards and
applicable law), give a true and fair view of the assets,
liabilities, financial position, and profit or loss of the
Company and the undertakings included in the
consolidation taken as a whole.
GOVERNANCE > OTHER > STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS' RESPONSIBILITIES
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 149
The Annual Report, including the Strategic report, includes
a fair review of the development and performance of the
business and the position of the Company and the
undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a
whole, together with a description of the principal risks and
uncertainties that they face.
The Annual Report, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced, and
understandable and provides the information necessary
for shareholders to assess the Company’s position and
performance, business model, and strategy.
The Sustainability Statement is prepared in accordance
with the European Sustainability Reporting Standards
ESRS as required by the Danish Financial Statements Act
section 99a as well as article 8 in the EU Taxonomy
regulation.
The Annual Report for the financial year 01 January - 31
December 2025 with the file
213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF63-2025-12-31-1.zip is prepared, in
all material respects, in compliance with the ESEF Regulation
(the European Single Electronic Format Regulation).
This responsibility statement was approved by the Board of
Directors on 26 February 2026 and is signed on its behalf by:
Jacob Meldgaard
Executive Director
GOVERNANCE > OTHER > STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS' RESPONSIBILITIES
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 150
SAFE HARBOR STATEMENT AS TO THE FUTURE
Matters discussed in this release may constitute forward-
looking statements. The Private Securities Litigation Reform
Act of 1995 provides safe harbor protections for forward-
looking statements in order to encourage companies to
provide prospective information about their business. Forward-
looking statements reflect our current views with respect to
future events and financial performance and may include
statements concerning plans, objectives, goals, strategies,
future events or performance, and underlying assumptions
and other statements, which are statements other than
statements of historical facts. The Company desires to take
advantage of the safe harbor provisions of the Private
Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and is including this
cautionary statement in connection with this safe harbor
legislation. Words such as, but not limited to, “expects,”
“anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “estimates,”
“targets,” “projects,” “forecasts,” “potential,” “continue,”
“possible,” “likely,” “may,” “could,” “should,” and similar
expressions or phrases may identify forward-looking
statements. The forward-looking statements in this annual
report are based upon various assumptions, many of which
are, in turn, based upon further assumptions, including without
limitation, management’s examination of historical operating
trends, data contained in our records and other data available
from third parties. Although the Company believes that these
assumptions were reasonable when made, because these
assumptions are inherently subject to significant uncertainties
and contingencies that are difficult or impossible to predict
and are beyond our control, the Company cannot guarantee
that it will achieve or accomplish these expectations, beliefs,
or projections. Important factors that, in our view, could cause
actual results to differ materially from those discussed in the
forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, our
future operating or financial results; changes in governmental
rules and regulations or actions taken by regulatory
authorities; inflationary pressure and central bank policies
intended to combat overall inflation and rising interest rates
and foreign exchange rates; general domestic and
international political conditions or events, including “trade
wars” and the war between Russia and Ukraine, the
developments in the Middle East, including the war in Israel
and the Gaza Strip, and the conflict regarding the Houthis’
attacks in the Red Sea; international sanctions against
Russian oil and oil products; changes in economic and
competitive conditions affecting our business, including
market fluctuations in charter rates and charterers’ abilities to
perform under existing time charters; changes in the supply
and demand for vessels comparable to ours and the number of
newbuildings under construction; the highly cyclical nature of
the industry that we operate in; the loss of a large customer or
significant business relationship; changes in worldwide oil
production and consumption and storage; risks associated
with any future vessel construction; our expectations
regarding the availability of vessel acquisitions and our ability
to complete acquisition transactions planned; availability of
skilled crew members other employees and the related labor
costs; work stoppages or other labor disruptions by our
employees or the employees of other companies in related
industries; effects of new products and new technology in our
industry; new environmental regulations and restrictions; the
impact of an interruption in or failure of our information
technology and communications systems, including the
impact of cyber attacks, upon our ability to operate; potential
conflicts of interest involving members of our Board of
Directors and Management; the failure of counterparties to
fully perform their contracts with us; changes in credit risk
with respect to our counterparties on contracts; adequacy of
insurance coverage; our ability to obtain indemnities from
customers; changes in laws, treaties or regulations; our
incorporation under the laws of England and Wales and the
different rights to relief that may be available compared to
other countries, including the United States; government
requisition of our vessels during a period of war or emergency;
the arrest of our vessels by maritime claimants; any further
changes in U.S. trade policy that could trigger retaliatory
actions by the affected countries; the impact of the U.S.
presidential and congressional election results affecting the
economy, future government laws and regulations and trade
policy matters, such as the imposition of tariffs and other
import restrictions; potential disruption of shipping routes due
to accidents, climate-related incidents, adverse weather and
natural disasters, environmental factors, political events,
public health threats, acts by terrorists or acts of piracy on
ocean-going vessels; damage to storage and receiving
facilities; potential liability from future litigation and potential
costs due to environmental damage and vessel collisions; and
the length and number of off-hire periods and dependence on
third-party managers. In the light of these risks and
uncertainties, undue reliance should not be placed on forward-
looking statements contained in this release because they are
statements about events that are not certain to occur as
described or at all. These forward-looking statements are not
guarantees of our future performance, and actual results and
future developments may vary materially from those projected
in the forward-looking statements. Except to the extent
required by applicable law or regulation, the Company
undertakes no obligation to release publicly any revisions or
updates to these forward-looking statements to reflect events
or circumstances after the date of this release or to reflect the
occurrence of unanticipated events. Please see TORM’s filings
with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission for a more
complete discussion of certain of these and other risks and
uncertainties. The information set forth herein speaks only as
of the date hereof, and the Company disclaims any intention
or obligation to update any forward-looking statements as a
result of developments occurring after the date of this
communication.
GOVERNANCE > OTHER > SAFE HARBOR STATEMENT
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 151
Financial Statements
Consolidated Financial Statements
Consolidated Income Statement 153
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 153
Consolidated Balance Sheet 154
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 155
Consolidated Cash Flow Statement 157
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 158
Parent Company Financial Statements
Management Review for TORM plc 200
Parent Company Income Statement 201
Parent Company Statement of Comprehensive Income 201
Parent Company Balance Sheet 202
Parent Company Statement of Changes in Equity 203
Parent Company Cash Flow Statement 204
Notes to Parent Company Financial Statements 205
Other
Independent Auditor's Limited Assurance Report on the
Sustainability Statement
219
TORM Fleet Overview 221
Glossary 223
Alternative Performance Measures 225
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 152
Consolidated Income Statement
01 January-31 December 2025
USDm Note 2025 2024 2023
Revenue 3,4 1,339.5 1,559.2 1,520.4
Port expenses, bunkers, commissions, and other
cost of goods and services sold -421.6 -418.5 -430.3
Operating expenses 5 -252.4 -245.1 -216.0
Profit from sale of vessels 27 19.0 51.3 50.4
Administrative expenses 5,6 -113.8 -95.6 -82.9
Other operating income and expenses 0.1 -0.5 6.3
Depreciation and amortization 9,10,11 -214.5 -192.0 -149.3
Operating profit (EBIT) 356.3 658.8 698.6
Financial income 7 13.3 24.8 14.3
Financial expenses 7 -74.4 -74.1 -60.9
Profit before tax 295.2 609.5 652.0
Tax 8 -9.2 2.0 -4.0
Net profit for the year 286.0 611.5 648.0
Net profit for the year attributable to:
TORM plc shareholders 285.3 612.5 648.3
Non-controlling interest 0.7 -1.0 -0.3
Net profit for the year 286.0 611.5 648.0
Earnings per share for TORM plc shareholders
Basic earnings per share (USD) 30 2.91 6.54 7.75
Diluted earnings per share (USD) 30 2.85 6.36 7.48
Consolidated Statement of
Comprehensive Income
01 January-31 December 2025
USDm 2025 2024 2023
Net profit for the year 286.0 611.5 648.0
Other comprehensive income/(loss):
Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss:
Exchange rate adjustment arising from translation of
entities using a functional currency different from USD 0.9 -0.6
Fair value adjustment on hedging instruments 1.1 7.1 3.1
Fair value adjustment on hedging instruments transferred
to income statement -13.9 -19.7 -22.0
Tax on other comprehensive income 3.9 2.6 4.6
Items that may not be reclassified to profit or loss:
Remeasurements of net pension and other post-
retirement benefit liability or asset -0.1
Other comprehensive income/(loss) after tax -8.0 -10.7 -14.3
Total comprehensive income for the year 278.0 600.8 633.7
Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to:
TORM plc shareholders 277.0 601.9 634.1
Non-controlling interest 1.0 -1.1 -0.4
Total comprehensive income for the year 278.0 600.8 633.7
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 153
Consolidated Balance Sheet
As of 31 December 2025
USDm
Note 2025 2024 2023
ASSETS
Intangible assets
Goodwill 9,12 1.8 1.7 1.8
Other intangible assets 9 4.0 2.0 1.8
Total intangible assets 5.8 3.7 3.6
Tangible fixed assets
Land and buildings 10,11 9.7 8.1 5.5
Vessels and capitalized dry-docking 10,11,12,20 2,792.2 2,826.7 2,070.2
Prepayments on vessels 10 14.1 86.0
Other non-current assets under construction 3.4 4.6 4.2
Other plant and operating equipment 10 2.5 3.3 4.4
Total tangible fixed assets 2,821.9 2,842.7 2,170.3
Financial assets
Investments in joint ventures 0.1 0.1
Loan receivables 4.4 4.5 4.5
Deferred tax asset 8 0.3 3.1 0.4
Other investments 2.7 0.2
Total financial assets 7.4 7.9 5.0
Total non-current assets 3 2,835.1 2,854.3 2,178.9
Inventories 13 66.5 68.4 61.7
Trade receivables 14 214.7 183.9 211.0
Other receivables 15 23.7 59.6 60.5
Prepayments 16 39.1 12.2 15.2
Cash and cash equivalents incl. restricted cash 31 163.5 291.2 295.6
Current assets excluding assets held for sale 507.5 615.3 644.0
Assets held for sale 27 24.4 47.2
Total current assets 531.9 615.3 691.2
TOTAL ASSETS 3,367.0 3,469.6 2,870.1
USDm Note 2025 2024 2023
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity
Common shares 17 1.0 1.0 0.9
Share premium 110.2 271.0 260.0
Treasury shares 17 -4.2 -4.2
Hedging reserves 6.6 15.5 25.6
Translation reserves -0.2 -0.8 -0.4
Other reserves 296.1 320.0
Retained profit 1,788.9 1,471.5 1,382.2
Equity attributable to TORM plc shareholders 2,202.6 2,074.0 1,664.1
Non-controlling interest 0.8 1.9
Total equity 2,202.6 2,074.8 1,666.0
Liabilities
Non-current tax liability related to held-over
gains 8 45.2 45.2 45.2
Deferred tax liability 8 0.2 0.3 3.6
Borrowings 11,19,20,22 714.3 1,061.0 886.9
Other non-current liabilities 18 3.3 2.9 3.0
Total non-current liabilities 763.0 1,109.4 938.7
Borrowings 11,19,20,22 288.8 165.3 172.7
Trade payables 22 41.0 50.0 43.1
Current tax liabilities 0.3 0.7 0.6
Other liabilities 18,22 68.3 61.3 45.2
Provisions 0.7 0.6 0.5
Prepayments from customers 2.3 7.5 3.3
Total current liabilities 401.4 285.4 265.4
Total liabilities 1,164.4 1,394.8 1,204.1
TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 3,367.0 3,469.6 2,870.1
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 154
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
01 January-31 December 2025
USDm
Common
shares
Share
premium
Treasury
shares ¹⁾
Hedging
reserves
Translation
reserves
Other
reserves
Retained
profit
Equity
attributable
to
shareholders
of TORM plc
Non-
controlling
interest Total
Equity as of 01 January 2023 0.8 167.6 -4.2 39.9 -0.5 1,297.8 1,501.4 2.3 1,503.7
Comprehensive income/loss for the year:
Net profit/(loss) for the year 648.3 648.3 -0.3 648.0
Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year²⁾ -18.9 0.1 -18.8 -0.1 -18.9
Tax on other comprehensive income 4.6 4.6 4.6
Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year -14.3 0.1 648.3 634.1 -0.4 633.7
Capital increases ³⁾ 0.1 92.6 92.7 92.7
Transaction costs of capital increase -0.2 -0.2 -0.2
Share-based compensation 22.5 22.5 22.5
Dividends paid -586.4 -586.4 -586.4
Total changes in equity 2023 0.1 92.4 -14.3 0.1 84.4 162.7 -0.4 162.3
Equity as of 31 December 2023 0.9 260.0 -4.2 25.6 -0.4 1,382.2 1,664.1 1.9 1,666.0
Comprehensive income/loss for the year:
Net profit/(loss) for the year 612.5 612.5 -1.0 611.5
Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year ²⁾ -12.7 -0.4 -0.1 -13.2 -0.1 -13.3
Tax on other comprehensive income 2.6 2.6 2.6
Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year -10.1 -0.4 612.4 601.9 -1.1 600.8
Capital increase ³⁾ 0.1 331.6 331.7 331.7
Transaction costs of capital increase -0.6 -0.6 -0.6
Capital reduction ⁴⁾ -320.0 320.0
Share-based compensation 30.2 30.2 30.2
Dividends paid -553.3 -553.3 -553.3
Total changes in equity 2024 0.1 11.0 -10.1 -0.4 320.0 89.3 409.9 -1.1 408.8
Equity as of 31 December 2024 1.0 271.0 -4.2 15.5 -0.8 320.0 1,471.5 2,074.0 0.8 2,074.8
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 155
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
01 January-31 December 2025
USDm
Common
shares
Share
premium
Treasury
shares ¹⁾
Hedging
reserves
Translation
reserves
Other
reserves
Retained
profit
Equity
attributable
to
shareholders
of TORM plc
Non-
controlling
interest Total
Equity as of 01 January 2025 1.0 271.0 -4.2 15.5 -0.8 320.0 1,471.5 2,074.0 0.8 2,074.8
Comprehensive income/(loss) for the year:
Net profit/(loss) for the year 285.3 285.3 0.7 286.0
Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year ²⁾ -12.8 0.6 -12.2 0.3 -11.9
Tax on other comprehensive income 3.9 3.9 3.9
Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year -8.9 0.6 285.3 277.0 1.0 278.0
Capital increases ³⁾ 19.3 19.3 19.3
Transaction costs of capital increase -0.1 -0.1 -0.1
Capital reduction ⁵⁾ -180.0 180.0
Treasury share cancellation ¹⁾ 4.2 -4.2
Share-based compensation 34.1 34.1 34.1
Dividends paid -199.7 -199.7 -199.7
Total changes in equity 2025 -160.8 4.2 -8.9 0.6 -23.9 319.4 130.6 1.0 131.6
Transactions with non-controlling interests -2.0 -2.0 -1.8 -3.8
Equity as of 31 December 2025 1.0 110.2 6.6 -0.2 296.1 1,788.9 2,202.6 2,202.6
1) Please refer to Note 17 for further information on treasury shares.
2) Please refer to "Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income".
3) Please refer to Note 17 for further information on capital increases during the year.
4) The Share premium reserve was reduced by USD 320.0m, as decided at the Annual General Meeting on 11 April 2024 and subsequently approved by the court, in order to create additional distributable reserves to support: (i) the future payment by the
Company of dividends to its shareholders; and (ii) potential share buybacks should it be desirable to do so.
5) The Share premium reserve was reduced by USD 180.0m, as decided at the Annual General Meeting on 16 April 2025 and subsequently approved by the court, in order to create additional distributable reserves to support: (i) the future payment by the
Company of dividends to its shareholders; and (ii) potential share buybacks should it be desirable to do so.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 156
Consolidated Cash Flow Statement
01 January-31 December 2025
USDm Note 2025 2024 2023
Cash flow from operating activities
Net profit for the year 286.0 611.5 648.0
Adjustments:
Profit from sale of vessels -19.0 -51.3 -50.4
Depreciation and amortization 9,10 214.5 192.0 149.3
Financial income 7 -13.3 -24.8 -14.3
Financial expenses 7 74.4 74.1 60.9
Tax expenses/(income) 8 9.2 -2.0 4.0
Other non-cash movements 28 41.4 22.9 14.5
Interest received and realized exchange gains 11.9 24.8 14.3
Interest paid and realized exchange losses -70.0 -66.9 -66.0
Income taxes paid -2.7 -1.3 -3.1
Change in inventories, receivables and
payables, etc. 28 -33.5 47.8 47.8
Net cash flow from operating activities 498.9 826.8 805.0
USDm Note 2025 2024 2023
Cash flow from investing activities
Investment in tangible fixed assets ¹⁾ -308.5 -582.4 -509.7
Investment in intangible fixed assets -1.8 -1.1 -0.6
Sale of tangible fixed assets 27 143.8 130.6 166.4
Change in restricted cash 13.9 10.8 -26.7
Net cash flow from investing activities -152.6 -442.1 -370.6
Cash flow from financing activities
Proceeds, borrowings 19 338.0 419.4 676.4
Repayment, borrowings 19 -567.7 -256.3 -585.4
Vessel lease extinguishment prepayment -29.1
Dividends paid -199.7 -553.3 -586.4
Capital increase ¹⁾ 17 2.3 12.5 6.2
Transaction costs share issue -0.1 -0.6 -0.2
Transactions with non-controlling interests -3.8
Net cash flow from financing activities -460.1 -378.3 -489.4
Net cash flow from operating, investing, and
financing activities -113.8 6.4 -55.0
Cash and cash equivalents as of 01 January 271.9 265.5 320.5
Cash and cash equivalents as of 31 December 158.1 271.9 265.5
Restricted cash as of 31 December 31 5.4 19.3 30.1
Cash and cash equivalents, including
restricted cash as of 31 December 163.5 291.2 295.6
1) In 2025, capital increase amounted to USD 19.3m (2024: USD 331.7m, 2023: USD 92.7m) including a USD 17.0m (2024:
USD 319.2m, 2023: USD 86.5m) non-cash share issues in relation to the acquisition of 1 (2024: 19, 2023: 5) vessels.
Please refer to Note 18 for further reference.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 157
Notes to the Consolidated Financial
Statements
Note 1 – Accounting Policies, Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgments 159
Note 2 – Liquidity, Capital Resources and Subsequent Events 163
Note 3 – Segment 165
Note 4 – Revenue from Contracts with Customers 168
Note 5 – Staff Costs 169
Note 6 – Remuneration to Auditors Appointed at the Parent Company’s Annual General Meeting 171
Note 7 – Financial Items 172
Note 8 – Tax 172
Note 9 – Intangible Assets 174
Note 10 – Tangible Fixed Assets 175
Note 11 – Leasing 177
Note 12 – Impairment Testing 179
Note 13 – Inventories 180
Note 14 – Trade Receivables 181
Note 15 – Other Receivables 181
Note 16 – Prepayments 181
Note 17 – Common Shares and Treasury Shares 182
Note 18 – Other Liabilities 183
Note 19 – Effective Interest Rate, Outstanding Borrowings 184
Note 20 – Collateral Security for Borrowings 185
Note 21 – Guarantee Commitments and Contingent Liabilities 185
Note 22 – Contractual Rights and Obligations 186
Note 23 – Derivative Financial Instruments 188
Note 24 – Risks Associated with TORM’s Activities 191
Note 25 – Financial Instruments 194
Note 26 – Related Party Transactions 195
Note 27 – Assets Held for Sale and Non-Current Assets Sold During the Year 196
Note 28 – Cash Flows 196
Note 29 – Entities in the Group 196
Note 30 – Earnings per Share and Dividend per Share 197
Note 31 – Cash and Cash Equivalents, Including Restricted Cash 198
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 158
NOTE 1 – ACCOUNTING POLICIES, CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGMENTS
Overview of Business
TORM plc is a shipping company that primarily owns and operates a fleet of product tankers and is
engaged in the marine engineering industry. TORM plc is a public company limited by shares and is
incorporated in England and Wales. Its registered number is 09818726, and its registered address is 4th
Floor, 120 Cannon Street, London, EC4N 6AS, United Kingdom (“UK”) .Unless otherwise indicated, the
terms “TORM plc” and “Parent Company” refers solely to TORM plc and the terms “we”, “us”, “our”, the
”Company”, and the “Group” refer to TORM plc and its consolidated subsidiaries which include TORM A/S.
TORM plc is listed on Nasdaq in Copenhagen, Denmark, under the symbol “TRMD A”, on Nasdaq in New
York, the United States, under the symbol “TRMD”, as well as having bonds listed on Oslo Stock
Exchange, Norway.
Basis of Preparation
The consolidated financial statements of the Group have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted
International Accounting Standards (“UK-adopted IAS”) and with the provisions of the Companies Act
2006. The consolidated financial statements are also prepared in accordance with IFRS Accounting
Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) and IFRS as
adopted by the European Union (“EU”), as applied to financial periods beginning on or after 01 January
2025 and additional disclosure requirements for listed companies (class D) in accordance with the
Danish Financial Statements Act.
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis and under the
historical cost convention, except where fair value accounting is specifically required by IFRS.
The functional currency of the Company is USD, and the Company applies USD as the presentation
currency in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements.
Going Concern
As of 31 December 2025, TORM’s available liquidity including undrawn and committed facilities was USD
562.3m, including a total cash position of USD 163.5m (including restricted cash of USD 5.4m). TORM’s
net interest-bearing debt was USD848.4m, and the net loan-to-value ratio was 29.4% (Tanker segment
only). Further information on TORM’s objectives and policies for managing our capital, our financial risk
management objectives, and our exposure to credit and liquidity risk can be found in financial statement
Note 24.
TORM monitors its funding position throughout the year to ensure that it has access to sufficient funds
to meet the forecasted cash requirements and loan commitments, and to monitor compliance with the
financial covenants in its loan facilities, details available in financial statement Note 2.
A key element for TORM’s financial performance in the going concern period relates to the increased
geopolitical risks and trade disputes. TORM’s base case assumes that these dynamics will persist.
TORM monitors the general development in the geopolitical situation and potential effects on the
product tanker market. In the base case, TORM has sufficient liquidity and headroom for all the
covenant limits.
→ The principal risks and uncertainties facing TORM are set out on pages 14 - 17
In addition to the base case, TORM has developed a reverse stress case. The reverse stress case covers
the lowest TCE rate that only just meets the minimum liquidity covenant and the lowest vessel values
that do not breach any of the facilities’ minimum-security values in the period. In the reverse stress
case, with TCE rates significantly below the lowest rolling four-quarter average observed since 2000 on
each vessel class basis accompanied by a corresponding decline in vessel values, TORM maintains
sufficient headroom on liquidity and covenants throughout the going concern period.
NOTE 1 - continued
The Board of Directors has considered TORM’s cash flow forecasts and the expected compliance with
TORM’s financial covenants for the period until 31 March 2027. Based on this review, the Board of
Directors has a reasonable expectation that taking reasonably possible changes in trading performance
and vessel valuations into account, TORM will be able to continue in operation and comply with our
financial covenants for the period until 31 March 2027. Accordingly, TORM continues to adopt the going
concern basis in preparing our financial statements.
Adoption of New or Amended IFRS Standards
IASB has issued a number of new or amended accounting standards (IFRS) and interpretations (IFRIC).
TORM has implemented the following standards and amendments issued by the IASB and adopted by
the UK and the EU in the consolidated financial statements for 2025:
Amendments to IAS 21 The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates: Lack of Exchangeability
For the new standards and amendments, it is assessed that application of these effective on 01
January 2025 has not had any accounting or disclosure impact on the consolidated financial
statements in 2025.
The below have been issued by the IASB and adopted by the UK and the EU but have not yet come into
effect for consolidated financial statements of 2025.
Annual Improvements to IFRS Accounting Standards - Volume 11 (January 2026
Amendments to IFRS 9 and IFRS 7: Amendments to the Classification and Measurement of Financial
Instruments (January 2026)
Amendments to IFRS 9 and IFRS 7: Contracts Referencing Nature dependent Electricity (January
2026)
IFRS 18 Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements (January 2027)
The below have been issued by the IASB and not yet adopted by the UK and the EU and not yet come
into effect:
IFRS 19 Subsidiaries without Public Accountability: Disclosures (January 2027)
IFRS 10 and IAS 28 (amendments) Sale or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its
Associate or Joint Venture issued in September 2014 (deferred indefinitely)
TORM has assessed the accounting standards and interpretations above and TORM does not expect the
new standards to have any material impact on neither TORM’s figures nor the disclosures, except IFRS
18.
IFRS 18 introduces new requirements for presentation within the consolidated income statement,
including specified totals and subtotals. Furthermore, it is required to classify all income and expenses
within the consolidated income statement into one of five categories: operating, investing, financing,
income taxes and discontinued operations.
The standard also requires disclosure of management-defined performance measures, subtotals of
income and expenses, which will have a limited impact as TORM already disclose alternative
performance measures.
TORM expects only limited impact from IFRS 18 on the consolidated income statement primarily related
to reclassification of interest income from cash and cash equivalents, certain financial expenses and
exchange rate differences into the respective operating and investing categories of the consolidated
income statement with a similar impact on the consolidated cash flow statement from these items.
In addition, financial items arising from financing facilities will be reclassified into the financing activities
of the consolidated cash flow statement.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 159
NOTE 1 - continued
Accounting Policies
The Group’s material Accounting Policy information is provided below in combination with the
accounting policies described in each of the individual notes to the consolidated financial statements as
outlined in the following notes:
Segment reporting
Revenue from contracts with customers
Staff costs
Intangible assets
Tangible fixed assets
Leasing
Impairment
Inventories
Financial items
Trade receivables
Tax
Other liabilities
Borrowings
Derivative financial instruments
Earnings per share
Consolidation Principles
The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of the parent company, TORM
plc and entities controlled by the Company and its subsidiaries. Control is achieved when the Company
has all the following:
Power over the investee
Exposure, or rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee
The ability to use its power over the investee to affect the amounts of the investor’s returns
TORM reassesses whether it controls an investee if facts and circumstances indicate that there are
changes to one or more of the three elements of control listed above.
When the Company has less than a majority of the voting rights of an investee, it has power over the
investee when the voting rights are sufficient to give it the practical ability to direct the relevant
activities unilaterally. The Company considers all facts and circumstances in assessing whether or not
the Company’s voting rights in an investee are sufficient to give it power, including:
The size of the Company’s holding of voting rights relative to the size and dispersion of holdings of
the other vote holders
Potential voting rights held by the Company, other vote holders, or other parties
Rights arising from other contractual arrangements
Any additional facts and circumstances which indicate that the Company has, or does not have, the
current ability to direct the relevant activities at the time when decisions need to be made, including
voting pattern at previous shareholders’ meetings
Entities in which the Group exercises significant but not controlling influence are regarded as
associated companies and are accounted for using the equity method.
NOTE 1 - continued
Companies which are managed jointly by agreement with one or more companies and therefore are
subject to joint control (joint ventures) are accounted for using the equity method.
Consolidation of a subsidiary begins when the Company obtains control over the subsidiary and ends
when the Company loses control over the subsidiary. Specifically, income and expenses of a subsidiary
acquired or disposed of during the year are included in the consolidated income statement and other
comprehensive income from the date on which the Company obtains control until the date when the
Company loses control over the subsidiary.
The consolidated financial statements are prepared using consistent accounting policies and
eliminating intercompany transactions, balances, and shareholdings as well as gains and losses on
transactions between the consolidated entities.
Foreign Currencies
The functional currency of all significant entities, including subsidiaries and associated companies, is
United States Dollars (USD) because the Company’s vessels operate in international shipping markets,
in which income and expenses are settled in USD, and because the Company’s most significant assets
and liabilities in the form of vessels and related liabilities are denominated in USD. Transactions in
currencies other than the functional currency are translated into the functional currency at the
transaction date. Cash, receivables and payables and other monetary items denominated in currencies
other than the functional currency are translated into the functional currency at the exchange rate at
the balance sheet date. Gains or losses due to differences between the exchange rate at the
transaction date and the exchange rate at the settlement date or the balance sheet date are recognized
in the income statement under “Financial income” and “Financial expenses”.
The reporting currency of the Company is USD. Upon recognition of entities with functional currencies
other than USD, the financial statements are translated into USD. Income statement items are
translated into USD at the exchange rate for each transaction, whereas balance sheet items are
translated at the exchange rate as of the balance sheet date. Exchange differences arising from the
translation of financial statements into USD are recognized as a separate component in “Other
comprehensive income”. On the disposal of an entity, the cumulative amount of the exchange
differences recognized in the separate component of equity relating to that entity is transferred to the
income statement as part of the gain or loss on disposal.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 160
NOTE 1 - continued
Income Statement
Port expenses, bunkers, and commissions and other costs of goods and services sold
Port expenses, bunker fuel consumption, commissions, and other costs of goods sold are recognized as
incurred. To the extent that the costs are recoverable, costs directly attributable to relocate the vessel
to the load port are capitalized and amortized over the course of the transportation period.
Gains and losses on forward bunker contracts, forward freight agreements (FFA) as well as write-down
for losses on trade receivables are included in this line.
Operating expenses
Operating expenses, which comprise crew expenses, repair and maintenance expenses, and tonnage
duty, are expensed as incurred.
Profit from sale of vessels
Profit from sale of vessels is recognized at the time of delivery to the buyer, representing the difference
between the sales price less costs to sell and the carrying value of the vessel.
Administrative expenses
Administrative expenses, which comprise administrative staff costs, management costs, office
expenses, and other expenses relating to administration, are expensed as incurred.
Other operating expenses and income
Other operating expenses primarily comprise management fees paid to commercial and technical
managers for managing the fleet, profits and losses deriving from the disposal of fixed assets other than
vessels as well as claims and disputes provisions.
Depreciation and impairment losses and reversals of impairment losses
Depreciation and impairment losses comprise depreciation of tangible fixed assets for the year as well
as the write-down of the value of assets by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset
exceeds its recoverable amount. In the event of indication of impairment, the carrying amount is
assessed, and the value of the asset is written down to its recoverable amount equal to the higher of
value in use based on net present value of future earnings from the assets and its fair value less costs
to sell.
Subsequent reversal of impairment losses is recognized if the recoverable amount exceeds the carrying
amount to the extent that the carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount without any
historical impairment losses.
NOTE 1 - continued
Balance Sheet
Financial assets
Financial assets are initially recognized on the settlement date at fair value plus transaction costs,
except for financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, which are recognized at fair value.
Financial assets are derecognized when the rights to receive cash flows from the assets have expired or
have been transferred.
Investments in joint ventures
Investments in joint ventures comprise investments in companies which by agreement are managed
jointly with one or more companies and therefore are subject to joint control and in which the parties
have rights to the net assets of the joint venture. Joint ventures are accounted for using the equity
method. Under the equity method, the investment in joint ventures is initially recognized at cost and
thereafter adjusted to recognize TORM’s share of the profit or loss in the joint venture. When TORM’s
share of losses in a joint venture exceeds the investment in the joint venture, TORM discontinues
recognizing its share of further losses. Additional losses are recognized only to the extent that TORM
has incurred legal or constructive obligations or made payments on behalf of the joint venture.
Treasury shares
Treasury shares are recognized as a separate component of equity at cost. Upon subsequent disposal
of treasury shares, any consideration is also recognized directly in equity.
Dividend
Interim dividends are recognized when paid. Any year-end dividend is recognized as a liability at the date
of approval at the AGM.
Other non-current liabilities
Other non-current liabilities consist of long-term employee-related liabilities related to the frozen Danish
holiday funds in connection with the transition to the new Danish Holiday Act. TORM has elected to keep
the holiday funds until the employees, covered at the transition date, reach the age of retirement. The
liability is remeasured annually based on an index rate published by the Holiday Allowance fund.
Trade payables
Trade payables are recognized at the fair value of the item purchased and are subsequently measured
at amortized cost.
Deferred income
Deferred income relates to amounts received from customers in advance of the related performance
obligations being satisfied.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 161
NOTE 1 - continued
Cash flow statement
The cash flow statement shows how income and changes in the balance sheet items affect cash and
cash equivalent, i.e. how cash is generated or used in the period. The cash flow statement is presented
in accordance with the indirect method commencing with “Net profit/(loss) for the year”.
Cash flow from operating activities converts income statement items from the accrual basis of
accounting to cash basis. Starting with “Net profit/(loss) for the year”, non-cash items are reversed, and
actual payments are included. Further, the change in working capital is taken into account.
Cash flow from investing activities comprises the cash used or received in the purchase and sale of
tangible fixed assets and financial assets as well as cash from business combinations.
Cash flow from financing activities comprises changes in the cash used or received in borrowings
(amount of new borrowings and repayments), purchases or sales of treasury shares, dividends paid to
shareholders.
Cash and cash equivalents including restricted cash comprise cash and short-term bank deposits with
an original maturity of three months or less. The carrying amount of these assets is approximately equal
to their fair value. Cash and cash equivalents including restricted cash at the end of the reporting period
are shown in the consolidated cash flow statement and can be reconciled to the related items in the
consolidated balance sheet. The restricted cash balance relates to cash provided as security for initial
margin calls and negative market values on derivatives as well as a sale and leaseback transaction
prepayment to be released upon delivery of the vessel.
Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgments
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with IFRS requires the Management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of
revenues and expenses during the reporting period. These estimates and assumptions are affected by
the way TORM applies its accounting policies. An accounting estimate is considered critical if the
estimate requires the Management to make assumptions about matters subject to significant
uncertainty, if different estimates could reasonably have been used, or if changes in the estimate that
would have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations are
reasonably likely to occur from period to period. The Management believes that the accounting
estimates applied are appropriate and the resulting balances are reasonable. However, actual results
could differ from the original estimates requiring adjustments to these balances in future periods.
The Management also makes various accounting judgments in the preparation of the consolidated
financial statements which can affect the amounts recognized.
Judgments
The Management has assessed that TORM has two cash-generating units (CGUs), being the Tanker
Fleet and the Marine Engineering cash-generating units. The Tanker Fleet is comprised of TORM’s LR1,
LR2 and MR vessels, which are largely interchangeable, and the cash flows generated by them are
interdependent. These vessels are operated via the One TORM platform collectively as a combined
internal pool, employed principally in the spot market, and actively managed to meet the needs of our
customers in that market, particularly regarding the location of vessels meeting required specifications
and the price of transport rather than vessel class. Given the technical specifications and capacity of
vessels, the Tanker Fleet is relatively homogenous with a very high degree of interoperability. All vessels
in the Tanker Fleet can handle multiple sizes of cargo and sail all seas and oceans, over both shorter and
long distances. The Tanker Fleet is monitored and managed on an aggregated level as one pool, i.e. each
vessel or vessel class does not generate cash inflows which are largely independent of those from other
vessels or vessel classes. The MR vessels acquired in prior years with chemical trading capability are
operated as all other product tanker vessels and thus included in the Tanker Fleet CGU.
NOTE 1 - continued
In addition, the activities within the Marine Engineering segment represent a single CGU because cash
inflows are generated independent of the cash inflows from the Tanker Fleet from serving the existing
external customer base of the Marine Engineering segment.
Estimates
Carrying amounts of vessels
The Company evaluates the carrying amounts of the vessels to determine if events have occurred which
would require a modification of their carrying amounts. The recoverable amount of vessels is reviewed
based on events or changes in circumstances which would indicate that the carrying amount of its
vessels might not be recoverable.
In assessing the recoverability of the vessels, the Company reviews certain indicators of potential
impairment or indication of any past impairment losses that should be reversed. If an indication of
impairment or reversal of past impairment is identified, the need for recognizing an impairment loss or a
recognition of a reversal of a past impairment loss is assessed by comparing the carrying amount of the
vessels to the higher of the fair value less costs of disposal and the value in use.
The Management assesses indicators of impairment that include, but are not limited to, broker vessel
values, time charter rates, weighted average cost of capital, and any other adverse impacts from current
economic, environmental, and geopolitical uncertainty, as well as the carrying amount of the net assets
against the market capitalization.
The fair value less cost of disposal of the vessels is based on the market approach which considers the
valuations from two internationally acknowledged shipbrokers with appropriate qualifications and recent
experience in the valuation of vessels. The shipbrokers’ primary input is deadweight tonnage, yard, and
age of the vessel. The fair value assumes that the vessels are in good and seaworthy condition and with
prompt, charter-free delivery.
The assessment of the value in use is based on projection of future discounted cash flows related to the
vessels which is complex and requires the Company to make various estimates including future freight
rates, utilization, earnings from the vessels, future operating expenses and capital expenditure including
dry-docking costs and discount rates.
All these factors have been historically volatile, especially the freight rates. The carrying amounts of
TORM’s vessels may not represent their fair market value at any point in time, as market prices of
second-hand vessels to a certain degree tend to fluctuate with changes in freight rates and the cost of
newbuildings. However, if the estimated future cash flow or related assumptions in the future change, an
impairment write-down or reversal of impairment may be required.
For more information refer to Note 12.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 162
NOTE 2 – LIQUIDITY, CAPITAL RESOURCES AND SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
Liquidity and Capital Resources
As of 31 December 2025, TORM’s cash and cash equivalents, including restricted cash totaled
USD163.5m (2024: USD 291.2m, 2023: USD 295.6m), and undrawn and committed credit facilities as
listed below amounted to USD 398.8m (2024: USD 323.6m, 2023: USD342.5).
TORM has the following debt facilities as of 31 December 2025.
Outstanding Outstanding Outstanding amount amount amount 2025 2024 2023 Debt Facility Maturity(USDm)(USDm)(USDm)Senior Unsecured Bonds 2029 200.0 200.0 Syndicated Facilities 2023 Repaid 160.0 224.0 Syndicated Facilities 2025 2030 248.1 Danish Ship Finance Facility 2020 2031 211.0 245.6 192.6 ING Facility 2023 2029 44.8 51.4 57.9 HCOB Facility 2023 Repaid 31.2 HCOB Facility 2024 2031 43.8 87.5 KfW Facility 2019 2032 28.8 31.8 34.8 Credit Agricole Facility 2025 2031 68.6 Other credit facilities 2026 3.0 1.8 4.8 Total 848.1 778.1 545.3
In 2025, TORM signed an Amendment and Restatement of the Syndicated Facilities agreement whereby
the existing vessels were refinanced and the company received commitment to finance additional 17
vessels that were previously leased and being repurchased. Until the end of 2025, ten out of the 17
vessels were redelivered to TORM and utilized in this facility. The new Syndicated Facilities agreement
has an extension option until 2031 that can be exercised in 2026. In 2025, TORM also signed a new
facility agreement with Credit Agricole to finance five vessels that were previously leased and being
repurchased. Until the end of 2025, four out of the five vessels were redelivered to TORM and utilized in
this facility. In addition to the scheduled repayments, TORM made repayments to HCOB and reduced
the facility due to the sale of older vessels. As of 31 December 2025, the scheduled minimum payments
on mortgage debt and bank loans in 2026 amount to USD 128.2m.
NOTE 2 - continued
TORM has the following undrawn facilities as of 31 December 2025.
Undrawn Undrawn Undrawn amount amount amount 2025 2024 2023 Undrawn Facility Maturity(USDm)(USDm)(USDm)Syndicated Facilities 2025 - RCF 2030 285.0 Credit Agricole Facility 2025 - RCF 2031 68.6 HCOB Facility 2024 - RCF 2031 45.2 74.1 Syndicated Facilities 2023 - RCF Cancelled 100.0 100.0 Syndicated Facilities 2024 - RCF Cancelled 149.5 HCOB Facility 2023 - RCF Cancelled 24.9 DSF Additional Facility Cancelled 52.6 Syndicated Bridge to Bond Facility Cancelled 165.0 Total398.8 323.6 342.5
In 2025, TORM combined the Syndicated 2023 RCF and the Syndicated 2024 RCF into one revolving
credit facility as part of the Amendment and Restatement of the Syndicated Facilities. TORM also has a
new revolving credit facility with Credit Agricole as part of the new facility agreement. The amount of
this revolving credit facility will increase following the refinancing on the last vessel in January 2026.
During 2025, the revolving credit facility with HCOB was reduced due to sold vessels.
TORM has the following lease facilities as of 31 December 2025.
Outstanding Outstanding Outstanding amount amount amount 2025 2024 2023 Lease Facility Maturity(USDm)(USDm)(USDm)Bocomm Leasing Facilities 2019-2021 2026 28.9 135.6 148.9 Springliner Leases 2026 21.9 25.0 27.9 China Development Bank Financial Leasing Repaid 136.5 149.0 China Merchant Bank Financial Leasing 2026 106.7 159.5 195.8 Total 157.5 456.6 521.6
In 2025, TORM exercised purchase options on 22 vessels and financed 14 vessels delivered within the
year with mortgage debt. TORM repurchased nine vessels from China Development Bank Financial
Leasing and one vessel from China Merchant Bank Financial Leasing. In 2025, TORM repurchased four
out of five vessels from Bocomm Leasing.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 163
NOTE 2 - continued
TORM manages its capital structure for the Group as a whole in order to support our spot-based vessel
employment profile. This is done through a conservative leverage, a strong liquidity position and limited
off-balance sheet commitments. TORM continously stress tests the capital structure and liquidity
position as well as prepares cash flow forecasts to make sure the capital structure remains robust to
potential risks. Besides the liquidity position, the main considerations are loan-to-value ratio,
Distribution Policy, CAPEX commitments, terms and sources of funding vessel investments, hedging of
financial market risks and fleet employment strategy, hereunder entering into FFA contracts.
On March 2024, TORM amended the Distribution Policy with effect from the first quarter of 2024. With
this TORM intends to distribute on a quarterly basis excess liquidity above a threshold liquidity level.
The threshold liquidity level will be determined as the sum of i) the product of liquidity requirement per
vessel and the number of owned and leased vessels in TORM’s fleet as at the balance sheet day and ii) a
discretionary element determined by the Board taking into consideration TORM’s capital structure,
strategic opportunities, future obligations and market trends.
TORM’s debt facilities include financial covenants related to:
Minimum liquidity (cash and cash equivalents minimum amount requirement at all times)
Minimum security value (loan-to-value for individual borrowings)
Equity ratio (minimum level)
Financial covenants should be complied with on a daily basis, and is reported to counterparties on a
quarterly basis. During 2025, 2024 and 2023, TORM did not have any covenant breaches, and the
Management has assessed that a covenant breach in the near future is remote. Please refer to Note 19
for further information on facilities with financial covenants.
NOTE 2 - continued
Subsequent Events
On 06 January 2026, Hafnia Limited completed the previously announced purchase of approximately
14.2 million TORM A-shares, representing 13.97% of the Company’s issued share capital at 31
December 2025. Following the transaction, and as Oaktree’s shareholding had fallen below one third of
the issued A-shares prior to completion, the special governance rights attached to the Company’s B-
share and C-share lapsed in accordance with the Articles of Association, and both shares were formally
redeemed in early January 2026. These events occurred after the reporting date and do not give rise to
adjustments to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2025.
In January 2026, TORM delivered TORM Maren, which was held for sale as at 31 December 2025, to new
owners.
In January and February 2026, TORM Houston and TORM Emilie were repurchased from sale-and-
leaseback owners following the exercise of purchase options called by TORM in the end of 2025. The
remaining six vessels for which purchase options were also called in the end of 2025 will be repurchased
from sale-and-leaseback owners during the remaining part of the first half of 2026.
During January and February 2026, TORM took delivery of one 2018-build MR vessel, TORM Fortune,
and one 2016-build LR2 vessel, TORM Helga.
In January 2026, TORM made an amendment and restatement to the Syndicate Facilities 2025 to
finance eight vessel acquisitions entered into during the second half of 2025, increasing the total
commitment by USD 158.9m. As of the date of this report, drawdowns have been made for seven of the
eight vessel. The maturity of the Syndicate Facilities 2025 remains unchanged.
TORM’s Board of Directors has on the date of this report declared an interim dividend for the fourth
quarter 2025 of USD 0.70 per share to be paid to shareholders corresponding to an expected total
dividend payment of USD 70.9m. The distribution for the quarter is equivalent to 82% of net profit and
reflects the Distribution Policy. The payment date is 25 March 2026 to all shareholders on record as of
12 March 2026, and the ex-dividend date is 11 March 2026 for the shares listed on Nasdaq OMX
Copenhagen and 12 March 2026 for the shares listed on Nasdaq New York. The dividends have not been
recognized as liabilities as at 31 December 2025 and there are no tax consequences.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 164
NOTE 3 – SEGMENT
Segment Reporting - Consolidated Income Statement
USDm 2025 2024 2023Marine Inter-Marine Inter-Marine Inter-Tanker Engineering segment Tanker Engineering segment Tanker Engineering segment segmentsegmentelimination Totalsegmentsegmentelimination Totalsegmentsegmentelimination TotalRevenue 1,314.2 37.2 -11.9 1,339.5 1,544.0 29.6 -14.4 1,559.2 1,491.4 48.0 -19.0 1,520.4Port expenses, bunkers, and commissions -404.5 -404.5 -409.2 -409.2 -407.6 -407.6Other cost of goods and services sold -24.6 7.5 -17.1 -18.5 9.2 -9.3 -36.6 13.9 -22.7Operating expenses -253.1 0.7 -252.4 -245.6 0.5 -245.1 -216.4 0.4 -216.0Profit from sale of vessels 17.8 1.2 19.0 51.3 51.3 50.4 50.4Administrative expenses -106.5 -7.3 -113.8 -87.9 -7.7 -95.6 -76.5 -6.4 -82.9Other operating income and expenses 0.1 0.1 -0.6 0.1 -0.5 6.0 0.3 6.3Depreciation and amortization -213.5 -1.0 -214.5 -191.2 -0.8 -192.0 -148.2 -1.1 -149.3Operating profit (EBIT) 354.4 4.4 -2.5 356.3 660.8 2.7 -4.7 658.8 699.1 4.2 -4.7 698.6Financial income 13.1 0.2 13.3 24.7 0.1 24.8 14.3 14.3Financial expenses -74.2 -0.2 -74.4 -73.9 -0.2 -74.1 -60.5 -0.4 -60.9Profit before tax 293.3 4.4 -2.5 295.2 611.6 2.6 -4.7 609.5 652.9 3.8 -4.7 652.0Tax -8.5 -0.7 -9.2 2.5 -0.5 2.0 -4.0 -4.0Net profit for the year 284.8 3.7 -2.5 286.0 614.1 2.1 -4.7 611.5 648.9 3.8 -4.7 648.0
The eliminations above represent revenue and other costs of goods and services sold from the
installation of scrubbers and related services performed by the Marine Engineering entities on tanker
vessels within the Tanker segment. All revenue from the Tanker segment is derived from external
customers.
USDm 2025 2024 2023Geographical allocation of revenueUK 68.7 88.9 88.0All other countries 1,270.8 1,470.3 1,432.4Total 1,339.5 1,559.2 1,520.4
Below is presented the countries contributing more than 10% of TORM's revenue.
2025 2024 2023Countries contributing more than 10% of TORM's revenueUSDm % of total USDm % of total USDm % of totalSwitzerland 205.4 15.3 % 264.3 17.0 % 242.5 16.0 %United States 199.1 14.9 % 243.1 15.6 % 182.7 12.0 %United Arab Emirates % 160.5 10.3 % %
Revenue is allocated to countries based on the customer’s ultimate parent domicile.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 165
NOTE 3 – continued
Segment Reporting - Consolidated Balance Sheet
2025 2024 2023Marine Inter-Marine Inter-Marine Inter-Tanker Engineering segment Tanker Engineering segment Tanker Engineering segment USDmsegmentsegmentelimination Totalsegmentsegmentelimination Totalsegmentsegmentelimination TotalASSETS Intangible assets Goodwill 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.8 1.8Other intangible assets 1.6 2.4 4.0 1.1 0.9 2.0 0.9 0.9 1.8Total intangible assets 1.6 4.2 5.8 1.1 2.6 3.7 0.9 2.7 3.6Tangible fixed assets Land and buildings 7.7 2.0 9.7 8.1 8.1 4.9 0.6 5.5Vessels and capitalized dry-docking 2,806.8 -14.6 2,792.2 2,843.9 -17.2 2,826.7 2,081.7 -11.5 2,070.2Prepayments on vessels 14.1 14.1 86.0 86.0Other non-current assets under construction 3.4 3.4 4.8 -0.2 4.6 4.5 -0.3 4.2Other plant and operating equipment 1.4 1.1 2.5 2.1 1.2 3.3 3.3 1.1 4.4Total tangible fixed assets 2,830.0 6.5 -14.6 2,821.9 2,854.1 6.0 -17.4 2,842.7 2,175.9 6.2 -11.8 2,170.3Financial assets Investments in joint ventures 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1Loan receivables 4.4 4.4 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5Deferred tax asset 0.3 0.3 3.1 3.1 0.4 0.4Other investments 2.7 2.7 0.2 0.2 Total financial assets 7.4 7.4 7.9 7.9 5.0 5.0Total non-current assets 2,839.0 10.7 -14.6 2,835.1 2,863.1 8.6 -17.4 2,854.3 2,181.8 8.9 -11.8 2,178.9Inventories 63.8 2.7 66.5 62.6 5.8 68.4 58.0 3.7 61.7Trade receivables 209.8 4.9 214.7 179.1 4.8 183.9 206.2 5.0 -0.2 211.0Other receivables 16.9 6.8 23.7 54.7 4.9 59.6 58.8 1.7 60.5Prepayments 38.4 0.7 39.1 11.6 0.6 12.2 10.7 4.5 15.2Cash and cash equivalents incl. restricted cash 155.6 7.9 163.5 284.9 6.3 291.2 290.7 4.9 295.6Current assets excluding assets held for sale 484.5 23.0 507.5 592.9 22.4 615.3 624.4 19.8 -0.2 644.0Assets held for sale 24.4 24.4 47.2 47.2Total current assets 508.9 23.0 531.9 592.9 22.4 615.3 671.6 19.8 -0.2 691.2TOTAL ASSETS 3,347.9 33.7 -14.6 3,367.0 3,456.0 31.0 -17.4 3,469.6 2,853.4 28.7 -12.0 2,870.1
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 166
NOTE 3 – continued
Segment Reporting - Consolidated Balance Sheet
2025 2024 2023Marine Inter-Marine Inter-Marine Inter-Tanker Engineering segment Tanker Engineering segment Tanker Engineering segment USDmsegmentsegmentelimination Totalsegmentsegmentelimination Totalsegmentsegmentelimination TotalEQUITY AND LIABILITIESTotal equity 2,196.5 18.4 -12.3 2,202.6 2,072.9 11.7 -9.8 2,074.8 1,661.3 9.9 -5.2 1,666.0Liabilities Non-current tax liability related to held-over gains 45.2 45.2 45.2 45.2 45.2 45.2 Deferred tax liability 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 3.3 0.3 3.6 Borrowings 787.9 1.5 789.4 1,060.8 0.2 1,061.0 884.0 2.9 886.9 Other non-current liabilities 2.7 0.6 3.3 2.3 0.6 2.9 2.2 0.8 3.0 Total non-current liabilities 835.8 2.3 838.1 1,108.3 1.1 1,109.4 934.7 4.0 938.7Borrowings 210.1 3.6 213.7 163.5 1.8 165.3 169.7 3.0 172.7 Trade payables 38.8 2.2 41.0 46.2 3.8 50.0 39.6 3.4 43.0 Current tax liabilities 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.3 0.7 0.6 0.6 Other liabilities 66.6 1.7 68.3 60.7 0.6 61.3 44.8 0.5 -0.1 45.2 Provisions 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 Prepayments from customers 4.6 -2.3 2.3 4.0 11.1 -7.6 7.5 2.7 7.3 -6.7 3.3 Total current liabilities 315.6 13.0 -2.3 326.3 274.8 18.2 -7.6 285.4 257.4 14.8 -6.8 265.4Total liabilities 1,151.4 15.3 -2.3 1,164.4 1,383.1 19.3 -7.6 1,394.8 1,192.1 18.8 -6.8 1,204.1TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 3,347.9 33.7 -14.6 3,367.0 3,456.0 31.0 -17.4 3,469.6 2,853.4 28.7 -12.0 2,870.1Non-current asset additions during the year: Other intangible assets 0.9 1.7 2.6 0.5 0.5 1.0 0.6 0.6 Land and buildings 2.1 2.4 4.5 5.6 5.6 4.4 4.4 Vessels and capitalized dry-docking 297.0 1.4 298.4 798.5 -5.8 792.7 520.4 -4.0 516.4 Prepayments on vessels 17.5 17.5 111.5 111.5 86.0 86.0 Other non-current assets under construction 0.4 -0.2 0.2 4.5 -0.3 4.2 Other plant and operating equipment 0.8 0.2 1.0 0.7 0.6 1.3 1.1 0.2 1.3 Total non-current asset additions 318.3 4.3 1.4 324.0 916.8 1.5 -6.0 912.3 612.5 4.7 -4.3 612.9
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 167
NOTE 3 - continued
The Company’s non-current assets are based on domicile of the legal entity ownership in the following
countries:
USDm 2025 2024 2023UK 499.0 357.2 0.2 Denmark 1,411.1 1,604.2 1,746.6 Singapore 835.8 799.7 336.7 USA 76.8 76.0 79.8 Other countries 7.7 9.7 10.6 Non-current assets 2,830.4 2,846.8 2,173.9
Accounting Policies
The segmentation is based on the Group’s internal management and reporting structure. The Group has
two operating segments, the Tanker segment, for which the services provided primarily comprise
transportation of refined oil products such as gasoline, jet fuel, and naphtha, and the Marine
Engineering segment for which the services provided primarily comprise developing and producing
advanced and green marine equipment.
Transactions between the segments are based on market-related prices and are eliminated at Group
level.
TORM considers the global product tanker market as a whole, and as the individual vessels are not
limited to specific parts of the world, the Group has only one geographical segment for the Tanker
segment. Further, the internal management reporting does not provide geographical information for
either the Tanker segment or the Marine Engineering segment. Consequently, geographical segment
information on revenue from external customers or non-current segment assets for the Tanker
segment or the Marine Engineering segment are not provided.
NOTE 4 – REVENUE FROM CONTRACTS WITH CUSTOMERS
USDm 2025 2024 2023Disaggregation of revenueTransportation of oil products and chemicals 1,314.2 1,544.0 1,491.4 Scrubbers and related services 18.7 9.1 21.7 Welding and mounting 4.3 4.9 5.3 Others 2.3 1.2 2.0 Total revenue 1,339.5 1,559.2 1,520.4 Tanker segment 1,314.2 1,544.0 1,491.4 Marine Engineering segment 37.2 29.6 48.0 Intersegment elimination -11.9 -14.4 -19.0 Total revenue 1,339.5 1,559.2 1,520.4
USDm 2025 2024 2023Customer contract balancesTrade receivables 214.7 183.9 211.0 Customer contract assets¹⁾ 1.6 2.4 2.5 Customer contract liabilities²⁾ -2.3 -7.5 -3.4 Total 214.0 178.8 210.1 1) Recognized in prepayments.
2) Recognized in prepayments from customers.
Refer to Note 14 for further information on trade receivables. Customer contract assets primarily relate
to prepaid voyage expenses until the cargo load date. During the year, USD 2.4m was recognized
relating to customer contracts entered in 2024 (2024: USD 2.5m relating to 2023, 2023: USD 3.0m
relating to 2022). Customer contract liabilities primarily relate to prepaid charter hire and prepayments
received by customers in connection with scrubber installations. The change in customer contract
liabilities during the year is primarily caused by a change in prepaid charter hire of USD 4.0m.
Accounting policies
Revenue
Income is recognized in the income statement when:
The income generating activities have been carried out on the basis of a binding agreement
The income can be measured reliably
It is probable that the economic benefits associated with the transaction will flow to the Company
Revenue comprises freight, charter hire, and demurrage revenue from the vessels as well as Marine
Engineering revenue. Revenue is recognized when or as performance obligations are satisfied by
transferring services to the customer, i.e. over time, provided that the stage of completion can be
measured reliably. Revenue is measured as the consideration that the Group expects to be entitled to.
Freight revenue including charter hire and demurrage (and related voyage costs) are recognized in the
income statement according to the entered charter parties from the date of load to the date of delivery
of the cargo (discharge).
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 168
NOTE 4 - continued
The completion is determined using the load-to-discharge method based on the percentage of the
estimated duration of the voyage completed at the reporting date because the customer receives the
benefit during the voyage as it is provided.
Cross-over voyages
For cross-over voyages (voyages in progress at the end of a reporting period), the uncertainty and the
dependence on estimates are greater than for finalized voyages. The Company recognizes a
percentage of the estimated revenue for the voyage equal to the percentage of the estimated duration
of the voyage completed at the balance sheet date. The estimate of revenue is based on the expected
duration and destination of the voyage.
When recognizing revenue, there is a risk that the actual number of days it takes to complete the
voyage will differ from the estimate. The contract for a single voyage may state several alternative
destination ports. The destination port may change during the voyage, and the rate may vary
depending on the destination port. Changes to the estimated duration of the voyage as well as
changing destinations and weather conditions will affect the voyage expenses.
Demurrage revenue
Freight contracts contain conditions regarding the amount of time available for loading and discharging
of the vessel. If these conditions are breached, TORM is compensated for the additional time incurred in
the form of demurrage revenue. Demurrage revenue is recognized in accordance with the terms and
conditions of the charter parties. Upon completion of the voyage, the Company assesses the time
spent in port, and a demurrage claim based on the relevant contractual conditions is submitted to the
charterers. The claim will often be met by counterclaims due to differences in the interpretation of the
agreement compared to the actual circumstances of the additional time used. Based on previous
experience, 97% of the demurrage claim submitted is recognized as demurrage revenue upon initial
recognition. For cross-over voyages, an estimate of incurred demurrage is recognized at the balance
sheet date.
The Company receives the demurrage payment upon reaching final agreement on the amount, which
could be up to approximately 100 days after the original demurrage claim was submitted. Any
adjustments to the final agreement are recognized as demurrage revenue.
Marine Engineering revenue
Some of the Group’s contracts with customers relate to the sale of marine engineering equipment with
installation services. Customers obtain control of the marine engineering equipment with installation
services when the goods are delivered to the customer, they have completed commissioning and
delivery has been accepted by the customers. When without installation services, customers obtain
control of the marine engineering equipment when the goods are delivered to and have been accepted
by the customers.
Revenue is thus recognized upon the customers obtaining control. There is generally only one
performance obligation related hereto.
A warranty provision is recognized for expected repair costs related to warranty claims for sold marine
engineering equipment within the standard warranty period of one year. These provisions are
recognized when the equipment is sold and are based on historical experience. The warranty provision
estimates are updated annually.
NOTE 5 – STAFF COSTS
Employee Information
Staff costs included in operating expenses relate to the 105 seafarers employed under Danish
contracts (2024: 109, 2023:105).
The average number of employees is calculated as a full-time equivalent (FTE).
The Executive Director is, in the event of termination by the Company, entitled to a severance payment
of up to 12 months' salary.
USDm 2025 2024 2023Total staff costsStaff costs included in operating expenses 9.9 9.6 8.6 Staff costs included in administrative expenses 87.4 77.3 69.3 Total 97.3 86.9 77.9 Staff costs comprise the followingWages and salaries 55.3 47.3 46.9 Share-based compensation 34.1 30.3 23.0 Pension costs 4.7 4.2 3.8 Other social security costs 0.6 0.4 1.4 Other staff costs 2.6 4.7 2.8 Total 97.3 86.9 77.9 Average number of permanent employeesSeafarers 105 109 105 Land-based 529 498 468 Total 634 607 573
At the end of 2025 TORM has a pool of 3,804 (2024: 3,677, 2023: 3,271) seafarers.
The majority of seafarers on vessels are on short-term contracts. The average number of seafarers on
board vessels on short-term contracts in 2025 was 1,753 (2024: 1,721, 2023: 1,625).
Total seafarers’ costs in 2025 were USD148.7m (2024: USD 141.4m, 2023: USD 127.1m), which is
included in “Operating expenses” of which USD138.8m (2024: USD 131.8m, 2023: USD 118.5m)
pertains to cost for seafarers on board vessels on short term contracts and USD 9.9m (2024: USD
9.6m, 2023: USD 8.6m) pertains to cost for seafarers employed under the Danish contract as indicated
in the staff costs table above.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 169
NOTE 5 - continued
USD '000 2025 2024 2023Non-Executive Board and Committee remuneration, short termChristopher H. Boehringer 231 212 214 David N. Weinstein 257 217 219 Göran Trapp 200 163 164 Annette Malm Justad 229 163 164 Total 917 755 761
Executive Management
AnnualShare-Taxable performancebased USD '000 Salarybenefitsbonuspayment TotalExecutive Management remunerationJacob Meldgaard2023, TORM A/S¹⁾ 1,119 40 1,277 2,436 2023, TORM plc¹⁾ 77 4,383 4,460 2024, TORM A/S¹⁾ 1,141 40 1,233 2,414 2024, TORM plc¹⁾ 76 5,530 5,606 2025, TORM A/S¹⁾ 1,233 42 1,393 2,668 2025, TORM plc¹⁾ 80 6,574 6,654
1) Paid by legal entity as noted.
Senior Management Team
The aggregated compensation expensed by the Group to the three (2024: three, 2023: three) other
members of the Senior Management Team in 2025 (excluding CEO Jacob Meldgaard) was USD 10.5m
(2024: USD 9.5m, 2023: USD 7.5m), which includes an aggregate of USD 0.2m (2024: USD 0.1m, 2023:
USD 0.1m) allocated for pensions (defined contribution plans) and share-based payment of USD 8.2m
(2023: USD 7.5m, 2022: USD 6.0m) for these individuals.
LTIP element of CEO Jacob Meldgaard's remuneration package 2025:Ordinary Retention Ordinary Ordinary RetentionGrant Date 29-Mar-23 29-Mar-23 07-Mar-24 06-Mar-25 23-Sep-25RSU LTIP grant¹⁾ 255,200 300,000 255,200 255,200 500,000Exercise price per share DKK 220.60 USD 0.01 DKK 258.40 DKK 162.38 USD 0.01RSU grant value assuming 100% vesting USD 2.5m USD 10.7m USD 1.9m USD 0.7m USD 9.1m
NOTE 5 - continued
TORM operates an equity-settled, share-based compensation plan. The fair value of the employee
services received in exchange for the grant of shares is recognized as an expense and allocated over
the vesting period. Employment in TORM throughout the period is in most cases a prerequisite for
upholding the full vesting rights in the RSU program. For voluntary leavers subject to the Danish Stock
Options Act, the RSUs will vest in accordance with the vesting schedule, but for all other leavers, all
unvested RSUs shall be immediately forfeited for no consideration. Options are granted under the plan
for no consideration and carry no dividend or voting rights.
In accordance with its Remuneration Policy, TORM has granted the CEO a number of Restricted Share
Units (RSUs). There are no performance conditions associated with this grant of RSUs.
Refer to Long-Term Incentive Program – restricted share units granted to the Executive Director in the
remuneration report for further information. RSUs granted to the CEO vest in equal installments over
three years.
Vested RSUs may be exercised for a period of 360 days from each vesting date. Details of the CEO’s
awards and interests in Restricted Share Units are set out in the remuneration report.
The single figure remuneration table for the CEO does not include any amounts in relation to the RSU
awards as there are no performance conditions associated with this grant of RSUs.
As detailed in announcement no. 9 issued on 29 March 2023, the CEO was granted a total of 255,200
RSUs which will vest in equal amounts over the next three years. The first amount could be exercised
from 01 January 2024. The exercise price for each RSU is DKK 220.6, corresponding to the average
price of TORM shares in the 90 calendar days preceding the publication of TORM plc’s 2022 Annual
Report plus a 15% premium adjusted for the dividend payment related to TORM’s fourth quarter 2022
results. Vested RSUs may be exercised for a period of 360 days from each vesting date. In addition to
the RSUs granted above, the CEO is granted a total of 300,000 RSUs in the Additional Retention
Program on similar terms as outlined above, with the exception that the strike price for these RSUs is
set to one US cent and that all RSUs will vest on 01 March 2026. As stated in Company Announcement
No. 21, the Board of Directors has resolved to accelerate the vesting date to 07 November 2025.
As detailed in announcement no. 9 issued on 7 March 2024, the CEO was granted a total of 255,200
RSUs which will vest in equal amounts over the next three years. The first amount could be exercised
from 1 January 2025. The exercise price for each RSU is DKK 258.4 corresponding to the average
price of TORM shares in the 90 calendar days preceding the publication of TORM plc’s 2023 Annual
Report plus a 15% premium. Vested RSUs may be exercised for a period of 360 days from each vesting
date.
As detailed in announcement no. 2 issued on 6 March 2025, the CEO was granted a total of 255,200
RSUs which will vest in equal amounts over the next three years. The first amount could be exercised
from 1 January 2026. The exercise price for each RSU is DKK 162.4 corresponding to the average
price of TORM shares in the 90 calendar days preceding the publication of TORM plc’s 2024 Annual
Report plus a 15% premium. Vested RSUs may be exercised for a period of 360 days from each vesting
date. In addition to the RSUs granted above, as detailed in announcement no. 21 issued on 23
September 2025, the CEO is granted a total of 500,000 RSUs in the Additional Retention Program on
similar terms as outlined above, with the exception that the strike price for these RSUs is set to one US
cent and that all RSUs will vest on 1 October 2028.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 170
NOTE 5 - continued
Long-term employee benefit obligations
The obligation comprises an obligation under the incentive programs to deliver Restricted Share Units
in TORM plc at a determinable price to the entity's key personnel, including the CEO. The RSUs granted
entitle the holder to acquire one TORM A-share.
The program comprises the following number of shares in TORM plc:
Number of shares (1,000) 2025 2024 2023Outstanding as of 01 January 4,456.6 4,417.7 2,424.0 Granted during the period¹⁾ 4,597.6 1,506.4 3,136.6 Exercised during the period -3,263.5 -1,345.4 -1,137.6 Expired/forfeited during the period -934.2 -122.1 -5.3 Outstanding as of 31 December 4,856.5 4,456.6 4,417.7 Exercisable as of 31 December
1) Includes additional 1,158,938 (2024: 36,259, 2023: 0) RSUs granted in 2025 to adjust for the impact of dividends on the
share price in accordance with the original terms of the grant. No modifications to the terms of the grant in the RSU
program have occurred.
In 2023, the Board of Directors agreed to grant a total of 1,248,153 RSUs to other management. The
vesting period of the program is three years for key employees. The exercise price is set at DKK 220.6.
The exercise period is 360 days from each vesting date. The fair value of the options granted in 2023
was determined using the Black-Scholes model and amounts to USD 10.8m. The average remaining
contractual life for the restricted shares as of 31 December 2023 was 1.5 years and as of 31 December
2024 was 1 year and as of 31 December 2025 was 0.0 year. In addition to the RSUs granted above, the
other management is granted a total of 1,333,222 RSUs in the Additional Retention Program on similar
terms as outlined above, with the exception that the strike price for these RSUs is set to one US cent
and that all RSUs will vest on 1 March 2026. As stated in Company Announcement No. 21, the Board of
Directors has resolved to accelerate the vesting date to 07 November 2025. The fair value of the
options in the Additional Retention Program granted in 2023 was determined using the Black-Scholes
model and amounts to USD 40.4m.
In 2024, the Board of Directors agreed to grant a total of 1,214,986 RSUs to other management. The
vesting period of the program is three years for key employees. The exercise price is set at DKK 258.4.
The exercise period is 360 days from each vesting date. The fair value of the options granted in 2024
was determined using the Black-Scholes model and amounts to USD 8.1m. The average remaining
contractual life for the restricted shares as of 31 December 2024 was 1.5 years and as of 31
December 2025 was 1 year.
In 2025, the Board of Directors agreed to grant a total of 1,326,087 RSUs to other management. The
vesting period of the program is three years for key employees. The exercise price is set at DKK
162.38. The exercise period is 360 days from each vesting date. The fair value of the options granted
in 2025 was determined using the Black-Scholes model and amounts to USD 3.3m. The average
remaining contractual life for the restricted shares as of 31 December 2025 is 1.5 years. In addition to
the RSUs granted above, the other management is granted a total of 1,293,434 RSUs in the Additional
Retention Program on similar terms as outlined above, with the exception that the strike price for these
RSUs is set to one US cent and that all RSUs will vest on 1 October 2028. The fair value of the options
in the Additional Retention Program granted in 2025 was determined using the Black-Scholes model
and amounts to USD 18.7m.
NOTE 5 - continued
Accounting Policies
Employee benefits
Wages, salaries, social security contributions, holiday and sick leave, bonuses, and other monetary and
non-monetary benefits are recognized in the year in which the employees render the associated
services. Please also refer to the Accounting Policy for share-based payment.
Pension plans
The Group has entered into defined contribution plans only. Pension costs related to defined
contribution plans are recorded in the income statement in the year to which they relate.
Share-based payments
The Group makes equity-settled share-based payments to certain employees, which are measured at
fair value at the date of grant and expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on
the Group’s estimate of shares which will eventually vest. The fair value of the share schemes is
calculated using the Black-Scholes model at the grant date.
NOTE 6 – REMUNERATION TO AUDITORS APPOINTED AT THE PARENT COMPANY’S ANNUAL
GENERAL MEETING
The remuneration of the auditor is required to be presented as follows:
USDm 2025 2024 2023Audit feesFees payable to the Company's auditor for the audit of the Company's annual accounts 1.2 1.2 1.2 Audit of the Company's subsidiaries pursuant to legislation 0.1 0.1 0.1 Total audit fees 1.3 1.3 1.3 Non-audit feesAudit-related services 0.4 0.5 0.1 Others 0.3 0.5 0.1 Total non-audit fees 0.7 1.0 0.2 Total 2.0 2.3 1.5
Under SEC regulations, the remuneration of the auditor of USD 2.0m (2024: USD 2.3m, 2023: USD 1.5m)
is required to be presented as follows: Audit fees USD 1.6m (2024: USD 1.8m, 2023: USD 1.4m), audit-
related fees USD 0.4m (2024: USD 0.5m, 2023: USD 0.1m), tax fees USD 0.0m (2024: USD 0.0m, 2023:
USD 0.0m), and all other fees USD 0.0m (2024: USD 0.0m, 2023: USD 0.0m.).
TORM's Audit Committee pre-approves all audit, audit-related and non-audit services not prohibited by
law to be performed by our independent auditors and associated fees prior to the engagement of the
independent auditor with respect to such services.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 171
NOTE 7 – FINANCIAL ITEMS
USDm 2025 2024 2023Financial incomeInterest income from cash and cash equivalents, including restricted cash ¹⁾ 11.1 24.5 14.2 Exchange rate adjustments, including gain from forward exchange rate contracts 0.3 Other financial income 1.9 0.3 0.1 Total 13.3 24.8 14.3
Financial expenses
Interest expenses on borrowings ¹⁾ 68.3 69.7 55.6 Financial expenses arising from lease liabilities regarding right-of-use assets 0.8 0.6 0.5 Exchange rate adjustments, including loss from forward exchange rate contracts 0.7 0.4 Commitment fee 3.3 1.9 1.3 Amortization of interest rate swaps 1.3 1.7 2.2 Ineffectiveness on interest rate swaps -0.8 -1.5 -2.4 Other financial expenses 1.5 1.0 3.3 Total 74.4 74.1 60.9 Total financial items -61.1 -49.3 -46.6
1) Interest for financial assets and liabilities not at fair value through profit and loss.
Accounting Policies
Financial income
Financial income comprises interest income, realized and unrealized exchange rate gains relating to
transactions in currencies other than the functional currency, realized gains from other equity
investments and securities, unrealized gains from securities, dividends received, and other financial
income. Interest is recognized in accordance with the accrual basis of accounting considering the
effective interest rate. Dividends from other investments are recognized when the right to receive
payment has been decided, which is typically when the dividend has been declared and can be received
without conditions.
Financial expenses
Financial expenses comprise interest expenses, financing costs of leases liabilities, realized and
unrealized exchange rate losses relating to transactions in currencies other than the functional
currency, realized losses from other equity investments and securities, unrealized losses from
securities, and other financial expenses including payments under interest rate hedge instruments.
Interest is recognized in accordance with the accrual basis of accounting considering the effective
interest rate.
NOTE 8 – TAX
USDm 2025 2024 2023Tax on profit for the yearCurrent tax for the year 1.4 1.0 0.6 Adjustments related to previous years -0.3 -1.1 Adjustment of deferred tax 6.7 -3.2 2.2 Income tax charge for the year 7.8 -3.3 2.8 Tonnage tax charge for the year 1.4 1.3 1.2 Total 9.2 -2.0 4.0
The net movement in deferred tax of USD 6.7m for the year ended 31 December 2025 consists of the
reversal of the recognised deferred tax assets on account for corporate interest restriction and carry
forward of losses. . TORM has unutilized corporate interest restriction (CIR) balance of USD 22.2m
(2024: USD 3.2m, 2023: USD 2.1m) and unabsorbed tax losses of USD 38.7m as on 31 December
2025 (2024: USD 28.4m, 2023: USD 21.0m). TORM has not recognised deferred tax assets on USD
60.9m (2024: USD 2.2m, 2023: USD 2.2m) out of unutilized CIR and unabsorbed tax losses of which
trading losses of USD 2.2m (2024: USD 2.2m, 2023: USD 2.2m) resulted prior to 2017 that may not
be used to offset taxable profit due to a high degree of uncertainty of future taxable profits.
The majority of the Group's taxable income is located in Denmark, and therefore the majority of the tax
base is subject to Danish tax legislation. The Group has elected to participate in the Danish, UK and US
tonnage tax regime. The Danish and UK tonnage regime participation is binding until 2034.
The Group expects to participate in the tonnage tax regimes after the binding period and, as a
minimum, to maintain an investment and activity level equivalent to that at the time of entering the
tonnage tax scheme.
Under the different tonnage tax regimes that TORM is subject to, income and expenses from shipping
activities are not subject to direct taxation, and accordingly, an effective rate reconciliation has not
been provided, as it would not provide any meaningful information. Instead, the taxable income is
calculated from:
The net tonnage of the vessels used to generate the income from shipping activities
A rate applicable to the specific net tonnage of the vessels based on a sliding scale
Corporate income tax is primarily levied on the Group’s non-vessel-related activities. The effective tax
rate of the Group is 3.2% (2024: 0.3%, 2023: 0.6%). Net deferred tax liability in relation to activities
outside the tonnage tax regime amounts to USD 2.2m.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 172
NOTE 8 – continued
USDm 2025 2024 2023Deferred tax assetsDeferred tax assets related to Corporate Interest Restriction 1.0 1.7 0.5 Deferred tax assets related to trading losses 1.0 6.9 5.1 Other temporary differences 0.3 0.4 Deferred tax assets before offset 2.3 9.0 5.6 Offset against deferred tax liabilities from Corporate Interest Restriction -1.0 -0.5 Offset against deferred tax liabilities from trading losses -1.0 -4.7 Offset from tax liabilities -5.9 Deferred tax assets, net as of 31 December 0.3 3.1 0.4 Deferred tax liabilitiesDeferred tax liabilities arising from changes in equity 2.0 5.9 8.5 Other temporary differences 0.2 0.3 0.3 Deferred tax liabilities before offset 2.2 6.2 8.8 Offset from tax assets -5.2 Offset against tax liabilities arising from changes in equity -2.0 -5.9 Deferred tax liabilities in the balance sheet 0.2 0.3 3.6
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset and reported net where appropriate within territories.
Deferred tax at the balance sheet date have been measured using the appropriate enacted tax rates
and are reflected in these financial statements and all deferred tax movements arise from the
origination and reversal of temporary differences.
Deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that the realization of the relaxed tax benefit through
future taxable profits is probable..
The deferred tax liability is derived from temporary differences between the accounting and tax values
of derivative financial instruments of USD 2.0m (2024: USD 5.9m, 2023: USD 8.5m.
NOTE 8 – continued
USDm 2025 2024 2023Non-current tax liability related to held-over gainsBalance as of 31 December 45.2 45.2 45.2
The non-current tax liability related to held-over gains is the undiscounted income tax payable
calculated on the realized gain on sale of vessels which came from corporate income taxation into the
Danish tonnage tax scheme upon initial application in 2001 (the held-over gain reflected in the
transition account under the Danish tonnage tax scheme). This tax liability will become payable, in part
or in full, if the Danish owned fleet of vessels is significantly or fully disposed of, or if operated to the
end of it’s useful life and sold for scrap.
If TORM discontinues its participation in the Danish tonnage tax scheme, a deferred tax liability would
arise in relation to the vessels held by the Group and taken out of the tonnage tax scheme. The
Management considers this to be a remote scenario.
The Group operates in a wide variety of jurisdictions, in some of which the tax law is subject to varying
interpretations and potentially inconsistent enforcement. As a result, there can be practical
uncertainties in applying tax legislation to the Group's activities. Whilst the Group considers that it
operates in accordance with applicable tax law, there are potential tax exposures in respect of its
operations, the impact of which cannot be reliably estimated but could be material.
Accounting Policies
Pillar Two Tax Effects
Pillar Two legislation has been enacted or substantively enacted in certain jurisdictions in which the
Group operates. Under the legislation, the parent company will be required to pay, in UK, top-up tax on
profits of its subsidiaries that are taxed at an effective tax rate of less than 15%. The main jurisdictions
in which exposures to this tax may exist include Denmark, Singapore and the US.
As the majority of these companies’ revenue consists of international shipping income, it is assessed
that this income will be excluded from the GloBE income with reference to the shipping carve out
described in Article 3.3.
TORM has applied the exception in IAS 12 'Income Taxes' to recognizing and disclosing information
about deferred tax assets and liabilities related to Pillar Two income taxes.
Based on our fiscal year for 2025, the Group has prepared a preliminary Transitional Country-by-
Country Reporting (CbCR) Safe Harbour assessment concluding that we expect to be eligible for the
Transitional CbCR Safe Harbour in a majority of jurisdictions in which we are present. As of 31
December 2025, the calculated top-up tax does not have a material impact on our financial result.
Tax
Tax expenses comprise the expected income tax charge for the year in accordance with IAS 12 as well
as tonnage tax related to the Group’s vessels for the year. The income tax charge for the year includes
adjustments relating to previous years and the change in deferred tax for the year. However, income
tax relating to items in other comprehensive income is recognized directly in the statement of other
comprehensive income.
Deferred tax
Deferred tax is recognized in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets
and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Deferred
tax is calculated at the income tax rates which are expected to apply in the period when the liability is
settled or the asset is realized, based on the laws which have been enacted or substantially enacted at
the balance sheet date. The deferred tax is charged through the income statement except when it
relates to other comprehensive income items. No deferred tax is recognized related to assets and
liabilities, including vessels which are subject to tonnage tax.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 173
NOTE 8 – continued
Income tax balances
The expected income tax payable on the taxable profits for the year is classified as current tax in the
balance sheet. Income taxes expected to fall due after more than one year are classified as non-current
liabilities or assets in the balance sheet. Income tax is measured using tax rates enacted or
substantially enacted at the balance sheet date and includes any adjustment to tax payable in respect
of previous years. Current and non-current income tax balances are not discounted.
NOTE 9 – INTANGIBLE ASSETS
USDm 2025 2024 2023GOODWILL Cost: Balance as of 01 January 13.1 13.2 13.2 Exchange rate adjustments 0.1 -0.1 Balance as of 31 December 13.2 13.1 13.2 Impairment: Balance as of 01 January 11.4 11.4 11.4 Balance as of 31 December 11.4 11.4 11.4 Carrying amount 1.8 1.7 1.8
The carrying amount of goodwill was allocated to the Marine Enginering cash-generating unit in 2022.
USDm 2025 2024 2023OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS Cost: Balance as of 01 January 3.9 2.8 2.3 Exchange rate adjustments 0.3 Additions 2.6 1.1 0.5 Transfer from other items 5.0 Disposals -0.1 Balance as of 31 December 11.7 3.9 2.8 Amortization: Balance as of 01 January 1.9 1.0 0.4 Amortization for the year 1.5 0.9 0.6 Transfer from other items 4.4 Disposals -0.1 Balance as of 31 December 7.7 1.9 1.0 Carrying amount 4.0 2.0 1.8
NOTE 9 - continued
Accounting Policies
Goodwill
Goodwill is measured as the excess of the cost of the business combination over the fair value of the
acquired assets, liabilities, and contingent liabilities and is recognized as an asset under intangible
assets. For each business combination, TORM elects whether to measure the non-controlling interests
in the acquiree at fair value or at the proportionate share of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets.
Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred and included in administrative expenses. Goodwill is
not amortized as it is considered to have an indefinite useful life, but the recoverable amount of
goodwill is assessed annually. For impairment testing purposes, goodwill is on initial recognition
allocated to the cash generating unit expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. If the
recoverable amount of the cash generating unit is less than the carrying amount of the unit, the
impairment loss is first allocated to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the unit
and then to the other assets of the unit pro-rata on the basis of the carrying amount of each asset in
the unit. An impairment loss for goodwill is not reversed in a subsequent period.
Other Intangible Assets
Other intangible assets consist of software and customer list acquired in connection with the Marine
Exhaust Technology A/S acquisition. Other intangible assets are measured at cost less accumulated
amortization and impairment losses. Other intangible assets are considered as having finite useful lives
and are amortized on a straight-line basis over:
Software: 3 years
Customer list: 7 years
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 174
NOTE 10 – TANGIBLE FIXED ASSETS
USDm 2025 2024 2023LAND AND BUILDINGSCost: Balance as of 01 January 17.6 14.6 12.0 Exchange rate adjustment -0.1 -0.2 -0.2 Additions 4.5 5.6 4.4 Disposals -7.5 -2.4 -1.6 Balance as of 31 December 14.5 17.6 14.6 Depreciation: Balance as of 01 January 9.5 9.1 8.2 Exchange rate adjustment 0.2 Disposals -7.5 -2.3 -1.6 Depreciation for the year 2.8 2.5 2.5 Balance as of 31 December 4.8 9.5 9.1 Carrying amount as of 31 December 9.7 8.1 5.5
NOTE 10 - continued
USDm 2025 2024 2023VESSELS AND CAPITALIZED DRY-DOCKINGCost:Balance as of 01 January 3,500.9 2,622.1 2,421.2 Additions 298.4 792.7 476.0 Disposals -29.7 -20.7 -31.9 Transferred from prepayments 3.4 197.5 40.6 Transferred to assets held for sale -221.9 -90.7 -283.8 Balance as of 31 December 3,551.1 3,500.9 2,622.1 Depreciation:Balance as of 01 January 660.6 536.3 543.8 Disposals -29.7 -20.7 -31.9 Depreciation for the year 209.1 186.7 143.7 Transferred to assets held for sale -91.7 -41.7 -119.3 Balance as of 31 December 748.3 660.6 536.3 Impairment:Balance as of 01 January 13.6 15.6 21.5 Transferred to assets held for sale -3.0 -2.0 -5.9 Balance as of 31 December 10.6 13.6 15.6 Carrying amount as of 31 December 2,792.2 2,826.7 2,070.2
Included in the carrying amount for “Vessels and capitalized dry-docking” are capitalized dry-docking
costs in the amount of USD 132.8m (2024: USD 108.2m, 2023: USD 75.1m).
Included in the carrying amount for “Vessels and capitalized dry-docking” are vessels on time charter
leases (as lessor) in the amount of USD 242.1m (2024: USD 395.5m, 2023: USD 169.8m). Please refer
to Note 22 for expected redelivery of the vessels.
In 2025 TORM took delivery of 1 (2024: 19, 2023: 5) vessel in connection with partly share-based
transactions for a total purchase price of USD 34.0m (2024: USD 864.5m, 2023: USD 173.0m). The fair
value of the vessels is based on the market approach which considers the valuations from two
internationally acknowledged shipbrokers with appropriate qualifications and recent experience in the
valuation of vessels. The shipbrokers’ primary input is deadweight tonnage, yard, and age of the vessel.
The fair value assumes that the vessels are in good and seaworthy condition and with prompt, charter-
free delivery.
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 175
NOTE 10 - continued
USDm 2025 2024 2023PREPAYMENTS ON VESSELSCost:Balance as of 01 January 86.0 Additions 17.5 111.5 126.6 Transferred to vessels -3.4 -197.5 -40.6 Balance as of 31 December 14.1 86.0 Carrying amount as of 31 December 14.1 86.0
USDm 2025 2024 2023OTHER PLANT AND OPERATING EQUIPMENTCost:Balance as of 01 January 5.9 11.2 10.5 Adjustments to prior years 4.0 Exchange rate adjustment -0.1 Additions 1.0 1.3 1.3 Disposals -1.5 -6.5 -0.6 Transfers -5.0 Balance as of 31 December 4.4 5.9 11.2 Depreciation:Balance as of 01 January 2.6 6.8 4.9 Adjustments to prior years 4.0 Exchange rate adjustment -0.1 Disposals -1.4 -5.9 -0.6 Depreciation for the year 1.1 1.8 2.5 Transfers -4.4 Balance as of 31 December 1.9 2.6 6.8 Carrying amount as of 31 December 2.5 3.3 4.4
For information on assets provided as collateral security, please refer to Note 20. Please refer to Note
12 for information on impairment testing.
NOTE 10 - continued
Accounting Policies
Vessels
Vessels consist of owned vessels and vessels financed via sale and leaseback transactions. Vessels
are measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. Costs
comprise acquisition costs and costs directly related to the acquisition up until the time when the
asset is ready for use, including interest expenses incurred during the period of construction. In partly
share-based acquisitions, vessels are measured at fair value at the delivery date, where the purchase
price is compared to valuations from two internationally acknowledged shipbrokers with appropriate
qualifications and recent experience in the valuation of vessels and adjusted if a material difference is
identified. All major components of vessels (scrubbers, etc.) except for dry-docking costs are
depreciated on a straight-line basis to the estimated residual value over their estimated useful life.
Different drivers such as TORM’s short and long-term climate targets, the revised IMO’s Green House
Gas Strategy, and other new regulation and policies with increased focus on carbon reduction on both
short and long-term impact the determination of the estimated useful life. Considering the different
drivers, TORM estimates the useful life to be 25 years for newbuildings - in line with previous years and
with what is used by other shipowners with comparable tonnage. Depreciation is based on costs less
the estimated residual value. Residual value is estimated as the lightweight tonnage of each vessel
multiplied by the recycling prices per ton. TORM has completed phasing in green recycling prices in the
calculation of residual values by applying a weighted average of green recycling and conventional
recycling prices, while using a three-year average to limit volatility. The useful life and the residual
value of the vessels are reviewed at least at each financial year-end based on market conditions,
regulatory requirements, and TORM’s business plans.
TORM also evaluates the carrying amounts to determine if events have occurred which indicate
impairment and would require a modification of the carrying amounts at the reporting date.
Prepayment on vessels is measured at costs incurred.
Dry-docking
Approximately every 24 and 60 months, depending on the nature of work and external requirements,
the vessels are required to undergo planned dry-dockings for replacement of certain components,
major repairs, and major maintenance of other components, which cannot be carried out while the
vessels are operating. These dry-docking costs are capitalized and depreciated on a straight-line basis
over the estimated period until the next dry-docking. The residual value of such components is
estimated at nil. The useful life of the dry-docking costs is reviewed at least at each financial year-end
based on market conditions, regulatory requirements, and TORM’s business plans. A portion of the cost
of acquiring a new vessel is allocated to the components expected to be replaced or refurbished at the
next dry-docking. Depreciation thereof is carried over the period until the next dry-docking. For
newbuildings, the initial dry-docking asset is estimated based on the expected costs related to the
first-coming dry-docking, which again is based on experience and history of similar vessels. For
second-hand vessels, a dry-docking asset is also segregated and capitalized separately, taking into
account the normal docking intervals of the vessels.
At subsequent dry-dockings, the costs comprise the actual costs incurred at the dry-docking yard.
Dry-docking costs may include the cost of hiring crews to carry out replacements and repairs, the cost
of parts and materials used, the cost of travel, lodging and supervision of Company personnel as well
as the cost of hiring third-party personnel to oversee a dry-docking. Dry-docking activities include, but
are not limited to, the inspection, service on turbocharger, replacement of shaft seals, service on boiler,
replacement of hull anodes, applying of anti-fouling and hull paint, steel repairs as well as
refurbishment and replacement of other parts of the vessel.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 176
NOTE 10 - continued
Prepayments on vessels
Prepayments consist of prepayments related to the purchase of second-hand vessels not yet delivered
and to newbuilding contracts for vessels not yet delivered which also include the share of borrowing
costs directly attributable to the acquisition of the underlying vessel. When a vessel is delivered, the
prepaid amount is reallocated to the financial statement line “Vessels and capitalized dry-docking”.
Land and buildings and other plant and operating equipment
Land and buildings and other plant and operating equipment consist of leaseholds regarding office
buildings, leasehold improvements, company cars, IT equipment, and software and is measured at
historical cost less accumulated depreciation and any impairment loss. Any subsequent cost is
included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognized as a separate asset only when it is probable that
future economic benefits are associated with the item and the cost of the item can be measured
reliably. Depreciation is based on the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the assets.
The current estimates are:
Land and buildings
Office buildings: Over the shorter of the remaining leasing term and the estimated useful life
Leasehold improvements: Over the shorter of the remaining leasing term and the estimated useful
life
Other plant and operating equipment:
Company cars: Over the lease term, typically 3 years
IT equipment: 3–5 years
Software: 3–5 years
Other equipment 3–15 years
The depreciation commences when the asset is available for use, i.e. when it is in the location and
condition necessary for it to be capable of operating in the manner intended by the Management. For a
right-of-use asset, depreciation commences at the commencement date of the lease.
Assets held for sale
Assets are classified as held-for-sale if the carrying amount will be recovered principally through a
sales transaction rather than through continuing use. This condition is regarded as met only when the
asset is available for immediate sale in its present condition subject to terms which are usual and
customary for sales of such assets, and when its sale is highly probable. The Management must be
committed to the sale, which should be expected to qualify for recognition as a completed sale within
one year from the date of classification.
Assets held for sale mainly refer to vessels being sold and are measured at the lower of their previous
carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell. Gains are recognized on delivery to the new owners in
the income statement in the item “Profit from sale of vessels”. Anticipated losses are recognized at the
time when the asset is classified as held-for-sale in the item “Impairment losses on tangible and
intangible assets”.
NOTE 11 – LEASING
TORM leases office buildings, some vehicles, and other administrative equipment. Except for short-term
leases and leases of low-value assets, each lease is reflected on the balance sheet as a right-of-use
asset with a corresponding lease liability. The right-of-use assets are included in the financial
statement line item in which the corresponding underlying assets would be presented if they were
owned. Please refer to Note 10.
As of 31 December 2025, TORM had recognized the following right-of-use assets:
Other plant and Land and operating USDmbuildingsequipmentCost:Balance as of 01 January 2025 17.6 1.2 Exchange rate adjustments -0.1 0.1 Additions 4.5 0.1 Disposals -7.5 -0.1 Balance as of 31 December 2025 14.5 1.3 Depreciation:Balance as of 01 January 2025 9.5 0.7 Exchange rate adjustment 0.1 Disposals -7.5 -0.1 Depreciation for the year 2.8 0.2 Balance as of 31 December 2025 4.8 0.9 Carrying amount as of 31 December 2025 9.7 0.4
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 177
NOTE 11 - continued
Other plant and Land and operating USDmbuildingsequipmentCost:Balance as of 01 January 2024 14.6 1.5 Exchange rate adjustments -0.2 Additions 5.6 Disposals -2.4 -0.3 Balance as of 31 December 2024 17.6 1.2 Depreciation:Balance as of 01 January 2024 9.1 0.7 Exchange rate adjustments 0.2 Disposals -2.3 -0.3 Depreciation for the year 2.5 0.3 Balance as of 31 December 2024 9.5 0.7 Carrying amount as of 31 December 2024 8.1 0.5
Other plant and Land and operating USDmbuildingsequipmentCost:Balance as of 01 January 2023 12.0 1.3 Exchange rate adjustments -0.2 0.1 Additions 4.4 0.1 Disposals -1.6 Balance as of 31 December 2023 14.6 1.5 Depreciation:Balance as of 01 January 2023 8.2 0.4 Exchange rate adjustments -0.1 Disposals -1.6 Depreciation for the year 2.5 0.4 Balance as of 31 December 2023 9.1 0.7 Carrying amount as of 31 December 2023 5.5 0.8
NOTE 11 - continued
The table below describes the nature of the Group’s leasing activities by type of right-of-use assets
recognized on the balance sheet as of 31 December 2025:
Other plant and Land and operating buildingsequipmentNo. of right-of-use assets leased 16 7Range of remaining term 0 - 5 years 0 - 3 yearsAverage remaining lease term 3.7 years 1 yearsNo. of leases with extension options 11 5No. of leases with options to purchase 0 0No. of leases with termination options95
Lease liabilities regarding right-of-use assets are included on the balance sheet under “Borrowings”.
USDm 2025 2024 2023Maturity analysis - contractual undiscounted cash flowLess than one year 3.6 3.1 2.9 One to five years 8.4 7.2 4.7 Total undiscounted lease liabilities as of 31 December 12.0 10.3 7.6 Lease liabilities included under “Borrowings” as of 31 December 10.7 8.6 6.6 Non-current 7.7 6.4 4.1 Current 3.0 2.2 2.5
Extension and termination options are included in several leases in order to optimize operational
flexibility in terms of managing contracts. The lease term determined by TORM is the non-cancellable
period of a lease, together with any extension/termination options if these are/are not reasonably
certain to be exercised.
Lease payments not recognized as a liability
TORM has elected not to recognize a lease liability for short-term leases (leases of an expected term of
12 months or less) or for leases of low-value assets. Payments made under such leases are expensed
on a straight-line basis. The expenses relating to payments not recognized as a lease liability are
insignificant.
Cash outflow for leases
The total cash outflow for leases amounts to USD 3.6m (2024: USD 3.6m, 2023: USD 3.2m.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 178
NOTE 11 - continued
Accounting policies
TORM assesses whether a contract is or contains a lease at inception of the contract and recognizes
right-of-use assets and corresponding lease liabilities at the lease commencement date, except for
short-term leases and leases of low value. For these leases, TORM recognizes the lease payments as
an operating expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.
Agreements to charter in vessels and to lease land and buildings and other plant and operating
equipment for which TORM substantially has the control are recognized on the balance sheet as right-
of-use assets and initially measured at cost, which comprises the initial amount of the lease liabilities
adjusted for any lease payments made at or before the commencement date. Subsequently the right-
of-use assets are measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. The right-of-
use assets are depreciated and written down under the same accounting policy as the assets owned
by the Company or over the lease period depending on the lease terms.
The corresponding lease obligation is recognized as a liability in the balance sheet under “Borrowings”
and initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the
commencement date. The Company uses its incremental borrowing rate at the lease commencement
date because the interest rate implicit in the lease is not readily determinable. Subsequently lease
liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, where the lease liabilities
are remeasured when there is a change in future lease payments.
Leases to charter out vessels are classified as operating leases as the leases are short-term in nature
and usually less than one year. Chartered-out vessels are presented as part of Vessels and capitalized
dry-docking. Please refer to Note 6. The lease income is recognized in the income statement on a
straight-line basis over the lease term.
Following a sale transaction, for agreements to immediately charter in the related vessels (sale and
leaseback) but for which TORM maintains substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to economic
ownership including repurchase options at lower value that the initial sales price, the proceeds received
are presented as a financial liability in “Borrowings”. No gain or loss is recorded, and the asset remains
recognized on the balance sheet under Vessels and capitalized dry-docking.
NOTE 12 – IMPAIRMENT TESTING
The Management of TORM has assessed that TORM has two CGUs being the Tanker Fleet and the
Marine Engineering cash-generating unit.
The Tanker Fleet is comprised of TORM’s LR1, LR2 and MR vessels, which are operated collectively as a
combined internal pool, employed principally in the spot market and actively managed to meet the
needs of our customers in that market, particularly regarding the location of vessels meeting required
specifications. All vessels in the Tanker Fleet can handle multiple sizes of refined oil cargos and sail all
seas and oceans, over both short and long distances. Given the technical specifications and capacity
of the vessels, the Tanker Fleet is relatively homogenous with a very high degree of interoperability.
The Tanker Fleet includes a few MR vessels with chemical trading capability, which are operated as all
other tanker vessels.
The Marine Engineering segment represent a single CGU because cash inflows are generated
independent of the cash inflows from the Tanker Fleet from serving the existing external customer base
of the Marine Engineering segment.
Tanker Fleet
As of 31 December 2025 and 31 December 2024, the Management has assessed indicators of
impairment that include, but are not limited to, broker vessel values, time charter rates, weighted
average cost of capital, any other adverse impacts from current economic, environmental, and
geopolitical uncertainty. Vessel values from two internationally recognized shipbrokers were on
average 12.8% (2024: 26.0%) above the carrying value of the vessels in the Tanker Fleet CGU,
supporting the carrying amount. Consequently, the Management did not determine the recoverable
amount of the CGU as no indicators were identified.
Generally, fluctuations in product tanker vessel values are driven by shifts in global trade patterns,
freight rate volatility, and changes in the effective supply of tankers. Geopolitical events such as
sanctions or disruptions to key transit routes can quickly tighten or loosen available tonnage,
influencing asset prices. Additionally, movements of vessels between clean product and dirty trades
also reshape supply dynamics, creating periods of scarcity or oversupply.
As of 31 December 2023, the assessment of the recoverable amount of the Tanker Fleet was based on
the fair value less cost of disposal.
Excess values (recoverable Recoverable amountamount less carrying amount) ¹⁾USDm 2025 2024 2023 2025 2024 2023Tanker Fleet ²⁾ N/A N/A 3,495.0 N/A N/A 952.1 Total N/A N/A 3,495.0 N/A N/A 952.1
1) Included in the excess value is the outstanding installments for purchased not delivered vessels.
2) No impairment losses and reversals was incurred in 2025, 2024 and 2023.
31 December 2025 and 31 December 2024
As noted above, the recoverable amount of the Tanker Fleet CGU was not determined as no indicators
of impairment were identified. Additionally, no impairment was recognized during 2025 and 2024 in
connection with disposal of individual vessels as set out in Note 10.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 179
NOTE 12 - continued
31 December 2023
As of 31 December 2023, the assessment of the recoverable amount of the Tanker Fleet is based on
the fair value less cost of disposal of the vessels. The recoverable amount of the Tanker Fleet as of 31
December 2023 amounts to USD 3,495.0m, and is based on the market approach which considers the
valuations from two internationally acknowledged shipbrokers with appropriate qualifications and
recent experience in the valuation of vessels. The shipbrokers’ primary input is deadweight tonnage,
yard, and age of the vessel. The fair value assumes that the vessels are in good and seaworthy
condition and with prompt, charter-free delivery. The fair value less costs of disposal of the vessels is
determined to be within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.
We have assessed the impact from climate changes and the potential adverse impact on vessel values,
however, no specific adjustments in this respect have been reflected in the impairment testing of the
Tanker Fleet given the recoverable amount has been based on the fair value less costs of disposal.
Further discussion can be found in the Audit Committee Report, page 102 and TCFD pages 87-89 in the
Annual Report for 2023. We continue to monitor the development closely, and we continuously work on
more specific plans for our ambition to have zero CO
2
emissions from operating our fleet by 2050,
which may impact our impairment testing in the future.
Based on this review, the Management concluded that as of 31 December 2023 assets within the
Tanker Fleet were not impaired as fair value less costs of disposal exceeded the carrying amount by
USD 952.1m.
No impairment was recognized during 2023 in connection with disposal of individual vessels as set out
in Note 8 in the Annual Report 2023.
Marine Engineering
The assessment of the recoverable amount of the Marine Engineering cash-generating unit is based on
value in use. The result of the impairment test showed an excess value of USD 20.4m, (2024: USD
28.6m, 2023: USD 9.8m). compared to the carrying amount. No impairment of goodwill was recognized.
Accounting Policies
Impairment of assets
Non-current assets are reviewed at the reporting date to determine any indication of impairment
including a significant decline in either the assets’ market value, increase in market rates of return, or in
the cash flows expected to be generated by the fleet. At least annually, or if impairment indicator(s)
exists, an impairment test on a CGU level will be performed. A CGU is determined as the smallest group
of assets that generates independent cash inflows. An asset/CGU is impaired if the recoverable
amount is below the carrying amount.
The recoverable amount of the CGU is estimated as the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and
value in use. The value in use is the present value of the future cash flows expected to be derived from
a CGU, utilizing a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market estimates of the time value of
money and the risks specific to the unit for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been
adjusted. If the recoverable amount is less than the carrying amount of the cash generating unit, the
carrying amount is reduced to the recoverable amount.
The impairment loss is recognized immediately in the income statement. Where an impairment loss
subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the CGU is increased to the revised estimate of the
recoverable amount, but so that the increased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount
that would have been determined, had no impairment loss been recognized in prior years.
For the purpose of assessing impairment, assets, time charter and bareboat contracts are grouped at
the lowest levels at which impairment is monitored for internal management purposes.
NOTE 13 – INVENTORIES
USDm 2025 2024 2023Bunkers 41.1 46.1 49.3 Lubeoil 11.0 10.9 8.5 EU Emission Allowances 11.7 5.6 0.2 Other 2.7 5.8 3.7 Balance as of 31 December 66.5 68.4 61.7
During 2025, bunker inventories of USD 247.2m (2024:USD 278.2m, 2023: USD 272.4m) were
recognized as an expense in Port expenses, bunkers, commissions, and other cost of goods and
services sold.
During 2025, lubeoil inventories of USD 8.8m (2024: USD 8.1m, 2023: USD 7.5m) were recognized as an
expense in Operating expenses.
During 2025, EU Emission Allowances inventories of USD 10.3m (2024: USD 5.0m, 2023: USD 0.0m)
were recognized as an expense in Port expenses, bunkers, commissions, and other cost of goods and
services sold.
During 2025, other inventories of USD 17.1m (2024: USD 9.3m, 2023: USD 22.7m) were recognized as
an expense in Port expenses, bunkers, commissions, and other cost of goods and services sold.
Accounting Policies
Inventories consist of bunkers, lubeoil, EU Emission Allowances and other inventories.
Bunkers, lubeoil and other inventories are stated at the lower of cost in accordance with the FIFO-
principle and net realizable value. Cost of bunkers and lubeoil includes expenditure incurred in acquiring
bunkers and lubeoil including delivery costs less discounts. The cost of other inventories consists of
raw materials and components based on direct costs, direct payroll costs and a proportionate share of
indirect production costs. Indirect production costs include the proportionate share of capacity costs
directly relating hereto, which are allocated on the basis of the normal capacity of the production
facility.
At 01 January 2024, the EU Emission Trading System was extended to maritime transport emissions,
where shipping companies must surrender allowances to cover emissions related to EU port calls. EU
Emission Allowances are purchased in connection with TORM's cargo transportation only, similar to a
tax on purchase of bunkers. TORM has no intention of selling or trading the allowances.
In the absence of any specific IFRS standards or IFRIC interpretations on accounting for emission
rights of carbon dioxide generated as part of the EU Emission Trading scheme (EU ETS), and
considering the above, EU Emission Allowances are treated similar to bunker inventories. The following
policies are applied for EU Emission Allowances:
The emission rights are considered as a part of the bunker consumption for the delivery of
transportation services and thus recognized as inventories at their acquisition cost.
As these allowances are utilized during the voyage, the carrying amount of these allowances are
recognized as an expense against a liability in the period in which the associated revenue is
recognized.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 180
NOTE 14 – TRADE RECEIVABLES
USDm 2025 2024 2023Analysis as of 31 December of trade receivables:Gross trade receivables:Not due 71.1 73.0 97.5 Due < 30 days 56.9 32.0 42.6 Due between 30 and 180 days 72.3 82.6 62.4 Due > 180 days 18.9 6.3 19.2 Total gross 219.2 193.9 221.7 Allowance for expected credit loss 4.5 10.0 10.7 Total net 214.7 183.9 211.0
The Management makes allowances for expected credit losses based on “the simplified approach”
according to IFRS 9 to provide for expected credit losses, which permits the use of the lifetime
expected loss provision for all trade receivables.
In 2024, as a result of improved collection efforts and decreased losses on trade receivables, the
Management reassessed the accounting estimates included in the expected credit loss allowance
matrix. The outcome of the reassessment resulted in an updated allowance matrix, reversing
allowances of USD 5.9m in 2024.
Expected credit loss for receivables overdue 180 days or less is 0%-3%, depending on the category of
the receivable. Expected credit loss for receivables overdue more than 180 days is 10%-100%,
depending on the category of the receivable. Expected credit loss for receivables overdue more than
one year is 50%-100%, also depending on the category of the receivable. For all “legal” cases,
allowances of 100% are made.
Movements in provisions for impairment of trade receivables during the year are as follows:
USDm 2025 2024 2023Allowance for expected credit lossBalance as of 01 January 10.0 10.7 10.6 Provisions for the year 2.8 5.8 3.3 Provisions reversed during the year -8.3 -6.5 -3.2 Balance as of 31 December 4.5 10.0 10.7
Allowance for expected credit loss of trade receivables has been recognized in the income statement
under “Port expenses, bunkers, commissions, and other costs of goods sold”.
Allowance for expected credit loss of trade receivables is calculated using an aging factor as well as
specific customer knowledge and is based on a provision matrix on days past due.
Accounting Policies
Receivables
Outstanding trade receivables and other receivables which are expected to be realized within 12
months from the balance sheet date are classified as “Trade receivables” or “Other receivables” and
presented as current assets.
NOTE 14 - continued
Receivables are, at initial recognition, measured at their transaction price less allowance for expected
credit losses over the lifetime of the receivable and are subsequently measured at amortized cost
adjusted for changes in expected credit losses. Derivative financial instruments included in other
receivables are measured at fair value.
Expected credit losses
Expected credit losses are, at initial recognition, determined using an aging factor as well as a specific
customer knowledge such as customers’ ability to pay, considering historical information about
payment patterns, credit risks, customer concentrations, customer creditworthiness as well as
prevailing economic conditions. The estimates are updated subsequently, and if the debtor’s ability to
pay is becoming doubtful, expected credit losses are calculated on an individual basis. When there are
no reasonable expectations of recovering the carrying amount, the receivable is written off in part or
entirely.
NOTE 15 – OTHER RECEIVABLES
USDm 2025 2024 2023Derivative financial instruments 10.9 33.0 37.6 Escrow accounts 14.9 Marine Engineering work in progress 6.5 4.2 1.3 Vessel sale 18.9 Other 6.3 3.5 6.7 Balance as of 31 December 23.7 59.6 60.5
No significant other receivables are past due or credit impaired.
The carrying amount is a reasonable approximation of fair value due to the short-term nature of the
receivables. Please refer to Note 25 for further information on fair value hierarchies.
NOTE 16 – PREPAYMENTS
USDm 2025 2024 2023Prepaid operating expenses 1.9 1.7 1.2 Prepaid bareboat hire 0.2 2.8 0.8 Prepaid customer contract assets 1.6 2.4 2.5 Vessel lease extinguishment prepayment 29.1 Other prepayments 6.3 5.3 10.7 Balance as of 31 December 39.1 12.2 15.2
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 181
NOTE 17 – COMMON SHARES AND TREASURY SHARES
Common shares 2025 2024 2023Nominal value per share Number of Number of Number of (USD)sharessharessharesA-shares 0.01 101,332,707 97,814,051 86,225,684 B-shares 0.01 1 1 1 C-shares 0.01 1 1 1 Total 101,332,709 97,814,053 86,225,686
During the year, the share capital was increased by 4,012,027 A-shares with a nominal value of USD
40,120.27. The total amount including share premium amounted to USD 19.3m. USD 17.0m was non-
cash increases in conjunction with the acquisition of one vessel, and USD 2.3m was contributed in cash
in connection with exercise of Restricted Share Units.
During 2024, the share capital was increased by 11,588,367 A-shares with a nominal value of USD
115,883.67.The total amount including share premium amounted to USD 331.7m. USD 319.2m was a
non-cash increase in conjunction with the acquisition of 19 vessels, and USD 12.5m was contributed in
cash in connection with exercise of Restricted Share Units.
During 2023, the share capital was increased by 3,914,385 A-shares with a nominal value of USD
39,143.85. The total amount including share premium amounted to USD 92.7m. USD 86.5m was a non-
cash increase in conjunction with the acquisition of five vessels, and USD 6.2m was contributed in cash
in connection with exercise of Restricted Share Units.
The A-shares are listed on Nasdaq in Copenhagen and Nasdaq in New York and are publicly available
for trading. Each A-share carries one vote at the General Meetings and gives the shareholders the right
to dividends, liquidation proceeds, or other distributions. The A-shares carry no other rights or
obligations. The B-share has one vote at the General Meetings, has no pre-emption rights in relation to
any issue of new shares of other classes, and carries no right to receive dividends, liquidation proceeds,
or other distributions from TORM.
The holder of the B-share has the right to elect one member to the Board of Directors (being the
Deputy Chair), up to three alternates as well as one Board Observer. The B-share cannot be transferred
or pledged, except for a transfer to a replacement trustee.
The C-share represents 350,000,000 votes at the General Meetings in respect of certain Specified
Matters, including election of members to the Board of Directors (including the Chair, but excluding the
Deputy Chair) and certain amendments to the Articles of Association proposed by the Board of
Directors. The C-share has no pre-emption rights in relation to any issue of new shares of other classes
and carries no right to receive dividends, liquidation proceeds, or other distributions from TORM. The C-
share cannot be transferred or pledged, except to an affiliate of Njord Luxco.
The B-share and the C-share are redeemable by TORM in the event that (i) TORM has received written
notification from Njord Luxco (or its affiliates) that Njord Luxco and its affiliates (as defined in the
Articles of Association) hold less than 1/3 in aggregate of TORM’s issued and outstanding shares, (ii) 5
business days have elapsed from the Board of Directors’ receipt of such written notice either without
any Board member disputing such notice or with at least 2/3 of the Board members confirming such
notice, and (iii) both of the B-share and the C-share are redeemed at the same time.
After the end of the year, subsequent changes were made to the B- and C-shares. Refer to Note 2 for
description of subsequent events.
NOTE 17 – continued
Treasury shares 2025 2024 2023Number of shares '000Balance as of 01 January 493.4 493.4 493.4 Cancellations -493.4 Balance as of 31 December 493.4 493.4 2025 2024 2023Nominal value USD '000Balance as of 01 January 4.9 4.9 4.9 Cancellations -4.9 Balance as of 31 December 4.9 4.9 2025 2024 2023Percentage of share capitalBalance as of 01 January 0.5 % 0.6 % 0.6 %Cancellations -0.5 % % %Dilution due to capital increases % -0.1 % %Balance as of 31 December % 0.5 % 0.6 %
At the 2025 Annual General Meeting on 16 April 2025, our shareholders approved the application for a
court order from the Companies Court in England and Wales to effect the cancellation of 493,371
treasury shares that we purchased in share buybacks on Nasdaq Copenhagen A/S in 2016 and 2020.
On 15 May 2025, the Court approved the cancellation. The cancellation of these treasury shares was
intended to rectify the fact that these repurchases were not made in accordance with the UK
Companies Act, which distinguishes between buybacks effected through “market purchases” and “off-
market purchases.” We effected these buybacks under “market purchase” resolutions; however, for
purposes of the UK Companies Act, Nasdaq Copenhagen A/S is an overseas exchange, making it
ineligible for buybacks conducted under the “market purchase” provisions. The cancellation of the
affected treasury shares did not affect the rights attached to, or result in any other change to, any of
our other shares (or their nominal value).
As of 31 December 2024, the Company's holding of treasury shares represented 493,371 shares,
(2023: 493,371 shares) of USD 0.01 each at a total nominal value of USD 0.0m (2023: USD 0.0m) and a
market value of USD 9.6m (2023: USD 14.9m).
Restricted Share Units
Key management participates in an LTIP program, which gives the right to buy TORM shares at a
predefined share price. Please refer to note 5.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 182
NOTE 18 – OTHER LIABILITIES
USDm 2025 2024 2023Accrued operating expenses 16.9 22.7 17.8 Accrued interest 11.1 11.3 2.1 Wages and social expenses 21.6 19.0 22.4 Accrued administration expenses 4.1 2.6 1.9 Derivative financial instruments 3.4 2.5 2.8 EU Emission Allowances 10.3 5.2 Other 4.2 0.9 1.2 Balance as of 31 December 71.6 64.2 48.2 Hereof non-current 3.3 2.9 3.0 Hereof current 68.3 61.3 45.2
The carrying amount is a reasonable approximation of fair value due to the short-term nature of the
payable. Please refer to Note 25 for further information on fair value hierarchies.
Accounting Policies
Other liabilities are generally measured at amortized cost. Derivative financial instruments included in
other liabilities are measured at fair value.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 183
NOTE 19 – EFFECTIVE INTEREST RATE, OUTSTANDING BORROWINGS
2025 2024 2023Fixed/EffectiveCarryingEffectiveCarryingEffectiveCarryingUSDmfloating Maturityinterest¹⁾value²⁾ Maturityinterest¹⁾value²⁾ Maturityinterest¹⁾value²⁾BorrowingsBond Facility⁵⁾ Fixed 2029 10.2 % 200.0 2029 9.9 % 200.0 CMBFL³⁾ Fixed 2033 6.2 % 106.7 2033 5.8 % 159.5 2033 5.7 % 195.8Springliner (USD)³⁾ Fixed 2026 4.8 % 21.9 2026 4.8 % 25.0 2026 4.8 % 27.9CDBL³⁾ Fixed % 2032 6.1 % 136.5 2032 5.7 % 149.0BoComm 2 (USD)³⁾ Floating 2026 17.0 % 28.9 2032 7.6 % 62.1 2032 7.0 % 66.7Credit Agricole Facility⁵⁾ Floating 2031 5.8 % 68.6 DSF Facility⁵⁾ Floating 2031 5.6 % 107.6 2029 6.4 % 123.8 2029 5.9 % 140.1DSF Facility 2⁵⁾ Floating 2029 5.4 % 76.0 2029 6.2 % 92.0 2029 5.8 % 52.5DSF Facility 3⁵⁾ Floating 2031 5.6 % 27.4 2031 6.2 % 29.8 HCOB Facility⁵⁾ Floating 2031 7.0 % 43.8 2031 7.4 % 87.5 2029 7.8 % 31.2ING⁵⁾ Floating 2029 5.7 % 44.8 2029 6.4 % 51.4 2029 5.9 % 57.9KFW Facility⁵⁾ Floating 2032 6.4 % 28.8 2032 7.1 % 31.8 2032 6.4 % 34.8Syndicate Facility 2025⁵⁾ Floating 2030 5.7 % 248.1 % Other credit facilities Floating 2026 4.0 % 3.0 2026 4.3 % 1.8 2026 4.7 % 4.8BoComm 3 (USD)³⁾ Floating % 2029 7.9 % 73.5 2029 7.3 % 82.2Syndicate Facility 2023⁵⁾ Floating % 2029 7.2 % 160.0 2028 6.6 % 224.0Total borrowings and weighted average effective interest rate⁴⁾ 7.0 % 1,005.6 7.1 % 1,234.7 6.2 % 1,066.9Borrowing costs-13.2 -17.0 -13.9Right-of-use lease liabilities10.7 8.6 6.6Total 1,003.1 1,226.3 1,059.6Hereof non-current 789.4 1,061.0 886.9 Hereof current 213.7 165.3 172.7
1) Effective interest rate includes deferred borrowing costs.
2) Because of the floating interest rate, the carrying value of the Group's borrowings is approximately equal to the fair value except for fixed rate borrowings, where the fair value amounts to USD 326.2m (2024: USD 544.8m, 2023: USD 402.8m
(compared to a total carrying value as of 31 December 2025 of USD 328.6m, 2024: USD 521.0m, 2023: USD 372.7m).
3) Lease debt recognized under sale and leaseback arrangement with repurchase options (accounted for as finance transactions).
4) Please refer to Note 23 for average interest rate including hedges.
5) Facility with financial covenant. Total carrying value amounts to USD 845.0m as of 31 December 2025 (2024: USD 776.3m, 2023: USD 540.5m).
In addition to the facilities above, TORM had undrawn credit facilities of USD 398.8m as of 31 December 2025. Please refer to Note 2 for further information on the Company’s liquidity and capital resources and
Notes 23 and 24 for further information on interest rate swaps and financial risks.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 184
NOTE 19 - continued
The following table summarizes the reconciliation of liabilities arising from financing activities:
Non-cash Cash movementsmovementsOpening balance End balance as of as of 31 01 January Other December USDm2025 Borrowings Repaymentschanges2025Borrowings 1,226.3 338.0 -567.7 6.5 1,003.1 Total 1,226.3 338.0 -567.7 6.5 1,003.1
Non-cash Cash movementsmovementsOpening balance End balance as of as of 31 01 January Other December USDm2024 Borrowings Repaymentschanges2024Borrowings 1,059.6 419.4 -256.3 3.6 1,226.3 Total 1,059.6 419.4 -256.3 3.6 1,226.3
Non-cash Cash movementsmovementsOpening balance End balance as of as of 31 01 January Other December USDm2023 Borrowings Repaymentschanges2023Borrowings 966.9 676.4 -585.4 1.7 1,059.6 Total 966.9 676.4 -585.4 1.7 1,059.6
Accounting Policies
Borrowings consist of mortgage debt, bank loans, bonds and lease liabilities.
Borrowings are initially measured at fair value less transaction costs. Mortgage debt and bank loans are
subsequently measured at amortized cost. This means that the difference between the net proceeds at
the time of borrowing and the nominal amount of the loan is recognized in the income statement as a
financial expense over the term of the loan applying the effective interest method.
When terms of existing financial liabilities are renegotiated, or other changes regarding the effective
interest rate occur, TORM performs a test to evaluate whether the new terms are substantially different
from the original terms. If the new terms are substantially different from the original terms, TORM
accounts for the change as an extinguishment of the original financial liability and the recognition of a
new financial liability.
NOTE 20 – COLLATERAL SECURITY FOR BORROWINGS
The total carrying amount of vessels which have been provided as security for borrowings amounts to
USD 2,792m as of 31 December 2025 (2024: USD 2,827m, 2023: USD 2,070m), including transferred
ownership under sale and leaseback arrangements accounted for as financing transactions, where the
vessels are not derecognized and where vessels are provided as security for lease debt.
USD 0.0m (2024:USD 0.7m, 2023: USD 0.7m) in floating charge in Marine Exhaust Technology A/S have
been provided as security for loans to other lenders.
USD 0.0m (2024: USD 0.3m, 2023: USD 0.4m) in floating charge in Marine Exhaust Technology A/S
have been provided as security for loans to banks.
In the current year 0 shares (2024: 0 shares, 2023: 10,500 shares) in ME Production A/S with a book
value of zero (2024: USD 0.0m, 2023: USD 2.1m) have been provided as security for loans to the
lenders of Marine Exhaust Technology A/S.
USD 6.7m (2024: USD 6.2m, 2023: USD 6.6m) in floating charge in ME Production A/S with a book value
of USD 8.2m (2024: USD 7.4m, 2023: USD 10.5m) have been provided as security for loans to banks.
Please refer to Note 1 for further information.
NOTE 21 – GUARANTEE COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
The guarantee commitments of the Group are less than USD 0.1m (2024: USD 0.1m, 2023: USD 0.1m)
and relate to guarantee commitments to Danish Shipping.
The Group is involved in certain other legal proceedings and disputes. It is the Management's opinion
that the outcome of these proceedings and disputes will not have any material impact on the Group's
financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 185
NOTE 22 – CONTRACTUAL RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS
The following table summarizes the Group's contractual obligations as of 31 December 2025.
USDm 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 Thereafter TotalBorrowings ¹⁾ 291.8 100.3 94.7 385.6 78.8 65.1 1,016.3 Interest payments related to scheduled interest fixing 38.8 34.5 30.5 20.0 4.0 0.7 128.5 Estimated variable interest payments ²⁾ 5.5 4.4 5.3 2.7 1.2 1.5 20.6 Secondhand vessel commitments 126.0 126.0 Committed scrubber installations ³⁾ 10.0 2.0 1.9 1.6 15.5 Trade payables and other obligations 86.7 3.0 89.7 Total 558.8 141.2 132.4 409.9 84.0 70.3 1,396.6
The following table summarizes the Group's contractual obligations as of 31 December 2024.
USDm 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 Thereafter TotalBorrowings ¹⁾ 167.9 166.2 132.8 118.1 488.2 170.1 1,243.3 Interest payments related to scheduled interest fixing 51.1 46.5 43.7 39.8 26.0 5.3 212.4 Estimated variable interest payments ²⁾ 9.9 8.8 8.4 8.5 5.7 4.7 46.0 Committed scrubber installations ³⁾ 11.9 1.1 7.9 2.1 23.0 Trade payables and other obligations 92.0 2.7 94.7 Total 332.8 222.6 192.8 168.5 519.9 182.8 1,619.4
The following table summarizes the Group's contractual obligations as of 31 December 2023.
USDm 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 Thereafter TotalBorrowings ¹⁾ 174.9 148.0 148.4 112.0 120.0 370.2 1,073.5 Interest payments related to scheduled interest fixing 41.0 32.5 26.7 24.5 19.5 18.4 162.6 Estimated variable interest payments ²⁾ 6.3 5.3 6.1 6.2 7.5 8.9 40.3 Secondhand vessel commitments 190.4 190.4 Committed scrubber installations ³⁾ 23.6 2.0 8.1 2.0 35.7 Trade payables and other obligations 85.0 2.7 87.7 Total 521.2 185.8 183.2 150.8 149.0 400.2 1,590.2
1) The presented amounts to be repaid do not include directly related borrowing costs arising from the issuing of the loans of USD13.2m (2024: USD 17.0m. 2023: USD 13.9m), which are amortized over the term of the loans. Borrowing costs capitalized
during the year amount to USD 6.8m (2024: USD 7.3m, 2023: USD 9.0m).
2) Variable interest payments are estimated based on the forward rates for each interest period including hedging instruments.
3) Commitments for pollution reduction installations
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 186
NOTE 22 - continued
TORM has contractual rights to receive future payments as lessor of vessels on time charter and bareboat charter to customers.
The following table summarizes the Group's contractual rights as of 31 December 2025.
USDm 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 Thereafter TotalContractual rights - as lessor:Charter hire income for vessels ⁵⁾ 53.9 31.2 9.2 94.4 Total 53.9 31.2 9.2 94.4
The following table summarizes the Group's contractual rights as of 31 December 2024
USDm 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 Thereafter TotalContractual rights - as lessor:Charter hire income for vessels ⁵⁾ 67.8 26.2 11.9 105.9 Total 67.8 26.2 11.9 105.9
The following table summarizes the Group's contractual rights as of 31 December 2023
USDm 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 Thereafter TotalContractual rights - as lessor:Charter hire income for vessels ⁵⁾ 37.8 24.1 61.9 Total 37.8 24.1 61.9
5) Charter hire income for vessels on time charter is recognized under "Revenue". During the years revenue from time charter amounted to USD 129.3m (2024: USD 145.6m, 2023: USD 43.8m). The average period until redelivery of the vessels for the
period ended 31 December 2025 was 2.0 years (2024: 1.8 years, 2023:1.6 years).
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 187
NOTE 23 – DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Please refer to Note 25 for further information on fair value hierarchies.
USDm 2025 2024 2023Fair value of derivatives:Derivative financial instruments regarding freight and bunkers:Forward freight agreements — fair value through profit and loss 2.0 7.8 1.7 Bunker swaps — fair value through profit and loss -0.8 0.3 -0.2 Bunker swaps — hedge accounting 0.1 -0.5 Derivative financial instruments regarding interest and currency exchange rate:Forward exchange contracts — hedge accounting 0.9 -2.3 0.5 Interest rate swaps — hedge accounting 8.3 24.7 35.3 Fair value of derivatives as of 31 December 10.4 30.6 36.8
Derivative financial instruments are presented as below on the balance sheet:
Financial Financial USDmassetsliabilities2025Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities:Gross amount 11.6 -1.2 Offsetting amount -0.7 0.7 Net amount presented in the balance sheet 10.9 -0.5
Financial Financial USDmassetsliabilities2024Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities:Gross amount 32.9 -2.3 Offsetting amount Net amount presented in the balance sheet 32.9 -2.3
Financial Financial USDmassetsliabilities2023Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities:Gross amount 37.7 -0.9 Offsetting amount -0.1 0.1 Net amount presented in the balance sheet 37.6 -0.8
NOTE 23 – continued
Derivative financial instruments assets are offset against derivative financial instruments liabilities
where the counterparty is identical, where TORM has legal right to offset and intends to settle on a net
basis.
Hedging of risks with derivative financial instruments is made with a ratio of 1:1 and where hedge items
can be a portion of exposure. Sources of ineffectiveness are mainly derived from differences in timing
and interest base rate. Any ineffective portions of the cash flow hedges are recognized in the income
statement as financial items. Value adjustments of the effective part of cash flow hedges are
recognized directly to other comprehensive income. Gains and losses on cash flow hedges are
transferred upon realization from the hedging reserve into the income statement.
FFAs are used to mitigate fluctuations in the freight rates of vessels with a duration of 0-24 months.
The FFAs are not designated for hedge accounting.
Forward exchange contracts with a fair value of USD 0.9m (net gain) are designated as hedge
accounting relationships to hedge a part of TORM payments in 2026 regarding administrative and
operating expenses denominated in DKK with a notional value of DKK 341.3m (2024: DKK 348.9m 2023:
DKK 325.5).
Interest rate swaps with a fair value of USD 8.3m (net gain) applying the USD Secured Overnight
Financing Rate ("SOFR") compounded in arrears are designated as hedge accounting relationships to
fix a part of TORM's interest payments during the period 2026-2030 with a notional value of 414.2m
(2024: USD 498.7m, 2023: USD 923.0m).
Bunker swaps with a fair value USD 0.0m are designated as hedge accounting relationships and are
used to reduce the exposure to fluctuations in bunker prices for fixed voyages denominated in MT with
a notional value of MT 2,400 (2024: MT 9,000, 2023: MT 9,600).
At year-end 2025, 2024, and 2023, TORM held the following derivative financial instruments designated
as hedge accounting:
Expected maturityNotional 2025value Unit 2026 2027 After 2027Forward exchange contracts (USD/DKK) ¹⁾ 341.3 DKKm 341.3 Interest rate swaps ²⁾ 414.2 USDm 20.2 124.4 269.5 Bunker swaps ³⁾ 2,400.0 MT 2,400.0
1) The average hedge of USD/DKK currency was 6.4
2) The average interest rate was 2.76% p.a. plus margin
3) The average price of the hedging instruments was USD 391.0
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 188
NOTE 23 – continued
Hedge accounting Expected maturityNotional 2024value Unit 2025 2026 After 2026Forward exchange contracts (USD/DKK) ¹⁾ 348.9 DKKm 348.9 Interest rate swaps ²⁾ 498.7 USDm 134.5 95.2 268.9 Bunker swaps ³⁾ 9,000.0 MT 9,000.0
1) The average hedge of USD/DKK currency was 6.8
2) The average interest rate was 1.29 p.a. plus margin.
3) The average price of the hedging instruments was USD 391.0
Hedge accounting Expected maturityNotional 2023value Unit 2024 2025 After 2025Forward exchange contracts (USD/DKK) ¹⁾ 325.5 DKKm 325.5 Interest rate swaps ²⁾ 923.0 USDm 103.3 172.0 647.7 Bunker swaps ³⁾ 9,600.0 MT 9,600.0
1) The average hedge of USD/DKK currency was 6.8
2) The average interest rate was 1.45 p.a. plus margin.
3) The average price of the hedging instruments was USD 539.2
TORM only enters into interest derivatives under established ISDA agreements supported with or
without credit support annexes with predefined credit thresholds.
Cash collateral of USD 5.4m (2024: USD 11.3m, 2023: USD 27.9m) has been provided as security for
the agreements relating to derivative financial instruments, which does not meet the offsetting criteria
in IAS 32, but which can be offset against the net amount of the derivative asset and derivative liability
in case of default, and insolvency, or bankruptcy in accordance with associated collateral
arrangements.
TORM did not enter into any enforceable netting arrangements.
Further details on derivative financial instruments are provided in Notes 24 and 25.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 189
NOTE 23 – continued
The table below shows realized amounts as well as fair value adjustments regarding derivative financial instruments recognized in the income statements and equity in 2025, 2024 and 2023.
Income statement Other comprehensive income EquityPort expenses, Admini-Transfer to Hedging bunkers, and Financial Operating strative income Fair value reserves as of USDmcommissionsitemsexpensesexpensesstatementadjustment31 December2025 Forward freight agreements -6.7 Bunker swaps -0.1 -0.2 -0.1 Forward exchange contracts 0.7 0.5 -1.2 4.4 0.9 Interest rate swaps 13.5 -12.6 -3.1 7.8 Total -6.7 13.5 0.7 0.5 -13.9 1.1 8.6 2024Forward freight agreements 8.2 Bunker swaps -0.1 0.1 0.5 0.1 Forward exchange contracts -0.6 -0.5 1.1 -4.0 -2.3 Interest rate swaps 22.5 -20.9 10.5 23.7 Total 8.1 22.5 -0.6 -0.5 -19.7 7.0 21.5 2023Forward freight agreements 23.0 Bunker swaps 1.0 0.3 -0.8 -0.5 Forward exchange contracts -0.1 0.1 0.1 0.5 Interest rate swaps 24.7 -22.3 3.7 34.1 Total 24.0 24.7 -0.1 -21.9 3.0 34.1
The hedging reserves as of 31 December relates to derivatives used for cash flow hedge for open hedging instruments, only. Certain interest rate swaps fair value change are considered ineffective and is
recognized in "Financial expenses" in the income statement. Please refer to page 188 for a full overview of the fair value of hedge instruments.
Please refer to Note 24 for further information on commercial and financial risks.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 190
NOTE 23 – continued
Accounting Policies
Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting
Derivative financial instruments, primarily forward currency exchange contracts, forward freight
agreements, interest rate hedges, and forward contracts regarding bunker purchases are entered into
to mitigate risks relating to future fluctuations in prices and interest rates, etc. on future committed or
anticipated transactions. TORM applies hedge accounting under the specific rules on cash flow hedges,
when appropriate, as described below for each type of derivative.
Changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments designated as cash flow hedges and
deemed to be effective are recognized directly in “Other comprehensive income”. When the hedged
transaction is recognized in the income statement, the cumulative value adjustment recognized in
“Other comprehensive income” is transferred to the income statement and included in the same line as
the hedged transaction. Portion of the changes in fair value deemed to be ineffective is recognized
immediately in the income statement.
Changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments not designated as hedges are recognized in
the income statement. While effectively reducing cash flow risk in accordance with the Company’s Risk
Management Policy, certain forward freight agreements and forward contracts regarding bunker
purchases do not qualify for hedge accounting. Changes in fair value of these derivative financial
instruments are therefore recognized in the income statement under “Financial income” or “Financial
expenses” for interest rate swaps and under “Port expenses, bunkers and commissions” for forward
freight agreements and forward bunker contracts.
NOTE 24 – RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH TORM’S ACTIVITIES
TORM’s overall risk tolerance and inherited exposure to risks is divided into five main categories:
Emerging risks
Industry and market risks
Operational risks
Compliance and IT risks
Financial risks
The risks described below under each of the five categories are considered to be among the most
significant and quantifiable risks for TORM.
Emerging Risks
Industry-changing risks, such as the substitution of oil for other energy sources and radical changes in
transportation patterns, are considered to have a relatively high potential impact but are long-term
risks. The Management continues to monitor long-term strategic risks to ensure the earliest possible
mitigation of potential risks and develop the necessary capabilities to exploit opportunities created by
the same risks.
Please refer to the Risk Management section in our Sustainability Statement under E1 Climate Change
section on page 64 for a detailed description of emerging risks.
Industry and Market Risks
Industry and market-related risk factors relate to changes in the markets and in the political, economic,
and physical environment which the Management cannot control, such as freight rates and vessel and
bunker prices.
Freight rate fluctuations
TORM’s income is primarily generated from voyages carried out using the Company’s fleet of vessels.
As such, TORM is exposed to the considerable volatility which characterizes freight rates for such
voyages.
NOTE 24 – continued
It is TORM’s strategy to seek a certain exposure to this risk, as volatility also represents an opportunity
because earnings have historically been higher in the day-to-day market compared to time charters.
The fluctuations in freight rates for different routes may vary substantially. However, TORM aims to
reduce the sensitivity to the volatility of such specific freight rates by actively seeking the optimal
geographical positioning of the fleet and by optimizing the services offered to customers. Please refer
to Note 12 for details on impairment testing.
Tanker freight income is to a certain extent covered against general fluctuations through the use of
physical contracts such as cargo contracts and time charter agreements with durations of 6-36
months . In addition, TORM uses derivative financial instruments such as forward freight agreements
(FFAs) with coverage of typically 0-24 months ahead, based on market expectations and in accordance
with TORM’s risk management policies.
During 2025, 6.7% (2024: 8.5%, 2023: 12.6%) of the 31,840 earning days deriving from operating the
Company’s tankers were covered in this way. Physical time charter contracts accounted for 80.4%
(2024: 65.6%, 2023: 8.5%) of overall coverage. In 2025, the Company sold FFAs with a notional
contract value of USD 82.6m (2024: USD 82.6m, 2023: USD 213.9m) and bought FFAs with a notional
contract value of USD 86.4m (2024: USD 11.7m, 2023: USD 0.0m). The total notional contract volume
sold in 2025 was 2,820,000 metric tons (2024: 2,430,000 metric tons; 2023: 5,400,000 metric tons),
and the total notional volume bought was 2,725,000 metric tons (2024: 250,000 metric tons, 2023: 0
metric tons). At the end of 2025, the coverage of available earning days for 2026 was 8.5% through
time charters, current spot voyages and cargo contracts (2024: 12.8%, 2023: 11.3%).
FFA trade and other freight-related derivatives are subject to specific policies and guidelines approved
by the Risk Committee, including trading limits, stop-loss policies, segregation of duties, and other
internal control procedures.
All things being equal and to the extent the Company’s vessels have not already been chartered out at
fixed rates, a freight rate change of USD/day 1,000 would lead to the following changes in profit before
tax based on the expected number of earning days for the coming financial year:
Sensitivity to changes in freight rates
USDm 2026 2025 2024Decrease in freight rates of USD/day 1,000:Changes in profit/loss before tax for the following year -31.5 -28.9 -27.8Changes in equity for the following year -31.5 -28.9 -27.8
Sales and purchase price fluctuations
As an owner of vessels, TORM is exposed to risks associated with changes in the value of the vessels,
which can vary considerably during their useful lives. As of 31 December 2025, the carrying value of
the fleet was USD 2,792.2m (2024: USD 2,826.7m, 2023: USD 2,070.2m). Based on broker valuations,
TORM’s fleet had a market value of USD 3,177.5m as of 31 December 2025 (2024: USD 3,582.9m,
2023: USD 3,080.9m).
Bunker price fluctuations
The cost of fuel oil consumed by the vessels, known in the industry as bunkers, accounted for 63.0%
(2024: 69.0% 2023: 66.6%) of the total voyage costs in 2025 and is by far the biggest single cost
related to a voyage.
TORM is exposed to fluctuations in bunker prices which are not reflected in the freight rates achieved
by TORM. To reduce this exposure, TORM hedges the bunker exposure with oil product instruments to
the extent bunker element in the freight rates achieved is considered fixed.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 191
NOTE 24 – continued
Bunker trade is subject to specific risk policies and guidelines approved by the Risk Committee
including trading limits, stop-loss, stop-gain and stop-at-zero policies, segregation of duties and other
internal control procedures
TORM only hedges bunker exposure whenever the freight is fixed beyond one month. In 2025, 1.0%
(2024: 6.0%, 2023: 17.7%) of TORM’s total bunker purchase was hedged through bunker hedging
contracts. At the end of 2025, TORM had covered 1% (2024: 7%, 2023: 5%) of its bunker requirements
for 2026. The total bunker exposure is estimated to be approximately 480,916 metric tons.
All things being equal, a price change of 10% per ton of bunker oil (without subsequent changes in
freight rates) would lead to the following changes in expenditure based on the expected bunker
consumption in the spot market:
Sensitivity to changes in the bunker price
USDm2026 2025 2024Increase in the bunker prices of 10% per ton:Changes in profit/loss before tax for the following year -23.0 -22.5 -25.9Changes in equity for the following year -23.0 -22.5 -25.9
Operational Risks
Operational risks are risks associated with the ongoing operations of the business and include risks
such as the safe operation of vessels, the availability of experienced seafarers and staff, terrorism,
piracy as well as insurance and counterparty risk.
Insurance Coverage
During the fleet’s operation, various casualties, accidents, and other incidents may occur which may
result in financial losses for TORM. For example national and international rules, regulations, and
conventions could mean that TORM may incur substantial liabilities if a vessel is involved in an oil spill
or emission of other environmentally hazardous agents.
To reduce the exposure to these risks, the fleet is insured against such risks to the extent possible. The
total insurance program comprises a broad cover of risks in relation to the operation of vessels and
transportation of cargo, including personal injury, environmental damage and pollution, cargo damage,
third-party casualty and liability, hull and machinery damage, total loss, and war. All TORM’s owned
vessels are insured for an amount corresponding to their market value plus a margin to cover any
fluctuations. Liability risks are covered in line with international standards. It is TORM’s policy to
cooperate with financially sound international insurance companies with a credit rating of BBB or
better, presently some 14-16 companies along with three P&I clubs, to diversify risk. The P&I clubs are
members of the internationally recognized collaboration, International Group of P&I clubs, and TORM’s
vessels are each insured for the maximum amount available in the P&I system. At the end of 2025, the
aggregate insured value of hull and machinery and interest for TORM’s owned vessels amounted to
USD 3,400.0m (2024: USD 4,318.5m 2023: USD 2,340.0m).
Counterparty Risk
Counterparty risk is an ever-present challenge demanding close monitoring to manage and decide on
actions to minimize possible losses. The maximum counterparty risk associated is equal to the values
recognized in the balance sheet. A consequential effect of the counterparty risk is loss of income in
future periods, e.g. counterparties not being able to fulfill their responsibilities under a time charter, a
contract of affreightment, or an option. The main risk is the difference between the fixed rates under a
time charter or a contract of affreightment and the market rates prevailing upon default. This
characterizes the method for identifying the market value of a derivative instrument.
NOTE 24 – continued
TORM has a close focus on its risk policies and procedures to ensure that risks managed in the day-to-
day business are kept at agreed levels, and that changes in the risk situation are brought to the
Management’s attention.
TORM’s counterparty risks are primarily associated with:
Receivables, cash and cash equivalents, including restricted cash
Contracts of affreightment with a positive fair value
Derivative financial instruments and commodity instruments with a positive fair value
Receivables, cash, and cash equivalents, including restricted cash
The majority of TORM’s customers are companies operating in the oil industry. It has been assessed
that these companies are, to a great extent, subject to the same risk factors as those identified for
TORM.
A major part of TORM’s freight revenues stem from a small group of customers. In 2025, one customer
accounted for 8% of TORM’s freight revenues (2024: one accounted for 8%, 2023: one accounted for
8%). The concentration of earnings on a few customers requires extra attention to credit risk. TORM
has a Credit Policy under which continued credit evaluations of new and existing customers take place.
For long-standing customers, payment of freight normally takes place after a vessel’s cargo has been
discharged. For new and smaller customers, TORM’s credit risk is limited as freight is usually paid prior
to the cargo’s discharge, or, alternatively, a suitable bank guarantee is placed in lieu thereof.
Because of the payment patterns mentioned above, TORM’s receivables primarily consist of
receivables from voyages in progress at year-end and outstanding demurrage. For the past five years,
TORM has not experienced any significant losses in respect of charter payments or any other freight
agreements. With regard to the collection of original demurrage claims, TORM’s average stands at
96.0% (2024: 98.4%, 2023: 98.6%), which is considered to be satisfactory given the differences in
interpretation of events. In 2025, demurrage represented 12% (2024: 13.0%, 2023: 16.0%) of the total
freight revenues. Please refer to Note 1 for more details on recognition of demurrage claims into
revenue.
Excess liquidity is placed on deposit accounts with major banks with strong and acceptable credit
ratings or invested in secure papers such as American or Danish government bonds, or triple AAA-rated
money market funds. Cash is invested with the aim of getting the highest possible yield, while
maintaining a low counterparty risk, and having adequate liquidity reserves for possible investment
opportunities or to withstand a sudden drop in freight rates.
Derivative Financial Instruments and Commodity Instruments
In 2025, 100% (2024: 100%, 2023: 100%) of TORM’s forward freight agreements (FFAs) were traded
via clearing houses or over-the-counter (OTC). Trade via clearing houses effectively reduces
counterparty credit risk by daily clearing of balance and OTC trades are only done with investment
grade counterparties. Over-the-counter fuel swaps have restrictively been entered into with major oil
companies, banks, or highly reputed partners with a satisfactory credit rating. TORM also trades FX and
interest derivatives. All such derivatives were entered into with investment grade counterparties.
Financial risks
Financial risks relate to TORM’s financial position, financing, and cash flows generated by the business,
including foreign exchange risk and interest rate risk. TORM’s liquidity and capital resources are
described in Note 2.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 192
NOTE 24 – continued
Foreign Exchange Risk
TORM uses USD as its functional currency because most of the Company’s transactions are
denominated in USD. The foreign exchange risk is thereby limited to cash flows not denominated in
USD. The primary risk relates to transactions denominated in DKK, EUR, and SGD and relates to
administrative and operating expenses.
The part of TORM’s expenses denominated in currencies other than USD accounts for approximately
61.2% (2024: 57.8%, 2023: 60.2%) for administrative expenses and approximately 20.1% (2024:
19.9%, 2023: 21.6%) for operating expenses. TORM’s expected administrative and operating expenses
in DKK and EUR for 2026 are approximately DKK 502.6m, whereof 67.9% (2024: 69.1%, 2023: 68.3%)
are hedged through FX forward contracts. All FX forward contracts have maturity within 2026, and
TORM’s average hedge USD/DKK currency rate is 6.41. FX exposure is hedged in its entirety for all
risks.
TORM assumes identical currency risks arising from exposures in DKK and EUR.
Sensitivity to Changes in the USD/DKK and USD/EUR Exchange Rate
All things being equal, a change in the USD/DKK and the USD/EUR exchange rates of 10% would result
in a change in profit/loss before tax and equity as follows:
USDm 2026 2025 2024Effect of a 10% increase of DKK and EUR:Changes in profit/loss before tax for the following year -2.5 -2.1 -2.2Changes in equity for the following year -2.5 -2.1 -2.2
Interest rate risk
TORM’s interest rate risk generally relates to interest-bearing borrowings. All TORM’s loans for
financing vessels are denominated in USD. Please refer to Note 19 for additional information on
borrowings. At the end of 2025, TORM had fixed 74.1% (2024: 82.7%, 2023: 86.9%) of the debt then
outstanding with interest rate swaps, fixed rate leasing debt and senior unsecured bond corresponding
to an amount of USD 742.8m. USD 414.2m of this amount is hedged at an interest rate of 2.76% plus
margin with interest rate swaps with maturity in the period 2026-2030.
Sensitivity to Changes in Interest Rates
All things being equal, a change in the interest rate level of 1%-point would result in a change in the
interest rate expenses as follows:
USDm 2026 2025 2024Effect of a 1%-point increase in interest rates:Changes in profit/loss before tax for the following year -2.8 -3.0 -2.7Changes in equity for the following year 4.9 8.7 10.4
Liquidity risk
TORM’s strategy is to ensure continuous access to funding sources by maintaining a robust capital
structure and a close relationship with several financial partners. As of 31 December 2025, TORM’s loan
portfolio was spread across 14 different banks.
As of 31 December 2025, TORM maintains a liquidity reserve of USD 163.5m in cash and cash
equivalents, including restricted cash, combined with USD 398.8m in undrawn and committed credit
facilities. Cash is only placed in banks or Money Market Funds with an investment grade rating. For
further information on contractual obligations, including a maturity analysis, please refer to Note 22.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 193
NOTE 25 – FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Observable inputFinancial instruments Financial instruments Categories of financial assets and liabilities (USDm):(Level 2)measured at fair valuemeasured at amortized cost Total carrying value2025Financial assets Loan receivables¹⁾ 4.4 4.4Trade receivables¹⁾ 214.7 214.7Other receivables³⁾ 10.9 10.9 12.8 23.7Cash and cash equivalents, including restricted cash¹⁾ 163.5 163.5Total 10.9 10.9 395.4 406.3Financial liabilities Borrowings¹⁾²⁾ 1,003.1 1,003.1Other non-current liabilities 3.3 3.3Trade payables¹⁾ 41.0 41.0Other liabilities¹⁾³⁾ 3.4 3.4 64.9 68.3Total 3.4 3.4 1,112.3 1,115.72024Financial assets Loan receivables¹⁾ 4.5 4.5Trade receivables¹⁾ 183.9 183.9Other receivables³⁾ 33.0 33.0 26.6 59.6Cash and cash equivalents, including restricted cash¹⁾ 291.2 291.2Total 33.0 33.0 506.2 539.2Financial liabilities Borrowings¹⁾²⁾ 1,226.3 1,226.3Other non-current liabilities 2.9 2.9Trade payables¹⁾ 50.0 50.0Other liabilities¹⁾³⁾ 2.5 2.5 58.8 61.3Total 2.5 2.5 1,338.0 1,340.5
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 194
NOTE 25 – continued
Observable Financial instruments Financial instruments Categories of financial assets and liabilities (USDm):input (Level 2)measured at fair valuemeasured at amortized cost Total carrying value2023Financial assets Loan receivables¹⁾ 4.5 4.5Trade receivables¹⁾ 211.0 211.0Other receivables³⁾ 37.6 37.6 22.9 60.5Cash and cash equivalents, including restricted cash¹⁾ 295.6 295.6Total 37.6 37.6 534.0 571.6Financial liabilities Borrowings¹⁾²⁾ 1,059.6 1,059.6Other non-current liabilities 3.0 3.0Trade payables¹⁾ 43.1 43.1Other liabilities¹⁾³⁾ 2.8 2.8 42.4 45.2Total 2.8 2.8 1,148.1 1,150.9
1) Due to the short maturity, the carrying value is considered to be an appropriate expression of the fair value.
2) See Note 20.
3) Derivative financial instruments are presented in the balance sheet line "Other receivables" and "Other liabilities"
NOTE 25 – continued
Fair value hierarchy for financial instruments measured at fair value in the balance sheet
Below, please find the fair value hierarchy for financial instruments measured at fair value in the
balance sheet. The financial instruments in question are grouped into levels 1 to 3 based on the degree
to which the fair value is observable.
Level 2 fair value measurements are those derived from input other than quoted prices included in
Level 1 which are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (as prices) or indirectly
(derived from prices)
Methods and assumptions in determining fair value of financial instruments
Derivative part of other receivables and other liabilities
The fair value of derivatives in other receivables and other liabilities is measured using accepted
valuation methods with input variables such as yield curves, forward curves, spreads, etc. and
compared to financial counterparties to ensure acceptable valuations. The valuation methods discount
the future fixed and estimated cash flows and valuation of any option elements.
NOTE 26 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
As of 31 December 2025TORM’s ultimate controlling party is Brookfield Oaktree Holdings, LLC, a
limited liability company incorporated in the USA. The immediate controlling shareholder is OCM Njord
Holdings S.á.r.l. (Njord Luxco).
After the end of the year, subsequent changes were made to the B- and C-shares. Refer to Note 2 for
description of subsequent events.
Shareholders' contribution and dividends paid are disclosed in the consolidated statement of changes
in equity. Dividends to related parties are paid out based on the related parties’ ownership of shares.
The remuneration of key management personnel, which consists of the Board of Directors, Executive
Director and the Senior Management Team, is disclosed in Note 5.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 195
NOTE 27 – ASSETS HELD FOR SALE AND NON-CURRENT ASSETS SOLD DURING THE YEAR
USDm 2025 2024 2023Assets held for saleNumber of vessels held for sale end of period 1 3Carrying amount 24.4 47.2Sold and delivered during the yearNumber of vessels 7 4 8Vessel sales price (CF) ¹⁾ 128.2 84.2 169.5Carrying amount of vessels and capitalized dry-docking -102.8 -47.0 -111.4Bunker and lube oil cost -3.6 -1.5 -4.6Transaction costs (CF) ²⁾ -2.8 -1.6 -3.1Profit on sale 19.0 34.1 50.4Sold last year and delivered during the yearNumber of vessels 3 Vessel sales price (CF) ¹⁾ 67.3 Carrying amount of assets held for sale -47.2 Bunker and lube oil cost -2.0 Transaction costs (CF) ²⁾ -0.9 Profit on sale 17.2
1) Includes sales price for one vessel of USD 18.9m at 31 December 2024, where cash was collected in 2025.
2) Includes transaction costs for one vessel sale of USD 0.5m at 31 December 2024, which were paid in 2025.
CF: Included in Sale of tangible fixed assets in Consolidated Cash Flow Statement
Vessels sold or transferred to assets held for sale relate to the Tanker segment.
NOTE 28 – CASH FLOWS
USDm 2025 2024 2023Reversal of other non-cash movements:Exchange rate adjustments 0.5 -0.6 0.1 Share-based payments 34.1 30.2 22.5 Fair value adjustments on derivative financial instruments 6.8 -6.6 -1.5 Reversal of provisions adjustments -6.5 Other adjustments -0.1 -0.1 Total 41.4 22.9 14.5 USDm 2025 2024 2023Change in inventories, receivables, and payables:Change in inventories -1.3 -10.2 1.2 Change in receivables -33.2 41.7 45.2 Change in prepayments -3.8 8.4 -1.8 Change in trade payables and other liabilities 4.8 7.9 3.2 Total -33.5 47.8 47.8
NOTE 29 – ENTITIES IN THE GROUP
Entity CountryTORM plc United Kingdom Investments in subsidiaries ⁵⁾:Entity owned by TORM plc Country Ownership ⁴⁾TORM A/S Denmark 100 %TORM Singapore Pte. Ltd. Singapore 100 %TORM VesselCo UK Limited ⁷⁾ United Kingdom 100 %TORM Tanker Corporation ⁶⁾ USA 100 %VesselCo 9 Pte. Ltd. Singapore 100 %VesselCo 10 Pte. Ltd. ¹⁾ Singapore 100 %VesselCo 12 Pte. Ltd. Singapore 100 %OCM Singapore Njord Holdings Hardrada, Pte. Ltd ²⁾ Singapore 100 %Entity owned by subsidiaries Country Ownership ⁴⁾TORM Middle East DMCC United Arab Emirates 100 %TORM Shipping India Private Limited ³⁾ India 100 %OMCI Marine Services Private Limited ³⁾ India 100 %TORM USA LLC ⁶⁾ USA 100 %TORM SHIPPING (PHILS.), INC. Philippines 25 %Marine Exhaust Technology A/S Denmark 100 %ME Production A/S Denmark 100 %Gale Energy ApS Denmark 100 %Marine Exhaust Technology (Hong Kong) Ltd. China 100 %ME Production (Zhejiang) Co, Ltd. China 100 %Suzhou ME Production Technology Co, Ltd.⁶⁾ China 100 %
1) Entities dissolved in the financial year ended 31 December 2023.
2) Entities dissolved in the financial year ended 31 December 2025.
3) Entities with different reporting periods: Indian entities have a financial reporting period that runs from 01 April to 31
March as required by the Indian government's laws and legislations.
4) For all subsidiaries, ownership and voting rights are the same except for TORM SHIPPING (PHILS.), INC where voting
rights are 100%.
5) All subsidiaries are consolidated in full.
6) Entities not audited.
7) TORM VesselCo UK Limited (a UK subsidiary, registration number: 15772160) will take advantage of the audit exemption
set out within section 479A of the Companies Act 2006 for the year ended 31 December 2025.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 196
NOTE 29 – continued
Interest in legal entities included as joint ventures:
The Danish joint venture, Long Range 2 A/S has been dissolved during the year. There has been no
activity in the joint venture during the year and the comparison years.
The table below shows the registered addresses for the companies mentioned above:
Denmark India PhilippinesTuborg Havnevej 18 2nd Floor 7th FloorDK-2900 Hellerup Leela Business Park Salcedo Towers, 169Denmark Andheri-Kurla Road HV dela Costa Street Andheri (E) Salcedo Village, Mumbai 400059 Makati City India Philippines 1227Singapore United Kingdom USA6 Battery Road #27-02 4th Floor Suite 1625Six Battery Road 120 Cannon Street 2500 City WestSingapore 049909 London, EC4N 6AS BoulevardSingapore United Kingdom 77042, Houston , Texas USADenmark China Hong KongSandholm 7 208 Longward Road Room 12, 10/F9900 Frederikshavn Zhapu Town Ping Hu Kwai Cheong CentreDenmark Jiaxing City No. 50 Kwai Cheong Road Zhejiang Provice Kwai Chung, New Territories China Hong KongUnited Arab EmiratesDMCC Business CentreAU Tower 15-GJLT Cluster IDubai, UAEUnited Arab Emirates
NOTE 30 – EARNINGS PER SHARE AND DIVIDEND PER SHARE
2025 2024 2023Earnings per share Net profit/(loss) for the year attributable to TORM plc shareholders (USDm) 285.3 612.5 648.3 Million shares Weighted average number of shares 98.4 94.1 84.1 Weighted average number of treasury shares -0.2 -0.5 -0.5 Weighted average number of shares outstanding 98.2 93.6 83.6 Dilutive effect of outstanding share options 1.9 2.7 3.1 Weighted average number of shares outstanding incl. dilutive effect of share options 100.1 96.3 86.7 Basic earnings/(loss) per share (USD) 2.91 6.54 7.75Diluted earnings/(loss) per share (USD) 2.85 6.36 7.48
Dividend per share for the year
2025 2024 2023Dividend per shareDeclared dividend per share (USD) 2.12 5.10 4.42Declared dividend for the year (USDm) 209.9 485.3 370.9Proposed dividend per share for approval at the annual general meeting (USD) 1.36Proposed dividend for approval at the annual general meeting (USDm) 126.3Dividends paid per share (USD) 2.02 5.86 7.01Dividends paid during the year (USDm) 199.7 553.3 586.4Number of sharesNumber of shares, end of period (million) 101.3 97.8 86.2Number of treasury shares, end of period (million) -0.5 -0.5Number of shares outstanding, end of period (million) 101.3 97.3 85.7
Accounting Policies
Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing the consolidated net profit/(loss) for the year
available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding
during the period. Treasury shares are not included in the calculation. Purchases of treasury shares
during the period are weighted based on the remaining period.
Diluted earnings per share are calculated by adjusting the consolidated profit or loss available to
common shareholders and the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the effects
of all potentially dilutive shares. Such potentially dilutive common shares are excluded when the effect
of including them would be to increase earnings per share or reduce a loss per share.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 197
NOTE 31 – CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, INCLUDING RESTRICTED CASH
USDm 2025 2024 2023Cash at banks and on hand 158.1 271.9 265.5 Cash and cash equivalents 158.1 271.9 265.5 Cash provided as security for initial margin calls and negative market values on derivatives, etc.¹⁾ 5.4 19.3 30.1 Restricted cash 5.4 19.3 30.1 Cash and cash equivalents, including restricted cash 163.5 291.2 295.6
1) The counterparties have an obligation to return any excess cash provided as security to the Group upon settlement or
early termination of the contracts.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 198
Parent Company 2025
Parent Company FInancial Statements
Management Review for TORM plc 200
Parent Company Income Statement 201
Parent Company Statement of Comprehensive Income 201
Parent Company Balance Sheet 202
Parent Company Statement of Changes in Equity 203
Parent Company Cash Flow Statement 204
Notes to Parent Company Financial Statements 205
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 199
Management Review for TORM plc
2025 marks the first full year after the reorganization in 2024. A result of the restructuring included
that the Parent company now actively manages the deployment of tanker vessels between spot market
voyage charters and time charters on similar terms as other entities in the TORM Group. The parent
company activities still include holding company activities for the TORM Group, treasury activities, as
well as bareboat chartering activities.
Income Statement
In 2025, revenue amounted to USD 260.6m compared to USD 73.8m in 2024. The growth was primarily
driven by the full year impact of transportation of refined oil products on spot market voyage charters
and time charters with an increased revenue of USD 215.1m, offset by a decrease in bareboat charter
hire of USD 28.3m as bareboat charter activities with subsidiaries ended in April 2025.
Costs associated with the transportation (port expenses, bunkers, and commissions) amounted to USD
83.2m in 2025 compared to USD 12.9m in 2024. Similar to the increase in revenue, the development
was primarily driven by the full year impact compared to 2024.
The cost of charter hire in 2025 increased by USD 32.8m to USD 94.8m. This was again a result of the
full year impact of chartering additional vessels from subsidiaries compared to 2024, offset by
generally lower charter hire rates compared to 2024.
Operating expenses increased in 2025 to USD 49.9m. The increase from USD 6.5m in 2024 was also
driven by the full year impact and additionally increased operating days from chartering more vessels
from subsidiaries compared to 2024.
Financial income for 2025 decreased by USD 1,173.4m to USD 192.3m. The decrease was primarily
impacted by lower dividends received from subsidiaries of USD 1,151.2m as 2024 was heavily impacted
by the restructuring of the TORM Group. As part of the restructuring in 2024, the parent company
received dividends from TORM A/S of USD 795.7m related to the parent company’s acquisition of
TORM Singapore Pte Ltd from TORM A/S and USD 479.2m related to the sale of vessels from TORM A/
S to the newly established TORM VesselCo UK Limited.
Net profit amounted to USD 137.9m compared to USD 1,307.2m in 2024 mainly driven by above-
mentioned activities.
Balance Sheet
Assets
Total assets increased by USD 52.3m to USD 2,787.8m as of 31 December 2025, mainly impacted by
increased unsecured loans to subsidiaries of USD 146.3m in connection with financing vessel
transaction on behalf of subsidiaries, and secondly by higher freight receivables of USD 21.4m due to
the full year impact of external chartering activities. The development is offset by a decrease in cash
and cash equivalents of USD 75.7m and a decrease in investments in subsidiaries of USD 42.9m
primarily due to capital reduction in subsidiaries.
Equity
Total equity decreased by USD 20.4m to USD 1,924.7m as of 31 December 2025, primarily driven by
dividends paid of USD 199.7m and the negative impact of hedging reserves related to interest swaps of
USD 15.8m. The decrease is offset by the net profit for the year of USD 137.9m, share-based
compensation of USD 34.1m, and additionally by capital increases of USD 19.3m including USD 17.0m
(2024: USD 319.2m) non-cash share issue in relation to a subsidiary’s acquisition of one vessel.
Liabilities
During 2025, total borrowings increased by USD 73.0m to USD 806.6m mainly impacted by the major
refinancing during 2025 and the financing of vessel transaction on behalf of subsidiaries. This
development was also the primary cause of the increase in total liabilities of USD 72.7m to USD
863.1m.
Cash Flow
Net cash flow from operating activities was USD 92.3m (2024: USD 20.9m). The increase was primarily
driven by the TCE effects of tanker vessels being actively deployed in the market during the entire year
of 2025 compared to only the latter part of 2024.
Net cash flow from investing activities was USD -42.3m (2024: USD 372.9m). The change was mainly
impacted by increased loans to subsidiaries compared to 2024.
Net cash flow from financing activities was USD -125.7m (2024: USD -304.3m). The development was
predominantly impacted by reduced dividend payments, offset by lower net proceeds from borrowings
compared to 2024.
Key developments in 2025
USDm 2025 2024 Change
Income statement
Revenue 260.6 73.8 186.8
Port expenses, bunkers and commissions -83.2 -12.9 -70.3
Charter hire -94.8 -62.0 -32.8
Operating expenses -49.9 -6.5 -43.4
Financial income 192.3 1,365.7 -1,173.4
Net profit for the year 137.9 1,307.2 -1,169.3
Balance sheet
Investments in subsidiaries 2,399.0 2,441.9 -42.9
Freight receivables 45.3 23.9 21.4
Loans to subsidiaries, current and non-
current 280.3 134.0 146.3
Total assets 2,787.8 2,735.5 52.3
Total equity 1,924.7 1,945.1 -20.4
Borrowings, current and non-current 806.6 733.6 73.0
Total liabilities 863.1 790.4 72.7
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > MANAGEMENT REVIEW FOR TORM PLC
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 200
Parent Company Income Statement
01 January-31 December 2025
USDm Note 2025 2024
Revenue 2 260.6 73.8
Port expenses, bunkers and commissions -83.2 -12.9
Charter hire -94.8 -62.0
Operating expenses 3 -49.9 -6.5
Administrative expenses 3 -26.2 -14.8
Other operating income and expenses -2.8 -1.5
Depreciation and amortization 6 -2.8 -0.2
Operating profit/(loss) (EBIT) 0.9 -24.1
Financial income 4 192.3 1,365.7
Financial expenses 4 -48.5 -37.9
Profit before tax 144.7 1,303.7
Tax 5 -6.8 3.5
Net profit for the year 137.9 1,307.2
Parent Company Statement of
Comprehensive Income
01 January-31 December 2025
USDm 2025 2024
Net profit for the year 137.9 1,307.2
Other comprehensive income:
Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss:
Fair value adjustment on hedging instruments -3.0 10.4
Fair value adjustment on hedging instruments transferred to income
statement -12.8 -20.9
Tax on other comprehensive income 4.0 2.6
Other comprehensive income after tax -11.8 -7.9
Total comprehensive income for the year 126.1 1,299.3
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > BALANCE SHEET
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 201
Parent Company Balance Sheet
As of 31 December 2025
USDm Note 2025 2024
ASSETS
Intangible assets
Other intangible assets 0.1
Total Intangible assets 0.1
Tangible fixed assets
Capitalized dry-docking and vessel modifications 6 23.6 5.3
Land and buildings 0.8
Other plant and operating equipment 0.2 0.2
Total tangible fixed assets 24.6 5.5
Financial assets
Investments in subsidiaries 7, 13 2,399.0 2,441.9
Loan receivables 4.4 4.5
Loans to subsidiaries 16 229.0 65.5
Deferred tax assets 5 2.7
Total financial assets 2,632.4 2,514.6
Total non-current assets 2,657.0 2,520.2
Inventories 8 9.3 7.1
Freight receivables 9 45.3 23.9
Loans to subsidiaries 16 51.3 68.5
Other receivables 10 9.5 24.9
Prepayments 0.9 0.7
Cash and cash equivalents 14.5 90.2
Total current assets 130.8 215.3
TOTAL ASSETS 2,787.8 2,735.5
The financial statements of TORM plc, company number 9818726, have been approved by the Board of
Directors and signed on their behalf by:
Jacob Meldgaard
Executive Director
26 February 2026
USDm Note 2025 2024
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity
Common shares 1.0 1.0
Treasury shares -4.2
Hedging reserves 5.9 17.7
Share premium 20.3 181.2
Other reserves 296.1 320.0
Retained profit 1,601.4 1,429.4
Total equity 1,924.7 1,945.1
Liabilities
Borrowings 11 683.7 625.3
Total non-current liabilities 683.7 625.3
Borrowings 11 122.9 108.3
Trade payables 7.6 4.7
Payables to subsidiaries 16 33.7 39.4
Current tax liabilities 0.1
Other liabilities 12 15.1 12.7
Total current liabilities 179.4 165.1
Total liabilities 863.1 790.4
TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 2,787.8 2,735.5
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > CHANGES IN EQUITY
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 202
Parent Company Statement of Changes in Equity
01 January-31 December 2025
USDm
Common
shares ¹⁾
Share
premium
Treasury
shares ¹⁾
Hedging
reserves
Other
reserves ⁵⁾
Retained
profit ⁵⁾ Total
Equity as of 01 January 2024 0.9 170.2 -4.2 25.6 645.3 837.8
Comprehensive income for the year:
Net profit for the year 1,307.2 1,307.2
Other comprehensive income for the year -10.5 -10.5
Tax on other comprehensive income 2.6 2.6
Total comprehensive income for the year -7.9 1,307.2 1,299.3
Capital increases 0.1 331.6 331.7
Transaction costs capital increase -0.6 -0.6
Capital reduction ²⁾ -320.0 320.0
Share-based compensation 30.2 30.2
Dividends paid -553.3 -553.3
Total changes in equity 2024 0.1 11.0 320.0 -523.1 -192.0
Equity as of 31 December 2024 1.0 181.2 -4.2 17.7 320.0 1,429.4 1,945.1
Comprehensive income for the year:
Net profit for the year 137.9 137.9
Other comprehensive income for the year -15.8 -15.8
Tax on other comprehensive income 4.0 4.0
Total comprehensive income for the year -11.8 137.9 126.1
Capital increases 19.3 19.3
Transaction costs capital increase -0.2 -0.2
Capital reduction ³⁾ -180.0 180.0
Treasury share cancellation ⁴⁾ 4.2 -4.2
Share-based compensation 34.1 34.1
Dividends paid -199.7 -199.7
Total changes in equity 2025 -160.9 4.2 -23.9 34.1 -146.5
Equity as of 31 December 2025 1.0 20.3 5.9 296.1 1,601.4 1,924.7
1) Please refer to Note 17 to the Group consolidated financial statements for further information on treasury shares.
2) The Share premium reserve was reduced by USD 320.0m, as decided at the Annual General Meeting on 11 April 2024 and subsequently approved by the court, in order to create additional distributable reserves to support: (i) the future payment by the
Company of dividends to its shareholders; and (ii) potential share buybacks should it be desirable to do so.
3) The Share premium reserve was reduced by USD 180.0m, as decided at the Annual General Meeting on 16 April 2025 and subsequently approved by the court, in order to create additional distributable reserves to support: (i) the future payment by the
Company of dividends to its shareholders; and (ii) potential share buybacks should it be desirable to do so.
4) TORM plc cancelled 493,371 shares that were purchased in share buybacks on Nasdaq Copenhagen A/S in 2016 and 2020. Consequently, the share capital was reduced with a nominal value of, in aggregate, USD 4,933.71.
5) As a result of prior year’s non-cash intercompany transactions, TORM plc had, at 31 December 2025, distributable reserves of USD 584.8m (2024:USD 436.7m) as determined in accordance with the Companies Act 2006, which represents the amount
legally available for distribution to shareholders.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > CHANGES IN EQUITY
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 203
Parent Company Cash Flow Statement
01 January-31 December 2025
USDm Note 2025 2024
Cash flow from operating activities
Net profit for the year 137.9 1,307.2
Reversals:
Reversal of depreciation and impairment losses 2.8 0.2
Reversal of other non-cash movements
17
147.3 64.2
Financial income
4
-192.3 -1,365.7
Financial expenses
4
48.5 37.9
Tax
5
6.8 -3.4
Interest received 7.3 31.8
Interest paid -45.4 -31.2
Net exchange rate gains and losses 0.1 -0.3
Repayments of intercompany trading balances -0.1
Income taxes paid -0.2
Change in inventories, receivables, and payables, etc. 17 -20.5 -19.7
Net cash flow from operating activities 92.3 20.9
USDm Note 2025 2024
Cash flow from investing activities
Investment in tangible fixed assets 6 -0.1 -0.2
Loans to subsidiaries ¹⁾ -307.3
Repayments of loans to subsidiaries 251.7 313.1
Dividends from subsidiaries 13.4 60.0
Net cash flow from investing activities -42.3 372.9
Cash flow from financing activities
Borrowing, mortgage debt 11 335.5 419.4
Repayment/redemption, mortgage debt 11 -263.6 -182.3
Repayment/redemption, leases 11 -0.1
Capital increase ¹⁾ 2.3 12.5
Transaction costs capital increase -0.1 -0.6
Dividends paid -199.7 -553.3
Net cash flow from financing activities -125.7 -304.3
Net cash flow from operating, investing, and financing
activities -75.7 89.5
Cash and cash equivalents as of 01 January 90.2 0.7
Cash and cash equivalents as of 31 December 14.5 90.2
1) During 2025, capital increase amounted to USD 19.3m (2024: USD 331.7m), including a USD 17.0m (2024: USD 319.2m)
non-cash share issue in relation to subsidiaries’ acquisition of 1 vessel (2024: 19) vessels with a corresponding increase in
loans to subsidiaries. Please also refer to Note 7 for non-cash transactions on investments in subsidiaries in 2025 and
2024.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > CASH FLOW STATEMENT
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 204
Notes to Parent Company Financial
Statements
Note 1 – Accounting policies - Supplementary for the parent company 206
Note 2 – Revenue from contracts with customers 207
Note 3 – Staff costs 207
Note 4 – Financial items 207
Note 5 – Tax 208
Note 6 – Capitalized dry-docking and vessel modifications 209
Note 7 – Financial assets 209
Note 8 – Inventories 209
Note 9 – Freight receivables 210
Note 10 – Other receivables 210
Note 11 – Borrowings 210
Note 12 – Other liabilities 211
Note 13 – Impairment testing 211
Note 14 – Collateral security for mortgage debt and bank loans 211
Note 15 – Guarantee commitments and contingent liabilities 211
Note 16 – Related party transactions 211
Note 17 – Cash flows 212
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 205
NOTE 1 – ACCOUNTING POLICIES - SUPPLEMENTARY FOR THE PARENT COMPANY
Basis of Preparation
TORM plc is a public company limited by shares and incorporated in England and Wales. Its registered
number is 09818726, and its registered address is 4th Floor, 120 Cannon Street,
London, EC4N 6AS. The Parent Company meets the definition of a qualifying entity under Financial
Reporting Standard 100 (“FRS 100”) issued by the Financial Reporting Council. Therefore, these
financial statements were prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting
Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards and applicable law), including Financial Reporting
Standard 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework and with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006 and
additional disclosure requirements for listed companies in accordance with the Danish Financial
Statements Act.
As permitted by FRS 101, the Parent Company has taken advantage of the disclosure exemptions
available under that standard in relation to accounting standards issued but not yet effective or
implemented, share-based payment information, financial instruments, capital management,
presentation of comparative information in respect of certain assets and certain related party
transactions.
The following exemptions available under FRS 101 have been applied:
Paragraphs 45(b) and 46 to 52 of IFRS 2, “Shared-based payment” (details of the number and
weighted-average exercise prices of share options, and how the fair value of goods or services
received was determined)
IFRS 7 “Financial Instruments: Disclosures”
Paragraph 91 to 99 of IFRS 13, “Fair value measurement” (disclosure of valuation techniques and
inputs used for fair value measurement of assets and liabilities)
The following paragraphs of IAS 1 “Presentation of financial statements”
16 (statement of compliance with all IFRS)
134-136 (capital management disclosures)
Paragraph 30 and 31 of IAS 8 “Accounting policies, changes in accounting estimates and
errors” (requirement for the disclosure of information when an entity has not applied a new IFRS
that has been issued but is not yet effective)
Paragraph 17 and 18A of IAS 24 “Related Party Disclosures” (Key management personnel
compensation)
The requirements in IAS 36 “Impairment of Assets” (disclosure of valuation technique and
assumptions used in determining recoverable amount)
The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis. Further information relating to
the going concern assumption is provided in Note 1 to the Group consolidated financial statements.
Where required, the equivalent disclosures are given in the Group's consolidated financial statements.
Key sources of estimating uncertainty disclosure are provided in the accounting policies and in relevant
notes to the Group consolidated financial statements as applicable.
Details of the Parent Company's share-based payment schemes are provided in Note 5 to the Group
consolidated financial statements.
NOTE 1 - continued
Accounting Policies
Supplemental to the accounting policies provided in Note 1 to the Group consolidated financial
statements, the following material Accounting Policy information provided below were applied to the
Parent Company’s financial statements.
Investment in Subsidiaries and Joint Ventures
Investment in subsidiaries, associated companies, and joint ventures are recognized and measured in
the financial statements of the Parent Company at cost less provision for impairment and classified as
“non-current assets”. Dividends are recognized under “Financial income”.
The carrying amount of investment in subsidiaries and joint ventures is increased to its recoverable
amount if there have been changes in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount since
the last impairment loss was recognized.
Reversal of impairment losses on investment in subsidiaries and joint ventures is recognized in
“Impairment reversal on investment in subsidiaries”.
Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgments
Supplemental to the critical accounting estimates and judgments provided in Note 1 to the Group
consolidated financial statements, the following is considered a significant accounting estimate used in
the preparation of the Parent Company’s financial statements.
Carrying Amounts of Investments in Subsidiaries
The Management has assessed that all subsidiaries of the Parent Company are considered as one
single cash-generating unit (CGU).
The Parent Company evaluates the carrying amount of the CGU to determine if events have occurred
which would require a modification of the carrying amount. The recoverable amount of the CGU is
reviewed based on events or changes in circumstances which would indicate that the carrying amount
of the CGU might not be recoverable.
In assessing the recoverability of the CGU, the Parent Company reviews certain indicators of potential
impairment or indication of any past impairment losses that should be reversed. If an indication of
impairment or reversal of past impairment is identified, the need for recognizing an impairment loss or a
recognition of a reversal of a past impairment loss is assessed by comparing the carrying amount of
the CGU to the higher of the fair value less costs of disposal and the value in use.
The Management assesses indicators of impairment that include, but are not limited to, broker vessel
values, weighted average cost of capital, and any other adverse impacts from current economic,
environmental, and geopolitical uncertainty.
For further information regarding the underlying impairment testing of the vessels in the Group, please
refer to Note 12 to the Group consolidated financial statements.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > NOTES TO THE PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 206
NOTE 2 – REVENUE FROM CONTRACTS WITH CUSTOMERS
USDm 2025 2024
Disaggregation of revenue
Transportation of oil products and chemicals 248.7 33.6
Bareboat and charter hire from subsidiaries 11.9 40.2
Total revenue 260.6 73.8
USDm
2025 2024
Customer contract balances
Freight receivables 45.3 23.9
Customer contract assets¹⁾ 0.2 0.3
Total 45.5 24.2
1) Recognized in prepayments.
Refer to Note 9 for further information on trade receivables. Customer contract assets primarily relate
to prepaid voyage expenses until the cargo load date. During the year, USD 0.3m was recognized
relating to customer contracts entered in 2024 (2024: USD 0.0m relating to 2023).
NOTE 3 – STAFF COSTS
The average number of employees is calculated as a full-time equivalent (FTE).
USDm 2025 2024
Total staff costs
Staff costs included in administrative expenses 12.4 9.5
Total 12.4 9.5
Staff costs comprise the following
Wages and salaries 2.3 0.8
Share-based compensation 9.4 8.3
Pension costs 0.2 0.1
Other social security costs 0.2 0.1
Other staff costs 0.3 0.2
Total 12.4 9.5
Average number of permanent employees
Land-based 13 4
Total 13 4
Total seafarers’ costs in 2025 were USD29.6m (2024: USD 4.1m), which is included in “Operating
expenses”. The cost is recharged to TORM PLC from another group undertaking as they are not
employed by TORM PLC.
Please refer to Note 5 to the Group consolidated financial statements for further information on
Executive Management and Non-Executive Board remuneration as well as share-based compensation.
NOTE 4 – FINANCIAL ITEMS
USDm 2025 2024
Financial income
Interest income from subsidiaries 5.3 30.6
Interest income from cash and cash equivalents, including
restricted cash 3.2 0.1
Dividends from subsidiaries 183.8 1,335.0
Total 192.3 1,365.7
Financial expenses
Interest expense to subsidiaries -2.1
Interest expenses on borrowings -41.3 -35.1
Interest expense from right-of-use assets -0.1
Commitment fees -3.3 -1.9
Amortization of interest rate swaps -1.3 -1.7
Ineffectiveness on interest rate swaps 0.8 1.5
Exchange rate adjustments, including loss from forward
exchange rate contracts -0.8 -0.3
Other financial expenses -0.4 -0.4
Total -48.5 -37.9
Dividends from subsidiaries in 2025 of USD 183.8m primarily related a non-cash distribution of USD
151.6m arising from the winding-up of two subsidiaries. The remaining USD 32.2m is related to both
cash and non-cash distributions from ordinary subsidiary operations.
Dividends from subsidiaries in 2024 of USD 1,335.0m primarily related to non-cash distribution of USD
1,275.0m from its subsidiary TORM A/S. This included USD 795.7m related to the transfer of share
ownership of TORM Singapore Pte Ltd with transfer price based on the market value of vessels owned
by TORM Singapore Pte Ltd. The market value was determined using an average of valuations from two
internationally acknowledged shipbrokers with appropriate qualifications and recent experience in
vessel. Another non-cash distribution of USD 479.2m was in relation to a settlement of intercompany
loan note payable to TORM A/S. This loan note was originated from transfer 15 vessels from TORM A/S
to TORM VesselCo UK Limited, with the loan principle amount also based on an average of valuations
from two the two qualified shipbrokers. TORM Plc increased its capital contribution in TORM VesselCo
UK Limited (refer to Note 6) by settling the loan note at full with TORM A/S. TORM Plc further received
cash dividends of USD 60.0m from TORM Singapore Pte Lte in 2024.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > NOTES TO THE PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 207
NOTE 5 – TAX
The major components of income tax for the years ended 31 December 2025 and 2024 are:
USDm 2025 2024
Tax for the year
Income tax
Origination and reversal of temporary differences 6.7 -3.5
Total income tax for the year 6.7 -3.5
Tonnage tax
Tonnage tax charge for the year 0.1 0.0
Total tonnage tax for the year 0.1
Total tax for the year recognized in the income statement 6.8 -3.5
The net movement in deferred tax of USD 6.7m for the year ended 31 December 2025 consists of the
reversal of the recognised deferred tax assets on account for corporate interest restriction and carry
forward of losses. TORM has unutilized corporate interest restriction (CIR) balance of USD 22.2m
(2024: USD 3.2m) and unabsorbed tax losses of USD 38.7m as on 31 December 2025 (2024: USD
37.3m). TORM has not recognised deferred tax assets on USD 60.9m (2024: USD 2.2m).
In 2024, TORM plc established a new UK vessel-owning company. The UK-owned vessels are chartered
on bareboat contracts to TORM plc, which charters out the vessels externally. TORM plc has elected
and applied to enter into the UK tonnage tax regime in October 2024.
NOTE 5 – continued
Reconciliation of tax charge
USDm 2025 2024
Accounting profit before income tax 144.7 1,303.7
Adjustment of income:
Dividend distribution -183.8 -1,335.0
Legal and professional fees 1.8 1.5
Non-chargable shipping activities -10.6 7.7
Other non-deductible expenses for tax purposes 10.9 8.8
Corporate interest restriction 22.9 4.6
Capital allowances -0.2 -0.2
Adjusted taxable loss -14.3 -8.9
At effective UK income tax rate of 25% 3.6 2.2
Unrecognized DTA -3.6
Current year recognized DTA 2.2
Recognition of prior year DTA 1.3
Reversal of prior year DTA -6.7
Income tax recognized in the Income Statement -6.7 3.5
Deferred taxes
USDm 2025 2024
Deferred tax asset related to Corporate Interest Restriction 1.0 1.7
Deferred tax asset related to trading losses 1.0 6.9
Deferred tax assets before offset 2.0 8.6
Deferred tax liabilities offset -2.0 -5.9
Deferred tax assets in the balance sheet
2.7
USDm 2025 2024
Deferred tax liabilities arising from changes in equity 2.0 5.9
Deferred tax liabilities before offset 2.0 5.9
Offset against deferred tax assets -2.0 -5.9
Deferred tax liabilities in the balance sheet
Deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that the realization of the relaxed tax benefit through
future taxable profits is probable.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > NOTES TO THE PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 208
NOTE 5 – continued
All deferred tax movements arise from the origination and reversal of temporary differences.
Deferred tax at the balance sheet date have been measured using the appropriate enacted tax rates
and are reflected in these financial statements.
Pillar Two Tax Effects
Pillar Two legislation has been enacted or substantively enacted in certain jurisdictions in which the
Group operates. Under the legislation, the parent company will be required to pay, in UK, top-up tax on
profits of its subsidiaries that are taxed at an effective tax rate of less than 15%. The main jurisdictions
in which exposures to this tax may exist include Denmark, Singapore and the US.
As the majority of these companies’ revenue consists of international shipping income, it is assessed
that this income will be excluded from the GloBE income with reference to the shipping carve out
described in Article 3.3.
TORM has applied the exception in IAS 12 'Income Taxes' to recognizing and disclosing information
about deferred tax assets and liabilities related to Pillar Two income taxes.
Based on our fiscal year for 2025, the Group has prepared a preliminary Transitional Country-by-
Country Reporting (CbCR) Safe Harbour assessment concluding that we expect to be eligible for the
Transitional CbCR Safe Harbour in a majority of jurisdictions in which we are present. As of 31
December 2025, the calculated top-up tax does not have a material impact on our financial result.
NOTE 6 – CAPITALIZED DRY-DOCKING AND VESSEL MODIFICATIONS
USDm 2025 2024
CAPITALIZED DRY-DOCKING AND VESSEL MODIFICATIONS
Cost:
Balance as of 01 January 5.4
Additions 20.7 5.4
Disposals -0.1
Balance as of 31 December 26.0 5.4
Depreciation:
Balance as of 01 January 0.1
Disposals -0.1
Depreciation for the year 2.4 0.1
Balance as of 31 December 2.4 0.1
Carrying amount as of 31 December 23.6 5.3
Included in the carrying amount for “Capitalized dry-docking and vessel modifications” are capitalized
dry-docking costs in the amount of USD 15.6m (2024: USD 4.3m).
The additions of USD 20.7m (2024: USD 5.4m) of capitalized dry-docking and vessel modifications
include non-cash expenditures of USD 18.5m (2024: USD 4.4m), which are paid by a subsidiary.
NOTE 7 – FINANCIAL ASSETS
USDm 2025 2024
INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDIARIES
Cost:
Balance as of 01 January 2,441.9 1,009.1
Additions 1,453.4
Capital decreases in subsidiaries -66.8 -42.4
Capital increases related to share-based payments 23.9 21.8
Balance as of 31 December 2,399.0 2,441.9
Carrying amount as of 31 December 2,399.0 2,441.9
Capital decreases in subsidiaries during 2025 of USD 66.8m is recognized in connection to the
dissolvement of VesselCo 9 Pte Ltd and VesselCo 12 Pte Ltd, which is expected to finalize during 2026.
NOTE 8 – INVENTORIES
USDm 2025 2024
Bunkers 6.5 5.7
Lubeoil 2.7 1.4
EU Emission Allowances 0.1
Balance as of 31 December 9.3 7.1
During 2025, bunker inventories of USD 47.7m (2024:USD 7.7m) were recognized as an expense in Port
expenses, bunkers and commissions.
During 2025, lubeoil inventories of USD 1.6m (2024: USD 0.2m) were recognized as an expense in
Operating expenses.
During 2025, EU Emission Allowance inventories of USD 1.7m (2024: USD 0.1m) were recognized as an
expense in Port expenses, bunkers and commissions.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > NOTES TO THE PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 209
NOTE 9 – FREIGHT RECEIVABLES
USDm 2025 2024
Gross freight receivables
Not due 22.1 15.0
Due < 30 days 9.1 6.3
Due between 30 - 180 days 14.5 2.6
Total gross 45.7 23.9
Allowance for expected credit loss 0.4
Total net 45.3 23.9
The Management makes allowance for expected credit loss based on “the simplified approach”
according to IFRS 9 to provide for expected credit losses, which permits the use of the lifetime
expected loss provision for all freight receivables. Expected credit loss for receivables overdue more
than 180 days is 25%-100%, depending on the category of the receivable. Expected credit loss for
receivables overdue more than one year is 100%.
Movements in provisions for impairment of freight receivables during the year are as follows:
USDm 2025 2024
Allowance for expected credit loss
Balance as of 01 January
Provisions for the year 0.4
Balance as of 31 December 0.4
Allowance for expected credit loss of trade receivables has been recognized in the income statement
under “Port expenses, bunkers and commissions”.
Allowance for expected credit loss of freight receivables is calculated using an aging factor as well as
specific customer knowledge and is based on a provision matrix on days past due.
NOTE 10 – OTHER RECEIVABLES
USDm
2025 2024
Derivative financial instruments 8.4 24.7
Other 1.1 0.2
Balance as of 31 December 9.5 24.9
NOTE 11 – BORROWINGS
USDm
2025 2024
Syndicate Facility 160.0
Syndicate Facility 2025 248.1
Bond Facility 200.0 200.0
Credit Agricole Facility 68.6
DSF Facility 107.6 123.8
DSF Facility 2 76.0 92.0
DSF Facility 3 27.4 29.8
HCOB Facility 43.8 87.5
ING 44.8 51.4
Total borrowings 816.3 744.5
Borrowing costs -10.7 -10.9
Right-of-use lease liabilities 1.0
Total 806.6 733.6
Hereof non-current 683.7 625.3
Hereof current 122.9 108.3
Please refer to Note 2 and Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements for further information on
the facilities.
In January 2024 the Parent Company issued a senior unsecured bond of USD 200m, which was
successfully listed on the Oslo Stock Exchange in June 2024.
The following table summarizes the reconciliation of liabilities arising from financing activities:
Cash movements
Non-cash
movements
USDm
Opening
balance
as of 01
January 2025 Borrowings Repayments Other changes
End balance
as of 31
December
2025
Borrowings 733.6 335.5 -263.7 1.2 806.6
Total 733.6 335.5 -263.7 1.2 806.6
Cash movements
Non-cash
movements
USDm
Opening
balance
as of 01
January 2024 Borrowings Repayments Other changes
End balance
as of 31
December
2024
Borrowings 499.0 419.4 -182.3 -2.5 733.6
Total 499.0 419.4 -182.3 -2.5 733.6
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > NOTES TO THE PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 210
NOTE 12 – OTHER LIABILITIES
USDm
2025 2024
Accrued operating expenses 3.3 1.1
Accrued interest 10.6 10.7
Accrued administration expenses 0.6 0.8
EU Emission Allowance 0.5 0.1
Derivative financial instruments 0.1
Balance as of 31 December 15.1 12.7
NOTE 13 – IMPAIRMENT TESTING
As of 31 December 2025, the Management has assessed that all subsidiaries of TORM plc are
considered as one single CGU. The approach is similar to the approach applied as of 31 December
2024.
As of 31 December 2025, the Management has assessed indicators of impairment for the CGU that
include, but are not limited to, broker vessel values, weighted average cost of capital, any other adverse
impacts from current economic, environmental, and geopolitical uncertainty as well as the carrying
amount of the net assets against the market capitalization. The indicators are similar to the ones used
in the assessment as of 31 December 2024.
Based on this assessment, the Management did not determine the recoverable amount of the CGU as
of 31 December 2025 as no indicators were identified. As of 31 December 2024, The Management
came to the same conclusion.
NOTE 14 – COLLATERAL SECURITY FOR MORTGAGE DEBT AND BANK LOANS
The vessels owned by subsidiaries of the Parent Company which have been provided as security for
TORM’s debt amounted to USD 645.0m as of 31 December 2025 (2024: USD 544.5m).
NOTE 15 – GUARANTEE COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
The Parent Company is guarantor for a loan amounting to USD 28.8m (2024: USD 31.8m) established in
the subsidiary TORM A/S.
As part of sale and leaseback transactions made by a subsidiary, the Parent Company issued a
guarantee to the third party in relation to future lease payments to be made by the subsidiary, which
are expected to total approximately USD 157.5m (2024: USD 456.6m).
NOTE 16 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
As of 31 December 2025 TORM’s ultimate controlling party is Brookfield Oaktree Holdings, LLC, a
limited liability company incorporated in the USA. The immediate controlling shareholder is OCM Njord
Holdings S.à.r.l. (Njord Luxco).
After the end of the year, subsequent changes were made to the B- and C-shares. Refer to Note 2 in
the Group consolidated financial statements for description of subsequent events
During the year the following transactions with related parties have occurred:
USDm 2025 2024
Transactions with subsidiaries
Time charter hire income 5.5 0.8
Bareboat hire income 6.4 39.4
Bareboat hire expense 94.8 62.0
Management fee income 3.0 0.4
Management fee expense 5.8 1.8
The Parent Company has loans with a total outstanding balance of USD 229.0m as at 31 December
2025 (2024: USD 134.0m). It primarily consist of two unsecured loans to two subsidiaries (2024: two)
maturing in 2026 (subsequent to year end maturity extended to 2030) and 2027 respectively (2024:
2026 and 2028 respectively).The loans carry interest rate in accordance with SOFR compounded in
arrears plus a margin of 1.75% and 1.85% (2024: 1.75% and 1.85%) .
Please refer to Parent Company Cash Flow Statement for non-cash share issue in relation to
subsidiaries’ acquisition of vessels.
Please refer to Note 4 to the Parent Company financial statements for interest income from
subsidiaries and received dividends from subsidiaries.
As part of the business model in TORM, the Parent Company has bareboat agreements (short term
leases) with subsidiaries, which are nullified on a continuing basis through dividends, capital reductions,
etc. Consequently, the intercompany liability of USD 33.7m at 31 December 2025 (2024: USD 39.4m)
towards subsidiaries is expected to be settled during 2026.
There have been no or limited transactions with related parties during the financial year other than the
transactions disclosed above.
Please refer to Note 26 in the Group consolidated financial statements for further information about
transactions with controlling shareholder and to Note 5 in the Group consolidated financial statements
for further information about the remuneration to the Executive Director.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > NOTES TO THE PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 211
NOTE 17 – CASH FLOWS
USDm 2025 2024
Reversal of other non-cash movements:
Share-based payments 10.2 8.4
Bareboat hire expense 94.8 62.0
Bareboat and charter hire income -11.9 -13.9
Operating expenses 49.9 6.5
Management fees 2.8 1.4
Other adjustments 1.5 -0.2
Total 147.3 64.2
USDm 2025 2024
Change in inventories, receivables and payables
Change in inventories -1.2 -0.6
Change in receivables -22.3 -24.1
Change in prepayments -0.2 -0.3
Change in trade payables and other liabilities 3.2 5.3
Total -20.5 -19.7
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > NOTES TO THE PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 212
Other
Independent Auditor's Limited Assurance Report on the
Sustainability Statement
219
TORM Fleet Overview 221
Glossary 223
Alternative Performance Measures 225
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 213
Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of TORM plc
Report on the Audit of the Financial Statements
Opinion
In our opinion:
TORM plc’s group financial statements and parent company
financial statements (the “financial statements”) give a true
and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the parent
company’s affairs as at 31 December 2025 and of the group’s
and the parent company’s profit for the year then ended;
the group financial statements have been properly prepared in
accordance with UK-adopted international accounting
standards (‘ISA (UK)’);
the group financial statements are also prepared in
accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards (‘IFRS’) as issued
by the International Accounting Standards Board (‘IASB’) and
IFRS as adopted by the European Union (‘EU’), as applied to
financial periods beginning on or after 1 January 2025;
the parent company financial statements have been properly
prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally
Accepted Accounting Practice; and
the financial statements have been prepared in accordance
with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and
additional disclosure requirements for listed companies in
accordance with the Danish Financial Statements Act.
We have audited the financial statements of TORM plc (the ‘Parent
Company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) for the year ended 31
December 2025 which comprise:
GroupConsolidated Income Statement for the year then ended Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income for the year then endedConsolidated Balance Sheet as at 31 December 2025Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity for the year then endedConsolidated Cash Flow Statement for the year then endedRelated notes 1 to 31 to the financial statements, including material accounting policy information.Parent companyIncome Statement for the year then ended Statement of Comprehensive Income for the year then endedBalance Sheet as at 31 December 2025Statement of Changes in Equity for the year then ended Cash Flow Statement for the year then endedRelated notes 1 to 17 to the financial statements, including material accounting policy information.
The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the
preparation of the Group financial statements is applicable law and
UK-adopted international accounting standards. The financial
reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of
the Parent Company financial statements is applicable law and
United Kingdom Accounting Standards, including FRS 101
“Reduced Disclosure Framework” (United Kingdom Generally
Accepted Accounting Practice). The Group financial statements
are also prepared in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards
as issued by IASB and IFRS as adopted by the EU, as applied to
financial periods beginning on or after 1 January 2025.
Basis for Opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International
Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our
responsibilities under those standards are further described in the
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
section of our report. We are independent of the Group and Parent
Company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are
relevant to our audit of the financial statements in the UK,
including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed entities,
and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in
accordance with these requirements.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient
and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
Conclusions Relating to Going Concern
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the
directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the
preparation of the financial statements is appropriate. Our
evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the Group and Parent
Company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of
accounting included carrying out the following procedures:
We obtained an understanding of management’s going
concern assessment process and assessed the design,
implementation and operating effectiveness of related
controls and also engaged with management to understand
key factors that were considered in their assessment.
We obtained management’s board approved forecast cash
flows and covenant calculations covering the period of
assessment until 31 March 2027. As part of this assessment,
the Group has modelled a base case scenario and a reverse
stress test case scenario in their cash forecasts and covenant
calculations in order to incorporate unexpected changes to the
forecasted liquidity and covenant compliance of the Group.
We have evaluated the base case and reverse stress test case
scenarios. In particular, we considered the likelihood of the
combination of stress test factors (notably being significantly
reduced freight rates and vessel values) arising within the
going concern period. This consideration was in the context of
the Group’s historical performance, management’s historical
forecasting accuracy, a comparison of the Group’s forecasts
to external benchmarks, and the performance of the Group in
the period post year end.
We tested the clerical accuracy and logical integrity of the
model used to prepare the Group’s going concern assessment.
We considered whether the Group’s forecasts in the going
concern assessment were consistent with other forecasts
used by the Group in its accounting estimates.
Our analysis also considered the mitigating actions such as
sale of older vessels, increase leverage through additional sale
and leaseback structures that management could undertake in
an extreme downside scenario and whether these were
achievable and under the control of management considering
timing and quantum.
We also considered the continued availability of debt facilities
through the going concern period, and reviewed their
underlying terms, including covenants, by examination of
executed documentation.
We have considered factors in the period immediately after the
going concern period, such as forecast freight rates by
comparing them to the market forward freight rates and by
comparing forecast vessel values against estimated fair value
at the balance sheet date.
We considered whether management’s disclosures in the
financial statements sufficiently and appropriately reflect the
going concern assessment and outcomes.
The Group is forecast to be profitable and generate positive
operating cash flows throughout the going concern period in the
base case scenario. The likelihood of factors, including a
combination thereof, arising to threaten the group’s ability to
continue as a going concern is considered to be remote.
Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any
material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that,
individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Group
and Parent Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a
period to 31 March 2027.
In relation to the Group and Parent Company’s reporting on how
they have applied the UK Corporate Governance Code, we have
nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to the
directors’ statement in the financial statements about whether the
directors considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern
basis of accounting.
Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with
respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections of
this report. However, because not all future events or conditions
can be predicted, this statement is not a guarantee as to the
Group’s ability to continue as a going concern.
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 214
Overview of our audit approachAudit Scope We performed an audit of the complete financial information of two components and audit procedures on specific balances for a further two components. We also performed specified audit procedures over certain accounts of one component. We performed central procedures on financial statement line items as detailed in the ‘Tailoring the scope’ section below.Key Audit Vessel impairment indicator assessment.Matter Carrying value of investments in subsidiariesMateriality Overall Group materiality of $22m which represents 0.7% of Total Assets.
An Overview of the Scope of the Parent and Group Audits
Tailoring the Scope
Our audit scoping reflects the requirements of ISA (UK) 600
(Revised). We have followed a risk-based approach when
developing our audit approach to obtain sufficient appropriate
audit evidence on which to base our audit opinion. We performed
risk assessment procedures to identify and assess risks of
material misstatement of the Group financial statements and
identified significant accounts and disclosures. When identifying
components at which audit work needed to be performed to
respond to the identified risks of material misstatement of the
Group financial statements, we considered our understanding of
the Group and its business environment, the potential impact of
climate change, the applicable financial framework, the Group’s
system of internal control at the entity level, the existence of
centralised processes and IT applications.
We determined that centralised audit procedures would be
performed on cash, vessels, corporation tax and equity balances.
We then identified four components as individually relevant to the
Group due to the identified risks of material misstatement of the
Group financial statements being associated with the reporting
components, materiality or financial size of the component relative
to the Group. These components were the Parent Company and
three components within the Tanker segment.
For those individually relevant components, we identified the
significant accounts where audit work needed to be performed at
these components by applying professional judgement, having
considered the Group significant accounts on which centralised
procedures will be performed, the reasons for identifying the
financial reporting component as an individually relevant
component and the size of the component’s account balance
relative to the Group significant financial statement account
balance.
We then considered whether the remaining Group significant
account balances not yet subject to audit procedures, in
aggregate, could give rise to a risk of material misstatement of the
Group financial statements. We selected one component of the
Group to include in our audit scope to address these risks.
Having identified the components for which work will be performed,
we determined the scope to assign to each component.
Of the five components selected, we designed and performed audit
procedures on the entire financial information of two components
(“full scope components”). For two components, we designed and
performed audit procedures on specific significant financial
statement account balances or disclosures of the financial
information of the component (“specific scope components”). For
the remaining component, we performed specified audit
procedures to obtain evidence for one or more relevant assertions.
Our scoping to address the risk of material misstatement for each
key audit matter is set out in the Key audit matters section of our
report.
Involvement with Component Teams
All work performed for the purposes of the audit was undertaken
by the Group audit team.
Climate Change
Stakeholders are increasingly interested in how climate change will
impact the Group. The Group has determined that the most
significant future impacts from climate change on their operations
will be from declining demand for oil and gas, higher cost of capital
and reduced access to capital, carbon price regulations and
decarbonization of vessels. These are explained on page 57 in the
Climate-Related Risks and Opportunities and on pages 51- 64 in
Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) E1 Climate
Change Section. They have also explained their climate
commitments on pages 7, 9, 12, 51 and 64. All of these
disclosures form part of the “Other information,” rather than the
audited financial statements. Our procedures on these unaudited
disclosures therefore consisted solely of considering whether they
are materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our
knowledge obtained in the course of the audit or otherwise appear
to be materially misstated, in line with our responsibilities on
“Other information”.
In planning and performing our audit we assessed the potential
impacts of climate change on the Group’s business and any
consequential material impact on its financial statements.
The Group has explained in note 10 to the Group’s financial
statements how climate change has been reflected in the vessels’
value and their climate targets on the estimated useful life and
residual value of vessels, including how this aligns with their
commitment to achieve net zero emissions by 2050 and their
interim target of a 45% reduction in 2030 against their 2008
baseline. Significant judgements and estimates relating to climate
change are included in note 10. These disclosures also explain
where governmental and societal responses to climate change
risks are still developing, and where the degree of certainty of
these changes means that they cannot be taken into account
when determining asset and liability valuations under the
requirements of UK-adopted international accounting standards.
Our audit effort in considering the impact of climate change on the
financial statements was focused on evaluating management’s
assessment of the impact of climate risk, physical and transition,
their climate commitments, the effects of material climate risks
disclosed on page 57 and the significant judgements and
estimates disclosed in note 10. As part of this evaluation, we
performed our own risk assessment and considered whether these
have been appropriately reflected in the carrying value of vessels
and where the fair value of vessels may be negatively impacted by
climate change and the climate change agenda. Details of our
procedures and findings on carrying value of vessels are included
in our key audit matter below.
We also challenged the Directors’ considerations of climate
change risks in their assessment of going concern and the viability
and associated disclosures. Where considerations of climate
change were relevant to our assessment of going concern, these
are described above.
Based on our work we have not identified the impact of climate
change on the financial statements to be a key audit matter or to
impact a key audit matter.
Key Audit Matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional
judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial
statements of the current period and include the most significant
assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to
fraud) that we identified. These matters included those which had
the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of
resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement
team. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of
the financial statements as a whole, and in our opinion thereon,
and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 215
Risk Our Response to the Risk
VESSEL IMPAIRMENT INDICATORS ASSESSMENT (GROUP)
CARRYING VALUE AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2025 TOTALLED $2,792M (2024: $2,827M)
Refer to the Audit Committee Report (page 116); Accounting policies (page 162 and 176) and Note 12
of the Consolidated Financial Statements (page 179-180).
The Group assesses impairment indicators at each reporting date or whenever events or changes in
circumstances would indicate that the carrying amounts of its vessels might not be recoverable in
accordance with IAS 36 - Impairment of Assets. The Group prepares an impairment indicator
assessment at the cash generating unit (CGU) level, which has been determined as LR1, LR2 and MR
vessels (the Tanker Fleet) as they are operated collectively, are largely interchangeable and the cash
flows generated by them are interdependent from other vessels. In assessing vessel impairment
indicators, the Group monitors the fair value of the vessels, which was calculated as the average of
two valuations prepared by independent shipbrokers. Based on the assessment, the Group concluded
that the no vessel impairment indicators required the Group to prepare an impairment test as of 31
December 2025.
Auditing the Group’s vessel impairment indicator assessment was complex due to the significant
judgement required by management in determining the CGU and determining whether impairment
indicators required the Group to prepare an impairment test. The vessel impairment indicator with
significant judgement was management’s assessment of the fair value of the vessels using
independent shipbroker valuations, which use a combination of vessel specific inputs such as size,
yard, and age of the vessels, and assumptions based on market data, including recent comparable
vessel transactions.
We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design, and tested the operating effectiveness of
the controls over the Group’s impairment assessment process, including controls over the
identification of CGUs and review of the vessels’ fair value.
We performed audit procedures on the impairment indicator assessment that included, among
others, re-evaluating management’s CGU determination by assessing their analysis in respect of
the smallest Group of assets that generate largely independent cash flows.
We inspected evidence used in management’s determination of the collective operation and
homogenous nature of the Tanker Fleet in relation to the CGU determination.
We evaluated the determination of the fair value of the vessels by comparing them to the average
of two valuations prepared by independent shipbrokers.
We performed inquiries with the independent shipbrokers regarding the valuation methodology
applied and input data used and evaluated their competence, capabilities and objectivity.
We involved our valuation specialists to assist with our audit procedures specific to the valuation
of the Tanker Fleet and evaluating the methodology applied by management’s specialists.
We tested the input data used for the valuation of the vessels in the Tanker Fleet by comparing
vessel specific inputs with vessel records and supporting documentation as well as evidence
obtained in other areas of the audit.
We further performed a retrospective comparison of historical sales prices of vessels with the
independent broker valuations near the time of disposal and compared the valuations to recent
market data for comparable vessels.
We assessed the adequacy of disclosures in notes 1 and 12, including the impact from climate
changes to the consolidated financial statements in accordance with IAS 36 - Impairment of
Assets.
Key Observations Communicated to the Audit Committee
Based on our audit procedures performed, we have concluded that management’s conclusion that there are no vessel impairment indicators at 31 December 2025 is reasonable and has been appropriately
disclosed in the Group financial statements.
How we scoped our audit to respond to the risk
The primary team performed audit procedures over 100% of the carrying value of vessels recorded by the Group.
Risk Our Response to the Risk
CARRYING VALUE OF INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDIARIES (PARENT)
CARRYING VALUE AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2025 TOTALLED $2,399M (2024: $2,442M)
Refer to the accounting policies (page 206) and Notes 7 and 13 of the Parent Company Financial
Statements (page 209 and 211).
Management is required to assess whether indicators of impairment exist in relation to investments in
subsidiaries.
There is a risk of inappropriate assessment due to the significant levels of judgement involved in the
determination of cash-generating units (‘CGUs’) to be considered in the assessment and determining
whether indicators of impairment exist.
We obtained an understanding and evaluated the design of the controls over the Parent
Company’s impairment assessment process, including identification of CGUs.
We performed audit procedures on the investment in subsidiaries impairment indicator
assessment that included, among others, re-evaluating management’s CGU determination by
assessing their analysis in respect of the smallest Group of assets that generate largely
independent cash flows.
We tested completeness of management’s impairment indicator assessment by considering
contrary evidence which may indicate impairment of the investments, including the results of our
audit procedures over the valuation of vessels; and
We assessed the adequacy of disclosures in in the notes 1 and 13 the financial statements of the
Parent Company in accordance with IAS 36 - Impairment of Assets.
Key Observations Communicated to the Audit Committee
Based on our audit procedures performed, we have concluded that management’s conclusion that there are no impairment indicators at 31 December 2025 is reasonable and has been appropriately disclosed in
the Parent Company financial statements.
How we scoped our audit to respond to the risk
The primary team performed audit procedures over 100% of the Parent Company’s investments in subsidiaries balance.
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 216
Our Application of Materiality
We apply the concept of materiality in planning and performing the
audit, in evaluating the effect of identified misstatements on the
audit and in forming our audit opinion.
Materiality
The magnitude of an omission or misstatement that, individually or
in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to influence the
economic decisions of the users of the financial statements.
Materiality provides a basis for determining the nature and extent
of our audit procedures.
Overall Materiality
We determine materiality for the Group to be $22.0m (2024:
$22.0m), which is 0.7% of Total assets (2024: 2.0% of EBITDA).
Our key criterion in determining overall materiality remains our
perception of the needs of the Group’s stakeholders. We consider
which earnings, activity or capital-based measure aligns best with
the expectations of the users of the financial statements. In doing
so, we apply a ‘reasonable investor perspective’, which reflects our
understanding of the common financial information needs of the
members as a Group. For the 2025 audit, we consider Total assets
(2024: EBITDA), which includes the Group's tanker fleet, as the key
focus of the Group’s stakeholders.
In addition to the overall group materiality, and in line with our risk
assessment, we have applied a lower materiality threshold of
$14.8m in testing the significant accounts which impact Profit
before tax.
We determined materiality for the Parent Company to be $19.0m
(2024: $13.0m), which is 0.7% of Total assets (2024: 0.5% of Total
assets). For our testing of Parent Company balances that are
consolidated in the Group financial statements, an allocation of
Group performance materiality was used.
Performance Materiality
The application of materiality at the individual account or balance
level. It is set at an amount to reduce to an appropriately low level
the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected
misstatements exceeds materiality.
On the basis of our risk assessments, together with our
assessment of the Group’s overall control environment, our
judgement was that performance materiality was 50% (2025:
50%) of our planning materiality, namely $11.0m (2024: $11.0m).
Audit work was undertaken at component locations for the
purpose of responding to the assessed risks of material
misstatement of the Group financial statements. The performance
materiality set for each component is based on the relative scale
and risk of the component to the Group as a whole and our
assessment of the risk of misstatement at that component. In the
current year, the range of performance materiality allocated to
components was $2.2m to $8.3m.
Reporting Threshold
An amount below which identified misstatements are considered
as being clearly trivial.
We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them
all uncorrected audit differences in excess of $1.1m (2024: $1.1m),
which is set at 5% of planning materiality, as well as differences
below that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on
qualitative grounds.
We evaluate any uncorrected misstatements against both the
quantitative measures of materiality discussed above and in light
of other relevant qualitative considerations in forming our opinion.
Other Information
The other information comprises the information included in the
annual report, set out on pages 5-151, other than the financial
statements and our auditor’s report thereon. The directors are
responsible for the other information contained within the annual
report.
Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other
information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in
this report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion
thereon.
Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so,
consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent
with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the
course of the audit or otherwise appears to be materially
misstated. If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent
material misstatements, we are required to determine whether this
gives rise to a material misstatement in the financial statements
themselves. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude
that there is a material misstatement of the other information, we
are required to report that fact.
We have nothing to report in this regard.
Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies
Act 2006
In our opinion, the part of the directors’ remuneration report to be
audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the
Companies Act 2006.
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the
audit:
the information given in the strategic report and the directors’
report for the financial year for which the financial statements
are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and
the strategic report and directors’ report have been prepared
in accordance with applicable legal requirements.
Matters on which we are required to report by exception
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and
the Parent Company and its environment obtained in the course of
the audit, we have not identified material misstatements in the
strategic report or the directors’ report.
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in
relation to which the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to
you if, in our opinion:
adequate accounting records have not been kept by the
Parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not
been received from branches not visited by us; or
the Parent Company financial statements and the part of the
directors’ remuneration report to be audited are not in
agreement with the accounting records and returns; or
certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law
are not made; or
we have not received all the information and explanations we
require for our audit
Corporate Governance Statement
ISAs (UK) require us to review the Directors' statement in relation
to going concern and longer-term viability and that of the
Corporate Governance Statement relating to the Company’s
compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance
Code specified for our review.
Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we are required
to report if each of the following elements of the Corporate
Governance Statement is materially consistent with the financial
statements or our knowledge obtained during the audit:
Directors’ statement with regards to the appropriateness of
adopting the going concern basis of accounting and any
material uncertainties identified set out on page 27 and 149;
Directors’ explanation as to its assessment of the company’s
prospects, the period this assessment covers and why the
period is appropriate set out on page 27;
Director’s statement on whether it has a reasonable
expectation that the Group will be able to continue in
operation and meets its liabilities set out on page 27;
Directors’ statement on fair, balanced and understandable set
out on page 150;
Board’s confirmation that it has carried out a robust
assessment of the emerging and principal risks set out on
page 14;
The section of the annual report that describes the review of
effectiveness of risk management and internal control
systems set out on page 14-18, 117 and 120; and
The section describing the work of the audit committee set out
on page 115-118.
Responsibilities of Directors
As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement
set out on page 144, the directors are responsible for the
preparation of the financial statements and for being satisfied that
they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the
directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of
financial statements that are free from material misstatement,
whether due to fraud or error.
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 217
In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible
for assessing the Group and Parent Company’s ability to continue
as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to
going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting
unless the directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the
Parent Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic
alternative but to do so.
Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial
Statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether
the financial statements as a whole are free from material
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an
auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is
a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit
conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a
material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise
from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in
the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the
economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial
statements.
Explanation as to what extent the audit was considered
capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with
laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our
responsibilities, outlined above, to detect irregularities, including
fraud. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement due to
fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from
error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, for example,
forgery or intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion.
The extent to which our procedures are capable of detecting
irregularities, including fraud is detailed below. However, the
primary responsibility for the prevention and detection of fraud
rests with both those charged with governance of the company
and management.
We obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory
frameworks that are applicable to the Group and determined
that the most significant are: UK-adopted international
accounting standards, IFRS Accounting Standards as issued
by the IASB, IFRS adopted by the EU, FRS 101, Companies Act
2006, Corporate Governance Code 2024, Danish Financial
Statement Act, and the relevant tax laws and regulations in
the United Kingdom and Denmark.
We understood how the Group is complying with those
frameworks by making inquiries of management and
identifying the policies and procedures regarding compliance
with law and regulations. We also identified those members of
management who have the primary responsibilities for
ensuring compliance with law and regulations, and for
reporting any known instance of non-compliance to those
charged with governance. We corroborated our inquiries
through our review of board minutes, discussion with the Audit
Committee and any correspondence received from regulatory
bodies.
We assessed the susceptibility of the Group’s financial
statements to material misstatement, including how fraud
might occur by understanding the areas in relation to which
management and those charged with governance considered
there was susceptibility to fraud, reviewing the Group’s risk
register, through inquiry with management and the Audit
Committee during the planning and execution phases of our
audit. We considered the programs and controls that the
Group has established to address risks identified, or that
otherwise prevent, deter and detect fraud and material errors;
and how management monitors those programs and controls.
We also considered performance targets and their influence on
efforts made by management to manage earnings. Where this
risk was considered to be higher, we performed audit
procedures to address each identified fraud risk. These
procedures included testing journal entries and were designed
to provide reasonable assurance that the financial statements
were free from material misstatements arising from fraud.
Based on this understanding we designed our audit
procedures to identify non-compliance with such laws and
regulations. Our procedures included reading any
correspondence with regulators, making inquiries of
management’s specialists, and journal entry testing, with a
focus on manual journal entries and consolidation journals. We
based this testing on our understanding of the business,
inquiries of management and reading relevant reports. We
have also reviewed the whistleblowing reports issued during
the year
A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the
financial statements is located on the Financial Reporting
Council’s website at https://www.frc.org.uk/
auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our
auditor’s report.
Use of Our Report
This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body,
in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act
2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state
to the company’s members those matters we are required to state
to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the
fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume
responsibility to anyone other than the company and the
company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report,
or for the opinions we have formed.
David Wilson (Senior statutory auditor)
for and on behalf of Ernst & Young LLP, Statutory Auditor
London
26 February 2026
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 218
Independent Auditor's Limited Assurance Report on the
Sustainability Statement
To the shareholders of TORM plc
Limited assurance conclusion
We have conducted a limited assurance engagement on the
Sustainability Statement of TORM plc (the group) included in the
Strategic Report of the Annual Report, page 33 - 105 (the
sustainability statement), for the financial year 1 January – 31
December 2025, including disclosures incorporated by reference
listed in the table ‘Incorporation By Reference’ on page 38.
Based on the procedures we have performed and the evidence we
have obtained, nothing has come to our attention that causes us
to believe that the Sustainability Statement is not prepared, in all
material respects, in accordance with the Danish Financial
Statements Act section 99 a, including:
Compliance with the European Sustainability Reporting
Standards (ESRS), including that the process carried out by
the management to identify the information reported in the
Sustainability Statement (the process) is in accordance with
the description set out in the chapter about the Double
Materiality Assessment, within the Introduction to the
Sustainability Statement, pages 45 and 47 of the
Sustainability Statement; and
Compliance of the disclosures in chapter EU Taxonomy
Reporting in 2025 within the Environmental section, pages 65 -
67 and 74 of the Sustainability Statement with Article 8 of EU
Regulation 2020/852 (the Taxonomy Regulation).
Basis for conclusion
We conducted our limited assurance engagement in accordance
with International Standard on Assurance Engagements (ISAE)
3000 (Revised), Assurance engagements other than audits or
reviews of historical financial information (ISAE 3000 (Revised))
and the additional requirements applicable in Denmark.
The procedures in a limited assurance engagement vary in nature
and timing from, and are less in extent than for, a reasonable
assurance engagement. Consequently, the level of assurance
obtained in a limited assurance engagement is substantially lower
than the assurance that would have been obtained had a
reasonable assurance engagement been performed.
We believe that the evidence we have obtained is sufficient and
appropriate to provide a basis for our conclusion. Our
responsibilities under this standard are further described in the
Auditor's responsibilities for the assurance engagement section of
our report.
Our independence and quality management
We are independent of the group in accordance with the
International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants'
International Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (IESBA
Code) and the additional ethical requirements applicable in
Denmark. We have also fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in
accordance with these requirements and the IESBA Code.
EY Godkendt Revisionspartnerselskab applies International
Standard on Quality Management 1, which requires the firm to
design, implement and operate a system of quality management
including policies or procedures regarding compliance with ethical
requirements, professional standards and applicable legal and
regulatory requirements.
Other matter
The comparative information included in the Sustainability
Statement of the group for the financial year 1 January – 31
December 2023 was not subject to an assurance engagement. Our
conclusion is not modified in respect of this matter.
Inherent limitations in preparing the Sustainability
Statement
In reporting forward-looking information in accordance with ESRS,
management is required to prepare the forward-looking
information on the basis of disclosed assumptions about events
that may occur in the future and possible future actions by the
group. Actual outcomes are likely to be different since anticipated
events frequently do not occur as expected.
Management's responsibilities for the Sustainability
Statement
Management is responsible for designing and implementing a
process to identify the information reported in the sustainability
statement in accordance with the ESRS and for disclosing this
Process in the chapter about the Double Materiality Assessment,
within the Introduction to the Sustainability Statement, pages 45
and 47 of the Sustainability Statement. This responsibility
includes:
Understanding the context in which the group's activities and
business relationships take place and developing an
understanding of its affected stakeholders;
The identification of the actual and potential impacts (both
negative and positive) related to sustainability matters, as well
as risks and opportunities that affect, or could reasonably be
expected to affect, the group's financial position, financial
performance, cash flows, access to finance or cost of capital
over the short-, medium-, or long-term;
The assessment of the materiality of the identified impacts,
risks and opportunities related to sustainability matters by
selecting and applying appropriate thresholds; and
Making assumptions that are reasonable in the circumstances.
Management is further responsible for the preparation of the
Sustainability Statement, in accordance with the Danish Financial
Statements Act section 99a, including:
Compliance with the ESRS;
Preparing the disclosures in chapter EU Taxonomy Reporting
in 2025 within the Environmental section, pages 65 - 67 and
74 of the Sustainability Statement, in compliance with Article
8 of the Taxonomy Regulation;
Designing, implementing and maintaining such internal control
that management determines is necessary to enable the
preparation of the Sustainability Statement that is free from
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; and
The selection and application of appropriate sustainability
reporting methods and making assumptions and estimates
that are reasonable in the circumstances.
Auditor's responsibilities for the assurance engagement
Our objectives are to plan and perform the assurance engagement
to obtain limited assurance about whether the Sustainability
Statement is free from material misstatement, whether due to
fraud or error, and to issue a limited assurance report that includes
our conclusion. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and
are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they
could reasonably be expected to influence decisions of users
taken on the basis of the Sustainability Statement as a whole.
As part of a limited assurance engagement in accordance with
ISAE 3000 (Revised) we exercise professional judgment and
maintain professional skepticism throughout the engagement.
Our responsibilities in respect of the process include:
Obtaining an understanding of the process but not for the
purpose of providing a conclusion on the effectiveness of the
process, including the outcome of the process;
Considering whether the information identified addresses the
applicable disclosure requirements of the ESRS, and
Designing and performing procedures to evaluate whether the
process is consistent with the group's description of its
process, as disclosed in the chapter about the Double
Materiality Assessment, within the Introduction to the
Sustainability Statement, pages 45 and 47.
Our other responsibilities in respect of the Sustainability
Statement include:
Identifying disclosures where material misstatements are
likely to arise, whether due to fraud or error; and
Designing and performing procedures responsive to
disclosures in the Sustainability Statement where material
misstatements are likely to arise. The risk of not detecting a
material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for
one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion,
forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the
override of internal control.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > OTHER > ESG AUDIT REPORT
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 219
Summary of the work performed
A limited assurance engagement involves performing procedures
to obtain evidence about the Sustainability Statement.
The nature, timing and extent of procedures selected depend on
professional judgment, including the identification of disclosures
where material misstatements are likely to arise, whether due to
fraud or error, in the Sustainability Statement.
In conducting our limited assurance engagement, with respect to
the process, we:
Obtained an understanding of the process by performing
inquiries to understand the sources of the information used by
management; and reviewing the group's internal
documentation of its process; and
Evaluated whether the evidence obtained from our procedures
about the Process implemented by the group's was consistent
with the description of the Process set out in the chapter
about the Double Materiality Assessment, within the
Introduction to the Sustainability Statement, pages 45 and 47
of the Sustainability Statement.
In conducting our limited assurance engagement, with respect
to the Sustainability Statement, we:
Obtained an understanding of the group's reporting processes
relevant to the preparation of its Sustainability Statement
including the consolidation processes by obtaining an
understanding of the group's control environment, processes
and information systems relevant to the preparation of the
Sustainability Statement but not evaluating the design of
particular control activities, obtaining evidence about their
implementation or testing their operating effectiveness;
Evaluated whether material information identified by the
process is included in the Sustainability Statement;
Evaluated whether the structure and the presentation of the
Sustainability Statement are in accordance with the ESRS;
Performed inquiries of relevant personnel and analytical
procedures on selected information in the Sustainability
Statement;
Performed substantive assurance procedures on selected
information in the Sustainability Statement;
Evaluated methods, assumptions and data for developing
material estimates and forward-looking information and how
these methods were applied;
Obtained an understanding of the process to identify the EU
Taxonomy economic activities for turnover, CAPEX and OPEX
and the corresponding disclosures in the Sustainability
Statements;
Evaluated the presentation and use of EU Taxonomy
templates in accordance with relevant requirements;
Reconciled and ensured consistency between the reported EU
Taxonomy economic activities and the items reported in the
primary financial statements including the disclosures
provided in related notes.
Copenhagen, 26 February 2026
EY Godkendt Revisionspartnerselskab
CVR no. 30 70 02 28
Henrik Kronborg Iversen Lars Fermann
State Authorised State Authorised
Public Accountant Public Accountant
mne24687 mne45879
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > OTHER > ESG AUDIT REPORT
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 220
TORM Fleet Overview
As of 31 December 2025
Vessel
type
Vessel
class Vessel DWT Built Ownership
Carrying value
(USDm)
Tanker LR2 TORM GABRIELLA 119,456 2010 100 % 46¹⁾
Tanker LR2 TORM GANGA 119,456 2010 100 % 45¹⁾
Tanker
LR2 TORM GAURI 119,456 2010 100 % 34
Tanker LR2 TORM GEMMA 119,456 2012 100 % 49¹⁾
Tanker LR2 TORM GENESIS 119,456 2011 100 % 45¹⁾
Tanker LR2 TORM GITTE 119,456 2010 100 % 45¹⁾
Tanker LR2 TORM GLORIA 119,456 2011 100 % 51¹⁾
Tanker LR2 TORM GRACE 119,456 2012 100 % 47¹⁾
Tanker LR2 TORM GWENDOLYN 119,456 2010 100 % 45¹⁾
Tanker LR2 TORM GWYNETH 119,456 2010 100 % 45¹⁾
Tanker LR2 TORM HANNAH 109,999 2016 100 % 37
Tanker LR2 TORM HELLERUP 114,000 2018 100 % 42
Tanker LR2 TORM HELENE 114,000 2021 100 % 44
Tanker LR2 TORM HERMIA 114,000 2018 100 % 41
Tanker LR2 TORM HERDIS 114,000 2018 100 % 39
Tanker LR2 TORM HILDE 114,000 2018 100 % 42
Tanker LR2 TORM HOUSTON 114,000 2022 100 % 44
Tanker LR2 TORM KIARA 114,445 2015 100 % 34
Tanker LR2 TORM KIRSTEN 114,445 2015 100 % 34
Tanker LR2 TORM KRISTINA 114,323 2015 100 % 35
Tanker LR2 TORM MAREN²⁾ 109,672 2008 100 % 24
Tanker LR1 TORM VENTURE 73,700 2007 100 % 17¹⁾
Tanker LR1 TORM ELISE 75,000 2020 100 % 34
Tanker LR1 TORM ELIZABETH 75,000 2020 100 % 34
Tanker LR1 TORM EVELYN 74,606 2011 100 % 29¹⁾
Tanker LR1 TORM EVOLVE 74,554 2011 100 % 28¹⁾
Tanker LR1 TORM EVA 74,552 2011 100 % 29¹⁾
Tanker LR1 TORM EMMA 75,000 2012 100 % 30¹⁾
Tanker LR1 TORM EMILIE 75,013 2013 100 % 31¹⁾
Tanker LR1 TORM INTEGRITY 73,800 2013 100 % 33¹⁾
Tanker LR1 TORM INNOVATION 73,847 2013 100 % 33¹⁾
Vessel
type
Vessel
class Vessel DWT Built Ownership
Carrying value
(USDm)
Tanker MR TORM AGNES 49,999 2011 100 % 19
Tanker MR TORM AGNETE 49,999 2010 100 % 20¹⁾
Tanker MR TORM ALEXANDRA 49,999 2010 100 % 20
Tanker MR TORM ALICE 49,999 2010 100 % 18
Tanker MR TORM ALLEGRO 46,184 2012 100 % 20
Tanker MR TORM ALMENA 49,999 2010 100 % 18
Tanker MR TORM AMALIE 49,999 2011 100 % 18
Tanker MR TORM AMORINA 46,184 2012 100 % 18
Tanker MR TORM ANABEL 49,999 2012 100 % 21
Tanker MR TORM ARAWA 49,999 2012 100 % 22
Tanker MR TORM ASLAUG 49,999 2010 100 % 17
Tanker MR TORM ASTRID 49,999 2012 100 % 22
Tanker MR TORM ATLANTIC 49,999 2010 100 % 19
Tanker MR TORM AUSTRALIA 51,737 2011 100 % 19
Tanker MR TORM CAVATINA 46,200 2010 100 % 17
Tanker MR TORM CORRIDO 46,156 2011 100 % 17
Tanker MR TORM DIWATA 49,746 2014 100 % 42¹⁾
Tanker MR TORM INDIA 49,999 2010 100 % 16
Tanker MR TORM LAURA 49,999 2008 100 % 15
Tanker MR TORM LEADER 46,070 2009 100 % 15
Tanker MR TORM LENE 49,999 2008 100 % 15
Tanker MR TORM LILLY 49,999 2009 100 % 17
Tanker MR TORM LOTTE 49,999 2009 100 % 16
Tanker MR TORM LOUISE 49,999 2009 100 % 17
Tanker MR TORM MALAYSIA 51,737 2011 100 % 19
Tanker MR TORM NEW ZEALAND 51,737 2011 100 % 17
Tanker MR TORM BIRGITTE 49,995 2013 100 % 31¹⁾
Tanker MR TORM BELIS 49,995 2013 100 % 31¹⁾
Tanker MR TORM BEATRICE 49,995 2013 100 % 31¹⁾
Tanker MR TORM PHILIPPINES 49,999 2010 100 % 17
Tanker MR TORM SINGAPORE 51,737 2011 100 % 20
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > OTHER > ESG AUDIT REPORT
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 221
TORM Fleet Overview
As of 31 December 2025
Vessel
type
Vessel
class Vessel DWT Built Ownership
Carrying value
(USDm)
Tanker MR TORM SOLUTION 49,999 2019 100 % 28
Tanker MR TORM SOVEREIGN 49,999 2017 100 % 25
Tanker MR TORM SPLENDID 49,999 2020 100 % 28
Tanker MR TORM STELLAR 49,999 2020 100 % 28
Tanker MR TORM STRENGTH 49,999 2019 100 % 28
Tanker MR TORM STRONG 49,999 2019 100 % 28
Tanker MR TORM SUBLIME 49,999 2019 100 % 27
Tanker MR TORM SUCCESS 49,999 2019 100 % 27
Tanker MR TORM SUPREME 49,999 2017 100 % 23
Tanker MR TORM THOR 49,842 2015 100 % 26
Tanker MR TORM THUNDER 49,842 2015 100 % 24
Tanker MR TORM TIMOTHY 49,842 2015 100 % 26
Tanker MR TORM TITAN 49,842 2016 100 % 27
Tanker MR TORM TORINO 49,842 2016 100 % 27
Tanker MR TORM TROILUS 49,842 2016 100 % 25
Tanker MR TORM DANICA 49,999 2015 100 % 38¹⁾
Tanker MR TORM DENISE 49,999 2015 100 % 39¹⁾
Tanker MR TORM DAGMAR 49,999 2015 100 % 39¹⁾
Tanker MR TORM DIANA 49,999 2016 100 % 40¹⁾
Tanker MR TORM DURGA 49,680 2014 100 % 42¹⁾
Tanker MR TORM DAMINI 49,746 2014 100 % 42¹⁾
Tanker MR TORM DORIS 49,680 2015 100 % 45¹⁾
Tanker MR TORM DAGNY 49,635 2015 100 % 45¹⁾
Tanker MR TORM DEBORAH 49,680 2015 100 % 45¹⁾
Tanker MR TORM DAPHNE 49,746 2015 100 % 46¹⁾
Tanker MR TORM DULCE 49,680 2014 100 % 42¹⁾
Tanker MR TORM DAVAO 49,990 2014 100 % 32
Tanker MR TORM DELHI 49,990 2014 100 % 32
Tanker MR TORM DOVER 49,990 2014 100 % 32
Tanker MR TORM DUBAI 49,990 2014 100 % 32
Tanker MR TORM FREEDOM 49,683 2017 100 % 35
1) Indicates vessels for which TORM believes that, as of 31 December 2025, the basic charter-free market value is lower
than the vessel's carrying amount.
2) Indicates that the vessels are assets held-for-sale
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > OTHER > ESG AUDIT REPORT
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 222
Glossary
Available earning days: A measure of unfixed operating days
available for generating earnings.
BB: Bareboat: A form of charter arrangement where the charterer is
responsible for all costs and risks in connection with the operation
of the vessel.
Backwardation: A situation in which the spot price of a commodity
is higher than the forward price. The opposite is known as contango.
Bunker hedge: A forward agreement used to reduce a company’s
exposure to fluctuating bunker costs.
Bunkers: Fuel with which to run a vessel’s engines.
CAPEX: Capital expenditure.
Charter-in and leaseback days: A measure of operating days
available for generating earnings from vessels that are not owned
by the Company.
Charter party: A lease or freight agreement between a shipowner
and a charterer for a longer period of time or for a single voyage.
Classification society: Independent organization that ensures
through verification of design, construction, building process, and
operation of vessels that the vessels at all times meet a long list of
requirements to seaworthiness, etc. If the vessels do not meet
these requirements, insuring and mortgaging the vessel will
typically not be possible.
COA: Contract of Affreightment. A contract that involves a number
of consecutive cargos at previously agreed freight rates.
Coating: The internal coatings applied to the tanks of a product
tanker enabling the vessel to load refined oil products.
Commercial management: An agreement to manage a vessel’s
commercial operations for the account and risk of the shipowner.
Coverage: A measure of Covered days divided by Earning days.
Covered days: A measure of fixed operating days.
CSRD: Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive
Demurrage: A charge against the charterer of a vessel for delaying
the vessel beyond the allowed free time. The demurrage rate will
typically be at a level equal to the earnings in USD/day for the
voyage.
DKK: Danish kroner.
Dwt: Deadweight ton. The cargo carrying capacity of a vessel.
EBIT/Operating profit: Earnings Before Interest
and Tax.
Earning days: A measure of operating days available for generating
earnings.
ESG: Environment, Social, and Governance.
ESRS: European Sustainability Reporting Standards
FFA: Forward freight agreement. A financial derivative instrument
enabling freight to be hedged forward at a fixed price.
Handysize: A specific class of product tankers with a cargo carrying
capacity of 20,000–40,000 dwt.
IAS: International Accounting Standards.
IFRS: IFRS Accounting Standards issued by the International
Accounting Standards Board.
IMO: International Maritime Organization.
KPI: Key Performance Indicator. A measure of performance used to
define and evaluate how the Company is making progress towards
its long-term organizational goals.
Loan-to-value (LTV): A measure of notional debt divided by broker
values of the encumbered vessels.
LR1: Long Range 1. A specific class of product tankers with a cargo
carrying capacity of 60,000–80,000 dwt.
LR2: Long Range 2. A specific class of product tankers with a cargo
carrying capacity of 80,000–110,000 dwt.
LTAF: Lost Time Accident Frequency. Work-related personal injuries
that result in more than one day off work per million hours of work.
MR: Medium Range. A specific class of product tankers with a cargo
carrying capacity of 40,000–60,000 dwt.
MT: Metric ton.
Oaktree: Oaktree Capital Management, L.P.
Oil major: One of the world’s largest publicly owned oil and gas
companies. Examples of oil majors are BP, Chevron, ExxonMobil,
Shell and Total.
OPEC: Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries.
Owned days: A measure of operating days available for generating
earnings from vessels that are owned by the Company.
P&I club: Protection & Indemnity club.
Product tanker: A vessel suitable for carrying clean petroleum
products such as gasoline, jet fuel, and naphtha.
Spot market: Market in which vessels are contracted for a single
voyage for near-term delivery.
TC: Time charter: An agreement covering the chartering out of a
vessel to an end user for a defined period of time where the owner
is responsible for crewing the vessel, but the charterer must pay
port costs and bunkers.
Technical management: An agreement to manage a vessel’s
technical operations and crew for the account and risk of the
shipowner.
Ton-mile: A unit of freight transportation equivalent to a ton of
freight moved one mile.
UN Global Compact: The United Nation’s social charter for
enterprises, etc.
Vetting: An audit of the safety and performance status of a tanker
vessel made by oil majors.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > OTHER > GLOSSARY
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 223
Glossary
Key Financial Figures
TCE per day =
TCE excluding unrealized gains/losses on derivatives
Available earning days
Gross profit % =
Gross profit
Revenue
EBITDA % =
EBITDA
Revenue
Operating profit % =
Operating profit (EBIT)
Revenue
Return on Equity (RoE) % =
Net profit/(loss) for the year
Average equity
Return on Invested Capital
(ROiC) %
=
Operating profit less tax
Average invested capital
Equity ratio =
Equity
Total assets
Earnings per share, EPS =
Net profit/(loss) for the year
Average number of shares
Diluted earnings/(loss) per share, EPS =
Net profit/(loss) for the year
Average number of shares less average number of treasury shares
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > OTHER > GLOSSARY
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 224
Glossary
Alternative Performance Measures
Group
Throughout the annual report, several alternative performance measures (APMs) are used. The
following APMs relate to the Group.
Net profit/(loss) for the year excluding non-recurrent items: Net profit excluding impairment is net
profit less impairment and reversals of impairment generated from impairment testing during the year
(please refer to Note 12). TORM reports net profit excluding impairment because we believe it provides
additional meaningful information to investors regarding the operational performance excluding
fluctuations in the valuation of fixed assets. The APM replaces “Net profit/(loss) for the year”
excluding impairment as it is more relevant and provides more useful information.
USDm 2025 2024 2023
Reconciliation to net profit for the year
Net profit/(loss) for the year 286.0 611.5 648.0
Profit from sale of vessels -19.0 -51.3 -50.4
Provisions -6.5
Expense of capitalized bank fees at refinancing 6.8 0.5 3.5
Termination of finance leases 0.2 1.3
Net profit for the year ex. non-recurrent items 274.0 560.7 595.9
Gross profit: TORM defines Gross profit, a performance measure, as revenue less port expenses,
bunkers and commissions, and other cost of goods sold, charter hire and operating expenses. TORM
reports Gross profit because we believe it provides additional meaningful information to investors, as
Gross profit measures the net earnings from core activities. Gross profit is calculated as follows:
USDm 2025 2024 2023
Computation of gross profit
Revenue 1,339.5 1,559.2 1,520.4
Port expenses, bunkers, commissions, and other cost of
goods and services sold -421.6 -418.5 -430.3
Operating expenses -252.4 -245.1 -216.0
Gross profit 665.5 895.6 874.1
Return on Invested Capital (ROIC): TORM defines ROIC as earnings before interest and tax (EBIT) less
tax, divided by the average invested capital for the period. Invested capital is defined below.
ROIC expresses the returns generated on capital invested in TORM. The progression of ROIC is used
by TORM to measure progress against our long-term value creation goals outlined to investors. ROIC is
calculated as follows:
USDm 2025 2024 2023
Reconciliation to operating profit (EBIT)
Operating profit (EBIT) 356.3 658.8 698.6
Tax -9.2 2.0 -4.0
EBIT less tax 347.1 660.8 694.6
Invested capital, opening balance 3,005.4 2,425.5 2,142.3
Invested capital, ending balance 3,037.8 3,005.4 2,425.5
Average invested capital for the year 3,021.6 2,715.5 2,283.9
Return on Invested Capital (ROIC) 11.5 % 24.3 % 30.4 %
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > OTHER > ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE MEASURES | GROUP
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 225
Glossary
Alternative Performance Measures
Group
Adjusted Return on Invested Capital (Adjusted RoIC): TORM defines Adjusted RoIC as earnings
before interest and tax (EBIT) less tax and impairment losses and reversals, divided by the average
invested capital less average impairment for the period. Invested capital is defined below.
The Adjusted RoIC expresses the returns generated on capital invested in TORM adjusted for impacts
related to the impairment of the fleet. The progression of RoIC is used by TORM to measure progress
against our long-term value creation goals outlined to investors. Adjusted RoIC is calculated as
follows:
USDm 2025 2024 2023
Reconciliation to operating profit (EBIT)
Operating profit (EBIT) 356.3 658.8 698.6
Tax -9.2 2.0 -4.0
EBIT less tax 347.1 660.8 694.6
Profit from sale of vessels -19.0 -51.3 -50.4
Provisions -6.5
EBIT less tax adjusted 328.1 609.5 637.7
Average invested capital¹⁾ 3,021.6 2,715.5 2,283.9
Average impairment ²⁾ 23.5 26.0 29.9
Average invested capital adjusted for impairment 3,045.1 2,741.5 2,313.8
Adjusted RoIC 10.8 % 22.2 % 27.6 %
1) Average invested capital is calculated as the average of the opening and closing balance of invested capital.
2) Average impairment is calculated as the average of the opening and closing balances of impairment charges on
vessels and goodwill in the balance sheet.
Invested Capital: Invested capital as defined by TORM measures the net investment used to achieve
TORM’s operating profit. TORM believes that invested capital is a relevant measure that the
Management uses to measure the overall development of the assets and liabilities generating the net
profit. Such measure may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.
Invested capital is calculated as follows:
USDm 2025 2024 2023
Tangible and intangible fixed assets 2,827.7 2,846.4 2,173.9
Investments in joint ventures 0.1 0.1
Deferred tax asset 0.3 3.1 0.4
Other investments 2.7 0.2
Inventories 66.5 68.4 61.7
Trade receivables ¹⁾ 277.5 255.7 286.7
Assets held for sale 24.4 47.2
Non-current tax liability related to held-over gains -45.2 -45.2 -45.2
Deferred tax liability -0.2 -0.3 -3.6
Trade payables ²⁾ -112.6 -114.2 -91.3
Current tax liabilities -0.3 -0.7 -0.6
Provisions -0.7 -0.6 -0.5
Prepayments from customers -2.3 -7.5 -3.3
Invested capital 3,037.8 3,005.4 2,425.5
1) Trade receivables also include Other receivables and Prepayments.
2) Trade payables includes Trade payables, Other non-current liabilities and Other liabilities.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > OTHER > ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE MEASURES | GROUP
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 226
Glossary
Alternative Performance Measures
Group
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA: TORM defines EBITDA as earnings before financial income and
expenses, depreciation, impairment, amortization and taxes.
EBITDA is used as a supplemental financial measure by the Management and external users of financial
statements, such as lenders, to assess TORM operating performance as well as compliance with the
financial covenants and restrictions contained in TORM’s financing agreements. TORM believes that
EBITDA assists the Management and investors in evaluating TORM’s operations by increasing
comparability of TORM’s performance from period to period. This increased comparability is achieved
by excluding the potentially disparate effects of interest, depreciation, impairment, amortization, and
taxes. These are items which could be affected by various changing financing methods and capital
structures, and which may significantly affect profit/(loss) between periods. Including EBITDA as an
alternative performance measure, benefits investor in selection between investment alternatives.
EBITDA excludes some, but not all, items that affect profit/ (loss), and these items may vary among
other companies and may therefore not be directly comparable. The following table reconciles EBITDA
to net profit/ (loss), the most directly comparable IFRS financial measure, for the periods presented.
Due to temporary fluctuations of the fair value of freight and bunker derivatives, the Management
believes that an adjustment for unrealized gains/losses on freight and bunker derivatives help to
increase comparability in EBITDA developments. The adjusted EBITDA is calculated as follows:
USDm 2025 2024 2023
Reconciliation to net profit
Net profit for the year 286.0 611.5 648.0
Tax 9.2 -2.0 4.0
Financial expenses 74.4 74.1 60.9
Financial income -13.3 -24.8 -14.3
Depreciation and amortization 214.5 192.0 149.3
EBITDA 570.8 850.8 847.9
Reconciliation to EBITDA
EBITDA 570.8 850.8 847.9
Fair value adjustments on freight and bunker derivatives 6.7 -6.6 -1.5
Adjusted EBITDA 577.5 844.2 846.4
Net interest-bearing debt: Net interest-bearing debt is defined as borrowings (current and non-current)
less loans receivables and cash and cash equivalents, including restricted cash. Net interest-bearing
debt depicts the net capital resources which cause net interest expenditure and interest rate risk and
which, together with equity, are used to finance TORM’s investments. As such, TORM believes that net
interest-bearing debt is a relevant measure which the Management uses to measure the overall
development of the use of financing, other than equity. Such measure may not be comparable to
similarly titled measures of other companies.Net interest-bearing debt is calculated as follows:
USDm 2025 2024 2023
Borrowings ¹⁾ 1,016.3 1,243.3 1,073.5
Loan receivables -4.4 -4.5 -4.5
Cash and cash equivalents incl. restricted cash -163.5 -291.2 -295.6
Net interest-bearing debt 848.4 947.6 773.4
1) Borrowings include long-term and short-term borrowings, excluding capitalized loan costs. Please refer to Note 19 for
information on capitalized loan costs.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > OTHER > ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE MEASURES | GROUP
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 227
Glossary
Alternative Performance Measures
Group
Net Asset Value per share (NAV/share): TORM believes that the NAV/share is a relevant measure
which the Management uses to measure the overall development of the assets and liabilities per share.
Such measure may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. NAV/share is
calculated using broker values of vessels and excluding charter commitments.
NAV/share is calculated as follows:
USDm 2025 2024 2023
Net Asset Value per share
Total vessel values including newbuildings (broker values) 3,177.5 3,582.9 3,080.9
Vessel values of purchased secondhand vessels not
delivered (broker values) 150.6 479.9
Committed investment capital expenditure 15.5 23.0 35.7
Committed liability capital expenditure -141.5 -23.0 -226.1
Goodwill 1.8 1.7 1.8
Other intangible assets 4.0 2.0 1.8
Land and buildings 9.7 8.1 5.5
Other plant and operating equipment 2.5 3.3 4.4
Investments in joint ventures 0.1 0.1
Loan receivables 4.4 4.5 4.5
Deferred tax asset 0.3 3.1 0.4
Other investments 2.7 0.2
Inventories 66.5 68.4 61.7
Accounts receivables ¹⁾ 277.5 255.7 286.7
Cash and cash equivalents incl. restricted cash 163.5 291.2 295.6
Deferred tax liability -0.2 -0.3 -3.6
Borrowings ²⁾ -1,016.3 -1,243.3 -1,073.5
Trade payables ³⁾ -112.6 -114.2 -91.3
Current tax liabilities -0.3 -0.7 -0.6
Provisions -0.7 -0.6 -0.5
Prepayments from customers -2.3 -7.5 -3.3
Total Net Asset Value (NAV) 2,602.6 2,854.6 2,860.1
Non-controlling interest 0.8 1.9
Total Net Asset Value (NAV) excl. non-controlling interest 2,602.6 2,853.8 2,858.2
Total number of shares end of period excl. treasury shares
(million) 101.3 97.3 85.7
Total Net Asset Value per share (NAV/share) (USD) 25.7 29.3 33.4
1) Accounts receivables includes Trade receivables, Other receivables and Prepayments.
2) Borrowings include long-term and short-term borrowings, excluding capitalized loan costs. Please refer to Note 19 for
information on capitalized loan costs.
3) Trade payables includes, Trade payables, Other non-current liabilities and Other liabilities.
Liquidity: TORM defines liquidity as available cash, comprising cash and cash equivalents, including
restricted cash as well as undrawn and committed credit facilities.
TORM finds the APM important as the liquidity expresses TORM’s financial position, ability to meet
current liabilities, and cash buffer. Further, it expresses TORM’s ability to act and invest when
possibilities occur.
USDm 2025 2024 2023
Cash and cash equivalents incl. restricted cash 163.5 291.2 295.6
Undrawn credit facilities and committed facilities incl. sale
& leaseback financing transactions 398.8 323.6 342.5
Liquidity 562.3 614.8 638.1
Free cash flow: TORM defines free cash flow as net cash flow from operating activities less the net
cash flow from investing activities. TORM finds free cash flow important as free cash flow reflects our
ability to generate cash, repay liabilities and pay dividends.
USDm 2025 2024 2023
Net cash flow from operating activities 498.9 826.8 805.0
Net cash flow from investing activities -152.6 -442.1 -370.6
Free cash flow 346.3 384.7 434.4
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > OTHER > ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE MEASURES | GROUP
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 228
Glossary
Alternative Performance Measures
Tanker segment
Net Loan-to-value (LTV): TORM defines Loan-to-value (LTV) ratio as vessel values divided by net
borrowings on the vessels.
LTV describes the net debt ratio on the vessel and is used by TORM to describe the financial situation,
the liquidity risk as well as to express the future possibilities to raise new capital by new loan facilities.
USDm 2025 2024 2023
Vessel values, including newbuildings (broker values) 3,177.5 3,582.9 3,080.9
Vessel values of purchased secondhand vessels not
delivered (broker values) 150.6 479.9
Other committed investment capital expenditure 15.5 23.0 35.7
Total vessel values 3,343.6 3,605.9 3,596.5
Borrowings 1,011.3 1,241.3 1,067.6
- Debt on Land and buildings and Other plant and operating
equipment -8.8 -8.4 -5.4
Committed liability capital expenditure 141.5 23.0 226.1
Loan receivables -4.4 -4.5 -4.5
Cash and cash equivalents incl. restricted cash -155.6 -284.9 -290.7
Total (loan) 984.0 966.5 993.1
Loan-to-value (LTV) ratio 29.4 % 26.8 % 27.6 %
1) Borrowings include long-term and short-term borrowings, excluding capitalized loan costs. Please refer to Note 19 for
information on capitalized loan costs.
Time Charter Equivalent (TCE) earnings: TORM defines TCE earnings, a performance measure, as
revenue after port expenses, bunkers and commissions incl. freight and bunker derivatives. The
Company reports TCE earnings because we believe it provides additional meaningful information to
investors in relation to revenue, the most directly comparable IFRS measure. TCE earnings is a standard
shipping industry performance measure used primarily to compare period-to-period changes in a
shipping company’s performance irrespective of changes in the mix of charter types (i.e., spot charters,
time charters, and bareboat charters) under which the vessels may be employed between the periods.
For this reason, we apply TCE earnings in our financial outlook on page 28. Below is presented a
reconciliation from revenue to TCE earnings:
USDm 2025 2024 2023
Reconciliation to revenue
Revenue 1,314.2 1,544.0 1,491.4
Port expenses, bunkers and commissions -404.5 -409.2 -407.6
TCE earnings 909.7 1,134.8 1,083.8
Fair value adjustments on freight and bunker derivatives 6.7 -6.6 -1.5
Adjusted TCE earnings 916.4 1,128.2 1,082.3
Available earning days 31,840 31,287 29,152
TCE per earning day (USD) 28,783 36,061 37,124
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS > OTHER > ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE MEASURES | GROUP
TORM ANNUAL REPORT 2025 229
Annual reportAuditor's report on audited financial statementsParsePort XBRL Converter2025-01-012025-12-312024-01-012024-12-31213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF63Reporting class DOpinionBasis for Opinion307002282246021822460218213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632025-01-012025-12-31213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632024-01-012024-12-31213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632023-01-012023-12-31213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632025-12-31213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632024-12-31213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632023-12-31213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632022-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632023-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632022-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632023-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632022-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632023-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632022-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632023-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632022-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632023-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632022-12-31ifrs-full:MiscellaneousOtherReservesMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:MiscellaneousOtherReservesMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632023-12-31ifrs-full:MiscellaneousOtherReservesMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632022-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632023-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632022-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632023-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632022-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632023-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632022-12-31213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632024-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632024-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632024-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632024-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632024-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:MiscellaneousOtherReservesMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632024-12-31ifrs-full:MiscellaneousOtherReservesMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632024-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632024-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632024-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632025-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632025-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632025-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632025-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632025-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:MiscellaneousOtherReservesMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632025-12-31ifrs-full:MiscellaneousOtherReservesMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632025-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632025-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632025-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember1213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember1213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember1213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember2213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632024-01-012024-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember213800VL1H1ABVM1ZF632023-01-012023-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMemberiso4217:USDiso4217:USDxbrli:sharesxbrli:pure